Orthotics Section

The Largest Independent O&P Distributor

2 0 1O R T H O T I C S

OR

TH

OT

ICS

ORTHOTICSCranial .............................................................203Cervical Cervical Orthoses ...................................... 204 Cervical Thoracic Orthoses ........................211 Halo .............................................................214 Thermal Neck Supports .............................214Upper Extremity Slings and Immobilizers .............................215 Shoulder and Arm Orthoses......................220 Elbow Supports ..........................................224 Elbow Braces ...............................................228 Elbow Joints................................................236 Wrist Joints .................................................236 Wrist and Hand Orthoses ..........................237 Thumb Spicas ..............................................252 Finger Splints ..............................................253 Finger Separators .......................................254 Fracture Bracing .........................................255Spinal Hyperextension Orthoses ..........................259 Prefabricated TLSO ....................................267 Prefabricated LSO ......................................276 Chairback Orthoses ....................................293 Supports..................................................... 296 Clavicle Splints and Posture Aids ..............315 Sacroiliac Belts ............................................317Hip Hip Abduction Orthoses ............................319 Postoperative .............................................322 Gait Stabilizing Orthoses ...........................326 Torsion Orthoses ........................................327 Hip Joints and Components ......................327Knee Knee Straps .................................................329 Knee Supports ............................................331 Hinged Knee Braces .................................. 340 Knee Immobilizers .................................... 384 Knee Joints and Hinges ............................ 390 Leather Components ................................ 402Ankle Foot Straps ................................................. 403 Prefabricated AFOs ................................... 404 Fracture Bracing .........................................416 Lower Extremity Splints .............................417 Walking Boots ............................................427 Ankle Braces ...............................................441 Ankle Supports ...........................................453 Ankle Gauntlets .........................................456 Shoe Inserts ................................................456

Ankle Joints and Components Double Action Ankle Joints ......................457 Standard Action Ankle Joint .................... 460 Dorsiflexion Assist Ankle Joints ................461 Limited and Free Motion Ankle Joints ........................................... 463 Thermoplastic Applications ..................... 464 Motion Limiters and Assists ..................... 469 Fabrication Accessories ..............................471 Double Action Stirrups ..............................473 Standard Action Stirrups ...........................475 Dorsiflexion Assist Stirrups ........................476 Limited and Free Motion Stirrups .............478 Stirrup Inserts .............................................478 Caliper Stirrups ...........................................481 Caliper Foot Plates .................................... 484 Miscellaneous AFO Components ............. 485Compressions Garments Upper Extremity ........................................ 487 Lower Extremity ........................................ 490 Hosiery ........................................................491 Compressions Bandage..............................501Interfaces Torso Interfaces ..........................................503 Upper Extremity Interfaces ...................... 505 AFO and KAFO Interfaces ........................ 506 Hip Interfaces .............................................510Maternity, Hernia and Suspensory Maternity Supports .................................... 511 Hernia Care .................................................512 Suspensory ..................................................513

Cascade Orthopedic Supply, Inc. | 800-888-0865 | www.cascade-usa.com

2 0 2 O R T H O T I C S

OR

TH

OT

ICS

O R T H O T I C S Cranial 2 0 3


OR

TH

OT

ICS

CRANIAL ORTHOSES

a. A-Flex™ Protective Headgear

The A-Flex Protective Headgear is an adjustable alternative to other hard protective devices. It is fabricated

from a flexible plastic that readily conforms to varying head shapes, making it easy to fit upon demand. The

protection is ideal for low impact forces that are distributed (like a shock absorber) across the entire surface

without cracking or penetrating. The headgear is equipped with easy-to-adjust straps minimizing the need

for chin straps. Optional chin straps are recommended for active and noncompliant patients. The posterior

strap “locks” the device below the mastoids and accommodates size variations while the lateral straps are

used for easy donning and doffing. Lateral straps and side-slits are also optional. The A-Flex features venti-

lation holes to reduce trapped heat. It can be easily trimmed with a pair of shop snips without the need for

complex equipment and tools. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Size XS SM MD LG XL XXL

Blue 783.05 783.06 783.07 783.08 783.09 783.1

Pink 783.25 783.26 783.27 783.28 783.29 783.3

White 783.65 783.66 783.67 783.68 783.69 783.7

783.13 Chin Strap Kit White 783.40.05 A-Flex Liner Only, Adult XS

783.14 Chin Strap Kit Pink 783.40.06 A-Flex Liner Only, Adult SM

783.15 Chin Strap Kit Blue 783.40.07 A-Flex Liner Only, Adult MD

783.17 A-Flex Adj Strap Repl Kit, Blue 783.40.08 A-Flex Liner Only, Adult LG

783.18 A-Flex Adj Strap Repl Kit, Pink 783.40.09 A-Flex Liner Only, Adult XL

783.2 A-Flex Adj Strap Repl Kit, White 783.40.10 A-Flex Liner Only, Adult XXL


O R T H O T I C S2 0 4 Cervical

OR

TH

OT

ICS

CERVICAL ORTHOSES

a. Universal Cervical Collar

Provides comfortable, uniform support. Constructed of 3” medium density foam covered with removable,

washable stockinette. Features hook and loop closure and a foam width extender to support a wide range

of neck widths. Sold each. From Breg.

Size Universal

Item No. ð 11286-BG

b. Soft Foam Collar 825

Polyurethane foam covered with natural cotton stockinette. Contour design has hook and pile closure strap.

3.5” height. Sold each. From Freeman.

Size Small Medium Large X-Large

Length 15.5” 17.5” 19.5” 21.5”

Item No. ð 825-SM 825-MD 825-LG 825-XL

c. Soft Foam Collar 830

Polyurethane foam covered with natural cotton stockinette. Shaped to fit chin and jaw contours. Fabric

covered, hook and pile straps attach to themselves without interfering with collar. Sold each. From Freeman.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large

Height 3” 3” 3.5” 3.75” 4.25” 3”

Length 14.5” 16.25” 16.75” 18.5” 19.25” 20.25”

Item No. ð 830-XS 830-SM 830-MD 830-LG 830-XL 830-XXL

d. Universal Soft Foam Collar

Pliable foam construction makes this collar suitable for wear while sleeping. Sculpted shape comfortably

fits the contours of the chin and jaw while poly/foam conforms to individually fit each patient. Hook ‘n pile

closure. Sold each. From Freeman.

Height 2.5” 2.5” 3” 3.5”

Length 17” 24” 24” 24”

Item No. ð E2131 E2125 E2130 E2135

O R T H O T I C S Cervical 2 0 5


OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Universal Cervical Collar

Medium density foam. Contact closure for easy fit. Universal. Sold each. From Össur.

Height 2” 3” 4”

Item No. ð 203020 203000 203010

f. Form Fit Cervical Collar

Helps support cervical spine in neutral position. Contour design for use in either flexed or extended position.

Cotton stockinette cover for better patient hygiene. Latex free. Ideal for postoperative rehabilitation and

cervical sprains and strains. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Size X-Small Small Small Medium Medium Large Long Long

Medium 79-83012 79-83013 79-83014 79-83015 79-83016 79-83017

Firm N/A 79-83003 79-83004 79-83005 79-83006 79-83007

g. Low Contour Cervical Collar

The special low, medium density contoured design offers a better fit for patients with short necks. Cotton

stockinette cover for better patient hygiene. Latex free. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Size Small Medium Large

Item No. ð 79-83003 79-83005 79-83007

h. Universal Cervical Collar

Medium density foam collar with vinyl stabilizing panel helps support cervical spine in neutral position. Cot-

ton stockinette cover for better patient hygiene. Latex free. Ideal for postoperative rehabilitation or cervical

sprains and strains. Universal. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Height 2” 3” 4”

Item No. ð 79-83030 79-83000 79-83010

i. Universal Clinic Collar

Medium density foam collar provides consistent fit and support. Fits a wide range of neck sizes. Additional

stockinette cover provided for better patient hygiene. Latex free. Ideal for supporting the cervical spine in

neutral position. Universal. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Height 2.5” 3” 4”

Item No. ð 79-83520 79-83500 79-83510



OR

TH

OT

ICS

CERVICAL ORTHOSES — Continued

a. Contoured Cervical Collar

Constructed of a comfortable stockinette covered foam. Hook and loop closure. Soft or firm density. Sold

each. From Tartan.

Size Small Small Medium Medium Medium Large X-Large Long Short Long

Soft CC-300-S CC-300-SL CC-300-M CC-300-MS CC-300-ML CC-300-L CC-300-XL

Firm N/A CC-100-SL CC-100-M CC-100-MS CC-100-ML N/A CC-100-XL

b. Cervical Collar 975

For flexion and hyperextension (whiplash) injuries, torticollis and osteoarthritis. Perforated polyethylene

with vinyl covered foam padded edges. Hook-and-loop fastening and adjustment panels. Simple and quick

anterior height adjustment - from 3” to 5”. Sold each. From Truform.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large

Neck Circumf 11.5-13.5” 13.5-15.5” 15.5-17.5” 17.5-19.5” 19.5-21.5”

Item No. ð 0975-XS 0975-S 0975-M 0975-L 0975-XL

c. Soft Foam Collar

Washable, covered polyurethane foam with hook and loop fastener. Choose from two-way stretch stockinette,

or ribbed knit stockinette. Sold each. From Truform.


Neck Circumf 11.5-13.5” 13.5-15.5” 15.5-17.5” 17.5-19.5” 19.5-21.5”

Narrow (2.5”)

2-Way Stretch 9976/N-XS 9976/N-S 9976/N-M 9976/N-L 9976/N-XL

Ribbed Knit 9977/N-XS 9977/N-S 9977/N-M 9977/N-L 9977/N-XL

Average (3”)

2-Way Stretch 9976/A-XS 9976/A-S 9976/A-M 9976/A-L 9976/A-XL

Ribbed Knit 9977/A-XS 9977/A-S 9977/A-M 9977/A-L 9977/A-XL

Wide (3.5”)

2-Way Stretch 9976/W-XS 9976/W-S 9976/W-M 9976/W-L 9976/W-XL

Ribbed Knit 9977/W-XS 9977/W-S 9977/W-M 9977/W-L 9977/W-XL

d. Wire Frame Cervical Orthosis

Lightweight, comfortable and easily adjustable. Washable foam padding wicks away moisture. Features

molded polyethylene occipital component with adjustable aluminum stay. Plastazote® lined anterior. 3.25-

5.25” height. Sold each. From Trulife.

Size Small Regular

Neck Circumference 12-15” 15.5-18”

Item No. ð JS-4040-S JS-4040-R

JS-4040-PAD Laminated Foam Replacement Pad, One Size



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Pacific Adjustable Collar

Designed to control and limit flexion/extension, rotation and lateral flexion. Adjustable height. Removable,

washable liners. From Becker Orthopedic.

Size Small/Med Med/Large

Height Adjustment 2.25-3.75” 3.25-5.25”

Item No. ð C-14A-S-M C-14A-M-L

C-14A-M-L-LINERS ONLY Pacific Adj Collar Adult Liner Set MD/LG

C-14A-S-M-LINERS ONLY Pacific Adj Collar Adult Liner Set SM/MD

C-14A-TE Pacific Collar Thoracic Ext One Size

f. Aspen® Cervical Collar

The Aspen® Cervical Collar maximizes both support and comfort with a design that provides effective motion

restriction without producing painful pressure points. Features include a three layer design, removable pads,

and large tracheal and posterior openings for maximum airflow. Available in four adult sizes. Sold each. See

page 549 for pediatric sizes.

Size Extra Tall Tall Regular Short

Color Code Yellow Green Orange Blue

Collar w/Pads 983114 983112 983110 983108

Collar w/Extra Pad Set 983134 983132 983130 983128

Replacement Pad Set 983159 983159 983159 983159

Front Panel 983115 983113 983111 983109

Size Small Standard Large

Back Panel Only 983118 983120 983119

Back Pad Only 983161 983163 983165

g. Aspen Vista® Collar

Aspen’s Vista® Collar and Vista® TX with Thoracic Extension is like six collars in one, eliminating the cost of

storing multiple sizes and freeing up valuable inventory space. The Dial Height Adjustment™ system allows

you to simply pull and turn the dial to select the correct height setting. Releasing the dial automatically locks

the size in place. Provides safe and effective motion restriction while dispersing pressure, reducing the pos-

sibility of skin breakdown, and features moisture wicking pads. Sold each.

Description Collar Collar Replacement Front Back Back w/Extra Pad Set w/Pads Pad Set Panel Panel Pad

Standard (pictured) 984002 984000 984020 984004 984006 984026

TX 984102 984100 984120 984004 984006 984026

Large N/A N/A N/A N/A 984008 984028

h. Comfort Collar

Popular lightweight cervical collar with double hook and pile closure. Molded foam two-piece design with

rigid anterior and posterior reinforcements. Shaped to the chin and shoulder contours with an opening for

tracheotomy facilitation. Sized according to neck circumference and height measurement from sternal notch

to chin. Latex free, hypoallergenic, X-ray, CT and MRI compatible. Sold each. From Cybertech.


Neck Circumference 10-12” 13-15” 16-18”

2-1/4” Height COMC-SN-2 COMC-MN-2 COMC-LN-2






OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. University Cervical Collar

The University Cervical Collar is designed for multipurpose long term patient care, comfort and ease of

adjustability. Universally sized with unique patent pending variable height positioning for fast and secure

adjustment. Simply pull out the dual adjustment tabs, select height and reengage. The University Cervical

Collar meets the specialized needs of each individual with unparalleled comfort, control and compliance.

Sold each. From Cybertech.

Size Universal

Item No. ð COLU-NG-U

b. Cyberspine Cervical Orthosis

The unique aluminum multi-post yoked anterior adjustment system allows complete linear adjustability for

flexion, extension and neutral positioning and immobilization with unique adjustment pull tabs. The multi-

post yoked design accommodates the passage of tracheotomy facilitation. The Y-Chin support members al-

low width and narrowing customization for rotational control and patient comfort. The ergonomic molded

posterior occipital component encompasses an aluminum adjustable spine element allowing the practitioner

full customization and total contact conformity of the cervical arch contours. Sold each. From Cybertech.

Size SM/MD LG/XL

Tip of Chin to Sternal Notch 2.25-4” 3.25-5.25”

Mid-Neck Circumference 11-15” 15-20”

Item No. ð CERV-SG-2 CERV-SG-4

c. CSI C-Spine Immobilizer

Replaceable plush laminated breathable padding affords the patient total comfort and compliance. A

two-piece semi-rigid thermoplastic cervical collar that provides excellent limitation of motion in control-

ling flexion/extension, rotation and lateral bending. The scalloped contoured diffusion tabs with integral

thoracic extension distributes pressures over a large area providing the highest degree of patient comfort,

control and compliance. A large anterior opening accommodates passage of tracheotomy facilitation. Sold

each. From Cybertech.

Size Short Regular Tall X-Tall

Height 2 1/4” 3” 3 3/4” 4 1/2”

Standard CSIC-NB-1 CSIC-NB-2 CSIC-NB-3 CSIC-NB-4

w/Extra Pads CSIC-NB-1-XP CSIC-NB-2-XP CSIC-NB-3-XP CSIC-NB-4-XP

d. Miami J® Cervical Collar

Features Sorbatex padding for skin protection, air vents for additional comfort and is available in six color

coded adult sizes for a perfect fit. Sold each. From Össur. See page 549 for the Miami Jr.® collar.

Neck Type Kyphotic Very Large Short/Thin Long/Tall Female Male

Color Code Purple Navy Green Light Blue Orange Yellow

w/Pads MJ-200S MJ-200L MJ-250 MJ-500 MJ-400 MJ-300

w/Extra Pads MJR-200S MJR-200L MJR-250 MJR-500 MJR-400 MJR-300

Pad Set Only MJP-100 MJP-200L MJP-250 MJP-100 MJP-100 MJP-100

Front Panel MJ-200S FRT MJ-200L FRT MJ-250 FRT MJ-500 FRT MJ-400 FRT MJ-300 FRT

Back Panel MJ-400 BK MJ-200L BK MJ-250 BK MJ-500 BK MJ-400 BK MJ-300 BK

MJP-100 OLD STYLE Miami J Collar Replacement Pad Set

MJ-PTPK Miami J Patient Pack



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Miami J® Advanced Collar

Unique sizing mechanism allows for easy modification to suit individual patients. Bioengineered to minimize

pressure points in key known areas: chin, occiput, trapezius and clavicle. Sternal pad disperses ambulatory

pressure and is fully removable, enabling the front of the collar to be taken off when cleaning intubated

patients, without the need to remove the tube. Patented Flex-Edge® technology delivers soft over-molded

edges that gently conform to the contours of the anatomy and distribute pressure evenly. MRI, CT and X-ray

lucent. Sold each. From Össur.

Size Universal Universal w/Pads

Item No. ð MJA-100 MJAR-101

MJAP-100 Miami J Advanced Replacement Pads

f. Occian® Back

The Occian® Back is designed exclusively for the specialized needs of the multi-system trauma patient in the

ICU. Universally sized, specifically engineered and designed with advanced, Intuitech™ pressure-relieving

memory foam, the Occian Back helps caregivers manage c-spine patients who are at high risk of occipital

breakdown. Sold each. From Össur.

Size Universal

Item No. ð ACB-100

g. Tracheotomy Philadelphia® Collar

Made of latex-free, non-toxic and hypoallergenic Plastazote® foam, the Tracheotomy Philadelphia® Collar

features a two-piece design for proper fit, adjustable bilateral Velcro® fasteners and back panel ventilation

openings. Tracheotomy hole for easy access. The Philadelphia® Liner is made of CoolMax®/Lycra® and designed

to specifically fit the Philadelphia® Collar. From Össur. See page 549 for pediatric sizes.

Size Adult XS Adult SM Adult MD Adult LG Adult XL

Neck Circumference Up to 10” 10-13” 13-16” 16-19” 19”+

2.25” Height PHP-T2XS PHP-T2S PHP-T2M PHP-T2L PHP-T2X

3.25” Height N/A PHP-T3S PHP-T3M PHP-T3L PHP-T3X



Philadelphia® Liner™ PHP-LCXS PHP-LCS PHP-LCM PHP-LCL PHP-LCX

h. Philadelphia® Stabilizer™

An attachment to the Tracheotomy Philadelphia® Collar, the Stabilizer restricts flexion and extension of the

cervical spine. As the patient recovers, the stabilizer can be removed while allowing the collar to remain on

the patient. Sold each. From Össur.

Item No. ð PHP-OS



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Philadelphia® Atlas® Collar

Provides immobilization and patient comfort with high quality materials. Removable pads wick away moisture

to prevent skin irritation. Sold each. From Össur.

Size X-Short Short Regular Tall X-Tall

Color Code Purple Blue Orange Green Yellow

Neck Circumference 13-20” 13-20” 13-22” 13-25” 13-25”

Height 1.75” 2.25” 3” 3.75” 4.5”

Collar with Pads PHP-A310 PHP-A320 PHP-A330 PHP-A340 PHP-A350

Collar with Extra Pad Set PHP-A311 PHP-A321 PHP-A331 PHP-A341 PHP-A351

Replacement Pad Set PHP-A362A PHP-A362A PHP-A362A PHP-A362A PHP-A362A

Front Panel PHP-A313 PHP-A323 PHP-A333 PHP-A343 PHP-A353

Size Small Standard Large

Back Panel PHP-A374 PHP-A384 PHP-A394

Back Pad PHP-A375 PHP-A385 PHP-A395

b. Malibu Cervical Collar

Heat moldable, lightweight and washable Kydex™ frame with trachea opening. Independent anterior and

posterior height adjustment. Controls flexion, extension and rotation. Height adjustment 3-5” (7.75-12.7cm).

Neck circumference 12-17” (30.5-43.25cm). Sold each. Replacement pads and liners sold separately. From

Trulife. See page 549 for pediatric sizes.

Item No. ð CV100

JS-40-L Replacement Liner

JS-30-P Chin and Occipital Pad

CV102 Thoracic Extension, Adult

c. Marlin X-2 Cervical Orthosis

Unique molded two piece design with trachea opening and washable foam liner controls flexion, extension

and axial rotation. Moldable occipital with aluminum stay. Height-adjustable Kydex™ yoke. Sold each. Re-

placement pad set sold separately. From Trulife.


Height Adjustment 2.75-4” 3-4.5” 3.25-5”


Collar with Pad Set JS-3060-S JS-3060-M JS-3060-L

Replacement Pad Set JS-3060-PAD-S JS-3060-PAD-M JS-3060-PAD-L

JS-30-P Chin Pad Only

d. Pneu-trac® Traction Collar

Features a pneumatic distraction control. Two piece construction allows for varying height adjustment.

Velcro® closure. Sold each. From Trulife.


Height Adjustment 3-5.25” 3-5.25” 3-5.25”

Neck Circumference 12.25-14.25” 14.5-17” 17-20”

Item No. ð A26700 A26701 A26702



OR

TH

OT

ICS

CERVICAL THORACIC ORTHOSES

e. Aspen CTO

Designed to stabilize the upper thoracic and cervical spine, the Aspen CTO incorporates two anterior and

two posterior aluminum rods riveted to an integral Aspen Cervical Collar. Rods adjust both angularly and

vertically. Thoracic panels are linked by an adjustable, non-elastic belt and shoulder straps. Universal vest.

Sold each. From Aspen Medical Products.

Adult Size Short Regular Tall X-Tall

CTO Complete 983308 983310 983312 983314

CTO Front 983309 983311 983313 983315

Adult Size Small Medium Large

CTO Back 983318 983319 983321

983320 Replacement Pad Set

983324 Vest, Universal

983322 Replacement Vest Pads

983300 Aspen CTO Starter Set

f. Cybertech CTO

A functional, comprehensive, all adjustable, non-invasive cervical thoracic immobilization system. The unique

aluminum multi-post yoked anterior adjustment system allows complete linear adjustability for flexion, ex-

tension and neutral positioning and immobilization with unique adjustment pull tabs. The multi-post yoked

design accommodates the passage of tracheotomy facilitation. The Y-Chin support members allow width

and narrowing customization for rotational control and patient comfort. The ergonomic molded posterior

occipital component encompasses an aluminum adjustable spine element allowing the practitioner full cus-

tomization and total contact conformity of the cervical arch contours. Semi-rigid links connect the occipital

and mandible sections with full pivot locking joints improving position and helps eliminate AP/linear shearing

migration of components and unique patent pending level locking slide buckles. Thoracic components are

pre-shaped with ease of adjustability. No special tools necessary. MRI compatible. Sold each. From Cybertech.

Size SM/MD LG/XL

Neck Circumference 11-15” 15-20”


Item No. ð CTO-SG-2 CTO-SG-4

g. Minerva Orthosis

A functional, comprehensive, all adjustable, non-invasive cervical thoracic immobilization system. The unique

aluminum multi-post yoked anterior adjustment system allows complete linear adjustability for flexion, ex-

tension and neutral positioning and immobilization with unique adjustment pull tabs. The multi-post yoked

design accommodates the passage of tracheotomy facilitation. The Y-Chin support members allow width

and narrowing customization for rotational control and patient comfort. The ergonomic molded posterior

occipital component encompasses an aluminum adjustable spine element allowing the practitioner full cus-

tomization and total contact conformity of the cervical arch contours. Semi-rigid links connect the occipital

and mandible sections with full pivot locking joints, improving position and helps eliminate AP/linear shearing

migration of components and unique patent pending level locking slide buckles. Thoracic components are

pre-shaped with ease of adjustability. No special tools necessary. MRI compatible. Sold each. From Cybertech.

Size SM/MD LG/XL



Item No. ð MCTO-SG-2 MCTO-SG-4



OR

TH

OT

ICS

CERVICAL THORACIC ORTHOSES — Continued

a. Mini-Minerva Orthosis

A functional, comprehensive, all-adjustable cervical immobilization system to conform to each patient’s

individual needs. The unique aluminum multi-post yoked anterior adjustment system allows complete lin-

ear adjustability for flexion, extension and neutral positioning and immobilization with unique adjustment

pull tabs. The multi-post yoked design accommodates the passage of tracheotomy facilitation. The Y-Chin

support members allow width and narrowing customization for rotational control and patient comfort. The

ergonomic molded posterior occipital component encompasses an aluminum adjustable spine element, al-

lowing the practitioner full customization and total contact conformity of the cervical arch contours. Semi-

rigid links connect the occipital and mandibular sections with full pivot locking joints, improving position

and helps eliminate AP/linear shearing migration of components and unique patent pending level locking

slide buckles. Sold each. From Cybertech.

Size SM/MD LG/XL


Tip of Chin to Sternal Notch 2.5-4” 3.25”-5.25”

Item No. ð MIMO-SG-2 MIMO-SG-4

b. MRI Extended Cervical Orthosis

Kydex® cervical orthosis, with flesh-colored plastazote liner, extends to thorax for increased support. Excellent

for post-halo applications or when soft collars or conventional cervical orthoses are not sufficient to stabilize

the cervical spine. Tracheotomy opening. MRI compatible. No metal components. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Height 13” 15” 18”


Item No. ð 2500 2501 2502

2504 MRI Ext Cervical MD Front/LG Back

c. Miami JTO® Thoracic Extension

Designed to be used exclusively with any Miami J® collar to create a CTO for treating low cervical-high thoracic

injuries or for more control than a collar alone. The floating back helps maintain desired alignment when the

patient is supine. The modular chin strut enhances flexion control by directly bridging the chin and sternum.

Free of metal for imaging compatibility. Breathable material wicks moisture away. Easy Velcro® attachment.

Sold each. From Össur.

Description w/Pads w/Extra Replacement Front Back Pad Set Pad Set Panel Panel

Item No. ð MT-900 MTR-900 MTP-950 MT-900 FRT MT-900 BK

MT-ACPK JTO Rivet Accessory Pack



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Johnson CTO

Provides stabilization of the cervical and upper thoracic spine. Molded polyethylene components feature

trachea opening. No tools required for height adjustment. Replaceable plush foam liners. Not MRI compat-

ible. From Trulife. See page 550 for pediatric sizes.

Size Small Adult Adult

Neck Circumference 12-16” 12.5-18”

Thoracic Length (chin to distal edge of extension) 10-12” 10.5-14”

Item No. ð JS-360-SA JS-360

JS-360SA-PAD Replacement Pad Set, Small Adult

JS-360-PAD Replacement Pad Set, Adult

e. Lerman Minerva

Provides stabilization of the cervical and upper thoracic spine. Single upright design features trachea open-

ing, removable liners and silicone chin pads. Height adjustable. Sold each. From Trulife. See page 550 for

pediatric sizes.

Adult Size Small Regular

Height (chin to distal edge of brace) 11-13” (28-33cm) 13-16” (33-41cm)

Item No. ð A1930000SM A1930000RG

10902 Replacement Pad Set, Small 10560 Chest Plate Assembly, Small

10901 Replacement Pad Set, Regular 10570 Chest Plate Assembly, Regular

10562 Chin Bar Assembly, Small 10561 Back Plate Assembly, Small

10572 Chin Bar Assembly, Regular 10571 Back Plate Assembly, Regular

10563 Neck Bar Assembly, Small 10262 Silicone Chin Pad

10573 Neck Bar Assembly, Regular

f. S.O.M.I.® Brace

Sternal Occipital Mandibular Immobilizer with adjustability to immobilize head in prescribed position. Chin

support is easily removed as needed. Sold each. From Trulife.

Size Small Large

Height (chin to distal edge of brace) 8-12” 11-15”

Patient Height up to 4’7” over 4’ 7”

Item No. ð 0800502 0800504

1400027S00 Chin Bar Assembly, Small A089203000 Top Assembly Kit

1400027R00 Chin Bar Assembly, Large 140-CHAN Occipital/Chin Channel Kit

1400028S00 Neck Bar Assembly, Small 140-SHSTRP Shoulder Strap Kit

1400028R00 Neck Bar Assembly, Large 140-BSR Screws, Rivets and Buckles

1400030S00 Side Strap Assembly, Small 140-TRUSS Truss Strap Hook Kit

1400030R00 Side Strap Assembly, Large



OR

TH

OT

ICS

HALO

a. Lerman Noninvasive Halo

Provides cervical stabilization. Anterior-only vest bridges the gap between a halo system and CTO. MRI com-

patible. Universal adult size. Sold each. From Trulife.

Item No. ð A37802

A37-KIT-NIH Pad and Strap Kit

21452-001 Chin Pad Only

THERMAL NECK SUPPORTS

b. Thermoskin® Neck Short

The Neck Short provides heat therapy and compression to the neck. Useful in the treatment of stiff necks,

neck related sports injuries and arthritis. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Neck Circumference 1.5-12.75” 13-14.25” 14.25-15.75” 16-17.25” 17.5-19” 19.25-21”

Item No. ð 82221 83221 84221 85221 86221 87221

O R T H O T I C S Upper Extremity 2 1 5


OR

TH

OT

ICS

SLINGS and IMMOBILIZERS

c. GivMohr Sling

An innovative new design based on the principles of NDT. Promotes functional positioning of the upper

extremity during standing and ambulation, and naturally reduces shoulder subluxation. Helps protect the

involved upper extremity from injury. Easy for the user to apply and easy to custom fit. Sold each. From AliMed.


Height Range 5’0”-5’4” 5’3”-5’10” 5’10”-6’4” over 6’4”

Weight Range 100-140 lb 135-185 lb 180-235 lb over 235 lb

Item No. ð 51622-AM 51623-AM 51624 52125-AM

d. Hemi Shoulder Sling

Shoulder saddle serves as a secure anchor point. Distraction straps adjust up or down and can control rota-

tion. Cuff is lined with cool, open-cell polyurethane. Full joint mobility. Elastic panel accommodates muscle

volume changes. Biceps/triceps belly band locks cuff in place. Sold each. From AliMed.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large

Fits Circumference 9” 11” 13” 15”

Left 51-051 51-053 51-055 51-057

Right 51-050 51-052 51-054 51-056

e. Clinic Shoulder Immobilizer

Features an immobilizing strap to secure the shoulder in place, an oversized envelope to accommodate large

casts and dressings, customized fitting and adjustment features on front and back, and a padded strap with

easy-touch closure. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Envelope Length 11” 13.5” 15.5” 17.5” 20”

Item No. ð SA200501 SA200503 SA200505 SA200507 SA200509

f. SlingShot™ 2

The SlingShot 2 features a comfortable, breathable Airmesh® sling and a 15° abduction pillow. Quick release

shoulder and waist strap buckles make this product easy to apply. Includes exercise ball to stimulate circula-

tion. Sold each. From Breg.


Forearm Length 11.5-13” 13.5-14.5” 15-16” 16.5-17.5”

Item No. ð 08502 08503 08504 08505

70067 SlingShot Immobilization Waist Strap


O R T H O T I C S2 1 6 Upper Extremity

OR

TH

OT

ICS

SLINGS and IMMOBILIZERS — Continued

a. SlingShot™ 3

The SlingShot 3 shoulder brace is the first and only post-op shoulder harness that increases patient comfort by

off-loading pressure on the neck. The patent-pending brace disperses pressure along the opposing shoulder

and scapula. The brace also features a 2-in-1 abduction pillow which provides multiple options for clinicians

to support the shoulder joint after surgery. For additional patient comfort, SlingShot 3 is composed of Breg’s

Airmesh® breathable fabric which promotes air flow and moisture wicking. Sold each. From Breg.


Forearm Length 11.5-13” 13.5-14.5” 15-16” 16.5-17.5”

Item No. ð 00042 00043 00044 00045

b. UltraSling

The UltraSling provides immobilization for rotator cuff repairs, capsular shifts, Bankhart repairs, glenohumeral

dislocation/subluxation and soft tissue strains/repairs. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Elbow Crease to Base of Index Finger up to 11” 11-13” over 13”


Size Code 2 3 4

Item No. ð 11-0138-(Size)-13130

c. UltraSling III® and UltraSling III® AB

The UltraSling III® and UltraSling III® AB provide immobilization for rotator cuff repairs, capsular shifts, Bankhart

repairs, glenohumeral dislocations/subluxation and soft tissue repairs/strains. The De-Rotation Strap hooks

to the UltraSling III and prevents internal rotation by securely holding the patient’s arm in neutral position.

Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Elbow Crease to Base of Index Finger 38-41” 41-44” 44-48” 48-52”


Size Code 2 3 4 5

UltraSling III 11-0449-(Size)

UltraSling III AB 11-0450-(Size)

d. UltraSling® ER

For use after initial anterior shoulder dislocation or postoperatively when external rotation is desired. The

anterior part of the capsule hangs loosely during internal rotation and the labrum is able to displace medially.

In external rotation, the subscapularis tendon tightens thus closing the anterior joint cavity and helping the

labrum maintain a good position on the glenoid rim. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


up to 11” 11-13” 13-15” 15”+

15° (New Version)

Left 11-1344-2 11-1344-3 11-1344-4 11-1344-5

Right 11-1343-2 11-1343-3 11-1343-4 11-1343-5

30° (New Version)

Left 11-1346-2 11-1346-3 11-1346-4 11-1346-5

Right 11-1345-2 11-1345-3 11-1345-4 11-1345-5



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Arm Sling

Padded pressure sensitive strap offers customized fitting and adjustment. Adjusts from both front and back.

Deep pocket design accommodates the largest of casts and dressings. Open end with thumb loop adds comfort

and eliminates slippage. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.

Size Medium Large X-Large

Item No. ð 500-M 500-L 500-XL

f. Shoulder Immobilizer Sling

Padded pressure sensitive straps are totally adjustable and comfortable. Body strap is easily adjusted or can

be removed. Deep pocket design. Two adjustment points for each strap allows for better fit. Sold each. From

Hely & Weber.


Item No. ð 501-S 501-M 501-L 501-XL

g. Ultimate Arm Sling®

The Ultimate Arm Sling® is made of cotton-spandex that stretches to allow the arm to comfortably nestle

into the pouch while evenly supporting the forearm. Latex free. Sold each. From Joslin Orthopedic Gear.

Size Child Avg Adult X-Large Goliath

Item No. ð 50101 B 50201 B 50301 B 50401 B

h. Bergschultz Universal Arm Sling

Blue heavy denim material with contact closure. One size fits small to x-large. Sold each. From Össur.

Description Universal

Item No. ð 204070



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Premium Contact Closure Arm Sling with Pad

Envelope style with thumb support. Shoulder comfort pad. Sold each. From Össur.


Item No. ð P204112 P204113 P204115 P204117 P204118

b. Sling and Swathe

Used for shoulder injuries or post-op. Also for immobilization of the shoulder joint. Comfortable position for

patients having the arm next to the body. Universal size. Sold each. From Össur.


Item No. ð 13074

c. Premium Shoulder Immobilizer

Comfortable fit. Easily adjusts. Universal size. Sold each. From Össur.


Item No. ð 204100

d. SmartSling®

Developed in association with key industry opinion leaders, the SmartSling was designed to fulfill three

fundamental objectives: versatility, comfort, and ease of application. SmartSling’s dynamic 3-in-1 design

provides abduction, external rotation and/or immobilization, resulting in reduced stocking and inventory

management costs. Thermal-molded foam padding, SoftEdge™ strapping, a breathable mesh base material

and a gusseted, chamois-covered neck pad combine to increase patient comfort. Quick-release buckles and

trimmable, “no fray” strapping allow quick and customized fitting. Sold each. From Össur.

Size Medium Large

Item No. ð SSR SSL

SSE SmartSling External Rotation Kit Universal



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Clinic Shoulder Immobilizer

High quality, durable poly cotton sling with contact closure adjustment on shoulder and body straps. Fits

right or left arm and helps prevent shoulder rotation. Shoulder pad provides additional comfort. Ideal for

immobilization and support of the shoulder and elbow joints. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Item No. ð 79-84013 79-84015 79-84017

f. Deluxe Shoulder Immobilizer

Constructed of fiber laminate for patient comfort. Adjustable wrist cuff and shoulder strap may be positioned

as needed for proper control and custom fit. Adjustable humeral cuff also available on one style. Available

in child or adult models. Fits left or right and may be worn without shoulder strap. Ideal for treatment of

traumatic or post-surgical immobilization. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Size X-Small Univ Univ w/Strap

Waist up to 38.5” up to 52” up to 52”

Item No. ð 79-84101 79-84100 79-96820

g. Deluxe Sling and Swathe

Cool, lightweight pile/foam construction provides patient comfort during rehabilitation following surgery or

dislocation. Two over-the-shoulder criss-cross straps with a slide buckle for proper strap adjustment attach

to the sling with contact closure to ensure proper weight distribution and ease of use. One size fits up to 54”

waist. Fits left and right. Ideal for immobilization of the shoulder after surgery, injury or cast removal. Sold

each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Item No. ð 79-84230

h. Universal Arm Sling

Contact closure adjustment on envelope accommodates most patients. Durable cotton/poly material, double

D-rings and contact closure web shoulder strap for proper adjustment. One size fits most. Available with

or without foam shoulder pad. Ideal for immobilization and support of the shoulder and elbow joints. Sold


Description Universal Univ w/Pad

Sling Dimensions 7” x 19” 7” x 19”

Item No. ð 79-84300 79-92070



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Universal Cuff and Collar

1.5” web strap with stockinette-covered foam neck pad. Adjustable contact closure cuff assures secure fit

around arm or cast. Slide buckle for easy adjustment. Ideal for cast support. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO

Global.

Size Universal LG/XL

Item No. ð 79-92470 79-92471

b. FAST-WRAP® Sling and Swathe

Restricts mobility of shoulder and upper arm to treat separation, dislocations and strains. Swathe is easily

positioned for proper support with hook and loop closure. Shoulder straps cross in back and fasten in front

to provide extra arm and wrist support. Beige nylon plush bonded to foam. Sold each. From Trulife.


Sling Dimensions 9” x 11.5” 9.5” x 12.5” 10” x 14” 10.5” x 15”

Swathe Dimensions 4” x 32” 5” x 40” 5” x 46” 5” x 54”

Item No. ð 1420002 1420003 1420004 1420005

SHOULDER and ARM ORTHOSES

c. OmoTrain® Shoulder Support

Active support for the treatment of the shoulder. The anatomically-contoured knit ensures optimal adapta-

tion to the shape of the body for maximum comfort. A viscoelastic shaped insert with Velcro® tabs can be

optionally inserted and positioned as required. Titanium color. Sold each. From Bauerfeind®.

Circumference 7.75-8.5” 8.5-9.5” 9.5-10.25” 10.25-11.5” 11.5-12.5” 12.5-14.25” 14.25-15.75”

Size Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Item No. ð 1107170108000 (Size)

d. Shoulder Stabilizer

Provides shoulder immobilization and controlled range of motion for glenohumeral dislocations/subluxations,

rotator cuff tears, and acromioclavicular separations. The shoulder brace is designed to protect and stabilize

the shoulder post-injury and postoperatively. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Chest 30-34” 34-38” 38-41” 41-44” 44-48” 48-52”

Size Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large XXX-Large 2 3 4 5 6 7

Left 11-1102-(Size)-06000

Right 11-1101-(Size)-06000



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Sully® Shoulder Stabilizer

Provides shoulder immobilization and controlled range of motion for anterior, multi-directional, inferior

and posterior instabilities, rotator cuff deceleration, shoulder separations and muscle strains. The shoulder

brace is designed to stabilize, assist or restrict movement of the shoulder post-injury and postoperatively.



Chest 34-40” 36-40” 38-42” 42-46” 46-51”

Biceps 9-10.5” 11-13” 13-15” 14-17” 15-17”

Item No. ð 11-0525-1 11-0525-2 11-0525-3 11-0525-4 11-0525-5

11-0527 Sully Shoulder Support, Bilateral

11-0528 Sully Shoulder, AC Pad

f. The Arm-adillo™ Shoulder Stabilizer

Designed to limit movement of and support shoulder girdle. Can be configured for desired usage as a sling,

for postoperative treatment or rehabilitation. Constructed of VelPlush™ neoprene. Fits right or left shoulder.

Sold each. From New Options Sports.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large 4X-Large

Chest 26-28” 28-32” 32-36” 36-40” 40-44” 44-48” 48-52” 52-56”

Item No. ð S5-XS S5-S S5-M S5-L S5-XL S5-XXL S5-XXXL S5-XXXXL

g. Thermoskin® Double Shoulder

The Double Shoulder provides protection, heat therapy and support for both shoulders. It is useful as an

adjunct in rehabilitation after surgery or to stimulate blood flow in tendonitis cases. Not to be used for

dislocations or bracing. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Item No. 82220 83220 84220 85220 86220 87220

h. Thermoskin® Single Shoulder

The Single Shoulder provides protection, heat therapy and support for the shoulder. Commonly used as part

of a treatment program for intricate shoulder tears, frozen shoulder and rotator cuff problems. Not to be

used for dislocations or bracing. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Left 82218 83218 84218 85218 86218 87218

Right 82219 83219 84219 85219 86219 87219



OR

TH

OT

ICS

SHOULDER and ARM ORTHOSES — Continued

a. Thermoskin® Universal Sports Shoulder

The Sports Shoulder provides protection, heat therapy and support for the shoulder. Keeps shoulder warm

and flexible while playing sports. Not to be used for dislocations or bracing. Universal design fits either left

or right. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Black 82130 83130 84130 85218 86130 87130

Beige 82230 83230 84230 85230 86230 87230

b. ARC 2.0

The signature aluminum waistband is moldable to each patient’s unique torso shape and prevents anterior

brace migration that is common with most pillows. Universal sling design folds to fit every patient with one

brace - left or right. Unique pistol grip adjust with quick-pull tabs and keeps the arm from migrating for-

ward out of the sling. Optional underarm strap relieves pressure on the neck for larger patients and patients

positioned in external rotation. Available with traditional pillow design with 15° abduction pillow. New 2.0

material, with dual layer fabric, keeps patients cool. Its moisture management system captures moisture

and moves it away from the skin to another layer of fabric for quick evaporation, drying the skin faster than

typical breathable materials. Sold each. From Bledsoe.

Description Universal Universal w/Pillow

Item No. ð AE050400 AE050500

c. S.C.O.I. Shoulder Brace

The S.C.O.I. shoulder brace offers immobilization for rotator cuff repairs, capsular shifts, Bankhart procedures

and prosthetic shoulder replacements. The S.C.O.I. allows for 30°-150° of abduction/adduction. Universal.



Item No. ð 11-0100-9-13136

d. Harvey Arm Abduction Orthosis

Reversible for right or left. Length adjustment. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Size Small Large

Velfoam II 109900 109918

Sheepskin 109165 109157

Pe-Lite N/A 109009



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. E-Z Arm Abduction Orthosis

“Worm gear” adjusts arm abduction angle from 20° - 110° without removing any parts. Waistband, forearm

and humeral cuffs quickly position on slotted bars and lock by tightening set screws. Horizontal rotation

of shoulder and elbow joints can be set for free motion or locked in any position. Malleable thoracic band

adjustable to patient’s body contour. Foam padding ensures patient comfort, support and security. Chest

and shoulder straps latch with quick-release buckles. Reversible for left or right arm. Sold each. From Fillauer.

Style Universal

Item No. ð 109300

109370 Soft Elbow Cushion Kit

109391 Humeral Cuff Assembly

f. Ultra Lite Airplane Splint™

Extremely lightweight plastic/aluminum, functional shoulder abduction splint. Especially effective following

rotator cuff repairs, involved humeral fractures, and post-op shoulder/arm surgery where control of shoulder

position and elbow flexion is desired. Universal design fits left or right. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Size Small MD/LG

Item No. ð 1150-OM 1153

Pad Set 1150.01 1153.01

g. The Gunslinger and Gunslinger II

Stabilizes the shoulder by utilizing weight distribution. Features multi-positional adjustability, easily mold-

able aluminum frame lined with soft, washable padding and adjustable, quick snap release buckles and

hook and loop closures.

Gunslinger II is similar to the original Gunslinger, but can accommodate abduction of 45° and/or external rota-

tion. Sold each. From Trulife.

Description Left Right

Gunslinger GS100L GS100R

Gunslinger II GS101L GS101R

GSPAD-L Replacement Pad Set, Left

GSPAD-R Replacement Pad Set, Right



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ELBOW SUPPORTS

a. Aircast Pneumatic Armband

Using a single pre-inflated aircell, the Armband concentrates compression directly on the extensor muscle,

not around the arm, for more support and less constriction. The Armband is designed to conform to the arm’s

tapered contour and comfortably cushions the sensitive injured muscle. Circumference 8-14” (20-35.5cm).

Available in beige or black. Sold each.

Description Beige Black

Item No. ð 05A 05A-B

0501 Aircast Armband Air Cell

b. EpiPoint® Elbow Strap

EpiPoint is a stabilizing support. Elastic band allows dynamic pressure adjustment. The red warning section on

the adjustable band indicates whether the support has been fitted too tightly. Since the pad can be rotated,

EpiPoint can be worn on the left or right forearm. Universal. Sold each. From Bauerfeind®.


Item No. ð 12063501080000

c. Tennis Elbow Strap

Padded forearm band provides focused compression to relieve pain caused by tennis elbow and golfer’s

elbow. Adjustable Velcro® for flexibility. Sold each. From Breg.


Forearm 8-9” 9-10” 10-11” 11-12” 12-14”

Item No. ð 96541 96542 96543 96544 96545

d. GelBand® Arm Band

Applies compression to the working portion of the muscle and tendon without restricting circulation. Elimi-

nates stress on the injury, reduces inflammation and pain, and speeds healing. Includes patented GelCell™

feature that can be heated or chilled for optional thermal therapy. Ideal for wear during athletic activity,

work, or rest. Fits right or left arm. Sold each. From FLA Orthopedics.

Size X-Small Universal

Forearm 7-11” 11-16”

Black 19-500440 19-500640

Beige 19-500430 19-500630

e. Universal Matt Strap™

Ideal for arm, knee, upper arm and upper leg tendonitis. Unique movable loop pod and trimmable strap

offers custom sizing and fitting. One size fits all. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Item No. ð 3709



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ELBOW SUPPORTS — Continued

f. Airform® Tennis Elbow Universal

Focused pneumatic compression. More support with less construction. Conforms and comfortably cushions

sensitive injured muscle. Breathable material is cool and comfortable. Easy to apply simple design fits most

for reduced inventory. Sold each. From Össur.


Item No. ð 320000

g. Universal Surround® Elbow with FLOAM™

Comfortable neoprene strap features Floam™ bladder and wraparound universal design with loop-lock

closure. Floam™ is intended to reduce impact stress to the epicondyle and helps dissipate muscle force over

a greater area. Durable to withstand wear during exercise, sporting activities and repetitive work conditions.

Indications include lateral/medial epicondylitis, bursitis, sprains, strains and tendonitis. Ideal for medial

epicondylitis (golfer’s elbow) and lateral epicondylitis (tennis elbow). Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Item No. ð 79-82570

h. Deluxe Tennis Elbow Support

Perforated vinyl construction with counter-force strap and contact closure provides a comfortable fit to ad-

dress medial and lateral epicondylitis. Universal size fits most patients. Ideal for medial epicondylitis (golfer’s

elbow) and lateral epicondylitis (tennis elbow). Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Item No. ð 79-81030

i. BAND-IT Elbow Brace

A safe, natural, non-invasive stimulant which helps the body heal itself of minor discomfort. When worn as

directed, BAND-IT’s patented design works in conjunction with the human anatomy to reduce the stress on

tendons and muscles and allows your muscles to relax. It may be worn for long periods of time with complete

comfort without cutting off circulation or hampering your daily movements. One size fits most arms, left or

right. Sold each. From Truform.


Item No. ð 2421

j. EpiTrain® Elbow Support

Active, anatomically contoured, knitted support. Reduced compression at the edges of the support reduces

the risk of circulation problems. Viscoelastic pads with cut-out prevent pressure-related irritation over the

elbow. Available in black, natural and titanium. Sold each. From Bauerfeind.

Circumference 6.5-7.5” 7.5-8.25” 8.25-9” 9-9.75” 9.75-10.5” 10.5-11.5” 11.5-12.75”

Size Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Color Natural Black Titanium

Color Code 1 7 8

Item No. ð 110616030 (color) 000 (size)



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ELBOW SUPPORTS — Continued

a. Elbow Support

The Elbow Support provides warmth and compression for minor injuries such as tendonitis, bursitis and ar-

thritis. The elbow support with pad provides added elbow protection. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


1 2 3 4 5 6

Support 11-0001-(size)-06000

Support w/Pad 11-0401-(size)-06000

b. Elbow Guard

A lightweight soft good with rigid elbow protection. Designed by medical professionals with your needs in

mind. Provides elbow stability for mild to moderate medial/lateral and hyperextension injuries. Sold each.

By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Size Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large XXX-Large

2 3 4 5 6 7

Item No. 11-1003-(size)-06000

c. Spider® Pad Elbow

The unique honeycomb design contours for comfortable movement while providing cushioning protection.

The Spider® Pad is ideal for basketball, football and volleyball. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large XXX-Large

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Item No. ð 11-0392-(size)-06060

d. Neoprene Elbow Support 613

Simple pull-on design with adjustable loop-and-lock compression strap. Perforated on medial side for ven-

tilation. Should be worn during athletic activity only. Sold each. From Freeman.


Forearm Circumference 8-9” 9-10” 10-11” 11-12” 12-13”

Item No. ð 613-XS 613-S 613-M 613-L 613-XL



Image Not Available

OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Tennis Elbow Support



Item No. ð 202323 202325 202327 202328

f. Thermoskin® Arthritic Elbow Wrap

Anatomically shaped with an adjustable velcro closure to allow flexibility with ease of application and com-

pression variation. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Item No. ð 82306 83306 84306 85306 86306 87306

g. Thermoskin® Elbow

Anatomically designed with protection, elbow support and thermal properties that aid in the treatment of

tennis elbow and golfer’s elbow. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Item No. ð 82217 83217 84217 85217 86217 87217

h. Elbow Support with Viscoelastic Insert

This lightweight, four-way stretch elbow support provides excellent compression and control while allowing

full range of motion. The anatomically sculpted viscoelastic insert delivers targeted support to weakened or

injured soft tissues. Some wearers might prefer the breathable properties of this elastic material over non-

breathable neoprene. Sold each. From Truform.


Item No. ð 2427-S 2427-M 2427-L 2427-XL

i. Padded Elbow Support

High compression elastic along with pressure pads protect injured soft tissue around the elbow joint. Opening

over the back of the joint permits unobstructed movement and prevents discomfort. Bilateral spiral boning

in strong web casings. Sold each. From Truform.


Item No. ð 0767-XS 0767-S 0767-M 0767-L 0767-XL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ELBOW BRACES

a. Mayo Elbow Hinged Brace

An innovative control knob and adjustable hinge, provides exceptional stability and comfort while allowing for

immobilization, static stretch or free motion option of the elbow. The sturdy metal uprights provide stability,

while the straps with aircells securely hold the brace in position, ensure patient comfort and avoid pressure

points. The brace is used immediately after surgery to protect and immobilize the elbow joint. In the immedi-

ate post-injury or post-surgical period, the brace may be used to comfortably immobilize the elbow due to the

effectiveness of the aircell strapping systems. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.

Side Left Right

Item No. ð 05E-L 05E-R

b. Turnbuckle Elbow Orthosis

Applies dynamic low-loaded force to increase elbow extension or flexion. Controls elbow contracture in pa-

tients with paralysis or significantly unbalanced muscle strength. Also good for elbow flexion and extension

contracture postoperatively. Sold each. From AliMed.

Size A B BB C D

Overall Length 11.25” 14.5” 14.5” 16.25” 16.25”

Forearm 8-10” 8-10” 10-12.5” 10-12.5” 12.5-15”

Biceps 9-11” 9-11” 11-13.5” 11-13.5” 13.5-16”

Item No. ð 52396-A 52396-B 52396-BB 52396-C 52396-D

c. Bledsoe Arm Brace

Designed to handle post-op elbow arthroscopy, severe elbow strains and ligament trauma. Quick setting hinge

limits extension from 0-90°, flexion from 0-135°, and locks 0-90° in 15° increments. Push button adjustment.

No tools required. Formable aluminum plates adjust to fit. Sold each. From Bledsoe.

Extender Arm Brace (One Size) Left Right

Item No. ð AE021100 AE021200

AE012111 Hand Extension, Small Left

AE012211 Hand Extension, Small Right

AE012113 Hand Extension, Large Left

AE012213 Hand Extension, Large Right

Original Arm Brace Small Large

Ulnar Styloid Process to Medial Humeral Epicondyle 7-9.5” 8.5-12.5”

Medial Humeral Epicondyle to Axilla 5.5-8” 7-11.5”

Side Left Right

Small AE023200 AE020201

Large AE020103 AE020203



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Telescoping Elbow Brace

The Telescoping Elbow Brace is designed to handle post-op elbow arthroscopy, severe elbow strains and liga-

ment trauma. The Bledsoe Telescoping Elbow Brace should be used when limited R.O.M. or locked control of

the elbow is desired. In most cases, the Bledsoe Telescoping Elbow Brace can be formed, fitted and adjusted

in 5 minutes or less. Sold each. From Bledsoe.

Side Left Right

Item No. ð AE023100 AE023200

e. T-Scope Elbow Brace

The T-Scope Elbow is ideal for fixed or controlled range of motion. This lightweight, low profile product

provides telescoping forearm and humeral bars, range of motion control and lock out ability at any angle.

Weighs just 13 oz. ROM control in 10° increments: extension control from -10° to 110°, flexion control from

10° to 120°. Sold each. From Breg.

Size Regular Long

Left 07251 07253

Right 07250 07252

f. XR Cubital Tunnel Splint

Innovative support that immobilizes and positions the elbow at 122° to help reduce pain and numbness as-

sociated with Cubital Tunnel Syndrome. Constructed of extra rigid A.B.S. material with medial contouring

on shell and plush cloth liner. Sold each. From Corflex.

Size SM/MD MD/LG LG/XL

Item No. ð 37-2191-000 37-2192-000 37-2193-000

g. DeROM® Elbow

Features flexion and extension assist in a single unit. Malleable Wire-foam™ softgoods provide a custom fit.

Range of motion stops for static progressive splinting. Easy to set and release tension. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Size Small/Med Small/Med Med/Large Med/Large

Biceps Circumference 9-12” 9-12” 12”+ 12”+

Side Left Right Left Right

Item No. ð 4229CL 4229CR 4229DL 4229DR

4229CLK Repl Soft Goods, ML 4229DLK Repl Soft Goods, LL

4229CRK Repl Soft Goods, MR 4229DRK Repl Soft Goods, LR



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ELBOW BRACES — Continued

a. Static-Pro® Elbow

Static progressive splint combines static stretching with stress relaxation to elongate contracted tissue. Flex-

ion and extension achieved in one unit with the turn of a knob. Lightweight, low-profile design. Malleable

Wire-foam™ cuffs are trimmable for a customized fit. Foam liner is soft and absorbent. Universal sizing. Sold

each. From DeRoyal.

Side Left Right

Item No. ð 4425L 4425R

b. Pucci® Air Inflatable Elbow Splint

Therapeutic hinged orthosis provides continuous low stretch therapy to elbow. Features inflatable upright

air bladder. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Size Small Large

Forearm Circumference 5-7” 6.5-11.5”

Biceps Circumference 6-8.5” 8.5-13”

Item No. ð 4220B 4220C

c. ROM Elbow Deluxe

For postoperative immobilization and protected range of motion, the ROM Elbow Deluxe is ideal when a

neutral position is desired. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Biceps Circumference 9-11.5” 11.5-14.5” 14.5-19”

Item No. ð 11-0520-2-06060 11-0520-3-06060 11-0520-4-06060

d. IROM Elbow Orthosis

The IROM Elbow is ideal for fixed or controlled ROM in the treatment of stable supracondylar fractures, stable

radial fractures, and lateral/medial epicondylitis. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Size Short Long

Left 11-0181-2-13066 11-0181-4-13066

Right 11-0180-2-13066 11-0180-4-13066



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Cubital Comfort™ Brace

Indicated for cubital tunnel syndrome. Two aluminum malleable stays positioned inside the elbow prevent

excessive elbow flexion. Two stockinette arm bands easily position the brace on the arm. Two hook and loop

straps secure the brace. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.

Side Short Long

Length less than 11.5” 11.5”+

Item No. ð 3847-SH 3847-LG

f. Comfy Elbow Orthosis

The Comfy Elbow Orthosis is easy to use. It provides excellent support for flaccid or weak extremities and

helps immobilize painful extremities. The splint spine can bend to the desired ROM and the cuffs can adjust

to the wrists and MP joints for optimal fit. It can also be adjusted to provide for gradual extension of the

non-fixed elbow contracture. One can order an optional elbow pad, which slides over the center strap of the

splint to protect the elbow from pressure areas. All elements of the Elbow Orthosis, from the metal frame to

the insulating layers to the comfortable Dri-release terry cloth cover, can be easily cleaned. Sold each. From

Lenjoy Medical Engineering.

Size Adult Small Adult

Item No. ð E-101-AS E-101

E-PAD Optional Elbow Pad

g. Comfy Elbow-Hand Combo Orthosis

The Elbow Hand Combo Orthosis extends the elbow and hand simultaneously. It is excellent for the spastic

hand and elbow and takes into account the flexion synergy of the upper extremity. Sold each. From Lenjoy

Medical Engineering.


Full Hand Attachment EH101-FH-AS EH101-FH

Hand Roll Attachment EH101-HR-AS EH101-HR

Full Hand Thumb Attachment EH101-HT-AS EH101-HT

EHC-1-FH Replacement Cover

h. Comfy Goniometer Elbow Orthosis

Designed to increase elbow extension following CVA, surgery, injury or neurological complications. Has the

same benefits as serial casting and allows for progressive extension of the elbow in 10° increments, but does

so in a comfortable, adjustable and removable splint form. The goniometer hinge allows one to set a range

within which the elbow can flex and extend and it can also lock at a desired degree of extension. Sold each.

From Lenjoy Medical Engineering.


Item No. ð GE101-AS GE101



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Epico ROM® II

Immobilizes the elbow with 0°-120° optional flexion/extension in 10° increments. Features include full cir-

cumference, padded plastic shell with circular straps, removable hand rest and adjustable support strap with

comfortable neck padding. Sold each. From Medi.

Size Standard Standard Long Long

Elbow Crease to Wrist under 8” under 8” over 8” over 8”

Side Left Right Left Right

Item No. ð 99250 99150 99251 99151

b. DynaPro™ Flex Elbow

Treats mild/moderate flexion. Abnormal reflex arc therapy provided by the device assists in neuro-reha-

bilitation. Axial hinge with legible goniometer facilitates brace fitting. New fabric reduces shear/friction.

Proprietary gel padding in cuff. Elbow cuff extenders available. Bacti-Ban™ keeps covers cleaner and more

odor resistant. Sold each. From Ongoing Care Solutions.


Upper Arm Circumference 8-10” 9-11.5” 11-14”

Lower Arm Circumference 5-8” 7.5-10” 9-12”

Item No. DP FE20724-S DP FE20724-M DP FE20724-L

DP FEAK-S DynaPro Flex Elbow Liner SM

DP FEAK-M DynaPro Flex Elbow Liner MD

DP FEAK-L DynaPro Flex Elbow Liner LG

DP HX-ECO Hyperextension ECO Pad

c. SoftPro™ Static Gel Elbow

New fabric reduces shear/friction. Proprietary gel padding in cuff. Elbow cuff extenders available. Bacti-Ban™

keeps covers cleaner and more odor resistant. Easily adjustable single setting hinge. Provides three point

progressive extension stretch. Sold each. From Ongoing Care Solutions.

Size Child Youth Small Medium Large

Item No. ð SP 503-4 SP 503-5 SP 503-0 SP 503-1 SP 503-2

SP EXT SoftPro KCO/ECO Extension

d. Mackie Elbow Brace

The Mackie Elbow Brace uses a unique rotating hinge mounted on a rigid, non-contact frame. This design

offers simplicity of function, strong construction, and superior patient comfort. The Mackie hinge mecha-

nism is engineered to allow for smooth and infinite positional settings. Sold each. From Ortho Innovations.


Left Medial/Right Lateral OI1001 OI1002 OI1003

Right Medial/Left Lat eral OI1004 OI1005 OI1006

OI1001SGK Mackie Elbow Soft Goods SM

OI1002SGK Mackie Elbow Soft Goods MD

OI1003SGK Mackie Elbow Soft Goods LG



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Elbow Orthosis

Effective in limiting flexion and extension. Low profile joint is adjustable in 30° increments for desired range

of motion. Velcro® attachments facilitate individual adjustment of uprights. Lightweight polyethylene, per-

forated and lined with closed-cell foam. Universal design fits left or right. Two Colles’ socks included. Sold

each. From Orthomerica.


Item No. ð 1110-OM 1111-OM 1112-OM 1113-OM

1114-OM Elbow Orthosis Joints PR

f. PRIME™ Elbow System with Ulnar Component

Prefabricated modular arm orthosis effective for post-surgical or post-injury indications where limited range

of motion and rotation control are desired. Perforated for ventilation. Adjustable Velcro® straps facilitate

application and removal for wound inspection, dressing and sock changes. Anodized aluminum lateral joint/

plastic medial joint combination offers more positive control than classic elbow orthosis. Sold each. From

Orthomerica.


Left 1120 1121-OM 1122

Right 1125-OM 1126-OM 1127-OM

g. PRIME™ Elbow System with Wrist-Hand Component

Prefabricated modular arm orthosis effective for post-surgical or post-injury indications where limited range

of motion and rotation control are desired. Perforated for ventilation. Adjustable Velcro® straps facilitate

application and removal for wound inspection, dressing and sock changes. Anodized aluminum lateral joint/

plastic medial joint combination offers more positive control than classic elbow orthosis. Sold each. From

Orthomerica.


Left 1130 1131 1132

Right 1135 1136 1137

h. Innovator X™ Post-Op Elbow

Easiest to use Innovator hinge. Slide-to-size™ struts lead to a more customized fit. Sensil® padding on the

strapping system reduces slipping. Malleable aluminum cuffs enable the fitter to customize the Innovator X to

varying anatomy. Patented Form Fit® 3-dimensional padding and Lycra® lining will lead to superior comfort

and compliance. Comfort pad at the neck and shoulder. Sold each. From Össur.

Side Left Right

Item No. ð W-823101 W-823100

W-A82310 Optional Elbow Arm Bar Kit



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. ElbowRANGER® Motion Control Splint

For non-operative application, collateral ligament strains and ruptures and ulnar nerve transposition. May

be used following early cast removal to stabilize fractures and for postoperative immobilization. Removable

hand grip assists in the prevention of pronation/supination. Aluminum R.O.M. bilateral hinges allow adjust-

ments in 30° increments with formed Kydex® shells. Universal application fits left or right arm. Sold each. By

ProCare from DJO Global.


Item No. ð 79-94200 79-94210 79-94220

b. Elbow Stabilizer

The Elbow Stabilizer is indicated for the treatment of epicondylitis, cubital tunnel syndrome, bursitis, tendon-

itis, or other conditions requiring stabilization of the elbow. The removable plastic stay can be heat molded

and repositioned to prevent full extension and flexion, as needed, to minimize stretching of the ulnar nerve.

Made of a breathable and washable “wicking” foam liner, the Elbow Stabilizer keeps the skin cool and dry,

maintaining good skin integrity. Adjustable compression straps assure proper individual support and elbow

control. Sold each. From RCAI.

Size Youth Adult

Item No. ð 48ES-Y 48ES-A

c. Flex Cuff Respond® ROM Elbow Orthosis

The Flex Cuff Elbow Orthosis provides effective rehabilitation for joint stiffness and contractures, instability,

strain, sprains and ligament repairs. The Flex Cuff Elbow is lightweight and versatile. It features the Respond

ROM® range of motion hinges with flexion/extension stop settings and a static lock PEM® for immobiliza-

tion or static progressive stretch. Hinge arms positioned in medial/lateral panels to prevent migration on

the arm. The liner is constructed of one-piece breathable foam that wicks away moisture from the skin. Sold

each. From RCAI.


Item No. 18ECO-S 18ECO-M 18ECO-L 18ECO-XL

18EC Flex Cuff Elbow Cap Fits All Sizes

d. Post Operative Pin® (POP) Arm Brace

Designed for post surgery and/or related elbow injuries where limited ROM or locked control of the elbow is

desired. The POP Arm Brace can be used as an alternative to casting or repetitive splinting with range of motion

flexion/extension control. Features open, lightweight design for patient comfort, washable, moisture-wicking

liner, flexion settings from 0-120° and extension settings form 0-90° in 5° increments. Sold each. From RCAI.


Mid-Humeral Circumference 11-14” 12-16” 13-18”

Brace Length 14.5” 15.5” 16.5”

Left 74APOP-S-L 74APOP-M-L 74APOP-L-L

Right 74APOP-S-R 74APOP-M-R 74APOP-L-R



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Premier Elbow Corrective Orthosis

The Premier Elbow Corrective Orthosis offers progressive static lock settings to permit gradual increases in

elbow joint extension and positioning following surgical procedures, joint stiffness and contracture. “T”

screws allow for degree of angle adjustment without the use of tools. Thermoplastic humeral and forearm

cuffs. Lightweight nylon hinges can accommodate patients with zero to moderate tone and mild spasticity.

Available with a breathable foam liner or a Kodel® liner. Sold each. From RCAI.



Brace Length 12.5” 13” 13”

Foam 28ECO-S 28ECO-M 28ECO-L

Kodel® 24ECO-S 24ECO-M 24ECO-L

f. Respond® ROM Elbow Orthosis

Provides 10° increment setting of flexion/extension elbow control for post-surgical ROM limitation, joint

stiffness and contracture. The Respond ROM® hinge features a static lock pin that allows the brace to be

used static-progressively for positioning. Can be used as an alternative to serial casting. Elbow cap (included)

provides three-point pressure leverage and elbow control. Thermoplastic humeral and forearm cuffs can ac-

commodate patients with zero to moderate tone and mild spasticity. Available with a breathable foam liner

or a Kodel® liner. Sold each. From RCAI.



Brace Length 14” 15” 15”

Foam 38ECO-S 38ECO-M 38ECO-L

Kodel® 34ECO-S 34ECO-M 34ECO-L

g. The Universal Arm Brace

The Universal Arm Brace has bilateral hinges, which provide increased flexion/extension elbow control from

0° to 120°. The lightweight stainless steel hinge construction aids in patient compliance. The precision length

adjustment hinge arm assures a personalized fit and the unique forearm design provides protection of the

olecranon process. The liner is made of a breathable laminate interface. Sold each. From RCAI.

Size Short Average Long

Arm Length 11-13” 14-16” 17-20”

Max Biceps Circumference 17.5” (44.5cm) 19.5” (49.5cm) 21.5” (54.6cm)

Max Forearm Circumference 14.5” (36.8cm) 16.5” (41.9cm) 18.5” (47cm)

Item No. ð 88UAB-SX 88UAB-AV 88UAB-LX



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ELBOW JOINTS

a. Range of Motion Elbow Joint

Designed to limit the range of motion at the elbow. Made of 1/8” 2024-T3 aluminum and is adjustable in 30°

increments. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic.

ROM Elbow Joint DISCON

ROM Elbow Joint and FM Overlap Joint U-30-2

b. Mackie Elbow Hinge

Features infinitely adjustable angle settings, non-slip static-progressive action and removable knob for low-

profile use. 28” length. Sold each. From Ortho Innovations.

0.18” x 0.58” Straight Geared Hinge with 2” Knob OI2029

0.125” x 0.58” Straight Idler Hinge OI2024

WRIST JOINTS

c. Monodos® Joint

The 1900 Monodos® Joint incorporates a one-way clutch and allows rotation in one direction, but blocks all

rotation in the opposite direction until released. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Description Adult/Youth Pediatric

Dimensions 1/8” x 1/2” x 10” 1/8” x 1/2” x 6”

Item No. ð 1900-B 1900-C

d. Range of Motion Wrist Joint

Designed to limit range of motion at the wrist. The hinge is a lap-type adjustable joint made of 1/8” 2024-T3

anodized aluminum, channeled for easy attachment and adjustability. Range is from 0° to 35° of flexion and/or

extension with a total of 70° of arc. Pre-shaped offset and sliding locking allen screws. Sold each. From Trulife.

Item No. ð JS-1100-J

e. Range of Motion Wrist Joint

Small, lightweight aluminum joint attaches with Chicago screws through slots. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Item No. ð 4222



OR

TH

OT

ICS

WRIST and HAND ORTHOSES

f. Adjustable Pil-O-Splint®

Extremely comfortable, luxuriously padded splint. Fits just right thanks to the adjustable compression strap.

Cotton-covered foam. Machine wash. Fits left or right. Universal size. Sold each. From AliMed.

Item No. ð 51331-AM

g. FREEDOM® Omni Progressive™ WHT Orthosis

Comfortable padded terry liner. High degree of adjustability. Adjusts at wrist, fingers, thumb and forearm.

Sturdy enough to manage spasticity. Padding protects fragile skin. Sold each. From AliMed.

Size Standard Long

Left 510741-L 513414-L

Right 510741-R 513414-R

h. Turnbuckle Functional Position Splint

The Turnbuckle Functional Position Splint is a dynamic splint that permits application of incremental low-load

force to the wrist joint to gradually reduce contracture while the hand is aligned in a functional position.

The patient must have passive finger extension and wrist contracture cannot exceed 90° flexion. A stainless

steel turnbuckle joins the hand and forearm portions of the splint’s Kydex® shell. A soft, padded two-part

Beta Pile II cover is comfortable against the skin. The padded straps are reinforced with loops in areas of

repetitive closure. Sold each. From AliMed.

Size B C D

Wrist Splint

Left 52395-B-LT 52395-C-LT 52395-D-LT

Right 52395-B-RT 52395-C-RT 52395-D-RT

Replacement Liner

Left 52389-B-LT 52389-C-LT 52389-D-LT

Right 52389-B-RT 52389-C-RT 52389-D-RT

i. Mannerfelt Hand Splint Type 2.2

This splint provides dynamic extension of DIP and PIP joints II-V and fixation of the wrist. The MCP extension

block, which may be removed, provides fixation of the MCP joints II-V. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.


Left UM-2.2LS UM-2.2LM UM-2.2LL

Right UM-2.2RS UM-2.2RM UM-2.2RL

731-3L Dynamic Thumb Extension Module Left

731-3R Dynamic Thumb Extension Module Right



OR

TH

OT

ICS

WRIST and HAND ORTHOSES — Continued

a. Boxer Splint

Anatomically designed to provide comfortable support, protection and immobilization of the 4th and 5th

metacarpals. Constructed of a lightweight low-density polyethylene shell with a soft foam liner and Palmar

pad and contact closure straps. Sold each. From Corflex.


Wrist Circumference 4-5” 5-6” 6-7” 7-8”

4th and 5th MCP Joints 2.75-3.25” 3.25-3.75” 3.75-4.25” 4.25-4.75”

Left 37-1211-000 37-1212-000 37-1213-000 37-1214-000

Right 37-1201-000 37-1202-000 37-1203-000 37-1204-000

b. Extended Length Boxer Splint

Anatomically designed to provide comfortable support, protection and immobilization of the 4th and 5th

metacarpals; extended length provides added wrist support. Constructed of a lightweight low-density

polyethylene shell with a soft foam liner and Palmar pad and contact closure straps. Sold each. From Corflex.


Wrist Circumference 4-5” 5-6” 6-7” 7-8”

4th & 5th MCP Joints 2.75-3.25” 3.25-3.75” 3.75-4.25” 4.25-4.75”

Left 37-1231-000 37-1232-000 37-1233-000 37-1234-000

Right 37-1221-000 37-1222-000 37-1223-000 37-1224-000

c. Thumbster Soft

Anatomically designed to provide comfortable and secure immobilization of the thumb and wrist support

while preserving mobility of the other fingers. Constructed of vacuum-formed cross linked polyester with

stretchable contact closure. Universal size. Sold each. From Corflex.

Item No. ð 73-5000-000

d. Black Wrist Splint

Constructed of comfortable black foam material. Malleable palmar stay provides anatomical fit and rigid

support. Low profile and lightweight design. D-ring closures for easy application and removal. Does not

extend past distal palmar crease allowing full finger range of motion. 8” in length. Sold each. From DeRoyal.


Left 5073-06 5073-07 5073-08 5073-09 5073-10

Right 5073-01 5073-02 5073-03 5073-04 5073-05



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. LMB Air-Soft™ Resting Hand Splint

Supports fingers, thumb and wrist in functional/resting position with simple adjustment of the wrist and

thumb. Malleable aluminum frame allows for static progressive splinting. Self-wicking liner helps to control

perspiration. Sold each. From DeRoyal.


Left 325BL 325CL 325DL

Right 325BR 325CR 325DR

810 Finger Deviation Strap

f. Pucci® Air-T Inflatable Hand Splint

Unique wrist, hand and finger orthosis apply low stretch therapy to contracted fingers, hand and wrist. Fea-

tures dynamic inflatable air bladders. Fleece type liner helps reduce pressure points and provide comfortable

fit. Air bladder has a contoured bulb for thumb abduction. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Side Left Right


g. Pucci® Air Inflatable Hand Splint

Unique wrist, hand and finger orthosis apply low stretch therapy to contracted fingers, hand and wrist. Fea-

tures dynamic inflatable air bladders. Fleece type liner helps reduce pressure points and provide comfortable

fit. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Side Left Right


413-CL Replacement Soft Goods, Left

413-CR Replacement Soft Goods, Right

h. Pucci® Air Short Opponens Inflatable Hand Orthosis

Provides continuous low stretch therapy to the contracted hand through inflation of the palmar section.

Includes replaceable soft goods and a mesh laundry bag. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Side Left Right


403-CL Replacement Soft Goods, Left

403-CR Replacement Soft Goods, Right

i. Elastic Wrist Splint

The Elastic Wrist Splint is ideal for carpal tunnel syndrome, wrist sprains and cock-up wrist immobilization.



Wrist Circumference 5.25-6” 6-7.5” 7.5-8.5” 8.5”+

Left 11-0223-2 11-0223-3 11-0223-4 11-0223-5

Right 11-0222-2 11-0222-3 11-0222-4 11-0222-5



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Universal Wrist/Forearm Splint

The Universal Wrist/Forearm Splint is ideal for post-surgical immobilization, post-fracture casting and wrist

sprains/strains. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Size Universal

Left 11-0221-9

Right 11-0220-9

b. Soft Fit Universal Thumb Spica

Comfortable thumb spica immobilizes the thumb joint and provides wrist support. Made of compression-

formed foam with no seams. Self-wicking lining absorbs perspiration. Elastic closure straps enable easy

application and removal. Fits right or left thumb. Universal size. Navy. Sold each. From FLA Orthopedics.

Item No. ð 25-120003

c. Modabber™ Wrist Orthosis

Constructed of Kuhl™ perforated neoprene, allowing moisture to escape while retaining heat and providing

compression. Four-way stretch of neoprene ensures brace conforms to the contour of the hand. Aluminum

palmar stay is removable and malleable. Patented patient assist strap makes one-handed application easy.

Universal sizing. Fits 4.5-9.5” wrist circumference. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.

Size Short Long

Left 5819-L 5818-L

Right 5819-R 5818-R

d. Phomfit™ Wrist Orthosis

Foam and nylon tricot lining, laminated to a sturdy black nylon outer fabric provides comfort and durability.

Stockinette tongue and dorsal hook and loop closures offer simple application. Removable aluminum palmar

stay is malleable. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Wrist Circumference 4.5-5.5” 5-6.5” 6-7.5” 7-8.5” 8-9.5”

Left 437-L-XS 437-L-S 437-L-M 437-L-L 437-L-XL

Right 437-R-XS 437-R-S 437-R-M 437-R-L 437-R-XL

e. Suede Lacing Wrist Orthosis

Constructed of perforated black suede laminated to moisture moving poly-felt. Contoured design provides a

secure fit and allows full finger and thumb function. Lacing design provides for easy secure closures. Stocki-

nette tongue eases application. Anatomically designed for a better fit. Aluminum Palmar and dorsal stays

are malleable and removable. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Wrist Circumference 4.5-5.5” 5-6.5” 6-7.5” 7-8.5” 8-9.5”

Left 434-L-XS 434-L-S 434-L-M 434-L-L 434-L-XL

Right 434-R-XS 434-R-S 434-R-M 434-R-L 434-R-XL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

f. Titan™ Thumb Orthosis

Constructed of soft, comfortable orthopedic felt laminated to brush nylon exterior. The adjustable lacing

pull fastens with one hand. Oblique thumb stay is malleable to allow for desired thumb position and rigid

enough for excellent thumb stability. Provides abduction control, angle adjustability and easy reapplication.

Removable, malleable palmar stay and dorsal stays. The brace remains below the Palmar crease and allows

finger dexterity while securing the thumb. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.

Size Short Long

Wrist Circumference 4.5-9.5” 4.5-9.5”

Left 455-LT 459-LT

Right 455-RT 459-RT

g. Titan™ Wrist — Lacing Orthosis

Constructed of soft, comfortable orthopedic felt laminated to brush nylon exterior. Universal size reduces

stocking needs. Adjustable pull and lacing system fastens with one hand. Anatomically contoured palmal

stay is malleable for customization and removable for “step-down” rehabilitation. The brace fits below the

Palmar crease for full finger dexterity. Dorsal stay pod can be moved proximal or distal for desired level of

dorsiflexion restriction. On small hands, the eyelets will clamshell over the laces for a smooth overlap. Sold

each. From Hely & Weber.

Size Short Wrist & Forearm

Wrist Circumference 4.5-9.5” 4.5-9.5”

Left 450-LT 452-LT

Right 450-RT 452-RT

h. TKO® (The Knuckle Orthosis)

Provides positioning for fractures or injuries to metacarpals, phalanges, MCP and IP joints. Straps are infinitely

adjustable for fit and comfort. Distal buddy strapping eliminates rotation of the finger. Padded stays are mal-

leable. Reversible - one splint acts as a Boxer’s Fracture splint (ulnar gutter), radial gutter splint and Middle

& Ring finger splint. Universal size. Left or right. Universal size. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Item No. ð 3848-L 3848-R

i. UNO WHO® — Wrist Hand Orthosis

Constructed of a nylon outer shell with a tricot covered foam lining for comfort and durability. Stay pod is

movable for universal sizing and malleable for a custom fit. Stockinette tongue and dorsal loop and lock

closures offer a simple application. Removable, malleable, anatomically contoured aluminum palmar stay. 3

dorsal loop and lock closures are adjustable and trimmable. Brace won’t snag clothing because there is no

exposed hook. Universal size. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Item No. ð 428-L 428-R



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. UNO WHT® — Wrist Hand Thumb Orthosis

Movable stay pod makes this brace universal and acts as an anchor for the hook and loop straps. Stockinette

tongue and dorsal loop and lock closures offer simple application. 3 dorsal loop and lock closures are adjustable

and trimmable. Constructed of nylon outer shell with a tricot covered foam lining for comfort and durability.

Radial thumb stay and palmar stay are malleable. Aluminum palmar stay. Brace won’t snag clothing because

there is no exposed hook. Stay pocket cover prevents migration of the palmar stay. “D” rings are offset to

avoid irritation to the wrist. Universal size. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Item No. ð 429-L 429-R

b. 4-Strap Comfy Hand Orthosis

Enhances positioning and support of the hand much like the classic Comfy Hand Orthosis. It offers a stronger

hold on the fingers with its additional fourth strap. Universal size. Sold each. From Lenjoy.

Item No. ð 4S-H101

c. Comfy Cuddler Opposition Hand Orthosis

Features an adjustable “C” bar that positions the thumb in full opposition. Additionally, it provides gradual

extension of the wrist, fingers and thumb and has a butterfly frame which allows for a customized fit at the

wrist and forearm. Universal size. Sold each. From Lenjoy.


Item No. ð CCOPH-101-L CCOPH-101-R

d. Comfy Finger Extender Hand Orthosis

For the severely contracted hand and wrist that also has ulnar or radial deviation. Use without handrolls to

keep fingers from palm and gradually increase finger extension by using graduated finger rolls and extending

the spine of the splint for wrist extension. Use the unique below the wrist swivel to accommodate for ulnar

and radial deviation. Sold each. From Lenjoy.

Item No. ð F-101

FC-1 Cover for Finger Extender Orthosis

e. Comfy Grip

An adjustable orthosis used to support the wrist and gradually increase finger extension. The frame is de-

signed to slide on graduated finger rolls. Sold each. From Lenjoy.


Left CGRIP-101-S-LT CGRIP-101-M-LT CGRIP-101-L-LT

Right CGRIP-101-S-RT CGRIP-101-M-RT CGRIP-101-L-RT



OR

TH

OT

ICS

f. Comfy Standard Hand Orthosis

Easily adjustable as well as soft and cuddly. Extremely well padded and comfortable to wear. Used as resting

splint or for progressive extension of hand, wrist and finger joints. Each joint easily independently adjustable

and re-adjustable without tools or heat guns. Washable absorbent covers absorb sweat. For patients with

longer fingers, a Long Pan Hand model is available. Sold each. From Lenjoy.

Description Regular Extra Long Pan

Item No. ð H-101 LPH-101-L

g. Comfy Hand Thumb Orthosis

Uniquely designed to support the thumb without stressing the web space between the index finger and the

thumb, known as the thenar eminence. The thumb tab functionally positions the thumb without stretching

the thenar eminence like the traditional “C” bar opposition hand splints, making this splint excellent for use

on patients with tightly adducted thumbs. The splint is adjustable and readjustable without the use of tools,

making it easy to use and customize. Sold each. From Lenjoy.


Item No. ð HT101-AS HT101

h. Wrist-Hand-Forearm Fluffi-Splint™ Orthosis

Provides proper support and immobilization of the wrist. Allows unobstructed motion of the thumb and

fingers. Sold each. From Maramed.


Left WHFS-C-100L WHFS-C-200L WHFS-C-300L

Right WHFS-C-100R WHFS-C-200R WHFS-C-300R

*For aluminum insert add -A (ex: WHFS-C-100-A)

i. Wrist-Hand Orthosis

Provides effective temporary positioning and immobilization of wrist in a neutral position with the added

comfort and safety of the soft cover and straps. Both the cover and straps wick away moisture and are

washable to promote proper hygiene. The splint is excellent for rehabilitation and long-term care. Rigid

polystyrene construction permits unobstructed radiographs and allows splint to be gas autoclaved. Sold

each. From Maramed.


Left WH-100L WH-200L WH-300L

Right WH-100R WH-200R WH-300R

j. Wrist-Hand-Thumb Orthosis

Provides proper support and immobilization of the wrist and thumb. Allows unobstructed motion of the

fingers. Sold each. From Maramed.


Left WHT-100L WHT-200L WHT-300L

Right WHT-100R WHT-200R WHT-300R



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Professional Wrist Brace

Features comfortable, lightweight, medical-grade material. Formable aluminum stay design provides better

comfort and fit. Easy one-handed pull-on application. Brace allows for full use of fingers. Indications: wrist

sprains and strains, carpal tunnel syndrome, arthritis, tendonitis. Sold each. From Medi USA.


Left 86251-ME 86252-ME 86253-ME 86254 86255

Right 86151 86152 86153 86154 86155

b. Manumed® Active

Manumed active stabilizes and relieves the strain on the wrist. It is made of breathable Clima-Comfort fabric.

The hand brace is anatomically preformed and can be fitted to the individual hand. The circular and anatomi-

cal strap also allows an accurate reduction of pressure. Silver or sand. Sold each. From Medi USA.

Size Color X-Small Small Medium Large

Left Silver 64321-ME 64322-ME 64323 64324

Right Silver 64121 64122 64123 64124

Left Sand 64281 64282 64283 64284

Right Sand 64081 64082 64083 64084

c. AirPro™ Air Graduate WHFO

Conforms to the shape of the hand accommodating different degrees of finger contracture. Ideal for severely

contracted fingers. Removable cone-shaped palmar air bladder can be used independently of wrist support.

Extra cover included. Universal. “Bend to Fit” — easily molded without tools. Color-coded straps. Bacti-Ban™

keeps covers cleaner and more odor resistant. Universal size. Sold each. From Ongoing Care Solutions.


Item No. ð AP 31AG-L/L AP 31AG-R/L

d. DynaPro™ Finger Flex

Resting hand design with flexible finger platform. Flexible wrist, MCP and PIP joints. Thumb pocket with two

gel inserts treats thumb abduction. Finger separators and extra cover included. Sold each. From Ongoing

Care Solutions.


Left DP WFF-21SL DP WFF-22ML DP WFF-23LL

Right DP WFF-21SR DP WFF-22MR DP WFF-23LR

e. DynaPro™ Flex Hand

Reverses moderate/severe flexion and/or spasticity of wrist/hand/fingers. Two incrementally larger palmar

rolls included to gradually increase extension of the MCP and PIP joints. Provides gentle ulnar drift correction.

Extra cover included. Heat moldable. Color-coded straps. Bacti-Ban™ keeps covers cleaner and more odor

resistant. Universal size. Sold each. From Ongoing Care Solutions.


Item No. ð DP WF20721-L DP WF20721-R



OR

TH

OT

ICS

f. SoftPro™ Champ™ Resting Hand

Treats mild to moderate contractures of wrist/hand/fingers. Maintains the wrist/hand/fingers in functional

alignment. Unique strapping system provides optimal support. Comfortably positions the wrist/hand/fingers

in functional alignment. Thumb is “Bend to Fit” to support, position and/or correct alignment of the thumb.

Finger Separators and Ulnar Drift Strap available separately to allow custom fitting. Extra cover included.

“Bend to Fit” easily molded without tools. Easily adjustable for ulnar and/or radial deviation. Color-coded

straps. Bacti-Ban™ keeps covers cleaner and more odor resistant. Sold each. From Ongoing Care Solutions.


Left SP 31CHA-XSL SP 31CHA-SL SP 31CHA-ML SP 31CHA-LL

Right SP 31CHA-XSR SP 31CHA-SR SP 31CHA-MR SP 31CHA-LR

g. SoftPro™ Functional Resting Hand

Treats moderate contractures of the wrist/hand/fingers. Extra long wrist strap holds the wrist in the proper

position and applies a gentle stretch. Thumb is “Bend to Fit” to support, postion and/or correct alignment

of the thumb. Finger Separators and Ulnar Drift Strap available separately to allow custom fitting. Extra

cover included. “Bend to Fit” easily molded without tools. Easily adjustable for ulnar and/or radial deviation.

Color-coded straps. Bacti-Ban™ keeps covers cleaner and more odor resistant. Sold each. From Ongoing Care

Solutions.

Size Child Youth Small Medium Large

Left SP 31FFR-CL SP 31FFR-YL SP 31FFR-SL SP 31FFR-ML SP 31FFR-LL

Right SP 31FFR-CR SP 31FFR-YR SP 31FFR-SR SP 31FFR-MR SP 31FFR-LR

h. SoftPro™ Grip

Treats moderate to severe contractures of the wrist/hand/fingers. Palmar bar comfortably fits into the palm

of a fisted hand. Two incrementally larger palmar rolls included to gradually increase extension of the MCP

and PIP joints. Finger Separators and Ulnar Drift Strap available separately to allow custom fitting. Extra

cover included. “Bend to Fit” easily molded without tools. Easily adjustable for ulnar and/or radial deviation.

Color-coded straps. Bacti-Ban™ keeps covers cleaner and more odor resistant. Sold each. From Ongoing Care

Solutions. See page 552 for pediatric sizes.


Left SP 31FG-SL SP 31FG-ML SP 31FG-LL

Right SP 31FG-SR SP 31FG-MR SP 31FG-LR

i. SoftPro™ Palmar Resting Hand

Severely adducted thumb rests on finger platform. Thumb can be positioned under the finger platform as

second step in abducting the thumb. Large finger platform provides a comfortable “pan” to support and

protect the hand and fingers. Finger Separators and Ulnar Drift Strap available separately to allow custom

fitting. Extra cover included. “Bend to Fit” easily molded without tools. Easily adjustable for ulnar and/or

radial deviation. Color-coded straps. Bacti-Ban™ keeps covers cleaner and more odor resistant. Sold each.

From Ongoing Care Solutions.


Left SP 31FPR-SL SP 31FPR-ML SP 31FPR-LL

Right SP 31FPR-SR SP 31FPR-MR SP 31FPR-LR



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Mackie Hinge Wrist Brace

Features Mackie Hinge technology designed to provide incremental stretch to reduce soft tissue contractures

and return the maximum range of motion possible to the joint. The Mackie Hinge features infinitely adjust-

able angle settings, non-slip static-progressive action and low-profile, medial or lateral removable flexion/

extension control knob. Sold each. From Ortho Innovations.

Size Small Medium

Wrist Circumference (just proximal to ulnar at radial styloids) 6-8” 7.5-10”

Hand Diameter M-L (across MP joints) 2.5-3.25” 3.25-4.25”

Left OI1028 OI1030

Right OI1029 OI1031

b. Wrist-Hand Cock-Up Splint

Maintains wrist and hand in slight extension. Platform extends to the end of the fingers. Anatomical thumb

design for comfort and maximum control. Kydex® material can be head modified and/or trimmed for a custom

fit. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Left 1019 1020-OM 1021-OM 1022

Right 1024 1025 1026 1027

c. Wrist-Hand Orthosis

Anatomically shaped of low density polyethylene. Adjustable Velcro® straps allow for swelling and facilitate

wound management. Easily trimmed with cast scissors. May be reshaped with heat gun. Perforated for ven-

tilation. Includes 2 socks with thumb. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Left 1010 1011 1012

Right 1015 1016-OM 1017-OM

d. Wrist-Hand Platform Splint

Versatile platform splint for wrist-hand immobilization. Anatomically shaped lightweight polyethylene. Sold

each. From Orthomerica.


Palm Width to 2.25” to 2.75” to 3.25” to 3.75” to 4.25”

Forearm Circumference 5-7” 7-9” 9-10” 10-12” 12-14”

Brace Length 14.5” 15” 15.5” 16” 16.5”

Left 1100-OM 1101-OM 1102-OM 1103-OM 1104

Right 1105-OM 1106-OM 1107-OM 1108-OM 1109



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Wrist-Hand-Thumb Orthosis

Anatomically shaped of low density polyethylene with closed-cell foam lining. Tongue is rigid yet comfortable

for most traumatic, post-surgery, or longer term rehabilitation applications. Adjustable Velcro® straps allow

for swelling and facilitate wound management. Easily trimmed with cast scissors. May be reshaped with heat

gun. Perforated for ventilation. Includes 2 socks with thumb. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Palm Width 2.5-3” 3-3.5” 3.5-4”

Forearm Circumference 7-9” 9-10.5” 10-12”

Brace Length 7.5” 7.75” 8.5”

Left 1000-OM 1001-OM 1002

Right 1005 1006 1007-OM

f. Lynx™ WHFO

Wrist/hand orthosis with pivoting thumb abductor and medial/lateral thumb supports. Optimal positioning

for most difficult thumb contractures. Moldable forearm trough. Soft, padded diagonal straps with color-

coded attachments aid in proper application. Optional finger separators promote optimal positioning and

skin integrity. One-piece liner is washable. Sold each. From Orthotic Rehab Products.


Orthosis

Left 65-220 65-221 65-222 65-223

Right 65-120 65-121 65-122 65-123

Orthosis w/Finger Separators

Left 65F-220 65F-221 65F-222 65F-223

Right 65F-120 65F-121 65F-122 65F-123

g. Exoform® Carpal Tunnel Wrist Brace

Contoured for an anatomically correct fit. Lightweight low profile design. More room at the base of the

thumb, palmar crease and 5th MP for full MP flexion. Designed to provide smooth, controlled resistance to

extreme range of motion. Pre-shaped into a neutral position for comfortable limited motion/flexibility. Pro-

vides radial and ulnar styloid relief. “Soft touch” web space is cushioned. Interior is 3-dimensionally molded

to enhance comfort. Sold each. From Össur.


Wrist Circumference 5.25-6.5” 6.5-7.75” 7.75-10”

Palm Circumference 6.75-8” 8-9.25” 9.25-10.5”

Left 517083 517085 517087

Right 517073 517075 517077

h. Exoform® Wrist Brace

Patented Form Fit 3-dimensional molding technology allows varied padding thicknesses in strategic loca-

tions for superior comfort and fit. Extremely breathable, Lycra®-lined interior. Lightweight, durable fabric

construction. Contoured along distal palmar crease to allow for 90° MP flexion. Precisely-sculpted, narrow

web space prevents pinching. V-notch at fifth MP to allow for palmar spread. Palmar stay is removable and

adjustable. Easy-to-use contact closure straps. Sold each. From Össur.


Left 507082 507083 507085 507087 507088

Right 507072 507073 507075 507077 507078



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Form Fit® 10” Wrist Brace with Forearm Splint

Ergonomically contoured padding on the inside of the brace provides the best fit and most comfort. Rigid

plastic supports contour to the hand and wrist at the top and bottom leading to greater support and im-

mobilization. Adjustable aluminum palmar stay allows for fine-tuning when needed. Sold each. From Össur.


Left 617082 617083 617085 617087 617088

Right 617072 617073 617075 617077 617078

b. Form Fit® Wrist Brace

The patented Form Fit Wrist Brace is constructed of a lightweight and durable fabric. The soft, Lycra®-lined

interior is extremely breathable. Contoured along distal palmar crease to allow for 90° MP flexion. Precisely

sculpted narrow web space prevents pinching. V-notch at fifth MP to allow for palmar spread. Removable/

adjustable palmar stay. Easy to use contact closure straps. Sold each. From Össur.


Wrist Circumference 5.25-6.25” 6.25-7.25” 7.25-8” 8-9” 9-10”

6” Version

Left N/A 417083 417085 417087 417088

Right N/A 417073 417075 417077 417078

8” Version

Left 317082 317083 317085 317087 317088

Right 317072 317073 317075 317077 317078

8” Version with Gel

Left E317082 E317083 E317085 E317087 E317088

Right E317072 E317073 E317075 E317077 E317078

c. Spectra™ Wrist Brace

With simplified application features for ease of use, the Spectra™ wrist brace is designed to immobilize the

wrist at a neutral angle. The single-pull lacing closure makes it easier to apply than a conventional wrist

brace. The Spectra™ meets the growing needs of patients with arthritis and other hand dexterity issues.



Left 6602210 6602422 6602624 6602755 6602826

Right 6602315 6602535 6602734 6602793 6602932

d. ComfortFORM™ Wrist Brace

Durable, lightweight foam laminate is Lycra® lined for breathability and patient comfort. Preformed alumi-

num stay and loop-lock closure helps provide anatomically correct fit and proper support. Ideal for sprains,

strains and control of carpal tunnel syndrome symptoms. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Left 79-87292 79-87293 79-87295 79-87297 79-87298

Right 79-87282 79-87283 79-87285 79-87287 79-87288



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. ComfortFORM™ Wrist Brace with Abducted Thumb

Durable, lightweight fabric is Lycra® lined for breathability and patient comfort. Dual aluminum stays sup-

port palmar surface of wrist and extensor surface of thumb. Stays can be adjusted for proper angulation.

Contact closure straps. Ideal for sprains, strains, scaphoid injuries, carpal tunnel, Gamekeeper’s Thumb and

deQuervain’s syndrome symptoms. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Left 79-87312 79-87313 79-87315 79-87317 79-87318

Right 79-87302 79-87303 79-87305 79-87307 79-87308

f. Adaptable Geriatric Hand Orthosis

The Adaptable Geriatric Hand is indicated following stroke, arthritis, trauma, or hand injury, and for the

treatment of finger, wrist and thumb contractures. Made of a durable, foam covered aluminum; the Adapt-

able Geriatric Hand can be bent without heat or tools, offering progressive extension of the wrist and finger

positioning. The Adaptable Geriatric Hand features adjustable palmar web space abduction with the use of

a foam roll for the severely adducted thumb. Finger separators, sewn to the liner, provide finger abduction

and discourage radial and ulnar deviation of the hand. The breathable, washable liner is made of a wicking

material that keeps moisture away from the skin, maintaining good skin integrity. Sold each. From RCAI.


Left 320-AGH-S-L 320-AGH-M-L 320-AGH-L-L

Right 320-AGH-S-R 320-AGH-M-R 320-AGH-L-R

g. Adaptable Resting Hand Orthosis

The Adaptable Resting Hand offers a functional resting hand position following stroke, trauma or injury, and

can be used in the treatment of arthritis, burns, and early wrist and finger contractures. Made of a durable,

foam covered aluminum; the Adaptable Resting Hand can be bent without heat or tools, offering progressive

extension of the wrist, thumbs and finger positioning. The washable, breathable foam liner eliminates potential

pressure points, while it wicks moisture away, keeping the skin dry and comfortable. Sold each. From RCAI.


Left 390-ARH-S-L 390-ARH-M-L 390-ARH-L-L

Right 390-ARH-S-R 390-ARH-M-R 390-ARH-L-R

h. Dorsal Carpal Tunnel Splint

The Dorsal Carpal Tunnel Splint is made of a lightweight, durable and heat moldable thermoplastic for patient

customization. The narrow palmar roll supports the hand while fingers remain free to grasp. Limits wrist

flexion and extension during repetitive hand motion. It can also be used as a wrist extension splint to support

a weak or flaccid wrist. The breathable foam liner wicks moisture away from the skin. Sold each. From RCAI.


Left 44DCT-ES-L 44DCT-S-L 44DCT-M-L 44DCT-L-L 44DCT-XL-L

Right 44DCT-ES-R 44DCT-S-R 44DCT-M-R 44DCT-L-R 44DCT-XL-R



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Dorsal Hand Orthosis

The RCAI Dorsal Resting Hand Orthosis is constructed of a thermoplastic that can be heat molded at low

temperature to reposition the hand into tone reducing positions and for patient customization. It also offers

a functional resting hand position for spasticity and contracture. The dorsal arm platform frees the palmar

area and allows for greater tone inhibition and enhances sensory feedback. Sold each. From RCAI.


Left 15DHO-ES-L 15DHO-S-L 15DHO-M-L 15DHO-L-L

Right 15DHO-ES-R 15DHO-S-R 15DHO-M-R 15DHO-L-R

b. Premier Contour Hand Orthosis

The Contour Hand Orthosis is indicated for the moderate to severely contracted hand and wrist. The wrist

of the orthosis can be positioned to meet progressive patient needs. Washable, breathable wicking liner

included. Sold each. From RCAI.


Left 30CHK-ES-L 30CHK-S-L 30CHK-M-L 30CHK-L-L

Right 30CHK-ES-R 30CHK-S-R 30CHK-M-R 30CHK-L-R

30AK-(size)-(side) Premier Contour Accessory Kit

c. Resting Hand Orthosis

Offers a functional resting hand position. Constructed of lightweight, durable Kydex® and can be heat

molded at low temperature to meet individual patient needs. Washable, moisture-wicking liner. Raised

lateral palmar ridges of the orthosis discourage radial or ulnar deviation. Sold each. From RCAI. See page

552 for pediatric sizes.


Palm Width 2-2.5” 2.5-3” 3-3.5” 3.5-3.75” 3.75-4.25” (5.1-6.4cm) (6.4-7.6cm) (7.6-8.9cm) (8.9-9.5cm) (9.5-10.8cm)

without Finger Separators

Left 29RHO-ES-L 29RHO-S-L 29RHO-M-L 29RHO-L-L 29RHO-XL-L

Right 29RHO-ES-R 29RHO-S-R 29RHO-M-R 29RHO-L-R 29RHO-XL-R

with Finger Separators

Left N/A 39SRH-S-L 39SRH-M-L 39SRH-L-L 39SRH-XL-L

Right N/A 39SRH-S-R 39SRH-M-R 39SRH-L-R 39SRH-XL-R

39SAK-(size)-(side) Resting Hand Accessory Kit

d. Wrist Extension Splint

The Wrist Extension Splint by RCAI prevents unwanted flexion and extension of the wrist while allowing

unrestricted motion of the fingers and thumb. Bendable palmar spoon and optional dorsal stay for increased

stabilization. Made of breathable airprene, the wrist strap provides support and prevents migration. Indi-

cated for carpal tunnel syndrome, arthritis, tendonitis, inflammation, sprains and other wrist disorders. Sold

each. From RCAI.

Size Toddler Child Youth Small Medium Large

Left 590-WES-T-L 590-WES-C-L 590-WES-Y-L 590-WES-S-L 590-WES-M-L 590-WES-L-L

Right 590-WES-T-R 590-WES-C-R 590-WES-Y-R 590-WES-S-R 590-WES-M-R 590-WES-L-R



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Geriatric Hand Orthosis

Lightweight, durable Kydex® plastic construction provides stable wrist and finger positioning, and can be

heat molded at low temperature for progressive patient needs. The Geriatric Hand features adjustable palmar

web space abduction with the use of a foam roll, for the severely adducted thumb. A breathable, moisture-

wicking foam liner encases the splint. Available with or without finger separators. Sold each. From RCAI.


Palm Width 2-2.5” 2.5-3” 3-3.5” 3.5-3.75” 3.75-4.25” (5.1-6.4cm) (6.4-7.6cm) (7.6-8.9cm) (8.9-9.5cm) (9.5-10.8cm)

Length 12” 13” 14” 15” 16”

with Finger Separators

Left 32GHK-ES-L 32GHK-S-L 32GHK-M-L 32GHK-L-L 32GHK-XL-L

Right 32GHK-ES-R 32GHK-S-R 32GHK-M-R 32GHK-L-R 32GHK-XL-R

without Finger Separators

Left 32GHO-ES-L 32GHO-S-L 32GHO-M-L 32GHO-L-L 32GHO-XL-L

Right 32GHO-ES-R 32GHO-S-R 32GHO-M-R 32GHO-L-R 32GHO-XL-R

f. Thermoskin® Arthritic Wrist

Designed with an adjustable velcro closure to allow arthritis sufferers ease of use and variable compression.

Sold each. From Swede-O.


Left 82303 83303 84303 85303 86303 87303

Right 82304 83304 84304 85304 86304 87304

g. Thermoskin® Arthritic Glove

Wraparound heat therapy and support for temporary relief from arthritic pain. Anatomically designed to

provide warmth and even compression to offer relief of pain and discomfort in the fingers and hands for

arthritis and repetitive pain sufferers. The outer fabric is made of a non-slip material that provides added

grip. Adjustable closure for added comfort and fit. Sold pair. From Swede-O.


Item No. 82199 83199 84199 85199 86199 87199

h. Canvas Wrist Splint 2364

Designed to stabilize or immobilize the wrist joint in the treatment of carpal tunnel syndrome, sprains, minor

fractures or after cast removal. Removable aluminum splint can easily be reshaped. Available in white or

grey. Sold each. From Truform.

Size XX-Small X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large

Wrist 3.5-4.5” 4.5-5.5” 5.5-6.5” 6.5-7.5” 7.5-8.5” 8.5-9.5”

White, Left 2364/L-2XS 2364/L-XS 2364/L-S 2364/L-M 2364/L-L 2364/L-XL

White, Right 2364/R-2XS 2364/R-XS 2364/R-S 2364/R-M 2364/R-L 2364/R-XL

Grey, Left 2364E/L-2XS 2364E/L-XS 2364E/L-S 2364E/L-M 2364E/L-L 2364E/L-XL

Grey, Right 2364E/R-2XS 2364E/R-XS 2364E/R-S 2364E/R-M 2364E/R-L 2364E/R-XL



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Static Wrist-Hand-Finger Positioning Splint

For treatment of burns, hemiplegia, post-fracture, post-surgery, and arthritis of the wrist, hand and fingers.

Finger channels maintain positioning. Made of molded thermoplastic. Hook and loop straps allow single-

handed donning and doffing. Sold each. From Trulife.


Left JS-1002 JS-1004 JS-1006 JS-1008 JS-1010

Right JS-1001 JS-1003 JS-1005 JS-1007 JS-1009

THUMB SPICAS

b. Sports Thumb Spica

Provides rigid immobilization of the thumb and/or wrist. Sold each. From Maramed.


Left STS-100L STS-200L STS-300L

Right STS-100R STS-200R STS-300R

c. European Thumb Spica

Effective anatomical, flesh-colored splint for maintaining thumb in abduction while allowing finger and wrist

functions following sprains or surgery. Injection molded, lightweight, trimmable plastic. Adjustable Velcro®

wrist strap. Includes washable liner. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Wrist Circumference <7” 7-8” 8-9” >9”

Brace Length 4” 5” 5” 6”

Left 1200.01 1201.01 1202.01 1203.01

Right 1205.01 1206.01 1207.01 1208.01

d. Gamekeeper’s Thumb Splint

Anatomical splint restricts motion and offers maximum support of the radial side wrist and thumb structures.

Effective for arthritis patients or following sprains or surgery to collateral ligament and MCP joint. Lightweight,

trimmable polyethylene. Easily trimmed. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Palm Width 2.5-3” 3-3.5” 3.5-4”

Brace Length 5” 5.25” 5.5”

Left 1211 1212 1213

Right 1215 1216 1217



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Form Fit® Thumb Spica

Effective long-term immobilization and protection. Adjustable radial and palmar stays. Adjustable design

for customized fit. Exceptional comfort. 8” version available with gel or extension. Sold each. From Össur.


Wrist Circumference 5.25-6.25” 6.25-7.25” 7.25-8” 8-9” 9-10”

6” Version

Left N/A 30304-OU 30504-OU 30704 30804

Right N/A 31304 31504 31704 31804

8” Version

Left 3020 3030-OU 3050 3070 3080

Right 3120 3130-OU 3150 3170 3180

8” Version with Extension

Left 30202-OU 30302-OU 30502-OU 30702 30802

Right 31202 31302 31502 31702 31802

8” Version with Gel

Left 30201-OU 30301-OU 30501-OU 30701 30801

Right 31201 31301 31501 31701 31801

f. ThumbSPICA™

Lightweight, perforated outer foam shell with a cool, cotton-terry liner. Elastic, circumferential contact

closure straps for proper positioning of splint. Ideal for soft tissue injury to the thumb, arthritis, tendonitis

and deQuervain’s syndrome. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Size SM/MD LG/XL

Left 79-87114 79-87118

Right 79-87113 79-87117

FINGER SPLINTS

g. LMB Spring PIP Extension Assist

High quality Wire-foam™ construction for a customized fit. Does not interfere with the MP joint while ex-

tending the PIP joint. Tension is adjustable by careful bending. Force: 15° flexion is approximately 8 oz; 90°

flexion is approximately 4 lbs. Sold each. From DeRoyal.


Length 1.75” 1/875” 2” 2.25” 2.625”

Item No. ð 504AA 504A 504B 504C 504D



OR

TH

OT

ICS

FINGER SPLINTS — Continued

a. Oval-8® Finger Splint

Oval-8 finger splint stabilizes and aligns the PIP and DIP joints. With a simple turn of the splint, each Oval-8

finger splint can be used six different ways to treat tendon or ligament injuries, protect healing fractures,

control unstable joints prevent contractures and more. Sized by ring size. Sold each. From Össur.

Item No. ð W-51008 (size)

Size 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10

FINGER SEPARATORS

b. Comfy Finger Separator

Provides a soft cushion between fingers that protects and prevents pressure areas between the PIP and DIP

joints of adjoining digits. It can be positioned as desired to maximize comfort in fingers and can additionally

be faced downward, between fingers, to prevent hyperextension. Universal size. Sold each. From Lenjoy.

Item No. ð FS1

c. Finger Separator

Provides finger separation and mild abduction. Protects finger skin integrity. Bacti-Ban™ keeps covers cleaner

and more odor resistant. Sold each. From Ongoing Care Solutions.

Item No. ð SP FS-S

d. Ulnar Drift Strap

Holds fingers in comfortable, neutral position. Enhances gentle three point leverage over the PIP joints. Bacti-

Ban™ keeps covers cleaner and more odor resistant. Sold each. From Ongoing Care Solutions.

Item No. ð SP FS-U



OR

TH

OT

ICS

FRACTURE BRACING

e. FREEDOM® comfort™ Boxer Fracture Orthosis with MP Extension

Ideal for quick and efficient immobilization of common metacarpal fractures. The rigid Kydex® shell immobi-

lizes and protects the fracture and surrounding joints. T-Foam™ padded liner ensures even further comfort,

along with support and conformity to the fracture volume. MPs are positioned in extension. In difficult-to-fit

instances, the shell may be gently heated (with heat gun) and reshaped to accommodate swelling. Black.

Sold each. From AliMed.

Size Medium Large

Circumference at MPs 7-9” 9-10.5”

Left 5112 5114

Right 5111 5113

f. Extended Length Humeral Splint

Controls humeral segments through circumferential soft tissue compression and features deltoid cap exten-

sion to prevent migration. Indicated for treatment of humeral diaphyseal fractures or deep humeral bone

bruises. Constructed of rigid polyethylene laminated with closed cell foam lining and contact closure. Includes

two stockinette undersleeves and one arm sling. Sold each. From Corflex.


Distal Circ. 6-7” 7-9” 9-11” 11-13” 13-15” 15-17”

Proximal Circ. 7-9” 9-11” 11-13” 13-15” 15-17” 17-19”

Item No. ð 37-2160-000 37-2161-000 37-2162-000 37-2163-000 37-2164-000 37-2165-000

g. Mid Length Humeral Splint

Controls humeral segments through circumferential soft tissue compression and features deltoid cap extension

to prevent migration. The shorter length eliminates the need to trim the distal end. Indicated for treatment

of humeral diaphyseal fractures or deep humeral bone bruises. Constructed of rigid polyethylene laminated

with closed cell foam lining and contact closure. Sold each. From Corflex.


Distal Circ. 6-7” 7-9” 9-11” 11-13” 13-15” 15-17”

Proximal Circ. 7-9” 9-11” 11-13” 13-15” 15-17” 17-19”

Item No. ð 37-2180-000 37-2181-000 37-2182-000 37-2183-000 37-2184-000 37-2185-000

h. Humerus Fracture Brace S-Series™

Clinically designed for treating humeral fractures. Sold each. From Maramed.


Circumference 8-11” 10-13” 12-15” 14-17”

Medial Length 5.25” 5.5” 6” 6.25”

Lateral Length 6.25” 6.75” 7.25” 7.75”

Left HFB-100-SL HFB-200-SL HFB-300-SL HFB-400-SL

Right HFB-100-SR HFB-200-SR HFB-300-SR HFB-400-SR



OR

TH

OT

ICS

FRACTURE BRACING — Continued

a. Over the Shoulder Universal Humerus Fracture Brace

Clinically designed for treating humeral fractures while providing limited shoulder motion. Sold each. From

Maramed.


Circumference 8-12.5” 10-13.25” 12-15” 14-16”

Medial Length 6” 6.5” 7” 7.25”

Lateral Length 11” 12.5” 13.5” 14”

Item No. ð HFB-OS-100 HFB-OS-200 HFB-OS-300 HFB-OS-400

b. Over the Shoulder-Shoulder Guard Humerus Fracture Brace

Clinically designed for treating humeral fractures while providing limited shoulder motion. Sold each. From

Maramed.


Circumference 8-12.25” 11-14.5” 12-16.5” 12-17.5”

Medial Length 6.25” 7” 7.25” 8”

Lateral Length 10.25” 12” 12.5” 13.5”

Left HFB-SG-100L HFB-SG-200L HFB-SG-300L HFB-SG-400L

Right HFB-SG-100R HFB-SG-200R HFB-SG-300R HFB-SG-400R

c. Humeral Fracture Brace Kit — Sarmiento

For mid-shaft diaphyseal humeral fractures. Allows shoulder range of motion. Adjustable Velcro® strap

system maintains compression and limits distal migration. Perforated for ventilation. Universal, fits left or

right. Includes 2 socks and 1 padded arm sling. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Distal Circumference 5-7” 7-9” 9-11” 11-13” 13-15”

Proximal Circumference 7-9” 9-11” 11-13” 13-15” 15-17”

Brace Length 5-1/2” 7-1/4” 8” 8” 10-3/4”

Item No. ð 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083

Replacement Sleeve 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073

d. Humeral Fracture Brace Kit — Shoulder

Shoulder type. Closed-cell foam-lined polyethylene shell provides comfortable lightweight control. Can be

easily trimmed to allow elbow range of motion. Soft hook and pile suspension strap passes across chest, back

and under opposite arm. Universal, fits left or right. Includes 2 socks. Sold each. From Orthomerica.




Brace Length 11.5” 12” 13” 14” 14.25”

Item No. ð 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Soft Humeral Fracture Brace

Much lighter than traditional thermoplastic fracture orthoses, its materials and user friendly compression

achieve a more intimate fit for increased patient compliance and comfort. Features ultralight compression

molded foam for total contact support. Shoulder cap limits distal migration while allowing full shoulder

movement. Universal, fits right or left. Sold each. From Orthomerica.




Brace Length 11” 12” 13” 13” 14”

Item No. ð 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233

f. Ulnar Fracture Brace Kit — Bivalve

Lightweight functional braces for isolated ulnar fractures. Designed to allow more comfortable elbow motion,

wrist flexion and extension. Side specific. Lined with closed-cell foam. Adjustable Velcro® straps maintain

compression for fracture alignment and comfort. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Distal Circumference 6-7” 7-8” 8-9”

Proximal Circumference 7-9” 9-11” 11-13”

Brace Length 7” 8.25” 9.25”

Left 1030-OM 1031 1032

Right 1035 1036 1037

g. Ulnar Fracture Brace Kit — Sarmiento

Lightweight functional braces for isolated ulnar fractures. Designed to allow more comfortable elbow mo-

tion, wrist flexion and extension. Universal design fits right or left. Lined with closed-cell foam. Adjustable

Velcro® straps maintain compression for fracture alignment and comfort. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Distal Circumference 6-7” 7-8” 8-9”

Proximal Circumference 7-9” 9-11” 11-13”

Brace Length 6” 6.75” 8”

Item No. ð 1050 1051 1052

Replacement Sleeve 1040 1041 1042

h. Over-the-Shoulder Humeral Fracture Brace

Prefabricated foam-lined orthosis designed for the management of mid-shaft and distal third humeral

fractures. Provides total contact circumferential soft tissue compression for optimal control of humeral seg-

ments while allowing range of motion of both shoulder and elbow joints. This brace features a deltoid cap

extension, which provides greater alignment control and prevents distal slippage. Neutral design fits left or

right. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Bicep Circumference 8-11” 10-13” 12-15” 14-17”

Length 10” 10.25” 11.25” 12.75

Item No. ð 79-97953 79-97955 79-97957 79-97958



OR

TH

OT

ICS

FRACTURE BRACING — Continued

a. Over the Shoulder Humeral Fracture Brace

The Over the Shoulder Humeral Fracture Brace is a universal design and offers more support to humeral

diaphyseal fractures with its proximal shoulder cap. Manufactured of trimmable polyethylene and lined

with closed-cell foam, the Humeral Fracture Brace is lightweight, durable, and cannot absorb moisture. Sold

each. From RCAI.


Mid-Humeral Circumference 5-7.5” 7.5-9.5” 9.5-11.5” 11.5-13.5” 13.5-15.5” (12.7-19cm) (19-24cm) (24-29cm) (29-34cm) (34-39cm)

Item No. ð 54HFB-OS-ES 54HFB-OS-S 54HFB-OS-M 54HFB-OS-L 54HFB-OS-XL

b. Humeral Fracture Brace

Management of non-displaced mid-shaft to distal third humeral fractures. Fabricated of low density trim-

mable polyethylene. Kit includes humeral brace and innerface sleeves. Sold each. From Trulife.




Item No. ð 1182090000 1182090001 1182090002 1182090003 1182090004

c. Over Shoulder Extended Humeral Fracture Brace

For the management of non-displaced mid-shaft to distal third humeral fractures. Allows free range of mo-

tion of shoulder and elbow joint. One piece design fabricated of moldable thermoplastic. Shoulder strap

prevents distal migration. Includes one interface sleeve. Sold each. From Trulife.


Distal Circumference 7-9” 9-11” 11-14” 14-16”

Proximal Circumference 8-11” 11-14” 14-16” 16-18”

Left JS-1522 JS-1524 JS-1526 JS-1528

Right JS-1521 JS-1523 JS-1525 JS-1527

O R T H O T I C S Spinal 2 5 9


OR

TH

OT

ICS

HYPEREXTENSION ORTHOSES

d. BOSS Hyperextension TLSO Model 25A with Swivel Sternal Pad

Consists of an anterior thoracic and pelvic assembly, each of which is attached to serrated discs on the supe-

rior and inferior margins of the lateral uprights. Padded uprights are adjustable in length. Sold each. From

Becker Orthopedic.


Chest Circumference 28-30” 30-33” 33-36” 36-40” 40-44”

Waist Circumference 25-28” 28-31” 31-34” 34-37” 37-40”

Hip Circumference 28-31” 31-34” 34-37” 37-40” 40-44”

Brace Height 16-17” 17-18” 18-20” 19-20” 20-22”

Upright Height 4.375-7.25” 4.375-7.25” 6-8.25” 6.625-9.75” 6.625-9.75”

with Quick Release Closure Q25A-XS Q25A-S Q25A-M Q25A-L Q25A-XL

with Dot Fastener Closure L25A-XS L25A-S L25A-M L25A-L L25A-XL

e. BOSS Hyperextension TLSO Model 27A with Swivel Sternal Pad and Pelvic Bar

Consists of an anterior thoracic and pelvic assembly, each of which is attached to serrated discs on the supe-

rior and inferior margins of the lateral uprights. Includes a pelvic bar for reduced pressure on the bladder.

Padded uprights are adjustable in length. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.


Chest Circumference 28-30” 30-33” 33-36” 36-40” 40-44”



Upright Height 4.375-7.25” 4.375-7.25” 6-8.25” 6.625-9.75” 6.625-9.75”

with Quick Release Closure Q27A-XS Q27A-S Q27A-M Q27A-L Q27A-XL

with Dot Fastener Closure L27A-XS L27A-S L27A-M L27A-L L27A-XL

f. 3 Point Hyperextension Brace

Features a dynamic pivoting hinge which means the self-adjusting spring loaded pelvic bar moves to help

comfort the patient while sitting or standing. Lightweight yet strong, the material adds to the comfort and

strength of the brace. Contoured aluminum frame comes with a cushioned posterior pad. Available in a

variety of sizes. White. Sold each. From Bell-Horn.

Size Small Medium Medium Medium Large Large X-Large X-Large Short Long Short Short

Item No. ð 10003-BH 10004-BH 10005 10004ML 10006 10007 10008-BH 10009


O R T H O T I C S2 6 0 Spinal

OR

TH

OT

ICS

HYPEREXTENSION ORTHOSES — Continued

a. J35 Jewett® Orthosis

The Jewett® Hyperextension Orthosis is designed for maintaining pre- and postsurgical stability. Three

points of leverage provide therapeutic immobilization, reducing the load on the anterior vertebral bodies

(T-7 through L-5). Features include corrosion resistant aluminum frame with anodized finish, and 5 closure

options. Optional metal outrigger can be added to bring the closure further anterior. Add -O to end of item

numbers below for this option. See next page for sizing information. Sold each. From Florida Brace Corporation.

Closure Type Single Strap Double Strap Metal Plastic Ratchet Hook and Loop Hook and Loop Worm Gear Worm Gear Worm Gear

X-Small

X-Short J35XS07SHL J35XS07DHL J35XS07MWG J35XS07PWG J35XS07RCT

Short J35XS09SHL J35XS09DHL J35XS09MWG J35XS09PWG J35XS09RCT

Regular J35XS11SHL J35XS11DHL J35XS11MWG J35XS11PWG J35XS11RCT

Small

X-Short J35SM07SHL J35SM07DHL J35SM07MWG J35SM07PWG J35SM07RCT

Short J35SM09SHL J35SM09DHL J35SM09MWG J35SM09PWG J35SM09RCT

Regular J35SM11SHL J35SM11DHL J35SM11MWG J35SM11PWG J35SM11RCT

Tall J35SM13SHL J35SM13DHL J35SM13MWG J35SM13PWG J35SM13RCT

X-Tall J35SM15SHL J35SM15DHL J35SM15MWG J35SM15PWG J35SM15RCT

Medium

X-Short J35MD07SHL J35MD07DHL J35MD07MWG J35MD07PWG J35MD07RCT

Short J35MD09SHL J35MD09DHL J35MD09MWG J35MD09PWG J35MD09RCT

Regular J35MD11SHL J35MD11DHL J35MD11MWG J35MD11PWG J35MD11RCT

Tall J35MD13SHL J35MD13DHL J35MD13MWG J35MD13PWG J35MD13RCT

X-Tall J35MD15SHL J35MD15DHL J35MD15MWG J35MD15PWG J35MD15RCT

Large

X-Short J35LG07SHL J35LG07DHL J35LG07MWG J35LG07PWG J35LG07RCT

Short J35LG09SHL J35LG09DHL J35LG09MWG J35LG09PWG J35LG09RCT

Regular J35LG11SHL J35LG11DHL J35LG11MWG J35LG11PWG J35LG11RCT

Tall J35LG13SHL J35LG13DHL J35LG13MWG J35LG13PWG J35LG13RCT

X-Tall J35LG15SHL J35LG15DHL J35LG15MWG J35LG15PWG J35LG15RCT

X-Large

X-Short J35XL07SHL J35XL07DHL J35XL07MWG J35XL07PWG J35XL07RCT

Short J35XL09SHL J35XL09DHL J35XL09MWG J35XL09PWG J35XL09RCT

Regular J35XL11SHL J35XL11DHL J35XL11MWG J35XL11PWG J35XL11RCT

Tall J35XL13SHL J35XL13DHL J35XL13MWG J35XL13PWG J35XL13RCT

X-Tall J35XL15SHL J35XL15DHL J35XL15MWG J35XL15PWG J35XL15RCT

Continued next page



OR

TH

OT

ICS

J35 Size Guide Measurements*

Height Chest Waist

X-Small X-Short 14-14.5” 23-29” 18-24”

Short 14.5-15.5” 23-29” 18-24”

Regular 15.5-16.5” 23-29” 18-24”

Small X-Short 16-16.5” 28-35” 25-32”

Short 16.5-17.5” 28-35” 25-32”

Regular 17.5-18.5” 28-35” 25-32”

Tall 18.5-19.5” 28-35” 25-32”

X-Tall 19.5-20.5” 28-35” 25-32”

Medium X-Short 17.5-18” 32-42” 30-40”

Short 18-19” 32-42” 30-40”

Regular 19-20” 32-42” 30-40”

Tall 20-21” 32-42” 30-40”

X-Tall 21-22” 32-42” 30-40”

Large X-Short 19.5-20” 36-46” 34-44”

Short 20-21” 36-46” 34-44”

Regular 21-22” 36-46” 34-44”

Tall 22-23” 36-46” 34-44”

X-Tall 23-24” 36-46” 34-44”

X-Large X-Short 19.5-20” 40-52” 38-50”

Short 20-21” 40-52” 38-50”

Regular 21-22” 40-52” 38-50”

Tall 22-23” 40-52” 38-50”

X-Tall 24-25” 40-52” 38-50”

*Height measured from 2” below sternal notch to symphysis pubis. Chest measured at axilla level.

b. J35S “Shorty” Jewett® Orthosis

The Jewett® “Shorty” Hyperextension Orthosis is a modified version of the original Jewett® brace designed

for the growing population of shorter and rounder patients. It accommodates patients with a pendulous

abdomen better than a standard J-35. The “Shorty” is manufactured using shorter sternal and pubic bars,

along with smaller pads. This results in a reduction in height while achieving a wider circumference to fit

almost any size patient. Optional metal outrigger can be added to bring the closure further anterior. Add -O

to end of item numbers below for this option. Sold each. From Florida Brace Corporation.

J35S Size Guide Measurements*

Caliper Length Chest Waist

Size 1 10.5” 27-33” 20-30”

Size 2 12.25” 33-39” 30-38”

Size 3 13.5” 39-45” 38-45”


Size 1 J35SY1SHL J35SY1DHL J35SY1MWG J35SY1PWG J35SY1RCT



*Height measured from 2” below sternal notch to symphysis pubis. Chest measured at axilla level.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. J45 Jewett® Contraflexion Brace

The Jewett® Contraflexion Orthosis is designed for maintaining pre- and postsurgical stability. Three points

of leverage provide therapeutic immobilization, reducing the load on the anterior vertebral bodies (T-7

through L-5). Features include corrosion resistant aluminum frame with anodized finish, and 5 closure

options. Optional metal outrigger can be added to bring the closure further anterior. Add -O to end of item

numbers below for this option. Sold each. From Florida Brace Corporation.


X-Small

X-Short J45XS07SHL J45XS07DHL J45XS07MWG J45XS07PWG J45XS07RCT

Short J45XS09SHL J45XS09DHL J45XS09MWG J45XS09PWG J45XS09RCT

Regular J45XS11SHL J45XS11DHL J45XS11MWG J45XS11PWG J45XS11RCT

Small

X-Short J45SM07SHL J45SM07DHL J45SM07MWG J45SM07PWG J45SM07RCT

Short J45SM09SHL J45SM09DHL J45SM09MWG J45SM09PWG J45SM09RCT

Regular J45SM11SHL J45SM11DHL J45SM11MWG J45SM11PWG J45SM11RCT

Tall J45SM13SHL J45SM13DHL J45SM13MWG J45SM13PWG J45SM13RCT

X-Tall J45SM15SHL J45SM15DHL J45SM15MWG J45SM15PWG J45SM15RCT

Medium

X-Short J45MD07SHL J45MD07DHL J45MD07MWG J45MD07PWG J45MD07RCT

Short J45MD09SHL J45MD09DHL J45MD09MWG J45MD09PWG J45MD09RCT

Regular J45MD11SHL J45MD11DHL J45MD11MWG J45MD11PWG J45MD11RCT

Tall J45MD13SHL J45MD13DHL J45MD13MWG J45MD13PWG J45MD13RCT

X-Tall J45MD15SHL J45MD15DHL J45MD15MWG J45MD15PWG J45MD15RCT

Large

X-Short J45LG07SHL J45LG07DHL J45LG07MWG J45LG07PWG J45LG07RCT

Short J45LG09SHL J45LG09DHL J45LG09MWG J45LG09PWG J45LG09RCT

Regular J45LG11SHL J45LG11DHL J45LG11MWG J45LG11PWG J45LG11RCT

Tall J45LG13SHL J45LG13DHL J45LG13MWG J45LG13PWG J45LG13RCT

X-Tall J45LG15SHL J45LG15DHL J45LG15MWG J45LG15PWG J45LG15RCT

X-Large

X-Short J45XL07SHL J45XL07DHL J45XL07MWG J45XL07PWG J45XL07RCT

Short J45XL09SHL J45XL09DHL J45XL09MWG J45XL09PWG J45XL09RCT

Regular J45XL11SHL J45XL11DHL J45XL11MWG J45XL11PWG J45XL11RCT

Tall J45XL13SHL J45XL13DHL J45XL13MWG J45XL13PWG J45XL13RCT

X-Tall J45XL15SHL J45XL15DHL J45XL15MWG J45XL15PWG J45XL15RCT

Continued next page



OR

TH

OT

ICS

J45 Size Guide Measurements*

Height Chest Waist

X-Small X-Short 11.5-12” 23-29” 18-24”

Short 12.5-13.5” 23-29” 18-24”

Regular 13.5-14.5” 23-29” 18-24”

Small X-Short 14.5-15” 28-35” 25-32”

Short 15.5-16.5” 28-35” 25-32”

Regular 16.5-17.5” 28-35” 25-32”

Tall 17.5-18.5” 28-35” 25-32”

X-Tall 18.5-19.5” 28-35” 25-32”

Medium X-Short 15.5-16” 32-42” 30-40”

Short 16.5-17.5” 32-42” 30-40”

Regular 17.5-18.5” 32-42” 30-40”

Tall 18.5-19.5” 32-42” 30-40”

X-Tall 19.5-20.5” 32-42” 30-40”

Large X-Short 16.5-17” 36-46” 34-44”

Short 17.5-18.5” 36-46” 34-44”

Regular 18.5-19.5” 36-46” 34-44”

Tall 19.5-20.5” 36-46” 34-44”

X-Tall 20.5-21.5” 36-46” 34-44”

X-Large X-Short 16.5-17” 40-52” 38-50”

Short 17.5-18.5” 40-52” 38-50”

Regular 18.5-19.5” 40-52” 38-50”

Tall 19.5-20.5” 40-52” 38-50”

X-Tall 20.5-21.5” 40-52” 38-50”

*Height measured from 2” below sternal notch to symphysis pubis. Chest measured at axilla levell

b. ACE Brace™

Comfortable design features soft foam-padded polyethylene plates that conform to patient’s body, ana-

tomically designed pectoral pads and easy-to-use front closure with roller. Three styles. For optional longer

vertical bar add -L at end of item number. For optional longer horizontal bar add -W at end of item number.

Sold each. From HOPE Orthopedic.

Item No. ð ACE-PS ACE-PV ACE-ST

Height Range* 12.25-18.875” 11.875-18.375” 11.5-17.5”

Width Range** 8.25-11.875” 8.25-11.875” 8.25-11.875”

Pectoral Pads with Adjustable Silicone Swivels 3

Pectoral Pads on Rubber Disc w/Velcro® Fastener 3

Hinged Sternal Assembly 3

Hinged Pubic Assembly 3 3 3

Universal Back Strap and Pad 3 3 3

Front Closure 3 3 3

*For longer vertical bar (-L) add 3.25” to height range. **For longer horizontal bar (-W) add 1.5” to width range.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. NHYCO Cross-type Hyperextension Brace

Weighing only 700g, the NHYCO Cross-type Hyperextension Spinal Brace offers comfort, adjustability and

stability. The frame adjusts telescopically with no need to remove screws. Replaceable EVA pads are non-toxic,

waterproof and latex-free. This brace ensures the same lumbar pressure each time it is worn and features an

easy-to-use safety lock closure system. Recommended for postoperative immobilization or the treatment of

hyperkyphosis, Scheuermann disease and vertebral body fractures. Sold each. From Orthoservice AG.

Size Regular Long

Sternum to Pubis 13-16.5” 15.76-20.88” (33-41cm) (40-53cm)

Max Waist 47.28” (120cm) 47.28” (120cm)

Item No. ð M.D100 REGULAR M.D100 LONG

b. CROSS Brace

A comfortable, cosmetic hyperextension brace that won’t show through patients’ clothing and can be easily

donned and doffed. Sold each. From Optec.

Size Regular Long

with Adj Pectoral Pads CROSSP CROSS-PPK-LNG

with Fixed Sternal Pads CROSS-SPK-REG CROSS-SKP-LNG

with Hinged Sternal Pads CROSSS CROSS-ST-LNG

c. California® C.E.O.

The Cruciform Extension Orthosis (C.E.O.) is designed to extend the thoracic spine, prevent forward flexion

and limit rotation. Lightweight, low-profile design fits easily under clothing. Compound closure is adjustable

for right or left pull-tab operation. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Size X-Small Small/Med Large/X-Large XX-Large

Waist Size 25-30” 30-40” 40-50” 50-55”

Item No. ð 3380 3381 3382 3383



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Hyperextension Spinal Orthosis 950

Provides anterior control in the thoracolumbar spine. Swivel sternal pad base with fixed supra-pubic and

lateral pads and thoracolumbar pad with polyethylene flanges. Oblique anterior aluminum frame is fully

adjustable. Sold each. From Truform.


Length 17-20” 18-21” 20-23”

Chest 34-38” 38-44” 44-50”

Hip 32-36” 36-42” 42-48”

Item No. ð 0950-S 0950-M 0950-L

e. C.A.S.H® Orthosis

The Cruciform Anterior Spinal Hyperextension (C.A.S.H.) Orthosis is fully adjustable in height and width,

features wide straps and is available with horizontal or vertical posterior pad. Does not make patient contract

when worn. Four styles. Sold each. From Trulife.

Belt Size 30” 36” 42” 48”

Fixed Sternal Pad and Fixed Pubic Pad

Standard RSC100-ST-1 RSC100-ST-2 RSC100-ST-3 RSC100-ST-4

Large RSC100-LG-1 RSC100-LG-2 RSC100-LG-3 RSC100-LG-4

Large Vertical RSC100-LV-1 RSC100-LV-2 RSC100-LV-3 RSC100-LV-4

Hinged Sternal Pad and Hinged Pubic Pad


Large RSC300-LG-1 RSC300-LG-2 RSC300-LG-3 RSC300-LG-4

Large Vertical RSC300-LV-1 RSC300-LV-2 RSC300-LV-3 RSC300-LV-4

Hinged Pectoral Pad and Hinged Pubic Pad

Standard RSC300P-ST-1 RSC300P-ST-2 RSC300P-ST-3 RSC300P-ST-4

Large RSC300P-LG-1 RSC300P-LG-2 RSC300P-LG-3 RSC300P-LG-4

Large Vertical RSC300P-LV-1 RSC300P-LV-2 RSC300P-LV-3 RSC300P-LV-4

Hinged Sternal Pad and Fixed Pubic Pad


f. C.A.S.H.® II

Low-profile design that can easily and discreetly be worn under clothing. Hand-moldable, powder-coated

aircraft aluminum frame, sternal and pubic components allows custom anterior fit. EZ-moldable thoracolumbar

support with aluminum stay for contouring of the thoracolumbar spine. Quick release system provided by

unique ratchet buckle with a C-fold closure for patient ease of application and removal. Articulating sternal

and pubic pads enhance patient comfort. Compression-molded, washable foam padding for patient compli-

ance and hygiene. Universal sizing. Sold each. From Trulife.

Size Universal

Height 15.5-21” (39.5-53cm)

Hip Circumference ≤ 54” (≤ 135cm)

Item No. ð CASHII



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Hyperextension Orthosis C34

Hyperextension orthosis with anatomically designed pubic pad. Pelvic bar avoids pressure on groin and pre-

vents upward brace migration. Sternal pad swivels to eliminate pressure. Lumbar strap and pad. Pre-drilled

holes permit adjustments in height and width. Latch-lock clamp closure allows ease of donning and doffing.

Sold each. From Trulife.


Height 17” (43cm) 18” (46cm) 19” (48cm) 21” (53cm)

Hip Circumference 30-32” (76-81cm) 34-36” (86-91cm) 38-40” (97-102cm) 42-44” (107-112cm)

Item No. ð C003402 C003403 C003404 C003405

b. Hyperextension Orthosis C35

Hyperextension orthosis with pelvic band that anchors on the ilium, avoiding pressure on the bladder. Sternal

pad swivels to eliminate pressure. Lumbar strap and pad. Pre-drilled holes permit adjustments in height and

width. Latch-lock clamp closure allows ease of donning and doffing. Sold each. From Trulife.


Height 17” (43cm) 18” (46cm) 19” (48cm) 21” (53cm)


Item No. ð C003502 C003503 C003504 C003505

c. Hyperextension Orthosis C37

Hyperextension orthosis with adjustable angle pelvic band. Angle of pelvic band adjusts to accommodate

pendulous patient. Sternal pad swivels to eliminate pressure. Lumbar strap with grooved pad. Pre-drilled

holes permit adjustments in height and width. Latch-lock clamp closure with strap release tab allows ease of

donning and doffing. Sold each. From Trulife.

Size Small Large

Height 17-20” (43-51cm) 19-23” (48-59cm)

Hip Circumference 30-37” (76-94cm) 31-45” (79-114cm)

Item No. ð C37B02 C37B04



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Hyperextension Orthosis C39

Hyperextension orthosis with articulating pelvic band features a spring-loaded hinged pelvic band that

maintains spinal stability through sitting and standing without migrating. Sternal pad swivels to eliminate

pressure. Slotted aluminum frame offers unlimited adjustability of height and width. Latch-lock clamp closure

with strap release tab allows ease of donning and doffing. Sold each. From Trulife.


Height 17-19” (43-48cm) 19-21” (48-53cm) 21-23” (53-59cm)

Hip Circumference 31-35” (79-89cm) 35-40” (89-102cm) 40-44” (102-112cm)

Item No. ð C39B02 C39B03 C39B04

e. Hyperextension Orthosis CS39

Similar to the C39, but designed for shorter torsos. Sold each. From Trulife.


Height, Front 15-17” (39-44cm) 17-19” (44-48cm) 19-21” (48-53cm) 21-23.5” (53-60cm)


Item No. ð CS39B02 CS39B03 CS39B04 CS39B05

PREFABRICATED TLSO

f. Aspen® TLSO

SureSlot™ adjustment system provides a wide range of circumferential sizes to ensure a good fit. CushionFlex

Tabs™ soften the edges of the brace. Rigid polyethylene support restricts motion, yet is easy to modify to

relieve pressure over anatomical contours, bony prominences or bone graft sites. Breathable cotton-lined

pads further soften the interface. Sold each. From Aspen Medical Products.

TLSO Complete

Size Short Short Tall Tall Small Large Small Large

Back Panel Height 13” 13” 16” 16”

Cut-Out Height 8” 8” 10” 10”

Waist 26-39” 36-49” 32-47” 44-59”

Item No. ð 991030 991031 991070 991071

TLSO Upgrade Kit

Size X-Short Short Tall

Item No. ð 991053 991051 991050



OR

TH

OT

ICS

PREFABRICATED TLSO — Continued

a. Contour™ TLSO

The Contour™ TLSO completes the QuikDraw™ Bracing System by providing superior motion restriction for

the thoracic and lumbar regions of the spine. The compression of the QuikDraw™, rigidity of the Contour™

Back Panel and stability of the TLSO upgrade combine to provide the most comfortable, easy to don/doff

brace on the market. Sold each. From Aspen Medical Products.

QuikDraw™ Selection Guide


Waist 21-27” 26-32” 31-37” 36-42” 41-47” 46-57”

White 993080 993010-AS 993020 993030 993040 993090

Black 993081 993011 993021 993031 993041 993091

Rigid Anterior Panel Selection Guide

Size Regular Large X-Large

Rigid Anterior Panel, White 993100 993101 N/A

Rigid Anterior Panel, Black 993200 993201 N/A

Rigid Anterior Panel Replacement Pads 993110 993111 993112

Contour Back Panel Selection Guide

Size 12” 15” 18”

White 992112 992115 N/A

Black 992212 992215 992218

Replacement Pad Set 992122 992125 992128

Shoulder Strap (TLSO Upgrade)

Size Short Tall

White 994101 994102

Black 994151 994152

Replacement Pad Set 994111 994112

Chest Panel


White 994205 994210 994215

Black 994255 994260 994265

SPK Complete

Size Medium Large X-Large XX-Large

White 994301 994302 994303 994304

Black 994351 994352 994353 994354

SPK Options


White 994405 994410 994415

Black 994455 994460 994465



OR

TH

OT

ICS

b. SUMMiT™ 456

The Summit™ 456 was designed very specifically to return kyphotic patients to a functional midrange, restore

balance and reduce daily pain. Offloading destructive forces in the spine and stopping muscle fatigue can lead

to an increase in vital function, and a better quality of life. By helping the patient to a functional midrange,

the pressure on the nerves is relieved, the neuro pathways are opened and lung capacity is restored. The

Summit™ 456 is intended to improve core strength and provide comfort for a more active daily life. Sleek

low-profile design for patient compliance. Vertically adjustable posterior support. Malleable to different

anatomies. Lightweight design is easy to don and doff. Self-adjusting lower back panel for custom support.

Powerful mechanical advantage with independent compression. Ergonomic design accommodates all waist

to hip ratios. Sold each. From Aspen Medical Products.


Waist 26-34” (66-86cm) 33-42” (84-107cm) 41-51” (104-130cm) 50-60” (127-152cm)

Item No. ð 992720 992730 992740 992750

c. BOA Duel TLSO

BOA Duel TLSO provides full-circumferential rigid support from the T2/T3 scapular thoracic region to the

sacrococcygeal junction. It features rigid anterior and posterior panels, a telescoping sternal Y-Bar, and dual

lacer compression pads. Sold each. From Breg.

Size Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large

Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-42” 42-48” 48-57”

Item No. ð 60002-BG 60003-BG 60004 60005-BG 60006



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. CyberSpine TLSO

The CyberSpine Thoracal Lumbar Sacral Orthosis is designed to comfortably control and manage acute pain

often associated with osteoporosis, compression fractures, spinal stenosis, strain and excessive kyphosis. The

CyberSpine TLSO provides superior triplanar motion control, extending from sacrococcygeal junction and

terminating just inferior of the scapular spine. The four segmental rigid plastic shell components are ergo-

nomically designed to restrict gross trunk motion in the sagittal, frontal and transverse planes. The anterior

rigid plastic and thoracic extension extends from the symphysis pubis to the sternal notch. Overlapping plastic

lateral panels provide lateral stabilizing strength and control. The patented mechanical advantage pulley

system and abdominal compressive component allows the patient to actively participate in their therapy

regimen resulting in comfort, control and enhanced compliance. Sold each. From Cybertech.


Waist 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50”

Back Panel Height 17” 17” 19” 19”

Item No. CSTL-NB-2 CSTL-NB-3 CSTL-NB-4 CSTL-NB-5

b. Cybertech TLSO™

Utilizing the Mechanical Advantage pulley system on each side, the Cybertech TLSO provides maximum cir-

cumferential support. Full range of posterior and anterior adjustment permits true custom fitting. Thoracic

extension features a sternal notch piece that adjusts with a simple pull of a knob. The entire extension can

be removed in the event of a prescription change. Patient can fully adjust the orthosis in 5 seconds. Dual

fabric fasteners make it easy to put on and take off the TLSO. Optimal patient comfort thanks to lightweight,

breathable and washable patterned foam. Revised TLSO design provides easier application. Sold each. From

Cybertech.

Size Small Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large

Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55”

Item No. ð L0491-S L0491-M L0491-L L0491-XL L0491-XXL L0491-XXXL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Ultralign®+ TLSO

Constructed of hook receivable material with soft, breathable liner that provides a cooler, lighter fit. Patented

dual dynamic closure system allows infinite adjustability and maximum compression. Combines heat-moldable

plastic inserts (anterior, posterior, lateral) for rigid support. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Non-Tapered

Size Small Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large

Waist 31-35” 32-38” 35-41” 38-45” 45-53”

15° UPT1333-15 UPT1433-15 UPT1533-15 UPT1633-15 UPT1733-15


Tapered


Waist 25-31” 29-36” 32-38” 36-42” 39-47”



Low Profile Tapered


Waist 25-31” 29-36” 32-38” 36-42” 39-47”

15° UPLT2333-15 UPLT2433-15 UPLT2533-15 UPLT2633-15 UPLT2733-15

25° UPLT2333-25 UPLT2433-25 UPLT2533-25 UPLT2633-25 UPLT2733-25

UDLE Ultralign DLE Universal

UEP2031 Ultralign+ Ext Panel 3 1/2”

UEP2051 Ultralign+ Ext Panel 5 1/2”

USPK Ultralign Sternal Pad Kit

d. DonJoy TLSO

Rigid anterior and posterior panels restrict forward flexion and trunk rotation. Panels are easily removed

and can be thermoformed for customized fit. Telescoping sternal Y-bar can be adjusted to desired height or

locked into position. The alloy can be bent and custom fitted to the desired angle. Quick release shoulder

buckles allow for easy donning and doffing. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-42” 42-48” 48-57” (60-75cm) (75-89cm) (89-107cm) (107-122cm) (122-145cm)

Item No. ð 11-1561-2 11-1561-3 11-1561-4 11-1561-5 11-1561-6



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Extender™

The Extender is designed to provide a high-profile extensive force on a low-profile body jacket design. Sold

each. From HOPE Orthopedic.

Complete the item number below by choosing from BOLDFACE CODES on lines marked with ☞.

(Example: EXT-PR-ADJ-WHT-NSC)

Item No. ð EXT - (Style) - (Extension) - (Straps) - (Padding)

Style Sternal Pectoral Pectoral Pectoral Sternal Sternal Pectoral Rocker Silicone Velcro Hinged Fixed

☞ STP PR PS PV STH STF

Extension Adjustable Fixed Extension Bars

☞ ADJ FXD

Straps Black White No Straps Straps Straps

☞ BLK WHT NS

Padding With Soft No Soft Pad Cover Pad Cover

☞ WSC NSC

b. OrthoLux Lite™

The OrthoLux Lite is a soft, elastic tri-lam orthosis for comfortable torso support and semi-aggressive spinal

motion restriction. Features front and rear pockets containing rigid molded polymer panels. Sold each. From

HOPE Orthopedic.

Note: Specify front (NT = neutral, PA = pendulous. MP = mid-profile, PM = pendulous mid-profile, LP = low

profile, PL = pendulous low profile) and lordosis (00°, 07°, 15°, 25°, 35°) when ordering.


Waist 26-32” 30-37” 34-41” 38-47”

Item No. ð OLL-TLS-U-SM OLL-TLS-U-MD OLL-TLS-U-LG OLL-TLS-U-XL

Size 2X-Large 3X-Large

Waist 44-54” 50-62”

Item No. ð OLL-TLS-U-XX OLL-TLS-U-3X



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. OrthoLux™

The OrthoLux is a soft, spacer fabric orthosis for comfortable torso support and spinal motion restriction.

Features anterior, posterior and lateral pockets containing molded polymer panels. Sold each. From HOPE

Orthopedic.




Waist 28-34” 30-37” 34-42” 38-45”

Item No. ð ORT-TLS-U-SM ORT-TLS-U-MD ORT-TLS-U-LG ORT-TLS-U-XL

Size 2X-Large 3X-Large 4X-Large

Waist 43-51” 47-55” 53-61”

Item No. ð ORT-TLS-U-XX ORT-TLS-U-3X ORT-TLS-U-4X

d. ProLux™

The ProLux is HOPE Orthopedic’s string-pull mechanical advantage spinal orthosis. One light pull squeezes

the orthosis tightly to the patient’s torso. Even an arthritic geriatric patient can quickly secure this orthosis.


Note: Specify front (SP = standard, PA = pendulous, MP = mid-profile, PM = pendulous mid-profile) and

lordosis (15° or 25°) when ordering.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45”

Item No. ð PRL-TLS-SM PRL-TLS-MD PRL-TLS-LG PRL-TLS-XL


Waist 45-50” 50-55” 55-60”

Item No. ð PRL-TLS-XX PRL-TLS-3X PRL-TLS-4X

e. Spinomed® IV

Simple application, high wearing comfort and increased reliability thanks to the ergonomically shaped

shoulder straps, breathable material, and a comfortable fit. The Spinomed can be adjusted individually to

back curvature and body measurement. Ergonomically shaped shoulder straps make it easy to put on and

increase wearing comfort. Indications: osteoporotic vertebral fracture in the thoracic and/or lumbar spine,

juvenile kyphosis, kyphosis with chronic back pain. Sold each. From Medi USA.


Back Length* Up to 43cm 44-49cm 50-55cm 56-61cm 62-67cm

Spinomed® IV 85021 85022 85023 85024 85025

Spinomed® IV with Extra Panels 85121 85122 85123 85124 85125

*From sacrum to just below C7, following the spinal curvature.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Primo™ Lite

The Primo™ Lite Spinal Management System features overlapping anterior and posterior panels with moisture

wicking, breathable liners for reduced heat buildup. 15° Lordosis standard. Many options available. Available

as an LSO or TLSO. Sold each. From Optec.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large

Waist 26-32” 30-36” 34-40” 38-44” 42-48” 46-52” 50-56”

Item No. ð PLTLXS PLTLSM PLTLMD PLTLLG PLTLXL PLTL2X PLTL3X

b. California® E.C.O.™ - Extension Compression Orthosis

The ECO was developed to comfortably extend the thoracic spine and unweight the wedged vertebral body

in order to promote healing and pain relief. The ECO stabilizes the pelvis and lumbar spine to ease pain. Ef-

fective for individuals with osteoporosis, vertebral compression fractures, thoracic strains, and debilitating

kyphosis. The ECO is as simple to apply as a backpack or jacket, with easy to reach self-adjusting and padded

shoulder straps. The metal spinal frame can be easily contoured to the patient’s thoracic and lumbar spine.

Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50”

Standard 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257

Tall 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277

c. California® LOMBAR™

The LOMBAR™ is a streamlined, low-profile customizable orthosis that promotes thoracic extension through

targeted vertebral separation. The “aluminum spine” provides strength while conforming intimately to the

patient’s body to provide stability and pain relief. The apron front closes with hook and loop Velcro® via dual

pull tabs with finger pockets for easily controllable, adjustable abdominal compression. This lightweight and

low-profile design allows individuals to continue normal daily activities without impingement and interfer-

ence from the orthosis. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Size Standard Tall

Height up to 5’9” above 5’9”

Item No. ð 3285 3286-OM



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Miami Lumbar® TLSO

Building on the modularity of the Miami Lumbar LSO, the TLSO Kit helps you reduce your inventory, while

enabling you to properly and confidently fit nearly every patient you see. The Miami Lumbar universal belt,

a selection of panels, and a T-Connector Kit are all you need on-hand. Simply fit the Miami Lumbar LSO as

you normally would. Then, set the desired height of the anterior and posterior thoracic extensions, adjust

the twin-angle hinges and cinch down the trimmable shoulder straps to secure your patient in one of the

most customizable off-the-shelf TLSO’s on the market. As your patient progresses through different levels

of healing, you can step-down the TLSO to a standard LSO brace, or remove the ATE and add the optional

auxilliary shoulder straps to the PTE. Whatever level of immobilization you need to achieve, the Miami Lumbar

TLSO accommodates you at every step. Sold each. From Össur.

Description TLSO Complete

Item No. ð LMB-T01

LMB-T02 PTE Only

LMB-A01 Air Bladder

LMB-A02 Auxiliary Straps

e. Control Fit TLSO

The Control Fit TLSO is indicated for chronic back pain, spondylolisthesis, spinal stenosis, postoperative re-

habilitation, chronic lumbar instability, herniated lumbar disc, compression fracture, and degenerative disc

disease. Rigid thermoplastic Kydex® anterior and posterior panels with lateral polymer stays provide effec-

tive stabilization of the spine from the sacrum to T-9. The back panel of the Control Fit TLSO is offered in the

standard 7° of lordosis and can be heat molded to individual patient needs. The back panel has a surgical

opening to relieve pressure at the incision site. Elastic side pulls allow for added circumferential support and

compression, and provide a lower profile contoured fit. Made of a breathable spacer fabric, the Control Fit

TLSO offers a cool and comfortable option for better patient compliance. Sold each. From RCAI.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large

Hip 28-33” 33-38” 38-43” 43-48” 53-58” 58-63”

Item No. ð 461-CF-TLS-ES 461-CF-TLS-S 461-CF-TLS-M 461-CF-TLS-L 461-CF-TLS-XL 461-CF-TLS-XXL

f. Taylor Thoracolumbar Orthosis

Full back orthosis limits motion in lumbar and lower thoracic spine. Provides mild hyperextension of lumbosa-

cral joint. Two posterior uprights attach to pelvic band from coccyx to upper thoracic spine. Front alternating

truss hook with pull straps. Padded shoulder straps. Elastic side releases. White coutil fabric. Back height:

16.7” (42cm); front height: 10.5” (27cm). Sold each. From Trulife.


Hip 30-32” 34-36” 38-40” 42-44”

Item No. ð 0816602 0816603 0816604 0816605



OR

TH

OT

ICS

PREFABRICATED LSO

a. Aspen® LSO

SureSlot™ adjustment system provides a wide range of circumferential sizes to ensure a good fit. CushionFlex

Tabs™ soften the edges of the brace. Rigid polyethylene support restricts motion, yet is easy to modify to

relieve pressure over anatomical contours, bony prominences or bone graft sites. Breathable cotton-lined

pads further soften the interface. Sold each. From Aspen Medical Products.

Size Short Short Tall Tall Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Small Large Small Large Small Large X-Large

Back Panel Height 13” 13” 16” 16” 13” 13” 13”

Cut-Out Height 8” 8” 10” 10” 8” 8” 8”

Waist 23-39” 36-49” 32-47” 44-59” 26-39” 36-49” 46-62”

Item No. ð 990040 990041 990060 990061 990020 990021 990022

Replacement Pads 990045 990046 990065 990066 990025 990026 990027

b. Contour™ LSO

The Contour™ LSO is the latest technology for restricting motion in the lumbar spine. The brace is effective

and comfortable, using the patented QuikDraw™ with Rigid Anterior Panel (RAP) as the platform. The Con-

tour™ LSO is modular with adjustable side and vertical panels. Specifically designed with the progression

of patient care in mind, the Contour™ LSO is a multiple orthotic system which can be stepped down to the

proven QuikDraw™ RAP. Sold each. From Aspen Medical Products.

Contour™ Complete


White 990150 990151 990152 990153 990154 990155

Black 990050 990051 990052 990053 990054 990055



Waist 21-27” 26-32” 31-37” 36-42” 41-47” 46-57”

White 993080 993010-AS 993020 993030 993040 993090

Black 993081 993011 993021 993031 993041 993091



Rigid Anterior Panel, White 993100 993101 993102



Contour Back Panel Selection Guide

Size 12” 15” 18”

White 992112 992115 N/A

Black 992212 992215 992218

Replacement Pad Set 992122 992125 992128



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. SUMMiT™ 637

The Summit 637 provides all of the features and benefits of the Summit 631 with additional profile and

ergonomic design. The Summit 637 delivers the same effective compression and limits motion while provid-

ing additional coverage for patients in need. Rigid side panels provide additional lateral support while still

maximizing comfort. Sold each. From Aspen Medical Products.


Waist 26-34” (66-86cm) 33-42” (84-107cm) 41-51” (104-130cm) 50-60” (127-152cm)

Item No. ð 992320 992330 992340 992350

d. SUMMiT™ 631

Provides effective compression for the relief of low back pain. Utilizing innovative materials and an ergonomic

design, the Summit™ contours comfortably to the vast majority of patient anatomies without compromis-

ing support. Features includes low profile sides that form naturally to different patient anatomies and four

sizes that fit waists ranging from 25”-60” and accommodate for large hip to waist ratios. The QuikDraw

Tightening System with independent upper and lower tightening allows for targeted compression directed

at over-compensating musculature. The Conform Back Panel with 3D contouring mimics lordotic curve and

spinal musculature delivering customized support. Sold each. From Aspen Medical Products.


Waist 26-34” (66-86cm) 33-42” (84-107cm) 41-51” (104-130cm) 50-60” (127-152cm)

Item No. ð 992520 992530 992540 992520

e. QuikDraw RAP

The QuikDraw RAP is created by combining the QuikDraw™ Compression Belt with a Rigid Anterior Panel

(RAP). Sold each. From Aspen Medical Products.

QuikDraw™ RAP Complete


White 995011 995021 995031 995041 995051 995061

Black 995010 995020 995030 995040 995050 995060



Waist 21-27” 26-32” 31-37” 36-42” 41-47” 46-57”

White 993080 993010-AS 993020 993030 993040 993090

Black 993081 993011 993021 993031 993041 993091



Rigid Anterior Panel, White 993100 993101 N/A



993060 QuikDraw PRO Extension Panel, White

993061 QuikDraw PRO Extension Panel, Black



OR

TH

OT

ICS

PREFABRICATED LSO — Continued

a. SofTec® Lumbo

Multifunctional orthosis for stabilization of the lower spine consists of a semi-rigid knitted corset, anatomical

plastic shell, pair of stiff carbon fiber rods, and a pair of flexible aluminum stays. It can be adapted directly

at the hospital bed, even if the patient is supine. The modular design permits 3-stage treatment. 1 (Stabiliza-

tion): Postoperative or initially conservative stabilization of vertebral body segments S1 to L4 (Short) or S1 to

L3 (Long), the orthosis is used with the shell. 2 (Mobilization): Initial stages of mobilization with progressive

rehabilitation, shell is removed and the textile element is reinforced with carbon fiber rods. 3 (Activity): Carbon

fiber rods are replaced by corset rods, reducing the external supportive effect. For Spondylolysis, Spondylo-

listhesis, fractures (lumbar spine), tumors (metastases), degenerative instability, muscular insufficiency, facet

syndrome, lumbar spinal stenosis, discectomy, post-surgery. Sold each. From Bauerfeind®.

Short (patient height 5’7” and under) 1228480008100 (size)

Long (patient height 5’7” and above) 1228480008200 (size)

Size Guide 1 2 3 4

Short Size Waist 29.5-35.5” 35.5-41.125” 41.125-47.25” N/A

Long Size Waist 29.5-35.5” 35.5-41.125” 41.125-47.25” 47.25-53.5”

b. Volare™ Lite

The Volare Lite relieves day-to-day back pain from activity, sports or simple desk fatigue, and features a

Zip Line that provides a 3:1 mechanical advantage for easy one-hand adjustment. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” (63-76cm) (76-89cm) (89-101.5cm) (101.5-114cm) (114-127cm)

Item No. ð AB012003 AB012005 AB012007 AB012009 AB012011

c. BOA Classic

The BOA Classic features the patented Lacer Compression System, which utilizes a multiple tear-drop channel

design, high-tension cords, and a simple pull strap to apply circumferential compression. This unique system

allows the patient or clinician to effectively tighten the orthosis with minimal exertion and body motion.

BOA Classic provides rigid anterior and posterior compression from L1-S1. Sold each. From Breg.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55”

Regular (10”) 60032-BG 60033 60034-BG 60035 60036 60037

Low Profile (8”) 60042 60043 60044 60045 60046 60047

Low Profile (8”, 75°) 60052 60053 60054 60055 60056 60057



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Action-Fit™

Unique drawstrap closure system evenly guides rigid anterior and posterior panels together to create cir-

cumferential compression, releasing pressure on vertebrae in the lumbar sacral region. Overall construction

provides a soft, all-over cushioning effect for a secure fit and greater peace of mind. Balanced tightening

while closing Action-Fit™ prevents rotation during two-handed application, ensuring proper fit and position

for the duration of application. 14” posterior panel stabilizes the lumbar sacral region with anatomically-

designed curves to match the spine. Anatomical design is easy to size and comfortably conforms to many

body types, including smaller, petite body frames. Latex-free, skin-friendly materials provide soft, padded

cushioning. Helps improve patient posture to alleviate lower back pain and discomfort. Low-profile design

ensures inconspicuous wear, whether worn over or under clothing. Effort required to close brace is evenly

distributed, so even weaker patients can achieve the appropriate level of circumferential compression for

their support needs. Wider straps with attached finger loops are easier to grip and pull, making Action-Fit™

suitable for elderly, arthritic or strength-compromised patients. Fits securely in proper position while engag-

ing strap and pulley system. Sold each. From BSN Medical.

Size Small Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large 4X-Large 5X-Large

Waist 24-28” 29-33” 34-39” 40-44” 45-49” 50-55” 56-60” 61-65”

Item No. ð 7455700 7455701 7455702 7455703 7455704 7455705 7455706 7455707

e. Cinch-Loc™

The Cinch-Loc™ closure straps run front-to-back-to-front and pull up at a 45° angle, drawing the rigid anterior

and posterior panels together to create targeted intra-abdominal compression, known as Hydrostatic Lift. By

lifting and supporting the weight of the abdominal area, pressure on the lumbar vertebrae can be reduced

while at the same time, the spine can be more correctly aligned, providing much needed relief from muscle

strain and pressure-related pain. It employs a durable and breathable fabric, to increase airflow and help keep

the patient’s skin cooler, reduce moisture build-up and the potential for skin irritation. In addition, the low

profile provides inconspicuous wear which, when combined with greater overall comfort, helps increase the

likelihood a patient will be compliant. Cinch-Loc™ is applied in a standing position, by centering the poste-

rior panel over the buttocks, then centering the anterior panel in front, and securing in place. The strapping

system is easily adjusted to the patient’s exact fit, and then secured in place by laying one strap on top of

the other. When additional thermal therapies are required, the optional thermal gel pack delivers heat or

cooling relief right to the affected area. This unique gel pack remains smooth and flexible and follows the

patient’s specific body contours, even when used cold. Held in place via a built-in mesh pocket, the gel pack

remains accurately positioned to provide thermal therapy where it is needed. Sold each. From BSN Medical.


Waist 24-28” 29-33” 34-39” 40-44” 45-49” 50-55” 56-60” 61-65”

14” Back Panel* 7459901 7459905 7459909 7459913 7459917 7459921 7459925 7459929

16” Back Panel* 7459902 7459906 7459910 7459914 7459918 7459922 7459926 7459930

18” Back Panel* 7459903 7459907 7459911 7459915 7459919 7459923 7459927 7459931

*Back Height: 12-17” (14” Panel), 17-19.5” (16” Panel), 19.5-22.5” (18” Panel).



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Core-Loc™

The Core-Loc™ closure straps run front-to-back-to-front and pull up at a 45° angle, drawing the rigid anterior

and posterior panels together to create targeted intra-abdominal compression, known as Hydrostatic Lift. By

lifting and supporting the weight of the abdominal area, pressure on the lumbar vertebrae can be reduced

while at the same time, the spine can be more correctly aligned, providing much needed relief from muscle

strain and pressure-related pain. The degree to which a back curves inward is different for each patient.

The optional indent can be easily snapped onto the posterior panel, to help equalize these differences and

minimize potential strain in this area. Used without the indent, the posterior panel remains more flat and is

appropriate for patients with less curvature or while post-surgical incisions are healing. Employs a durable,

lightweight and breathable fabric, which increases airflow to help keep the patient’s skin cooler, reduce

moisture build-up and the potential for skin irritation. This comfort, combined with the inconspicuous, low

profile design, helps increase the likelihood a patient will be compliant. Core-Loc™ is easy to fit. A measure-

ment is taken at the navel to determine the circumference of the waist and then matched to one of eight

different brace sizes, ensuring an optimal fit, greater patient comfort and increased compliance. Applied in

a standing position, first centering the posterior panel over the buttocks, then centering the anterior panel

in front and securing in place. The straps are drawn up and out at a 45° angle to engage the Hydrostatic Lift,

adjusted for fit and secured in place by laying one strap on top of the other. And because all the panels are

removable, the Core-Loc™ brace can be easily hand laundered and air-dried, which helps increase the lifespan

of the brace. Sold each. From BSN Medical.


Waist 24-28” 29-33” 34-39” 40-44”

Indent. Post Panel A32-3504 A32-3505 A32-3506 A32-3507

Flat Post Panel A32-35043 A32-35053 A32-35063 A32-35073

Size 2X-Large 3X-Large 4X-Large 5X-Large

Waist 45-49” 50-55” 56-60” 61-65”

Indent. Post Panel A32-3508 A32-3509 A32-3510 A32-3511

Flat Post Panel A32-35083 A32-35093 A32-35103 A32-35113

b. Lumbar-Loc™

The Lumbar-Loc™ closure straps run front-to-back-to-front and pull up at a 45° angle, drawing the rigid an-

terior and posterior panels together to create targeted intra-abdominal compression, known as Hydrostatic

Lift. By lifting and supporting the weight of the abdominal area, pressure on the lumbar vertebrae can be

reduced while at the same time, the spine can be more correctly aligned, providing much needed relief

from muscle strain and pressure-related pain. It utilizes rigid side panels and an extended posterior panel to

provide support to the sacrococcygeal junction up to the T-9 vertebrae. Combined with a body contouring,

tapered lateral design, this helps stabilize the lumbar sacral spine, minimizing trunk rotation and reduce

patient fatigue. Employs a durable and breathable fabric which increases airflow to help keep the patient’s

skin cooler, reduce moisture build-up and the potential for skin irritation. An optional thermal gel pack

delivers warm or cold therapy, without adding pressure to the affected area. Simply slip the reusable pack

into the built-in Thermal Lumbar Pocket. Its unique flexibility ensures it will shape to body contours, even

when applied cold, and provide soothing therapy when needed. Every Lumbar-Loc™ brace comes with a

removable pouch, specifically designed to accommodate electrical stimulation units (not included) and any

necessary electrodes and wires. The patient can follow the prescribed therapy without removing the brace

and experiencing any additional discomfort. Sold each. From BSN Medical.


Waist 24-28” 29-33” 34-39” 40-44” 45-49” 50-55” 56-60” 61-65”

14” Back Panel* 7459801 7459805 7459809 7459813 7459817 7459821 7459825 7459829

16” Back Panel* 7459802 7459806 7459810 7459814 7459818 7459822 7459826 7459830

18” Back Panel* 7459803 7459807 7459811 7459815 7459819 7459823 7459827 7459831

*Back Height: 12-17” (14” Panel), 17-19.5” (16” Panel), 19.5-22.5” (18” Panel).



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Disc Unloader Orthosis

Unique modular design reduces intradiscal pressure through circumferential compression. Standard 6” an-

terior and 12” posterior panels accept anatomically designed inserts along with a gel pack that provides the

benefits of hot/cold therapy. Constructed of a soft, breathable fabric with contoured rigid ABS inserts, elastic

double-pulls and contact closure support. Sold each. From Corflex.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45”

Item No. ð 35-4000-000 35-4001-000 35-4002-000 35-4003-000

Size X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large 4X-Large

Waist 45-50” 50-55” 55-60” 60-65”

Item No. ð 35-4004-000 35-4005-000 35-4006-000 35-4007-000

72-7006-000 Disc Unloader Gel Pack

d. MAC (Mechanical Advantage Corset)

New flexible pulley system that curves to the patient’s natural lordosis. Adjusts with the pull of one hand in

one second. Custom designed lightweight mesh over wicking material allows breathability and comfort. Up to

6” of closure. Standard only available in white; low profile only available in black. Sold each. From Cybertech.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50”

Standard L0626-S L0626-M L0626-L L0626-XL L0626-XXL

Low Profile L0626B-S L026B-M L0626B-L L0626B-XL L0626B-XXL

e. Comprehensive LSO

Designed to comfortably stabilize and manage acute pain often associated with anomalies of the spine.

Features the original patented mechanical advantage pulley system. Interactive patient controlled lumbar

and compression conformity. Rigid ergonomic posterior panel. Ergonomic covered plastic anterior panel.

Removable plush padding on both anterior and posterior panels. Targeted segmental therapy effectiveness

controlling undesirable motion. Sold each. From Cybertech.


Waist 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50”

Item No. ð TCLS-NB-2 TCLS-NB-3 TCLS-NB-4 TCLS-NB-5

f. Ergo™ Flex Power Plus

Patented, new Ergo-dynamic panels and Flexible Pulley System in an intermediate brace that comfortably

contours and conforms to each patient’s body structure. 5:1 ratio, low-friction Flexible Pulley System provides

powerful, smooth and easily-controlled compression. Lightweight, breathable construction combines with

contouring panels for increased comfort and support. Quick, one-hand adjustment controls support level

and comfort for standing or sitting. Single front closure provides easy opening and closing. Sold each. From

Cybertech.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55”

8” EGFP-LG-1 EGFP-LG-2 EGFP-LG-3 EGFP-LG-4 EGFP-LG-5 EGFP-LG-6

10” EGFP-SG-1 EGFP-SG-2 EGFP-SG-3 EGFP-SG-4 EGFP-SG-5 EGFP-SG-6



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Ergo™ MAC Plus

Patented, new Ergo-dynamic panels and Flexible Pulley System in an economic brace that comfortably con-

tours and conforms to each patient’s body structure. 3:1 ratio, low-friction Flexible Pulley System provides

powerful, smooth and easily-controlled compression and support. Thin, lightweight, breathable construction

combines with contouring panels for increased comfort - in a concealable brace. Quick, one-hand adjust-

ment controls support level and comfort for standing or sitting. Single front closure provides easy ingress

and egress. Sold each. From Cybertech.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50”

Standard EMAC-NW-1 EMAC-NW-2 EMAC-NW-3 EMAC-NW-4 EMAC-NW-5

Low Profile EMAC-NB-1 EMAC-NB-2 EMAC-NB-3 EMAC-NB-4 EMAC-NB-5

b. Ergo™ Premium Plus

Patented, new Ergo-dynamic panels comfortably contour and conform to each patient’s body structure. 6:1

ratio, low-friction Mechanical Advantage Pulley System provides powerful, smooth and easily-controlled

compression. Lightweight, breathable construction combines with contouring panels for increased comfort

and support. Quick, one-hand adjustment controls support level and comfort for standing or sitting. Single

front closure provides easy opening and closing. Sold each. From Cybertech.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45”

Low Profile, Black EPRP-LB-1 EPRP-LB-2 EPRP-LB-3 EPRP-LB-4

Low Profile, White EPRP-LW-1 EPRP-LW-2 EPRP-LW-3 EPRP-LW-4

Standard, Black EPRP-SB-1 EPRP-SB-2 EPRP-SB-3 EPRP-SB-4

Standard, White EPRP-SW-1 EPRP-SW-2 EPRP-SW-3 EPRP-SW-4

Size 2X-Large 3X-Large 4-5X-Large

Waist 45-50” 50-55” 56-68”

Low Profile, Black EPRP-LB-5 EPRP-LB-6 N/A

Low Profile, White EPRP-LW-5 EPRP-LW-6 N/A

Standard, Black EPRP-SB-5 EPRP-SB-6 EPRP-SB-7

Standard, White EPRP-SW-5 EPRP-SW-6 N/A

c. Ergo™ Spine Power Plus

Patented, new Ergo-dynamic panels and SPINE brace that comfortably contour and conform to each patient’s

body structure. 6:1 ratio, low friction Mechanical Advantage Pulley System provides powerful, smooth and

easily-controlled compression. Lightweight, breathable construction combined with contouring panels for

increased comfort and support. Quick, one-hand adjustment controls support level and comfort for standing

or sitting. Single front closure provides easy opening and closing. Sold each. From Cybertech.


Waist 20-25” 25-30” 30-35” 35-40”

Black ESFP-NB-0 ESFP-NB-1 ESFP-NB-2 ESFP-NB-3

White N/A ESFP-NW-1 ESFP-NW-2 ESFP-NW-3

Size X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large

Waist 40-45” 45-50” 50-55”

Black ESFP-NB-4 ESFP-NB-5 ESFP-NB-6

White ESFP-NW-4 ESFP-NW-5 ESFP-NW-6



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Original Brace

The Original Brace is designed for people who want to stay active. Activities like walking a dog, standing,

washing the car or driving, and more strenuous endeavors such as playing sports, horseback riding, hiking or

lifting can be done without stress or strain on your back. With the SPINE brace and its unique brace system,

you can get back in the action. Sold each. From Cybertech.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45”

Low Profile, Black LOW-S03 LOW-M03 LOW-L03 LOW-XL03

Low Profile, White LOW-S01 LOW-M01 LOW-L01 LOW-XL01

Standard, Black STAN-S03 STAN-M03 STAN-L03 STAN-XL03

Standard, White STAN-S01 STAN-M01 STAN-L01 STAN-XL01

Standard 75°, White STAN-S02 STAN-M02 STAN-L02 STAN-XL02


Waist 45-50” 50-55” 56-68”

Low Profile, Black LOW-XXL03 LOW-XXXL03 N/A

Low Profile, White LOW-XXL01 LOW-XXXL01 N/A

Standard, Black STAN-XXL03 STAN-XXXL03 STAN-XXXXL03

Standard, White STAN-XXL01 STAN-XXXL01 N/A

Standard 75°, White STAN-XXL02 STAN-XXXL02 N/A

e. Ultralign®+ LSO

Constructed of hook receivable material with soft, breathable liner that provides a cooler, lighter fit. Patented

dual dynamic closure system allows infinite adjustability and maximum compression. Combines heat-moldable

plastic inserts (anterior, posterior, lateral) for rigid support. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Non-Tapered


Waist 31-35” 32-38” 35-41” 38-45” 45-53”

0° UPL1330-0 UPL1430-0 UPL1530-0 UPL1630-0 UPL1730-0



Tapered


Waist 25-31” 29-36” 32-38” 36-42” 39-47”




Low Profile Tapered


Waist 25-31” 29-36” 32-38” 36-42” 39-47”

15° UPLP2330-15 UPLP2430-15 UPLP2530-15 UPLP2630-15 UPLP2730-15

25° UPLP2330-25 UPLP2430-25 UPLP2530-25 UPLP2630-25 UPLP2730-25



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Prolign® Lumbar Orthosis

Constructed of hook receivable material with soft breathable liner that wicks away moisture to help prevent

skin breakdown. Patented dual dynamic closure system provides instant full range adjustment and maximum

compression. Rigid anterior insert provides support to intra-abdominal and viscera region helping to unload

the spine under gravitational load. Available in 15° and 25° posterior plastic inserts. Plastic d-rings for ease of

application and removal. Sold each. From DeRoyal.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55”

25° 13500004 13500005 13500006 13500007 13500008 13500009

15° 13501004 13501005 13501006 13501007 13501008 13501009

b. DonJoy Back Brace

Provides spinal stability and abdominal support for post-traumatic and chronic lumbosacral support. Sold

each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55” (60-75cm) (75-89cm) (89-102cm) (102-114cm) (114-127cm) (127-140cm)

Regular (10”) 11-1568-2 11-1568-3 11-1568-4 11-1568-5 11-1568-6 11-1568-7

Low Profile (8”) 11-1569-2 11-1569-3 11-1569-4 11-1569-5 11-1569-6 11-1569-7

c. V-Loc™ LSO

The V-Loc™ LSO helps alleviate pain and speed rehabilitation by providing effective stabilization and un-

loading on the spine. Rigid anterior and posterior panels stabilize the spine, restrict range of motion and

control pelvic tilt and rotation. The V-shape in the anterior panel and the patented strapping method provide

hydrostatic lift to help relieve the load and stress on the spine. Elastic inserts give a conforming fit around

the hips, and the fully adjustable, patented closure system does not rely on elastic, for an extended product

life. The ultra-thin profile allows for comfortable, inconspicuous wear. For men and women. Black. Sold each.

From FLA Orthopedic.


Waist 24-28” 29-33” 34-39” 40-44” 45-49” 50-55”

Item No. ð 32-1504 32-1505 32-1506 32-1507 32-1508 32-1509



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Ninja™ Belt

The Ninja™ Belt for mild support features right and left mesh belt “wings” with a mechanical advantage

strapping system (no strings to fray, rip, tangle or jam) and a polyethylene panel in the anterior pocket. Low

profile front height: 6” (SM-XL); 6.5” (2X-5X). Standard front height: 7.5” (SM-XL); 8” (2X-5X). Back height:

9”. Sold each. From HOPE Orthopedic.

Note: MPE anterior plate standard. Please specify optional anterior plate (KYD, PKYD) when ordering.


Waist 28-33” 33-38” 38-43” 43-48”

Low Profile NINJA-LP-SM NINJA-LP-MD NINJA-LP-LG NINJA-LP-XL

Standard NINJA-SP-SM NINJA-SP-MD NINJA-SP-LG NINJA-SP-XL

Size 2X-Large 3X-Large 4X-Large 5X-Large*

Waist 48-54” 54-60” 60-65” 65-73”

Low Profile NINJA-LP-XX NINJA-LP-3X NINJA-LP-4X NINJA-LP-5X

Standard NINJA-SP-XX NINJA-SP-3X NINJA-SP-4X NINJA-SP-5X

*5X is available with an optional anterior extension panel.

e. Ninja™ LSM

The Ninja™ LSM features the same modular components as the Ninja LSO, but is designed for moderate

support. Low profile front height: 6” (SM-XL); 6.5” (2X-5X). Standard front height: 7.5” (SM-XL); 8” (2X-5X).

Back height: 10.5”. Sold each. From HOPE Orthopedic.



Waist 28-33” 33-38” 38-43” 43-48”

Low Profile NJLSM-LP-SM NJLSM-LP-MD NJLSM-LP-LG NJLSM-LP-XL

Standard NJLSM-SP-SM NJLSM-SP-MD NJLSM-SP-LG NJLSM-SP-XL


Waist 48-54” 54-60” 60-65” 65-73”

Low Profile NJLSM-LP-XX NJLSM-LP-3X NJLSM-LP-4X NJLSM-LP-5X

Standard NJLSM-SP-XX NJLSM-SP-3X NJLSM-SP-4X NJLSM-SP-5X


f. Ninja™ LSO

The Ninja™ LSO for firm support is comprised of a Ninja Belt, a polyethylene posterior plate with adjust-

able lordosis and kyphosis, a plush pad and a plate in the anterior Ninja pocket. Low profile front height: 6”

(SM-XL); 6.5” (2X-5X). Standard front height: 7.5” (SM-XL); 8” (2X-5X). Back height: 14.5”. Sold each. From

HOPE Orthopedic.



Waist 28-33” 33-38” 38-43” 43-48”

Low Profile NJLSO-LP-SM NJLSO-LP-MD NJLSO-LP-LG NJLSO-LP-XL

Standard NJLSO-SP-SM NJLSO-SP-MD NJLSO-SP-LG NJLSO-SP-XL


Waist 48-54” 54-60” 60-65” 65-73”

Low Profile NJLSO-LP-XX NJLSO-LP-3X NJLSO-LP-4X NJLSO-LP-5X




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Ninja™ Pro

The Ninja™ Pro for aggressive support is comprised of a Ninja Belt, a molded Kydex posterior shell with a

plush tri-laminate pad, and a plate in the anterior Ninja pocket. Low profile front height: 6” (SM-XL); 6.5”

(2X-5X). Standard front height: 7.5” (SM-XL); 8” (2X-5X). Back height: 14.5”. Sold each. From HOPE Orthopedic.

Note: Specify anterior plate (MPE, KYD, PKKYD) and lordosis (05°, 15°, 25°) when ordering.


Waist 28-33” 33-38” 38-43” 43-48”

Low Profile NJPRO-LP-SM NJPRO-LP-MD NJPRO-LP-LG NJPRO-LP-XL

Standard NJPRO-SP-SM NJPRO-SP-MD NJPRO-SP-LG NJPRO-SP-XL


Waist 48-54” 54-60” 60-65” 65-73”

Low Profile NJPRO-LP-XX NJPRO-LP-3X NJPRO-LP-4X NJPRO-LP-5X

Standard NJPRO-SP-XX NJPRO-SP-3X NJPRO-SP-4X NJPRO-SP-5X


b. LumboLux™

The LumboLux is a soft, elastic, patient-friendly LSO with front and rear pockets containing molded (and

moldable) Kydex inserts. The LumboLux provides strong control yet is easy to don and comfortable to wear.

Its two inserts “squeeze” the spine as it is tightened, providing abdominal compression, and thus, disc sup-

port. Short front height: Fabric-5”, Insert-4”; Standard front height: Fabric-6”, Insert-5”; Tall front height:

Fabric-7”, Insert-6”. Short back height: Fabric-8”, Insert-7”; Standard back height: Fabric-10”, Insert-9”; Tall

back height: Fabric-12”, Insert-11”. Sold each. From HOPE Orthopedic.

Note: Specify lordosis (00°, 07°, 15°, 25°) when ordering.


Waist 26-32” 30-37” 34-41” 38-47”

Short, Black LX-BL-SM-SH LX-BL-MD-SH LX-BL-LG-SH LX-BL-XL-SH

Short, White LX-WH-SM-SH LX-WH-MD-SH LX-WH-LG-SH LX-WH-XL-SH

Standard, Black LX-BL-SM-ST LX-BL-MD-ST LX-BL-LG-ST LX-BL-XL-ST

Standard, White LX-WH-SM-ST LX-WH-MD-ST LX-WH-LG-ST LX-WH-XL-ST

Tall, Black LX-BL-SM-TL LX-BL-MD-TL LX-BL-LG-TL LX-BL-XL-TL

Tall, White LX-WH-SM-TL LX-WH-MD-TL LX-WH-LG-TL LX-WH-XL-TL


Waist 44-54” 50-62” 56-68”

Short, Black LX-BL-XX-SH LX-BL-3X-SH LX-BL-4X-SH

Short, White LX-WH-XX-SH LX-WH-3X-SH LX-WH-4X-SH

Standard, Black LX-BL-XX-ST LX-BL-3X-ST LX-BL-4X-ST

Standard, White LX-WH-XX-ST LX-WH-3X-ST LX-WH-4X-ST

Tall, Black LX-BL-XX-TL LX-BL-3X-TL LX-BL-4X-TL

Tall, White LX-WH-XX-TL LX-WH-3X-TL LX-WH-4X-TL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. OrthoLux Lite™

The OrthoLux Lite is a soft, elastic tri-lam orthosis for comfortable torso support and semi-aggressive spinal

motion restriction. Features front and rear pockets containing rigid molded polymer panels. Sold each. From

HOPE Orthopedic.




Waist 26-32” 30-37” 34-41” 38-47”

Mid Profile OLL-LSM-U-SM OLL-LSM-U-MD OLL-LSM-U-LG OLL-LSM-U-XL

LSO OLL-LSO-U-SM OLL-LSO-U-MD OLL-LSO-U-LG OLL-LSO-U-XL

Size 2X-Large 3X-Large

Waist 44-54” 50-62”

Mid Profile OLL-LSM-U-XX OLL-LSM-U-3X

LSO OLL-LSO-U-XX OLL-LSO-U-3X

d. OrthoLux™

The OrthoLux is a soft, spacer fabric orthosis for comfortable torso support and spinal motion restriction.

Features anterior, posterior and lateral pockets containing molded polymer panels. Sold each. From HOPE

Orthopedic.




Waist 28-34” 30-37” 34-42” 38-45”

Mid Profile ORT-LSM-U-SM ORT-LSM-U-MD ORT-LSM-U-LG ORT-LSM-U-XL

LSO ORT-LSO-U-SM ORT-LSO-U-MD ORT-LSO-U-LG ORT-LSO-U-XL


Waist 43-51” 47-55” 53-61”

Mid Profile ORT-LSM-U-XX ORT-LSM-U-3X ORT-LSM-U-4X

LSO ORT-LSO-U-XX ORT-LSO-U-3X ORT-LSO-U-4X

e. ProLux™

The ProLux is HOPE Orthopedic’s string-pull mechanical advantage spinal orthosis. One light pull squeezes

the orthosis tightly to the patient’s torso. Even an arthritic geriatric patient can quickly secure this orthosis.


Note: Specifyl front (SP = standard, PA = pendulous, MP = mid-profile, PM = pendulous mid-profile) and

lordosis (05°, 15°, 25°) when ordering.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45”

Mid Profile PRL-LSM-SM1 PRL-LSM-MD PRL-LSM-LG PRL-LSM-XL

LSO PRL-LSO-SM PRL-LSO-MD PRL-LSO-LG PRL-LSO-XL


Waist 45-50” 50-55” 55-60”

Mid Profile PRL-LSM-XX PRL-LSM-3X PRL-LSM-4X

LSO PRL-LSO-XX PRL-LSO-3X PRL-LSO-4X



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Evotec LSO

Features the Vertamax corset with increased support from its chairback plastic posterior panel which provides

unparalleled anterior, posterior and lateral support. The anterior plastic panel provides increased abdomi-

nal compression, while the posterior panel surrounds the torso and can be easily molded to your patient’s

lordosis. During progressive stages of rehabilitation, the detachable polymer panels can be removed to

create a semi-rigid support with flexible stays. Produced using a stitchless seam technique, thus avoiding

uncomfortable friction. Evotec has front and back moldable polymer panels, rear anatomical stays and a

unique closure system with arthritic grips for maximum ease of donning and doffing. Available in beige or

black. Sold each. From Optec.

Size 2X/XS SM/MD LG/XL 2X/3X 4X/5X

Waist 22-30.5” 28-38.5” 36-46.5” 44-54.5” 52-60.5”

Beige DISCON DISCON DISCON DISCON DISCON

Black EV-201BL2S/XS EV-201BLSM/MD EV-201BLLG/XL EV-201BL2X/3X EV-201BL4X/5X

b. Oasis™ LSO

The Oasis™ spinal system now offers advantages over any other brace in its class. The new closure system

with hook & loop secures itself directly to the front rigid panel. New double elastics provide hydrostatic lift

and maximum compression while providing your patient a comfortable fit. The adjustable strap length and

D-rings provide a custom fit and secure grip essential for easy donning & doffing. Sold each. From Optec.


Waist 26-32” 30-36” 34-40” 38-44” 42-48” 46-52” 50-56”

Standard OALSXS OALSSM OALSMD OALSLG OALSXL OALS2X OALS3X

Low Profile OALPXS OALPSM OALPMD OALPLG OALPXL OALP2X OALP3X

c. Stealth™ LSO

Easy to put on, easy to take off. Stealth is Optec’s most popular anterior opening soft brace and a true

revolutionary 3-in-1 brace. The unique polymer closure straps allow for precise compression and increased

spinal support. The Stealth comes with various plastic panels that can be customized for all stages of your

patients’ therapy. The front and back panels automatically contour to your patient’s shape, size and lordotic

curve. Sold each. From Optec.

Size Small Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large 4X-Large

Waist 23-30” 27-34” 32-40” 37-44” 41-48” 45-52” 49-56”

LSO LP

Black STLPSM STLPMD STLPLG STLPXL STLP2X STLP3X STLP4X

White STLPWSM STLPWMD STLPWLG STLPWXL STLPW2X STLPW3X STLPW4X

LSO

Black STLSSM STLSMD STLSLG STLSXL STLS2X STLS3X STLS4X

White STLSWSM STLSWMD STLSWLG STLSWXL STLSW2X STLSW3X STLSW4X



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Primo™ Lite

The Primo™ Lite Spinal Management System features overlapping anterior and posterior panels with moisture

wicking, breathable liners for reduced heat buildup. 15° Lordosis standard. Many options available. Available

as an LSO or TLSO. Sold each. From Optec.


Waist 26-32” 30-36” 34-40” 38-44” 42-48” 46-52” 50-56”

LSO LP PLLPXS PLLPSM PLLPMD PLLPLG PLLPXL PLLP2X PLLP3X

LSO PLLSXS PLLSSM PLLSMD PLLSLG PLLSXL PLLS2X PLLS3X

e. C3™ California Compressor Combo™

Provides support and pain relief following minimally invasive spine procedures, and can also be used to aug-

ment a spinal rehabilitation program or alleviate pain for patients with chronic spinal conditions. The rigid

components in this mid-profile design provide additional control during the acute phase of a spinal condition

with the advantage of transforming into a more flexible system as healing occurs. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55” 55-60” 60-65”

8” 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336

10” 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346

f. California® Compression Orthosis

A low-profile lumbar orthosis that provides maximum abdominal support with one easy pull. The one-handed

compression pull tab can be set for right or left hand operation. Breathable, comfortable mesh fabric mini-

mizes heat build up. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large 1X 2X 3X 4X

Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55” 55-60” 60-65”

8” 3199 3200 3201-OM 3202-OM 3203 3204 3205 3206

10” 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216

g. California® Compressor Orthosis

A cost-effective lumbosacral orthosis that provides maximum abdominal support with one easy pull. The

patented and unique Compound Closure mechanism offers simple and quick abdominal compression to fa-

cilitate compliance and independence from caregivers. Breathable, comfortable mesh fabric minimizes heat

buildup and allows for improved hygiene and cleaning. Indications include acute and chronic lower back

pain, spondylolisthesis and lumbar disk injuries. The 8” and 10” models are also appropriate for postoperative

support and arthritic changes. Their lightweight construction is optimal for patients requiring comfortable

support for daily activities such as lifting, long periods of standing, work-related motions and recreational

activities such as golfing and gardening. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large 1X 2X 3X 4X

Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55” 55-60” 60-65”

8” 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226

10” 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. California® Laguna™ Spinal Brace

Minimizes product inventory with an easy, trim-to-fit belt. The Laguna is a completely modular, customiz-

able brace that’s easy-to-fit yet simple for the patient to tighten as well as don and doff. Interchangeable

posterior panels conform to the curvature of the back, providing support while maximizing patient comfort

and compliance. With the Laguna, you can now design a cohesive and comprehensive spinal system that

satisfies the stabilization needs of any patient. Trimable to fit 26-66” waists. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Build 626 627 631 631 631 637 637 637

Waist/Shell 26-66” 26-66” 26-36” 36-46” 46-66” 26-36” 36-46” 46-66”

Complete Orthosis XB7800 XB7803 XB7804 XB7805 XB7806 XB7807 XB7808 XB7809

Components

Belt XB7800 XB7800 XB7800 XB7800 XB7800 XB7800 XB7800 XB7800

Anterior Panel XB10 XB10 XB10 XB10 XB10 XB10 XB10

631 Posterior Panel XB04 XB05 XB06

637 Posterior Panel XB07 XB08 XB09

b. California® Low Profile Orthosis

Provides stability and abdominal support without compromising respiration or interfering with activities of

daily living. Features ABS plastic posterior panel with Coolfoam pad, easy close Velcro® front and 6” low-profile

anterior panel with removable, heat formable ABS plastic insert. Lightweight construction version (LC) fea-

tures a 6” low profile anterior panel with removable, semi-rigid plastic insert. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55” 55-60” 60-65”

Standard 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296

LC 3289.01 3290.01 3291.01 3292.01 3293.01 3294.01 3295.01 3296.01

c. California® Mid Profile Orthosis

Provides stability and control only where it is indicated in order to reduce spinal muscle atrophy and de-

conditioning. Patented compound closure system provides patient-regulated compression to supplement

abdominal musculature. CoolFoam™ liner provides a comfortable patient interface. Thermoplastic posterior

component extends to T9 and provides total contact over the paraspinal muscles. Anterior panel includes a

pocket with an internal thermoplastic shell to provide abdominal support and control motion. Thermoplastic

components can be removed during the rehabilitation phase so the patient can strengthen abdominal and

back muscles within a safe range of motion. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55” 55-60”

Item No. ð 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. California® Spinal System

Designed to alleviate pain, limit undesirable motion and provide circumferential pressure to stabilize the

spine. The basic modular spinal orthosis includes plastic inserts that slip into both front and back panels for

extra support and can later be removed. Optional Posterior Spinal Relief (PSR) avoids pressure on incision

site and facilitates dressing changes and wound inspection. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Men’s Size X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large

Chest 32-36” 34-38” 37-41” 39-45” 43-49” 47-53” 51-57”

Waist 28-32” 30-34” 33-37” 36-42” 41-47” 46-52” 51-57”

Hips 33-37” 35-39” 38-42” 40-46” 44-50” 48-54” 52-58”

Standard 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312

w/PSR 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366

Women’s Size X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large

Chest 26-30” 28-32” 31-35” 33-39” 37-43” 41-47” 45-51”

Waist 22-26” 24-28” 27-31” 30-36” 35-41” 40-46” 45-51”

Hips 30-34” 32-36” 35-39” 37-43” 41-47” 45-51” 49-55”

Standard 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305

w/PSR 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356

3299.28 California Compound Closure Upgrade

3299.02 California Posterior Thoracic Extension (PTE) (Not available with PSR)

2013 California Anterior Thoracic Extension (ATE), Standard

2014 California Anterior Thoracic Extension (ATE), Extended

2013.03 3” Pectoral Pad for California Anterior Thoracic Extension (ATE)

3299.03 Lateral Control Panels (for increased lateral stability)

3299.04 Dorsal Pad and Strap Kit

3299.05 Posterior Air Bladder

e. Ventura™ Spinal Brace

The Ventura™ Spinal Brace is easy to fit and simple for the patient to don and doff. The orthosis provides

controlled levels of stability by featuring easily removable rigid plastic components - making it ideal through-

out rehabilitation. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Waist 26-31” 31-36” 36-41” 41-46” 46-51” 51-56” 56-61” 61-66”

626 3259.626 3260.626 3261.626 3262.626 3263.626 3264.626 3265.626 3266.626

627 3259.627 3260.627 3261.627 3262.627 3263.627 3264.627 3265.627 3266.627

631 3259.631 3260.631 3261.631 3262.631 3263.631 3264.631 3265.631 3266.631

637 3259.637 3260.637 3261.637 3262.637 3263.637 3264.637 3265.637 3266.637

XB04 CA V/L Post Panel 631 XS-SM

XB05 CA V/L Post Panel 631 MD-LG

XB06 CA V/L Post Panel 631 XL-4X

XB07 CA V/L Post Panel 637 XS-SM

XB08 CA V/L Post Panel 637 MD-LG

XB09 CA V/L Post Panel 637 XL-4X

XB10 CA V/L Ant Panel XS-4X



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Miami Lumbar®

Both the Miami Lumbar belt itself and its various support panels are sculpted to hug the contours of the

back, improving comfort, stabilization and compliance. Breathable Aerospacer fabric and ventilated support

panels combine to keep Miami Lumbar cool and comfortable to wear for extended periods of time. Relieves

pressure over the spinous processes while applying an even pressure to the paraspinal musculature to ensure

comfortable and effective healing. With a four-to-one ratio drawstring and an easy-to-use pulley system,

Miami Lumbar is simple to tighten, even for arthritic and/or geriatric patients. Sold each. From Össur.

Lumbar Belt

Size Univ Standard Univ Large (XS-2XL) (XS-6XL)

Waist 26-50” 26-66”

Standard Belt LMB-06 LMB-10

Slim Belt LMBSL-06 LMBSL-10

Anterior Panel

Size Standard Pendulous

Waist <46” >46”

Item No. ð LMB-ST LMB-PN

Posterior Panel w/o Lateral Supports


Waist 26-34” 34-38” 38-50” 50-66”

Item No. ð LMB-NS LMB-NM LMB-NL LMB-NX

Posterior Panel w/Lateral Supports


Waist 26-34” 34-38” 38-50” 38-50”

Item No. ð LMB-LS LMB-LM LMB-LL LMB-LX

b. Control Fit LSO

The Control Fit LSO is indicated for chronic back pain, spondylolisthesis, spinal stenosis, postoperative re-

habilitation, chronic lumbar instability, herniated lumbar disc, compression fracture, and degenerative disc

disease. Rigid thermoplastic Kydex® anterior and posterior panels with lateral polymer stays provide effec-

tive stabilization of the spine from the sacrum to T-9. The back panel of the Control Fit LSO is offered in the

standard 7° of lordosis and can be heat molded to individual patient needs. The back panel has a surgical

opening to relieve pressure at the incision site. Elastic side pulls allow for added circumferential support and

compression, and provide a lower profile contoured fit. Made of a breathable spacer fabric, the Control Fit

LSO offers a cool and comfortable option for better patient compliance. Sold each. From RCAI.


Hip Size 28-33” 33-38” 38-43” 43-48”

Item No. ð 451-CF-LSO-ES 451-CF-LSO-S 451-CF-LSO-M 451-CF-LSO-L


Hip Size 48-53” 53-58” 58-63”

Item No. ð 451-CF-LSO-XL 451-CF-LSO-XXL 451-CF-LSO-XXXL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

CHAIRBACK ORTHOSES

c. Knight LSO Model 106

Bands are padded with rubber, covered on the inside with naugahyde and covered on the outside with white

elk. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.


Chest 28-30” 31-33” 34-36” 37-39” 40-42”

Waist 26-28” 29-32” 33-35” 36-38” 39-42”

Hip 28-30” 31-33” 34-36” 37-39” 40-44”

Brace Height 10” 11” 12” 13” 14”

Item No. 106-XS 106-S 106-M 106-L 106-XL

d. BOA with Chairback

BOA with Chairback provides exceptional support from T9 - S1. The modular construction of this brace allows

for a three stage treatment regimen. Stage 1 involves postoperative use of the BOA with the rigid chairback

piece, compression belt and rigid anterior panel. Stage 2 involves the removal of the chairback piece for

compressive support during a progressive rehabilitation protocol. Finally, Stage 3 involves removing the rigid

anterior panel. Sold each. From Breg.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55”

8” 60022 60023 60024 60025 60026 60027

10” 60012-BG 60013 60014 60015 60016 60017

e. TriMod™ System Plus

The TriMod system is made up of an anterior panel, the Chairback frame and the Cybertech Brace. Rigid

stability. Single front fabric fastener makes it easy to don and doff. Lightweight construction and breathable

side panels insure greater compliance. Interchangeable TriMod component sizes insure proper patient fit.

Sold each. From Cybertech.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45”

Low Profile, Black ETSP-LB-1 ETSP-LB-2 ETSP-LB-3 ETSP-LB-4

Low Profile, White ETSP-LW-1 ETSP-LW-2 ETSP-LW-3 ETSP-LW-4

Standard, Black ETSP-SB-1 ETSP-SB-2 ETSP-SB-3 ETSP-SB-4

Standard, White ETSP-SW-1 ETSP-SW-2 ETSP-SW-3 ETSP-SW-4


Waist 45-50” 50-55” 56-68”

Low Profile, Black ETSP-LB-5 ETSP-LB-6 N/A

Low Profile, White ETSP-LW-5 ETSP-LW-6 N/A

Standard, Black ETSP-SB-5 ETSP-SB-6 ETSP-SB-7

Standard, White ETSP-SW-5 ETSP-SW-6 N/A



OR

TH

OT

ICS

CHAIRBACK ORTHOSES — Continued

a. Chairback LSO

Provides spinal stability and abdominal support for postoperative and post-traumatic injury for patients

requiring thoracolumbar sacral immobilization. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55”

Item No. ð 11-1562-2 11-1562-3 11-1562-4 11-1562-5 11-1562-6 11-1562-7

b. California™ Chairback Orthosis

The Chairback is designed for comfort and stability using our patented compound closure system. This spinal

orthosis is available in 7 sizes, for both men and women, and with the standard Anterior Overlap design or

Anterior Panel option. The California Chairback has a posterior opening which eases pressure over the inci-

sion site, provides ventilation, and allows wound inspection without removing the orthosis. Internal plastic

panels provide anterior rigidity and help block forward flexion, while the chairback portion discourages lateral

flexion and excessive extension. As the patient progresses and requires less support, the plastic chairback

component and internal panels can be removed to provide greater flexibility. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Women’s


Waist 22-26” 24-28” 27-31” 30-36” 35-41” 40-46” 45-51”

Hip 30-34” 32-36” 35-39” 37-43” 41-47” 45-51” 49-55”

Item No. ð 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034-OM 2035-OM

Men’s


Waist 28-32” 30-34” 33-37” 36-42” 41-47” 46-52” 51-57”

Hip 33-37” 35-39” 38-42” 40-46” 44-50” 48-54” 52-58”

Item No. ð 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045

c. California™ CPO Chairback Mid Profile Orthosis

The California CPO was created in response to minimally invasive spine procedures requiring specific stabiliza-

tion and control of spine segments rather than rigid control of the entire spine. The posterior chairback shell

limits lower thoracic and lumbar spinal extension while providing a foundation for the patented compound

closure system. The xiphoid-height mid-profile anterior panel allows limited forward flexion - an acceptable

motion particularly in some anterior spine procedures. The compound closure allows precise anterior/posterior

control with patient controlled compression. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Waist 25-30” 30-35” 35-40” 40-45” 45-50” 50-55” 55-60”

Item No. ð 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Kydex® Chairback Brace

Lightweight, durable spinal orthosis helps maintain the spine in neutral alignment and permits ease of move-

ment. Low profile brace offers excellent rigidity when worn with a snug corset front. Velcro® or laced closure

corset. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Size Small Medium Med/Large Large

Hip 29-32” 33-36” 37-40” 41-44”

w/Velcro® Closure Corset 2015 2016 2017 2018

w/Prelaced Corset 2005 2006 2007 2008

without Corset 2000 2001 2002 2003

e. Corset Brace Front

Modular corsets for Kydex Chairback, and Kydex Knight Taylor braces. Washable, lightweight corset front.

Velcro® to facilitate easy removal especially important for elderly patients with limited finger strength or

dexterity. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Size Small Medium MD/LG Large X-Large 2X-Large

Standard with Metal Closures 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075

Canvas with Velcro Closures 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095

f. Chairback Spinal Orthosis 962

Provides anterior, posterior and lateral control in the lumbar spine. Fully padded rigid frame with tapered

pelvic and thoracic bands, paraspinal and lateral uprights. Corset-type abdominal front with truss buckle

fastening. 12” posterior uprights. Sold each. From Truform.

Size Small Medium Med/Large Large

Hip 29-32” 33-36” 37-40” 41-44”

Item No. ð 0962-S 0962-M 0962-ML 0962-L

g. Kydex® Chairback Orthosis

Provides medial, lateral, posterior and anterior stability. Aluminum stays for easy contouring of paraspinal

uprights. 1/4” closed cell foam lining for added comfort and patient tolerance. Sold each. From Trulife.

Size Small Medium Med/Large Large X-Large

Hip 29-32” 33-36” 37-40” 41-44” 45-48”

Standard JS-5000 JS-5001 JS-5003 JS-5004 JS-5004-XL

Short N/A N/A JS-5003-SHR JS-5004-SHR N/A

with Corset JS-5005 JS-5006 JS-5007 JS-5008 JS-5008-XL

with Corset, Short N/A N/A JS-5007-SHR JS-5008-SHR N/A



OR

TH

OT

ICS

SUPPORTS

a. LumboPlus®

This is a functional orthosis for the graduated support of the lumbar and lower thoracic spine. It acts as a

pressure-relieving support from the lumbar spine to the lower thoracic spine using eight to ten adjustable

corset stays in an anatomical knit. The supporting effect on the spine extends from the lumbar region to

below the shoulder blades. The compression effect on the abdomen also relieves the spine. The low power

tensioning strap system with practical finger pockets and Velcro® straps allows it to be fitted without a great

deal of effort. The breathable, skin-friendly material is so flat that it is barely noticeable under clothing. Can

be used for Osteoporosis, Spondylolisthesis, degenerative instabilities, and postoperative lumbar stabiliza-

tion. Sold each. From Bauerfeind®.

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6

Waist 29.5-33.5” 33.5-37.5” 37.5-41.375” 41.375-45.25” 45.25-49.25” 49.25-53.125”

Item No. ð 1218530008000 (size)

b. Elastic Lumbar Support

Durable elastic construction offers double side pulls for added support. A neoprene pocket in back includes

a rigid foam pad for compression and lumbar stabilization. Sold each. From Breg.


Waist 10-24” 24-30” 30-36” 36-42” 42-50” 50-56” (51-61cm) (61-76cm) (76-91cm) (91-107cm) (107-127cm) (127-142cm)

Item No. ð 10151 10152 10153 10154 10155-BG 10156

c. Criss-Cross Lumbosacral Support

Durable, latex-safe elastic construction with hook and loop closure. Contoured in waist area for maximum

comfort. Two elastic side pulls for optimal compression. Four adjustable posterior stays for stability and sup-

port. 12” posterior height. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Sized Model

Size Small Small/Medium Medium/Large Large

Waist Size 24-28” 28-32” 32-36” 36-40”

Item No. ð 13850005 13850056 13850067 13850007


Waist Size 40-44” 44-48” 48-52” 52-56”

Item No. ð 13850008 13850009 13850010 13850011

Universal Model

Size Universal

Waist 26-46”

Item No. ð 13850000



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Lumbar Sacral Support with Abdominal Belt

Quality 10” high elastic with soft foam and hook and loop closures that adjust for the most comfortable and

easy fit. An overlapping belt provides additional lift in the abdominal area. Four flexible stays in the back and

sides provide extra support and prevent the belt from rolling. Universal design has six flexible stays. Latex

free. White. Sold each. From FLA Orthopedics.

Sized Model


Hip 28-32” 33-36” 37-40” 41-44”

Item No. ð 31-208405 31-208502 31-208609 31-208706


Hip 45-48” 49-52” 53-56”

Item No. ð 31-208803 31-208900 31-208950

Universal Model

Size Universal

Hip 33-48”

Item No. ð 31-208007

e. Unisex EZ-Fit™

Hook ‘n pile, two-pull side lace adjustment. Overlapping hook ‘n pile front closure. Unique stretch cotton

material. One pair of preshaped steels. Front, side and back flexible stays. Sold each. From Freeman.

9” Steels


Hip Size 32-37” 35-41” 39-45” 43-49”


11” Steels


Hip SIze 32-37” 35-41” 39-45” 43-49”


11” Steels (for Pendulous Abdomens)

Size Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large

Hip Size 35-41” 39-45” 43-49” 49-54”

Item No. ð 577-MD 577-LG 577-XL 577-XXL

f. Unisex EZ-Fit™ 579

Hook ‘n pile, two-pull side lace adjustment. Overlapping hook ‘n pile front closure. Made of unique stretch

cotton. One pair of 18” preshaped steels. Front, side and back flexible stays. Sold each. From Freeman.


Hip Size 32-37” 35-41” 39-45” 43-49”




OR

TH

OT

ICS

SUPPORTS — Continued

a. Unisex Elastic LS Cinch-Pull Wraparound Support 976

One-way stretch elastic with hook ‘n pile closure and two removable pre-bent steels. Separate adjustable

cinch-pull strap secured to wide elastic back sling gives added abdominal and lower back support. Flexible

stays at front and back. Sold each. From Freeman.


Hip Size 30-33” 34-37” 38-41” 42-45” 46-50”

Item No. ð 976-SM 976-MD 976-LG 976-XL 976-XXL

b. Unisex Lumbosacral Pocket Wraparound 978

Three interlocking double strength one-way stretch elastic panels with hook ‘n pile closure. Designed with

posterior pocket ideal for moldable thermoplastic insert (not included). Sold each. From Freeman.


Hip Size 26-29” 30-33” 34-37” 38-41”

Item No. ð 978-XS 978-SM 978-MD 978-LG


Hip Size 42-45” 46-50” 51-55” 56-60”

Item No. ð 978-XL 978-XXL 978-3XL 978-4XL

c. Unisex Elastic Pocket LS Wraparound Support 982


posterior pocket ideal for moldable thermoplastic insert (not included). Encircling cinch straps. Sold each.

From Freeman.


Hip Size 26-29” 30-33” 34-37” 38-41” 42-45” 46-50”


d. Unisex Elastic Pocket LS Wraparound Support 981


posterior pocket ideal for moldable thermoplastic insert (not included). Encircling cinch straps. Front tapers

to 6” depth to prevent binding. Sold each. From Freeman.


Hip Size 26-29” 30-33” 34-37” 38-41” 42-45” 46-50”




OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Unisex Elastic Lumbosacral Wraparound Support 968

One-way stretch elastic with hook ‘n pile closure and four removable pre-bent steels for optional degree of

posterior support. Canvas back is fully padded with liberal cushion of felt. 6”-wide overlapping elastic bands

create a contour custom-like fit that accommodates a range of figure types. Separate adjustable 4”-wide

elastic belt secured in back gives added support. Sold each. From Freeman.


Hip Size 30-33” 34-37” 38-41” 42-45” 46-50” 51-55” 56-60”

Item No. ð 968-SM 968-MD 968-LG 968-XL 968-XXL 968-XXXL 968-XXXXL

f. Unisex Elastic Stress Belt™ 950

Beige colored two-way stretch mesh elastic sacro belt with hook ‘n pile closure, separate adjustable waist band

and posterior stays. Attractive design for wear over clothing to relieve worker back strain and as a prophylaxis

when lifting heavy objects (for office and factory workers alike). Sold each. From Freeman.


Hip Size 30-34” 34-39” 39-44” 44-50” 50-56”


g. Unisex Lumbosacral Pendulous Support 578

Three-pull side lace adjustment. Three 1 1/2” wide cinch-pull adjustable straps. Made of white cotton. Elastic

top band with hook ‘n pile adjustment and thigh releases. One pair of preshaped 13” steels. Front, side and

back flexible stays. Cupped front and adjustable elastic top band accommodates the fuller figure. The Cinch-

It™ Front Closure is especially designed for patients with arthritic hands lacking dexterity to use conventional

snap-button/hook-and-eye closure. Also suitable for patients who simply want a quick and easy-to-fit adjust-

able front. Sold each. From Freeman.

Hip Size 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54”

Item No. ð 578-44 578-46 578-48 578-50 578-52 578-54

Hip Size 56” 58” 60” 62” 64”

Item No. ð 578-56 578-58 578-60 578-62 578-64

h. Unisex Elastic Binder 966

Durable wraparound elastic with fully adjustable hook ‘n pile closure. Shaped to fit body contours of most

men and women in a full range of sizes. Tapered construction and two flexible stays prevent rolling. Reverse

top and bottom to use as a rib belt. 10” height. Sold each. From Freeman.


Waist 24-30” 31-36” 37-42” 43-48” 49-54” 55-60”

Item No. ð 966-SM 966-MD 966-LG 966-XL-FR 966-XXL 966-XXXL



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Unisex Elastic Lumbosacral Support with Panels 983

Three interlocking double strength one-way stretch elastic panels with hook ‘n pile closure and encircling

cinch straps. Moldable thermoplastic inserts included. Sold each. From Freeman.


Hip Size 26-29” 30-33” 34-37” 38-41” 42-45”

Item No. ð 983-XS 983-SM 983-MD 983-LG 983-XL


Hip Size 46-50” 51-55” 56-60” 61-68”

Item No. ð 983-2XL 983-3XL 983-4XL 983-5XL

b. Unisex Universal Lumbosacral E1301

Adjustable hook ‘n pile front closure with two-ply 3” wide overlapping tension straps on either side. Mold-

able thermoplastic insert included. Front: 7”. Back: 10”. Universal design fits hip sizes 30-50”. Sold each. From

Freeman.

Size Universal

Item No. ð E1301

c. Unisex Obesity Support 576

This elastic belt provides abdominal and lumbar support for the obese patient. A specially shaped abdominal

pad cradles and lifts the abdomen to redistribute weight. Also effective post-surgically to prevent excessive

weight from straining abdominal incisions. Sold each. From Freeman.

Size 1 2 3

Largest Abdominal Girth 45-55” 55-65” 65-75”

Item No. ð 576-1 576-2 576-3

d. Women’s Elastic Wraparound Support 3556

Power net two-way stretch elastic with rose pattern lace elastic overlay and hook ‘n pile closure. Two remov-

able pre-bent steels provide a more rigid posterior support when desired. Flexible stays at front and back.

Sold each. From Freeman.


Hip Size 28-31” 32-35” 36-39” 40-44” 45-48”




OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Women’s Dorsolumbar Support 5615

Three-pull side lace adjustment. Cinch-It™ front closure. Made of white brocade. Large mesh elastic release

panel for comfortable wear over prominent hip bones. One pair of 16” preshaped steels. Front, side and back

flexible stays. Designed for short stooped figure type. Sold each. From Freeman.

Hip Size 28” 30” 32” 34” 36” 38”

Item No. ð 5615-28 5615-30 5615-32 5615-34 5615-36 5615-38

Hip Size 40” 42” 44” 46” 48” 50”

Item No. ð 5615-40 5615-42 5615-44 5615-46 5615-48 5615-50

f. Women’s Dorsolumbar Support 3516

Hook ‘n pile front closure. Rose pattern overlay on two-way stretch power net elastic. One pair of 15” preshaped

steels. Front, side and back flexible stays. Hook ‘n pile adjustable shoulder straps. Sold each. From Freeman.


Hip Size 28-31” 32-35” 36-39” 40-44” 45-48”


g. Women’s Lumbosacral Support 584/585

Model 584 Cinch-It™ Lumbosacral support is designed for patients with arthritic hands lacking dexterity to

use conventional closure. Three-pull side lace adjustment. Three 1-1/2” wide cinch-pull front closure. Full

length mesh elastic side panels. 12” preshaped steels. Flexible stays in front, side and back. 8” development.

White polyester/cotton.

Model 585 is the same as Model 584, but with slightly shorter front and a 6” development. Sold each. From

Freeman.

Hip Size 32” 34” 36” 38” 40” 42”

Model 584 584-A-32 584-A-34 584-A-36 584-A-38 584-A-40 584-A-42

Model 585 585-32 585-34 585-36 585-38 585-40 585-42

Hip Size 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54”

Model 584 584-A-44 584-A-46 584-A-48 584-A-50 584-A-52 584-A-54

Model 585 585-44 585-46 585-48 585-50 585-52 585-54



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Women’s Lumbosacral Support 523

Three-pull side lace adjustment. Left front hook-and-eye closure. Made of white brocade. Elastic releases at

top and bottom. One pair of 13” preshaped steels. Front, side and back flexible stays. Sold each. From Freeman.

Hip Size 32” 34” 36” 38” 40” 42”

Item No. ð 523-32 523-34 523-36 523-38 523-40 523-42

Hip Size 44” 46” 48” 50” 52”

Item No. ð 523-44 523-46 523-48 523-50 523-52

b. Women’s Lumbosacral Support 565

Two-pull side lace adjustment. Three 1 1/2” wide cinch-pull adjustable strap front closure. White polyester/

cotton material. Elastic releases at top and bottom. Anterior and posterior thermoplastic panels. Especially

designed for patients with arthritic hands lacking the dexterity to fit conventional hook-and-eye closure.

Also suitable for patients who simply want a quick and easy-to-fit adjustable front. Sold each. From Freeman.

Hip Size 30” 32” 34” 36” 38” 40” 42”

Item No. ð 565-30 565-32 565-34 565-36 565-38 565-40 565-42

Hip Size 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54” 56”

Item No. ð 565-44 565-46 565-48 565-50 565-52 565-54 565-56

c. Women’s Lumbosacral Support 566

Two-pull side lace adjustment. Three 1 1/2” wide cinch-pull adjustable straps. Made of white polyester/cot-

ton. Elastic releases at top and bottom. One pair of 10” preshaped steels. Front, side and back flexible stays.


Hip 28” 30” 32” 34” 36” 38” 40” 42”

Item No. ð 566-28 566-30 566-32 566-34 566-36 566-38 566-40 566-42

Hip 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54” 56”

Item No. ð 566-44 566-46 566-48 566-50 566-52 566-54 566-56

d. Women’s Elastic Rib Belt 964

All elastic contoured design has adjustable hook ‘n pile closure. 4” contoured front, 6” back height. Sold

each. From Freeman.

SIze Small Medium Large X-Large

Ribs 26-30” 30-34” 34-40” 40-46”




OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Men’s Dorsolumbar Support 5611

Three-pull side lace adjustment. Cinch-It™ front closure. Made of white canvas. Elastic releases at top and

groin. One pair of preshaped 19” steels. Front, side and back flexible stays. Self-adjusting, removable shoulder

straps. Sold each. From Freeman.

Hip Size 32” 34” 36” 38” 40”

Item No. ð 5611-32 5611-34 5611-36 5611-38 5611-40

Hip Size 42” 44” 46” 48”

Item No. ð 5611-42 5611-44 5611-46 5611-48

f. Men’s Elastic Dorsolumbar Support 3510

Hook ‘n pile front closure. Made of white two-way stretch mesh elastic. One pair of preshaped 18” steels.

Front and back flexible stays. Shoulder straps have hook ‘n pile adjustment rather than standard slide buckle.

This design feature allows easier application by geriatric patients and those with limited manual dexterity.



Hip Size 30-34” 34-38” 38-42” 42-46” 46-50”


g. Men’s Lumbosacral Support 541

Two-pull side lace adjustment. Cinch-It™ front closure. Made of white canvas. Elastic releases at top and groin.

One pair of preshaped 10” steels. Front, side and back flexible stays. Sold each. From Freeman.

Hip Size 28” 30” 32” 34” 36” 38”

Item No. ð 541-28 541-30 541-32 541-34 541-36 541-38

Hip Size 40” 42” 44” 46” 48” 50”

Item No. ð 541-40 541-42 541-44 541-46 541-48 541-50

h. Men’s Lumbosacral Support 562

Two-pull side lace adjustment. Three 1 1/2” wide cinch-pull adjustable straps. Made of white canvas. Elastic

releases at top and groin. One pair of preshaped 12” steels. Front, side and back flexible stays. Sold each.

From Freeman.

Hip Size 30” 32” 34” 36” 38” 40” 42”

Item No. ð 562-30 562-32 562-34 562-36 562-38 562-40 562-42

Hip Size 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54”

Item No. ð 562-44 562-46 562-48 562-50 562-52 562-54



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Men’s Lumbosacral Support 546

Three-pull side lace adjustment. Snap-button with reinforcing hook-and-eye front closure. Four 1 1/2” wide

cinch-pull hook ‘n pile closure straps. Made of white canvas. Elastic releases across top and at groin. Two pairs

of preshaped 13” steels. Front, side and back flexible stays. Sold each. From Freeman.

Hip Size 30” 32” 34” 36” 38” 40” 42”

Item No. ð 546-30 546-32 546-34 546-36 546-38 546-40 546-42

Hip Size 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54”

Item No. ð 546-44 546-46 546-48 546-50 546-52 546-54

b. Men’s Lumbosacral Support 561

Two-pull side lace adjustment. Three 1 1/2” wide cinch-pull adjustable strap front closure. White canvas

material. Elastic releases at top and groin. Anterior and posterior thermoplastic panels. Especially designed

for patients with arthritic hands lacking dexterity to use conventional snap-button/hook-and-eye closure.

Also suitable for patients who simply want a quick and easy-to-fit adjustable front. Sold each. From Freeman.

Hip Size 30” 32” 34” 36” 38” 40” 42”

Item No. ð 561-30 561-32 561-34 561-36 561-38 561-40 561-42

Hip Size 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54”

Item No. ð 561-44 561-46 561-48 561-50 561-52 561-54

c. Men’s Lumbosacral Support 547

Three-pull side lace adjustment. Snap-button with reinforcing hook-and-eye front closure. Made of white

canvas. Elastic releases across top and groin. One pair of preshaped 14” steels. Front, side and back flexible

stays. Fuller front for pendulous abdomens. Sold each. From Freeman.

Hip Size 36” 38” 40” 42” 44”

Item No. ð 547-36 547-38 547-40 547-42 547-44

Hip Size 46” 48” 50” 52” 54”

Item No. ð 547-46 547-48 547-50 547-52 547-54

d. Men’s Lumbosacral Support 516

Three-pull side lace adjustment. Snap-button with reinforcing hook-and-eye front closure. Made of white

canvas. Elastic releases across top and at groin. Two pairs of preshaped 13” steels. Front, side and back flex-

ible stays. Sold each. From Freeman.

Hip Size 30” 32” 34” 36” 38” 40” 42”

Item No. ð 516-30 516-32 516-34 516-36 516-38 516-40 516-42

Hip Size 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54”

Item No. ð 516-44 516-46 516-48 516-50 516-52 516-54



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Men’s Elastic Rib Belt 962

All elastic contoured design has adjustable hook ‘n pile closure. 6” height. Sold each. From Freeman.

SIze X-Small Small Medium Large

Ribs 19-25” 26-30” 30-34” 34-40”

Item No. ð 962-XS 962-SM 962-MD 962-LG


Ribs 40-46” 46-54” 54-64”

Item No. ð 962-XL 962-XXL 962-XXXL

f. L5N Elastic Double-Side Pull Lumbar Support

12” wide elastic belt. Two 4” wide adjustable side pulls that overlap in front to increase intra-abdominal

support. 1/8” nylon 2-sides neoprene pocket for insert. Sold each. From New Options Sports.


Waist 22-26” 26-30” 30-34” 34-38”

Item No. ð L5N-XS L5N-S L5N-M L5N-L


Waist 38-42” 42-46” 46-50” 50-54”

Item No. ð L5N-XL L5N-XXL L5N-XXXL L5N-XXXXL

L11 Heat Moldable Insert

g. Vertamax

Manufactured using revolutionary textiles that provide unparalleled support. Front and back plastic panels

contour to any abdomen and lordosis type. Unique two-stage closure system provides maximum compres-

sion with minimal effort. Arthritic grips contour to shape of hand. Comfortable, breathable cotton fabric

may be worn against skin. Undetectable under clothes. Available in black or beige. Sold each. From Optec.

Size 2XS/XS SM/MD LG/XL 2X/3X 4X/5X

Waist 22-30.5” 28-38.5” 36-46.5” 44-54.5” 52-60.5”

Black VMLS 2S/XS VMLS S/M VMLS L/XL VMLS 2/3X VMLS 4/5X

Beige VMBG 2S/XS VMBG S/M VMBG L/XL VMBG 2/3X VMBG 4/5X

h. Form Fit® Advanced Back Support

Utilizing Ossur’s patented 3-dimensional molding technology, they have created a firm yet comfortable

lumbar pad which provides optimum support. Mesh panels and ventilation holes increase breathability and

enhance comfort. Overlapping double pull strap design provides additional lumbar and abdominal support.

Gripper strips are strategically sewn inside each support to prevent migration. Also available with hot/cold

gel therapy. Sold each. From Optec.


Waist 25-30” 30-34” 34-38” 38-42” 42-56” 56-60”

Standard 209143 209145 209147 209148 209149 209151

w/Gel E209143 E209145 E209147 E209148 E209149 E209151



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. 10” Double-Pull Sacrolumbar Support

Premium all-elastic construction with compression straps. Four 9” posterior plastic stays for stability and sup-

port. Ideal for providing support and compression for strains and sprains of the lower back and abdominal

area. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Size Small Medium MD/Long Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large

Waist 31-34” 35-38” 36-42” 39-42” 43-46” 47-54” 55-60”

Item No. ð 79-89003 79-89005 79-89006 79-89007 79-89008 79-89009 79-89009-10

b. Abdominal Binder

Elastic binder with four sewn-in plastic stays provides abdominal and lumbar support. Abdominal, post-natal

or post-surgical application. Easy adjustment with contact closure. Latex free. Ideal for providing compres-

sion and support for strains and weakness of the abdominal area. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Waist 24-30” 30-36” 36-42” 42-48” 48-54”

10” 79-89043 79-89045 79-89047 79-89048 79-89049

12” 79-89323 79-89325 79-89327 79-89328 79-89329

14” 79-89333 79-89335 79-89337 79-89338 79-89339

c. ComfortFORM™ Moldable Insert

The ComfortFORM™ Moldable Insert can be heated with a heat gun or at 160° in a hot water pan, or hy-

drocollator and then formed against the patient’s back for exact contour and improved support. To be used

with a compatible lumbosacral support to provide rigid support to the lower back. Sold each. By ProCare

from DJO Global.

Size 8” 11”

Item No. ð 79-89120 79-89130

d. Elastic Double Side Pull Lumbar Support

Low profile 9” elastic support with double side pull compression straps. Neoprene posterior panel accommo-

dates ComfortFORM™ Moldable Insert. Foam lumbar pad included. Ideal for providing support and compres-

sion for strains and sprains of the lower back and abdominal area. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Waist 18-24” 24-33” 33-39” 39-45”

Item No. ð 79-82502 79-82503 79-82505 79-82507


Waist 45-53” 53-59” 59-65” 65-70”

Item No. ð 79-82508 79-82509 79-82509-10 79-82509-11



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Premium Panel Elastic Binder

Constructed with panel elastic and soft cotton type lining for patient comfort. Universal style, flannel-lined

panel elastic support with contact closure. Multi-panel design helps prevent panel rolling. Ideal for providing

compression and support for post-natal or post-abdominal surgery, abdominal strains and weakness. Sold


Size Universal Universal

Waist 30-45” 45-62”

9” (3 Panel) 79-89070 79-89071

12” (4 Panel) 79-89090 79-89091

f. Universal Deluxe Rib Belt

6” two-panel elastic belt with flannel lining and contact closure. Choice of male or female styles. Latex free.

Ideal for providing compression and support for fractures and strains to the rib cage. Universal design fits

waist size 28-50”. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Description Male Female

Item No. ð 79-89150 79-89160

g. 8” Economy Universal Post-Op Abdominal Binder

A foam-lined abdominal panel and reinforced, latex free, single panel elastic provide optimum support and

comfort. Breathable elastic contours well and fits both male and female patients and has a front ezywrap®

Velcro® closure. Sold 10 per box. From Professional Products.

Size Universal

Item No. ð 1022-10-8

h. Criss Cross Lumbar Support

Beige in four sizes or white in two sizes. Sold each. From Scott Specialties.

Beige Small Medium Large X-Large

Item No. ð 0130 BEI SM 0130 BEI MD 0130 BEI LG 0130 BEI XL

White X-Small/Small Medium/Large

Item No. ð 0130 WHI XS/SM 0130 WHI MD/LG



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. PR Traditional Lumbar Support

Sold each. From Scott Specialties.


Item No. ð 0020-SM 0020-MD 0020-LG 0020-XL 0020-2XL 0020-3XL

b. Thermo Moldable Support

Binder and moldable insert sold separately. Sold each. From Scott Specialties.


Binder 0200 WHI XS 0200 WHI SM 0200 WHI MD 0200 WHI LG 0200 WHI XL 0200 WHI 2XL

0103 Moldable Insert, 9”

c. Thermoskin® Lumbar Support

The Thermoskin Lumbar Support back brace provides pain relief and compression for muscle injuries and

general lower back dysfunctions; injuries to the lumbar discs and the sacroiliac joint. This Thermoskin back

brace has two metal internal stays for additional support and adjustable elastic side straps for extra compres-

sion. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Waist 23.5-27.25” 27.5-31.75” 32-35.5” 35.75-39.5” 39.75-44”

Item No. ð 82227 83227 84227 85227 86227


Waist 44.25-48.5” 48.75-53” 53.25-57.75” 58-62.5”

Item No. ð 87227 88227 89227-SW 80227

d. Unisex 10” Elastic Abdominal Binder

This lightweight elastic binder has a variety of applications, most commonly used as an abdominal binder for

post-surgical dressings. Can also be used as a rib belt to prevent painful expansion of the chest in the case

of rib fracture. Sold each. From Truform.


Waist 29-32” 33-36” 37-40” 41-44” 45-48” 48-60”

Item No. ð 2518-S 2518-M 2518-L 2518-XL 2518-2L 2518-3L



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Women’s Dorsolumbar Support 606

Basic three pull dorsolumbar with shorter front. Cinch type shoulder straps with side front truss buckle fastens-

ing permits easier application by wearer with limited dexterity or hand strength. Sold each. From Truform.

Hip Size 30” 32” 34” 36” 38”

Item No. ð 0606-HS-30 0606-HS-32 0606-HS-34 0606-HS-36 0606-HS-38

Hip Size 40” 42” 44” 46” 48”

Item No. ð 0606-HS-40 0606-HS-42 0606-HS-44 0606-HS-46 0606-HS-48

f. Women’s Dorsolumbar Support 777

6” hip development for the female figure. Excellent support for those suffering from osteoporosis of the

thoracolumbar spine. White power net elastic, tapering from 18” in back to 7” in front. Contact closure in

front. One pair of 16” removable steels in back. Flexible boning throughout garment. Detachable and adjust-

able criss-cross straps with truss buckle fastening. Sold each. From Truform.


Hip Size 28-31” 32-35” 36-39” 40-44” 45-48”

Item No. ð 0777-HS-XS 0777-HS-S 0777-HS-M 0777-HS-L 0777-HS-XL

g. Women’s Lumbosacral Support 613

For the thin to average figure. Front depth 8”; back depth 12”. White brocade material. Two pull side lace

adjustment. Contact closure tabs front closure. Elastic releases at groin. Sold each. From Truform.

Hip Size 30” 32” 34” 36” 38” 40”

Item No. ð 0613-VHS-30 0613-VHS-32 0613-VHS-34 0613-VHS-36 0613-VHS-38 0613-VHS-40

Hip Size 42” 44” 46” 48” 50”

Item No. ð 0613-VHS-42 0613-VHS-44 0613-VHS-46 0613-VHS-48 0613-VHS-50



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Women’s Lumbosacral Support 616

Widely used, basic support with broad range of applications for the slighter-than-average figure. Cupped

front with elastic releases at the top. Contact closure front. Sold each. From Truform.

Hip Size 30” 32” 34” 36” 38”


Hip Size 40” 42” 44” 46”

Item No. ð 0616-VHS-40 0616-VHS-42 0616-VHS-44 0616-VHS-46

b. Women’s Lumbosacral Support 643

Provides all the support of a traditional lumbosacral corset with the ease of hook-and-pile contact closure

mechanism. Two-side pulls and rigid stays. Sold each. From Truform.


Hip Size 34-36” 38-40” 42-44” 46-48” 50-52” 54-56”

Item No. ð 0643-VHS-S 0643-VHS-M 0643-VHS-L 0643-VHS-XL 0643-VHS-2XL 0643-VHS-3XL

c. Men’s Lumbosacral Support 464

Widely used, basic support with broad range of applications for the slighter-than-average figure. Contact

closure tabs in front for the wearer with limited dexterity or hand strength. Front depth 7”; back depth 12”.

White canvas. Two pull side lace adjustment. Elastic releases at groin. Sold each. From Truform.

Hip Size 28” 30” 32” 34”


Hip Size 36” 38” 40” 42”


Hip Size 44” 46” 48” 50”


d. Men’s Lumbosacral Support 465

Widely used, basic three-pull LS with broad range of applications. Generous gusseting around top provides

for superior cosmesis with both average and heavier figures. Contact closure tabs for the wearer with limited

dexterity or hand strength. Sold each. From Truform.

Hip 30” 32” 34” 36” 38”


Hip Size 40” 42” 44” 46” 48”


Hip Size 50” 52” 54” 56”




OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. CAMP XXI Rigid Posterior Lumbosacral Support 430

Provides compression and stabilization to lumbar, sacral and abdominal regions. Rigid posterior insert offers

increased support. CAMP XXI fabric conforms to anatomy. Breathable, washable material increases comfort.

Hook and loop closure allows easy donning and doffing. Back height: 10.5” (27cm); front height: 8” (20cm).



Hip Size 29.5-33.4” 33.4-37.4” 37.4-41.3” 39.3-43.3” 43.3-47.2” (75-85cm) (85-95cm) (95-105cm) (100-110cm) (110-120cm)

Item No. ð 0043002 0043003 0043004 0043005 0043006

f. Unisex CAMP XXI Lumbosacral Support 433

Designed to fit average torsos. Provides compression and stabilization to lumbar, sacral and abdominal regions.

Two posterior spring steel stays maintain a well contoured shape and offer additional support. Breathable,

washable material. Hook and loop closure. 10” front height. 13” back height. Sold each. From Trulife.


Hip Size 31-37” 35-41” 39-45” 43-49” 47-53” (79-94cm) (89-104cm) (99-114cm) (109-124cm) (120-135cm)

Item No. ð 0043302 0043303 0043304 0043305 0043306

g. Unisex CAMP XXI Short Lumbosacral Support 432

Designed to fit the shorter torso. Provides compression and stabilization to lumbar, sacral and abdominal

regions. Two posterior spring steel stays maintain a well contoured shape and offer additional support. Breath-

able, washable material. Hook and loop closure. 8” front height. 11” back height. Sold each. From Trulife.



Item No. ð 0043202 0043203 0043204 0043205 0043206

h. Unisex CAMP XXI Pendulous Lumbosacral Support 434

Provides compression and stabilization to lumbar, sacral and abdominal regions. Cupped front section ac-

commodates pendulous abdomen to relieve added stress on back. Two posterior spring steel stays maintain

a well contoured shape and offer additional support. Breathable, washable material increases comfort. Hook

and loop closure allows easy donning and doffing. 12” front height. 13” back height. Sold each. From Trulife.



Item No. ð 0043402 0043403 0043404 0043405 0043406



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Elcross Lumbosacral Support

Provides compression and stabilization to the lumbar, sacral and abdominal regions. Unique, lightweight, high

stretch laminate material lined with cotton. Elastic sacral bands allow patient to determine level of support.

Breathable fabric offers increased comfort. Cross-over strap configuration distributes pressure evenly. Two

posterior flexible stays offer added support. Hook and loop closure allows easy donning and doffing. 7.5”

front height. 11” back height. Sold each. From Trulife.


Hip Size 33.5-37.5” 37.5-41.5” 41.5-45.5” 45.5-49.5” (85-95cm) (95-105.5cm) (105.5-115.5cm) (115.5-126cm)

Item No. ð 0013202 0013203 0013204 0013205

b. Elcross Pendulous Lumbosacral Support

Provides compression and stabilization to the lumbar, sacral and abdominal regions. Unique lightweight high

stretch laminate material lined with cotton. Elastic sacral bands allow patient to determine level of support.

Breathable fabric offers increased comfort. Cross-over strap configuration distributes pressure evenly. Two

posterior flexible stays offer added support. Hook and loop closure allows easy donning and doffing. Cupped

front section accommodates pendulous abdomen. 10.5” front height. 11” back height. Sold each. From Trulife.

Size Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large

Hip Size 37-41” 41-45” 45-49” 49-53” 53-57” (94-104cm) (104-114cm) (114-124.5cm) (124.5-135cm) (135-145cm)

Replacement Item No. ð PT13403 PT13404 PT13405 PT13406 PT13407

c. OrthoMold® Lumbosacral Spinal Orthosis

Provides compression and stabilization to the lumbar, sacral and abdominal regions. Washable. Standard - 9”

back height, 9” front. Contoured - 9” back height, 7” front. Sold each. From Trulife.



Standard OBX100-000 OBX100-010 OBX100-020 OBX100-030 OBX100-040

Contoured OBX110-000 OBX110-010 OBX110-020 OBX110-030 OBX110-040

OXI150-000 Lumbosacral Insert Low Temperature

d. OrthoMold® Lite

Provides compression and stabilization to the lumbar, sacral, and abdominal regions. Washable. Sold each.

From Trulife.


Hip Size 30-33” 33-36” 36-39” 39-43” 43-47” 47-52” (76-84cm) (84-92cm) (92-100cm) (100-110cm) (110-120cm) (120-132cm)

Item No. ð OBX150-000 OBX150-010 OBX150-020 OBX150-030 OBX150-040 OBX150-050



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. OrthoMold® Thoracolumbar

Restricts mobility of the lumbar and lower thoracic regions.12” front and back heights. Sold each. From Trulife.



Standard OBX200-000 OBX200-010 OBX200-020 OBX200-030 OBX200-040

Contoured OBX210-000 OBX210-010 OBX210-020 OBX210-030 OBX210-040

OXI201-000 Thoracolumbar Insert Low Temp

f. Platinum Thoracolumbar Support

Adjustable, discreet thoracic, lumbar, sacral and abdominal support. Plastic stays and boning provide additional

full back support. Tethered straps for ease of reach. 22” back height. Sold each. From Trulife.


Hip Size 29.5-33.5” 33.5-37.5” 37.5-41.5” 41.5-45.5” 45.5-49.5” (75-85cm) (85-95cm) (95-105.5cm) (105.5-115.5cm) (115.5-126cm)

Item No. ð PT13702 PT13703 PT13704 PT13705 PT13706

g. Women’s Average Hip M LINE® Support

For average torso. White cotton and polyester blend. Elastic side releases at top and bottom. Triple side ad-

justments. Front hook and loop closure. One pair contoured steel stays. 9.5” front height. 16” back height.




Item No. ð M907102 M907103 M907104 M907105 M907106 M907107

h. Women’s Full Hip M LINE® Support

For short torso. White cotton and polyester blend. Elastic side releases at top and bottom. Triple side adjust-

ments. Front hook and loop closure. One pair contoured steel stays. 9” front height. 14.5” back height. Sold

each. From Trulife.



Item No. ð M947802 M947803 M947804 M947805 M947806 M947807



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Women’s Straight Hip M LINE® Support

For short torso. White cotton and polyester blend. Elastic side releases at top and bottom. Double side ad-

justments. Front hook and loop closure. One pair contoured steel stays. 8.5” front height. 12” back height.



Hip Size 34-36” 38-40” 42-44” 46-48” (86-91cm) (97-102cm) (107-112cm) (117-122cm)

Item No. ð M907302 M907303 M907304 M907305

b. Women’s Straight Hip Support with Panty

For short to average torso. White cotton warp sateen. Elastic side releases at top and bottom. Double side

adjustments. Front hook and eye closure. Detachable cotton panty. One pair contoured steel stays. 8.5” front

height. 12” back height. Sold each. From Trulife.

Hip Size 32” 34” 36” 38” 40” 42”

Item No. ð 0937332 0937334 0937336 0937338 0937340 0937342

Hip Size 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54”

Item No. ð 0937344 0937346 0937348 0937350 0937352 0937354

c. Men’s Average Torso M LINE® Support

For average to stocky build. White cotton and polyester blend. Elastic side releases at top and bottom. Elastic

front releases. Triple side adjustments. Front hook and loop closure. One pair contoured steel stays. 11” front

height. 16” back height. Sold each. From Trulife.



Item No. ð M966702 M966703 M966704 M966705 M966706 M966707

d. Men’s Average Torso Pendulous Canvas Support

For stocky to pendulous build. White cotton canvas. Elastic side releases at top. Elastic front releases. Triple

side adjustments. Front hook and eye closure with snaps. One pair contoured steel stays. Two additional

casings for optional pair 13.5” steel stays. Note: Sizes 46-54” use 14” steel stays. 12” front height. 15.5” back

height. Sold each. From Trulife.

Hip Size 38” 40” 42” 44” 46”

Item No. ð 0936838 0936840 0936842 0936844 0936846

Hip Size 48” 50” 52” 54”

Item No. ð 0936848 0936850 0936852 0936854



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Men’s Short Torso M LINE® Support

For average to stocky build. White cotton and polyester blend. Elastic side releases at top and bottom. Triple

side adjustments. Front hook and loop closure. One pair contoured steel stays. 9.5” front height. 11.5” back




Item No. ð M926202 M926203 M926204 M926205 M926206 M926207

f. Men’s FAST-WRAP® Thoracolumbar Support

Provides compression and stabilization to thoracic, lumbar, sacral and abdominal regions. Padded adjustable

shoulder straps offer comfort and compliance. Elastic lower cinch straps control level of support. Separated

elastic side sections improve fit. Two 17” contoured steel stays offer firm posterior support. 4 posterior slots

allow optional steel stays. Hook and loop closure allows easy donning and doffing. 7” front height. 21” back




Item No. ð 0078002 0078003 0078004 0078005 0078006

CLAVICLE SPLINTS and POSTURE AIDS

g. Clavicle Support

The Bledsoe Clavicle Support immobilizes the clavicle. It features urethane foam contoured for fit and comfort;

fully adjustable, easy-touch closures and rear buckles for easy tension adjustment. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Chest 20-24” 24-30” 30-36” 36-42” 42-48”

Item No. ð SA301001 SA30003 SA301005 SA301007 SA301009

h. Original Cincher®

The patented Cincher is designed exclusively for the female form with added support for the lower back where

women put the most stress on a daily basis. It is fully constructed with high density Power Mesh with hourglass

shaping, wide elastic triple side pulls and vertical support elements that add compression to those areas on

the female form that are the most sensitive to stress and damage in the lower back. The Cincher emphasizes

spinal alignment through compression to the abdomen and lower back. Features adjustable shoulder straps,

adjustable front closures, and flexible spiral stays. Sold each. From FLA Orthopedics.


Upper Hip 26-30” 30-34” 34-38” 38-42” 42-46” 46-50” 50-54”

(Dress Size) (4-6) (6-8) (10-12) (14-16) (18-20) (20-22) (22-26)

Item No. ð 2000TXS 2000TS 2000TM 2000TL 2000TX 2000TXX 2000TXXX



OR

TH

OT

ICS

CLAVICLE SPLINTS and POSTURE AIDS — Continued

a. Soft Form® Posture Control Brace

Designed to correct poor posture by gently pulling the shoulders back and holding them in the proper position.

Elastic side panels provide support compression to stabilize the abdominal and lumbar regions for improved

posture and alignment. Two bendable aluminum stays provide additional support and can be removed and

shaped to contour the back. Elastic straps help prevent slouching and are soft and comfortable to prevent

pinching of the skin. The criss-cross design in the back allows for greater adjustability. It helps to improve

poor posture and relieve pain caused by arthritis. Can also minimize a “stooped” posture often associated

with mild osteoporosis. Latex free. Beige. Sold each. From FLA Orthopedics.


Fullest Part of Abdomen 26-32” 30-36” 34-40” 38-44” 42-48”

Item No. 16-900400 16-900500 16-900600 16-900700 16-900800

b. Posture Corrector

Pull-through tunnel-strap construction provides greater positive support. Tunnel-strap design keeps straps

and back panel firmly in place while permitting desired strap adjustment. White cotton-back panel encases

two pairs of flexible lightweight stays. Crisscross adjustment straps are made of 1” wide webbing and are

secured by means of hook ‘n pile closure. Shoulder straps are made of double strength stockinette. Can be

worn unnoticed under most clothing. Use indicated as an aid in straightening stooped shoulders. Sold each.

From Freeman.


Chest 28-30” 32-34” 36-38” 40-42” 44-46”


c. Clavicle Splint 996

Adjustable crisscross buckle strap construction of 1” wide webbing is covered with natural cotton stockinette

foam cushioned shoulder pads. Complete buckle assembly is attached to felt back pad for cushioning. Can

be worn unnoticed under most clothing. Use indicated for stabilization of clavicle fractures. One size. Sold

each. From Freeman.

Style Universal

Item No. ð 996

d. Universal Clavicle Splint

Foam/nylon construction with contact closure for easy adjustment. Movable D-rings allow for proper adjust-

ment. One size fits up to 40” chest circumference. Ideal for clavicular fractures and postural problems. Sold


Size Universal

Item No. ð 79-85100



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Clavicle Splint

Indicated for clavicle fracture, or wherever control of shoulder motion is required. Y-shaped strap, padded

shoulder section and padded triple claw buckle posterior fastening. Sold each. From Truform.


Item No. ð 0902-XS 0902-S 0902-M 0902-L 0902-XL

f. Contour Clavicle Strap

Aids in reduction and stabilization of clavicle fractures. Contoured to prevent impingement on brachial ar-

tery or nerve. Non-stretch fabric provides maximum support. Vertical T-pattern maintains proper position.

Adjustable hook and loop closure facilitates proper fit. Cotton stockinette with polyurethane foam padding.


Size 2X-Small X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large

Chest 15-20” 20-27” 27-34” 30-36” 36-42” 42-48” (38-51cm) (51-69cm) (69-86cm) (76-91cm) (91-106cm) (106-122cm)

Item No. ð 1640000 1640001 1640002 1640003 1640004 1640005

SACROILIAC BELTS

g. Saunders SI Belt and Stabilization Pad

Comfortable, non-slip design encourages patient compliance. Won’t ride up as the patient moves. Sold each.

From AliMed.


Hip Size 26-32” 32-42” 42-52”

Item No. ð 51833 51834 51835

51836-AM Stabilization Pad

h. BOA SI Belt

The BOA SI Belt stabilizes the sacroiliac joint to reduce pain and swelling. It features the patented Lacer

Compression System, which utilizes a multiple tear-drop channel design, high-tension cords, and a simple pull

strap to apply circumferential compression. This unique system allows the patient or clinician to effectively

tighten the orthosis with minimal exertion and body motion. Sold each. From Breg.


Hip Size* 25-35” 35-45” 45-55”

Item No. ð 60072 60073 60074

*Measurement taken 1” above widest part of hips.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

SACROILIAC BELTS — Continued

a. SI Belt™

Provides immediate pain relief. Prevents further inflammation and speeds recovery. Patented powerful

compression. Lightweight, compact, breathable. Sleek, small size allows it to be hidden under clothing. Easy

to adjust—customize the pressure with one hand in seconds. One size fits all. Adjustable or removable pads.

Customize the fulcrum points specific to your body, or remove one or both pads for the sleekest fit. Universal

design fits waist size 23-50”. Sold each. From Cybertech.

Description White Gray

Item No. ð CYB630 CYB630-G

b. DonJoy SI Belt

The SI Belt is ideal for the treatment of sacroiliac pain and dysfunction as well as postoperative SI injections.

The SI Belt provides direct compression and stabilization of the joint to relieve pain that may radiate into the

lower back, hips and/or lower extremities. Provides stability of the SI joint. Reduces strain on the SI ligament

while also decreasing pain and edema. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Size Small/Medium Large/X-Large

Hip* 25-35” (60-89cm) 35-55” (89-140cm)

Item No. ð 11-1571-3 11-1571-4

*Measurement taken 1” above the greater trochanter.

c. Unisex Elastic Sacroiliac Wraparound Support 970

One-way stretch contoured elastic with hook ‘n pile closure and removable sacral pad. Flexible oblique stays

front and back. Sold each. From Freeman.


Hip Size 30-33” 34-37” 38-41” 42-45” 46-50”


d. Sacroiliac Support 574

For all figure types; indicated for mild to moderate sacroiliac strain and sprain. White power net elastic, 6”

in back, 4” in front, with hook and loop fastening. Removable sacroiliac support pad. Wide elastic encircling

pull with hook and loop fastening. Flexible boning in back. Sold each. From Truform.


Hip Size 26-30” 32-36” 38-42” 44-48”

Item No. ð. 0574-S 0574-M 0574-L 0574-XL

O R T H O T I C S Hip Orthoses 3 1 9


OR

TH

OT

ICS

HIP ABDUCTION ORTHOSES

e. Lerman Universal Hip Abduction Rotation Orthosis (HARO) 2000™

Utilizes a low profile pelvic section and a universal thigh section to facilitate ease of donning. The low profile

pelvic section eliminates pressure on the back and spine. The universal thigh section can be lifted posteriorly

or anteriorly to accommodate the patient’s specific needs. The hip joint allows control and adjustment of

flexion/extension in 20° increments and abduction/adduction in 9° increments. The innovative attachment

of the joint to the pelvic and thigh modules provides rotation and adjustment and accurate alignment in the

transverse plane. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Size SM/MD LG/XL Plus Size

Waist Circumference 28-38” 38-48” 48-58”

Item No. ð 145-U-S-M 145-U-L-X 145-U-PS

Full Pelvic Assembly 145-U-S-M-#1 145-U-L-X-#1 145-U-PS-#1

Full Thigh Assembly 145-U-S-M-#2 145-U-L-X-#2 145-U-PS-#2

Replacement Pelvic Liner Set 145-U-S-M-#5 145-U-L-X-#5 145-U-PS-#5

Replacement Pelvic Liner Only 145-U-S-M-#6 145-U-L-X-#6 145-U-PS-#6

Contralateral Pelvic Liner/Strap 145-U-S-M-#7 145-U-L-X-#7 145-U-PS-#7

Full Thigh Liner 145-U-S-M-#10 145-U-L-X-#10 145-U-PS-#10

f. HippO™

The economically priced HippO™ with bivalve construction offers quality and function in a fully universal

hip abduction orthosis. Five sizes fit left or right, male or female. Features include infinite flexion/extension

and abduction; range of motion; four sliding adjustments for circumference; four angular adjustments for

hip development and vertical adjustment, top and bottom. Available as a complete brace or separate com-

ponents. Sold each. From HOPE Orthopedic.

Selection Guide

Circumf Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large

Waist 22-28” 28-34” 34-40” 40-46” 46-52”

Hip 26-32” 32-38” 38-44” 44-50” 50-56”

Thigh 15-19” 18-22” 21-25” 24-28” 27-31”

HippO™ Complete

Replac. Item No. ð CEN-SM CEN-MD CEN-LG CEN-XL CEN-XX

Replacement Pad Set

Item No. ð HIP-PAD-SM HIP-PAD-MD HIP-PAD-LG HIP-PAD-XL HIP-PAD-XX

Universal Pelvic Component Only

Item No. ð HIP-PEL-SM HIP-PEL-MD HIP-PEL-LG HIP-PEL-XL HIP-PEL-XX

Universal Thigh Cuff Only

Item No. ð HIP-THI-SM HIP-THI-MD HIP-THI-LG HIP-THI-XL HIP-THI-XX

Thigh Pad Only

Item No. ð HIP-THI-PAD-SM HIP-THI-PAD-MD HIP-THI-PAD-LG HIP-THI-PAD-XL HIP-THI-PAD-XX

HippO™ Joint Only Std Bars Long Bars w/1 Non-Std Bar w/2 Non-Std Bars Padded Cover

Item No. ð HIP-JNT HIP-JNT-LLB HIP-JNT-XLB HIP-JNT-SUB-LLB HIP-JNT-CVR

HippO™ Joint Bar Only Standard (6.5”) Short (4.5”) Long (8.5”) Extra Long (10.5”)

Item No. ð HIP-254 HIP-255 HIP-256 HIP-258

HippO™ Mounting Bar

Item No. ð HIP-259


O R T H O T I C S3 2 0 Hip Orthoses

OR

TH

OT

ICS

HIP ABDUCTION ORTHOSES — Continued

a. TLC™ Hip Abduction Brace

The TLC™ Universal Hip Abduction Management System features a universal pelvic band with quick release

buckle closure, universal thigh cuff, universal TLC hip joint with infinite abduction/adduction and flexion/

extension settings and breathable liner. From Optec.


Complete Orthosis

Proximal Thigh Circumference 17-21” 20-24” 23-27” 26-30” 29-33”

Distal Thigh Circumference 13-16” 15-18” 17-20” 19-22” 21-24”



Item No. ð TLCUSM TLCUMD TLCULG TLCUXL TLCU2XL

Pelvic Band TLCUPSM TLCUPMD TLCUPLG TLCUPXL TLCUP2X

Thigh Cuff TLCUTSM TLCUTMD TLCUTLG TLCUTXL TLCUT2X

TLCHIPJNTCVR Joint Cover

b. Hip Abduction Orthosis

Features flexion/extension ROM control from 0° to 120° in 10° increments, abduction/adduction adjustment

from 0° to 45° in 5° increments and vertical adjustability at hip and thigh. Unisex pelvic component. Liners

are removable and washable. Rigid model offers enhanced support. Hinge Assembly Kit converts unilateral

to bilateral. Sold each. From RCAI.


Hip Circumference* 23-29” 28-34” 32-39” 38-44” 43-52”

Max Thigh Circumference 18” 21” 23” 26” 30”

*Circumference of the hip measured at the iliac crest.

Original Model

Left 76HAO-ES-L 76HAO-S-L 76HAO-M-L 76HAO-L-L 76HAO-XL-L

Right 76HAO-ES-R 76HAO-S-R 76HAO-M-R 76HAO-L-R 76HAO-XL-R

Bilateral 76BHAO-ES 76BHAO-S 76BHAO-M 76BHAO-L 76BHAO-XL

Hinge Assembly Kit 76HNG-ES 76HNG-S 76HNG-M 76HNG-L 76HNG-XL

Girdle 76GRD-ES 76GRD-S 76GRD-M 76GRD-L 76GRD-XL

Rigid (HD) Model

Left 86HAOHD-ES-L 86HAOHD-S-L 86HAOHD-M-L 86HAOHD-L-L 86HAOHD-XL-L

Right 86HAOHD-ES-R 86HAOHD-S-R 86HAOHD-M-R 86HAOHD-L-R 86HAOHD-XL-R

Bilateral 86BHAOHD-ES 86BHAOHD-S 86BHAOHD-M 86BHAOHD-L 86BHAOHD-XL

Hinge Assembly Kit 86HNGHD-ES 86HNGHD-S 86HNGHD-M 86HNGHD-L 86HNGHD-XL

Girdle 86GRDHG-ES 86GRDHG-S 86GRDHG-M 86GRDHG-L 86GRDHG-XL

76AK-(Size)-(Side) Replacement Pad Set,

76HNGCVR Hinge Cover



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Orthoguard Hip Orthosis

Ultra low profile hip orthosis features 10-90° of flexion adjustment in 10° increments. Holds leg at 20° abduc-

tion. Thigh section and pelvic belt are adjustable circumferentially. Sold each. From Trulife.


Distal Thigh Circumference (measured 5cm above knee) 12.3-14.3” 14.5-17” 17-20”

Left DISCON 8201D 8202D

Right DISCON 8205D 8206D

S3705D Additional Belt and Joint, Left

S3710D Additional Belt and Joint, Right

d. Universal Hip Orthosis

Universal pelvic, hip joint and thigh components reduce inventory requirements. Uniquely designed circum-

ferential adjustment accommodates men and women. Easy to adjust hip joint controls abduction/adduction

and flexion/extension. 120° flexion and extension in 30° increments. Features quick release buckles on pelvic

and femoral sections. Linear, anterior and posterior adjustability built into thigh cuffs. 72° abduction in 18°

increments From Trulife.


Hip Circumference 24-42” 31-48” 38-55” 45-60”

Standard Model JS-940-S JS-940-M JS-940-L JS-940-XL

Low Profile Model JS-940-S-LP JS-940-M-LP JS-940-L-LP JS-940-XL-LP

Femoral Section

Item No. ð JS-941 JS-942 JS-943 JS-944

MAO Hip Joint with Abduction Lock Standard Universal

Item No. ð O23701 DISCON

e. SoftPro™ Gel HKO and SoftPro™ Air Bladder Starter Kit

SoftPro™ Gel HKO offers static and progressive extension stretch therapy. Adjustable bar effectively treats

adduction. Allows abduction up to 45°. For bed and/or wheelchair use.

SoftPro™ Air Bladder Starter Kit for severe abduction provides low load prolonged stretch therapy.

Sold each. From Ongoing Care Solutions, Inc.

SoftPRo™ Gel HKO Standard Large

Item No. ð SP 60-00 SP 60-01

SoftPro™ Air Bladder Starter Kit

Item No. ð SP 6003



OR

TH

OT

ICS

POSTOPERATIVE

a. California™ Hip Orthosis

The California Hip Orthosis was created to minimize the bulk and increase the comfort of conventional hip or-

thoses for patients at risk for dislocation. Comfortable, total-contact reinforced mesh pelvic component based

on the popular California Compression Orthosis supports the back and aligns pelvis and hip joint. Hip joint

settings provide a strong flexion/extension stop with mild, adjustable resistance to adduction. Comfortable

mesh thigh component. Patient-adjustable compression to increase comfort during activities of daily living.

Abduction wedge regulates the clearance of the hip joint over the trochanter and incision site. Abduction

wedge to regulate the clearance of the hip joint over the trochanter. From Orthomerica.


Waist Circumference 22-28” 28-34” 34-40” 40-46”


Complete Orthosis

Left 3960 3961 3962 3963

Right 3965 3966 3967 3968

California™ Pelvic Component 3970 3971 3972 3973

California™ Thigh Component 3976 3977 3978 3979

California™ Hip Joint

Item No. ð 3955.01

b. Newport® 4 Post-Op Hip Orthosis

Orthomerica’s Newport® 4 is designed and engineered to provide the most comfortable hip orthosis for your

patients. Innovative new options increase function and control. Patented offset adjustment limits contact

with incisions site. Low profile design to improve patient comfort and compliance. Padded posterior section

for enhanced comfort and improved lordotic fit. No proximal/medial plastic on thigh component to interfere

with hygiene. Thigh component design adjusts with clamping disk to accommodate varying shapes and sizes.

Preset, quick release closures ensure same fit each time. Patented clamping technology on pelvic band adjusts

to male or female anatomy and a wide range of circumferences. Universal Pelvic design fits right and left to

reduce inventory. Sold each.

The Newport® 4 Hip Orthois features the Virtual® 5 Hip joint with standard curved proximal bar and choice

of distal bar.




Mid Thigh Circumference 13-19” 15-21” 17-24” 19-26”

with Side Specific Thigh Cuff

Left 3742 3743 3744 3745

Right 3746 3747 3748 3749

with Universal Thigh Cuff

Left 3742.03 3743.03 3744.03 3745.03

Right 3746.03 3747.03 3748.03 3749.03

Virtual® 5 Hip Joint Only 2 Slot Straight 2 Slot Curved 3 Slot 4 Slot

Standard 4325 4320 4321 4322

Extended 4323 4324

4327 Virtual 5 Hip Joint Standard Strut, 4 Slot



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Newport® 4 Pelvic Component

Universal design fits left or right and comes standard with Coolfoam™ liner. From Orthomerica.



Hip Circumference 26-32 32-38” 38-44” 44-50”

Item No. ð 3870 3871 3872 3873

Replacement Pelvic Liner 3810.02 3811.02 3812.02 3813.02

d. Newport® 4 Thigh Component, Side Specific

Comes standard with Coolfoam™ liner. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Proximal Circumference 15-21” 17-24” 19-27” 21-29”

Mid-Thigh Circumference 13-19” 15-21” 17-24” 19-26”


Left 3770.06 3771.06 3772.06 3773.06

Right 3775.06 3776.06 3777.06 3778.06

Replacement Pad, Left 3820.02 3821.02 3822.02 3823.02

Replacement Pad, Right 3825.02 3826.02 3827.02 3828.02

e. Newport® 4 Thigh Component, Universal*

Comes standard with Coolfoam™ liner. Sold each. From Orthomerica.



Mid-Thigh Circumference 13-19” 15-21” 17-24” 19-26”

Item No. ð 3770.01 3771.01 3772.01 3773.01

Universal Thigh Pad 3820.04 3821.04 3822.04 3823.04

*Universal Thigh requires extended joint.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

POSTOPERATIVE — Continued

a. Newport® 3 Hip Orthosis

The Newport® 3 has been improved with new features resulting from years of refinement and innovation

from the industry-leading original Newport® Post-Op Hip System. The patented unisex pelvic component

eliminates the need for male and female models. Fixlock™ closure system on both the pelvic and thigh com-

ponents facilitates donning and doffing. The ARC component enables control of internal/external rotation,

eliminating the need for a more bulky HKAFO, in many cases. Low profile pelvic design on uninvolved side.

Unique patented disk technology adjusts easily for hip development. Side release click and close fastener for

simple donning and doffing. Long trochanteric extension on involved side. Abduction, adduction, flexion,

and extension adjustments. From Orthomerica.




Proximal Thigh Circumference 15-21” 17-24” 19-27” 21-29”

Distal Thigh Circumference 12-17” 13-18” 14-20” 17-23”

Side Specific Model

Left 3640 3641 3642 3643

Right 3645 3646 3647 3648

Universal Model

Standard 3640.40 3641.41 3642.42 3643.43

LC 3640.40LC 3641.41LC 3642.42LC 3643.43LC

Newport 3 Virtual Hip Joint Only Standard Extended

Item No. ð 4262.05 4264.05

b. Newport® 3 Pelvic Component

The pelvic section of the Newport® 3 can be rapidly adjusted for both hip circumference and hip development

while the patient is wearing the orthosis. The unique pivotal design allows components to move freely during

the fitting process. Once the optimum position has been determined, the components are locked into place by

tightening the two locking discs. Available in side-specific or universal models. Sold each. From Orthomerica.




Side Specific Model

Left 3650 3651 3652 3653

Right 3655 3656 3657 3658

Universal Model

Standard 3650.01 3651.01 3652.01 3653.01

LC 3650.01LC 3651.01LC 3652.01LC 3653.01LC

Replacement Pad, Side-Specific Model 3810.05 3811.05 3812.05 3813.05

Replacement pad, Universal Model 3810.06 3811.06 3812.06 3813.06



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Newport® 3 Bilateral Pelvic Component

Adapted for bilateral application. Features two modular pelvic components pre-drilled to accept hip joints.

Standard click ‘n’ close fastener. Sold each. From Orthomerica.




Item No. ð 3650.02 3651.02 3652.02 3653.02

d. Newport® 3 Thigh Component

Comes standard with click ‘n’ close fastener and Coolfoam™ liner. Sold each. From Orthomerica.



Mid-Thigh Circumference 10-16” 13-19” 15-21” 17-24” 19-26”


Side Specific Model

Left 3769.05 3770.05 3771.05 3772.05 3773.05

Right 3774.05 3775.05 3776.05 3777.05 3778.05

Universal Model

Standard N/A 3770.01 3771.01 3772.01 3773.01

LC N/A 3770.01LC 3771.01LC 3772.01CL 3773.01LC

Replacement Pad, Left 3819.05 3820.05 3821.05 3822.05 3823.05

Replacement Pad, Right 3825.05 3826.05 3827.05 3828.05 3829.05

Replacement Pad, Universal N/A 3820.04 3821.04 3822.04 3823.04

e. Newport® ARC™ Kit

An optional, modular component designed to maintain the affected limb in either internal or external rota-

tion. It is indicated for primary revision total hip arthroplasty patients at risk to dislocate in an anterior or

posterior direction. Includes external stirrup and heel cup shoe insert. The ARC can be retrofitted on any

adult Newport system. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

Size Short Medium Long X-Long XX-Long

Knee Center to Floor 15” 17” 19” 21” 22-15”

Shoe Size, Men’s 5-7 7-1/2-10 7-1/2-10 10-1/2-13 10-1/2-13

Shoe Size, Women’s 6 or under 6-1/2 up 6-1/2 up

Left 3670 3671 3672 3672X 3672XX

Right 3673 3674 3675 3675X 3675XX



OR

TH

OT

ICS

POSTOPERATIVE — Continued

a. Hip Abduction Pillow

Features concave shape to ensure comfortable positioning and anatomical fit. Indicated for postoperative

hip positioning. Manufactured from sturdy medium density foam with soft foam straps and contact closure.

Sold each. From Corflex.


Width 12” 14” 16”

Length 17” 22” 25”

Item No. ð 89-1411-000 89-1412-000 89-1413-000

GAIT STABILIZING ORTHOSES

b. Up and About

Virtually invisible beneath clothing, the Up and About™ is a gait stabilizing orthosis (GSO) designed to give

the individual with paraplegia, spina bifida or other similar disorders the opportunity to stand and move

about unassisted. Developed in Australia by an aeronautical engineer, the Up and About™ helps increase

upper body strength, aids in reducing spasticity and promotes normal range of motion of the trunk, hips

and knees. Regular use reduces the likelihood of pressure sores, improves blood circulation and contributes

to the individual’s greater self-confidence, autonomy and general well-being. Cascade is the exclusive North

America distributor of the Up and About™.

The GSO consists of a stainless steel hinged joint with side mounting plates which attach to the medial

uprights of each KAFO by means of a quick-release locking mechanism. Typically used during a patient’s

training phase, an optional waist belt (when used with inguinal straps) gives lumbar support and promotes

leg swing. Forearm crutches complete the system. Ambulation is initiated by tilting the body slightly to one

side and forward, allowing the opposite leg to swing through like a pendulum.

Size Small Adult Adult

Hinge Width at Pivot 1-5/8” 2”

Hinge Length from Pivot 6-1/8” 6-1/8”

Item No. ð UA-700 UA-1000

UA-1000B-XS Waist Belt 24-34” (Height 5”)

UA-1000B-S Waist Belt 27-39” (Height 6”)

UA-1000B-R Waist Belt 32-47” (Height 8”)

UA-1000B-XL Waist Belt 40-54” (Height 9”)

UA-1003 Stainless Steel Wedge

UA-1002 Stainless Steel Spacer

UA-CD-1000 Casting Device



OR

TH

OT

ICS

TORSION ORTHOSES

c. Becker Torsion Splints

Four configurations to choose from. Each designed to correct excessive internal or external tibial torsion.

Splint may be worn day and night. Cables are set in the over-corrected position and held in place by set screws.

Unilateral torsion splints may be ordered by adding U to the beginning of item number.

Complete Splint

Description 1/4” Cable 5/16” Cable 3/8” Cable

Bilateral Hip-Ankle L-400B L-400A L-400X

Bilateral Hip-Knee with Shafts Attached to AFO H-400B H-400A H-400X

Bilateral Hip-KAFO K-400B K-400A K-400X

Bilateral Hip-Knee-Ankle R-400B R-400A R-400X

Individual Assemblies/Components

Flexible Torsion Cable 400-1B 400-1A 400-1X

Hi Joint 400-2B 400-2A 400-2X

Stirrup* 400-4B 400-4A 400-4X

Thigh Attachment 400-6B 400-6A 400-6X

AFO Attachment* 400-7B 400-7A 400-7X

Pelvic Band (specify pelvic circumference) 400-8B 400-8A 400-8X

Pelvic Band w/Hip Joints Attached (specify circumference) 400-9B 400-9A 400-9X

Torsion Cable Connector 400-10B 400-10A 400-10X

Torsion Knee Joint 400-14B 400-14A 400-14X

Set Screw 400-20B 400-20A 400-20X

400-11-BK Snap-On Webbing Strap

*If single, please specify left (L) or right (R).

HIP JOINTS and COMPONENTS

d. Trigger Lock Hip Joint

Model 1023 incorporates a lever mechanism which automatically engages the lock when the patient stands.

All midsections and uprights are made of stainless steel. Sold left, right or pair. From Becker Orthopedic.

Description Uprights Left Right Pair

Joint Size A 3/16” x 3/4” 1023-AL 1023-AR 1023-AP

Joint Size B 3/16” x 5/8” 1023-BL 1023-BR 1023-BP

Z993300 Screw Part #3A

Z993400 Bushing Part #3B



OR

TH

OT

ICS

HIP JOINTS and COMPONENTS — Continued

a. Aluminum Ring Lock Hip Joint

Standard ring lock hip joint. Round edge aluminum uprights. Sold left, right or pair. From Becker Orthopedic.


Joint Size A 1/4” x 3/4” 2020-A4L 2020-A4R 2020-A4P

Joint Size B 1/4” x 5/8” 2020-B4L 2020-B4R 2020-B4P

b. Adjustable Flexion Ring Lock Hip Joint

By using a serrated disc, the orthotist may increase or decrease the hip flexion angle by 6° intervals. All mid-

sections and uprights are made of stainless steel. Sold left, right or pair. From Becker Orthopedic.

To order Model 1026 with a straight proximal bar add “S” to the beginning of item number.


Joint Size A 3/16” x 3/4” 1026-AL 1026-AR 1026-AP

Joint Size B 3/16” x 5/8” 1026-BL 1026-BR 1026-BP





c. Scottish Rite Thrust Bearing Hip Joint Assembly

Abduction angles at 25° and 35° correspond to bilateral hip abduction angle of 70° and 90° respectively.

Thrust bearings for low friction. Preset abduction angle. Various motion control options available. Sold each.

From Fillauer.


Variable Abduction 050728 050732 050757

Variable Abduction with X-Long 12” Lower Hip Joint Bar 050758 050759

d. RGO II System for Hooped Cable RGO

Available for medium and large RGO sizes only. Abduction joint with ring lock release. Push button flexion

lock release. Two step coupling plate to assist standing. Automatic relocking with internal spring. Long, heavy

duty lower hip joint bar, compatible with existing upper bars. Sold each. From Fillauer.


Medium, 7/16” x 3/4” x 7” Lower Bar 026750 026752

Large, 1/2” x 3/4” x 10” Lower Bar 026756 026754

O R T H O T I C S Knee 3 2 9


OR

TH

OT

ICS

KNEE STRAPS

e. Runner’s Knee Cho-Pat® Knee Strap

For symptomatic relief of chondromalacia patella. For runner’s knee, mild lateral patella subluxation, patel-

lofemoral arthritis and iliotibial band friction syndrome. Won’t impair circulation. From AliMed.


Circumference* Under 10” 10”-12.5” 12.5”-14.5” 14.5”-16.5” Over 16.5”

Beige Knee Strap 6513 6515 6517 6519 6521

Black Knee Strap 64465 64466 64467-AM 64468 64469

*Circumference measured below patella.

f. Cho-Pat® Original Knee Strap

Designed to reduce pain and discomfort caused by various knee disorders, such as chondromalacia patella,

Osgood Schlatter’s Disease, runner’s and jumper’s knee, some forms of arthritis and knee degeneration.

Stabilizes the kneecap mechanism by applying pressure upon the patellar tendon below the kneecap, re-

duces or eliminating inflammation and helping prevent knees from giving out. Tan. Sold each. From Cho-Pat.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large Super-Large

Circumference* < 10” 10-12.5” 12.5-14.5” 14.5-16.5” 16.5-18” 18-21”

Item No. ð CP-13 CP-15 CP-17 CP-19 CP-21 CP-22

*Circumference measured below patella.

g. Cho-Pat® Dual Action Knee Strap

Strengthens kneecap mechanism by applying pressure to tendons above and below the kneecap. Reduces

forces of the quadriceps on the tendon attachments and erosion of the kneecap undersurface. Black. Sold

each. From Cho-Pat.


Circumference* 10-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20”

Item No. ð 62983 62984 62985 62990

*Circumference measured at mid-kneecap.

h. Patella Tendon Strap

Strapped distal to the knee cap, the rubber buttress can ease the tension of chronic inflammation at the

insertion points. Sold each. From Breg.


Circumference* 10-11” 11-12” 12-13” 13-14” 14-15”

Item No. ð 96531 96532 96533 96534 96535

*Circumference measured at joint line (distal to the patella).


O R T H O T I C S3 3 0 Knee

OR

TH

OT

ICS

KNEE STRAPS — Continued

a. Surround™ Patella Strap

Helps relieve anterior knee pain caused by patellar tendonitis, chondromalacia and Osgood Schlatter by ap-

plying pressure to the patella tendon. The primary body of the strap is a soft, latex free nylon/foam laminate

with contact closures. A unique cylindrical FLOAM™ bladder is encased inside the body of the primary patella

strap and may be adjusted for added compression. Provides uniform compression and a customized fit while

prohibiting pressure from being displaced to bony prominences. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Circumference* ≤ 10” 10.5-12.5” 13-15” 15.5-17.5” ≥ 18”

Item No. ð 79-80322 79-80323 79-80325 79-80327 79-80328

*Measured at just below kneecap.

b. GelBand® Universal Knee Strap

Provides support through non-restrictive compression to decrease stress on the knee. Built-in viscoelastic gel

U-Point™ insert focuses compression and support where needed and helps improve patella alignment. Wear

inferior or superior to support either the patellar tendon or quadriceps. Fits 11-18” circumference measured

around the center of the knee. Beige or Black. Sold each. From FLA Orthopedics.

Description Beige Black

Item No. ð 37-500030 37-500040

c. Universal Matt Strap™

Ideal for arm, knee, upper arm and upper leg tendonitis. Unique movable loop pod and trimmable strap

offers custom sizing and fitting. One size fits all. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.

Item No. ð 3709



OR

TH

OT

ICS

KNEE SUPPORTS

d. GenuTrain® Knee Support

Comfortable, lightweight support ideal for rehabilitation therapy and post-operative care. New knitting

concept with improved stretch, breathability, and moisture dissipation for effective compression and excel-

lent wearing comfort, especially behind the knee. The contoured viscoelastic insert surrounds the patella

and gently massages the soft tissue of the joint to improve circulation and help decrease pain and swelling.

Compression-reduced edges divert pressure at the ends of the support. Heightens proprioception. Designed

to be worn during activity to treat a number of knee conditions. Machine washable. Available in Nature

(beige), Black, or Titanium (gray). Sold each. From Bauerfeind®.

Colors Point 1* Point 2* Nature Black Titanium

Size 0 9.875”-11” 13.75”-15” 1104120501000 1104120507000 1104120508000

Size 1 11”-12.25” 15”-16.143” 1104120501001 1104120507001 1104120508001

Size 2 12.25”-13.4” 16.143”-17.333” 1104120501002 1104120507002 1104120508002

Size 3 13.4”-14.5” 17.333”-18.5” 1104120501003 1104120507003 1104120508003

Size 4 14.5”-15.75” 18.5” 19.667” 1104120501004 1104120507004 1104120508004

Size 5 15.75”-17” 19.667”-20.8” 1104120501005 1104120507005 1104120508005

Size 6 17”-18.125” 20.8”-22” 1104120501006 1104120507006 1104120508006

Size 7 18.125”-19.25” 22”-23.25” 1104120501007 1104120507007 1104120508007

e. GenuTrain® S Pro Knee Support

This active knee support is a high-tech breathable, stretchable knit support with lightweight, thermo-moldable

medial/lateral sidebars. Easy and quick joint control adjustment allows 30°, 60° or 90° flexion, as well as 0°

and 20° extension. The circular silicone insert around the patella provides intermittent massage to help

reduce pain and swelling and improve mobility. Four individually adjustable tension straps provide proper

anatomical fit. GenuTrain S Pro enhances proprioception and knee stability. Sold each. From Bauerfeind®.

Size Selection Guide

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6

Point 1* 11-12.25” 12.25-13.375” 13.375-14.5” 14.5-15.75” 15.75-17” 17-18.5”

Point 2* 15-16.125” 16.125-17.25” 17.25-18.5” 18.5-19.75” 19.75-20.875” 20.875-22”

Right Knee Supports

Colors Nature Black Titanium

Size 0 11041350010600 11041350070600 11041350080600

Size 1 11041350010601 11041350070601 11041350080601

Size 2 11041350010602 11041350070602 11041350080602

Size 3 11041350010603 11041350070603 11041350080603

Size 4 11041350010604 11041350070604 11041350080604

Size 5 11041350010605 11041350070605 11041350080605

Size 6 11041350010606 11041350070606 11041350080606

Left Knee Supports

Colors Nature Black Titanium

Size 0 11041350010700 11041350070700 11041350080700

Size 1 11041350010701 11041350070701 11041350080701

Size 2 11041350010702 11041350070702 11041350080702

Size 3 11041350010703 11041350070703 11041350080703

Size 4 11041350010704 11041350070704 11041350080704

Size 5 11041350010705 11041350070705 11041350080705

Size 6 11041350010706 11041350070706 11041350080706

*Measure Point 1 circumference at 4-3/4” below the center of the knee. Measure Point 2 circumference at 5-1/2” above the center of the knee.

If your measurements fall on the border, it is recommended that you select the larger size.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

KNEE SUPPORTS — Continued

a. Knee Support

The Knee Support provides mild compression, padding and warmth to the knee region. It is also available

with additional padding over the front of the knee, open patella or open back. Sold each. From Breg.


Circumference* 12-15” 15-18” 18-21” 21-24” 24-27” 27-30”

Standard 07021 07022 07023 07024 07025 07026

Open Patella 07041-BG 07042 07043 07044 07045 07046

Padded 08410 08420 08430 08440 08450 08460

Padded w/Open Patella 08510 08520 08530 08540 08550 08560

Padded w/Open Back 08610 08620 08630 08640 08650 08660

Open Patella w/Open Back 08710 08720 08730 08740 08750 08760

*Measured 6” (15cm) above mid patella.

b. Lateral Stabilizer Soft Knee Brace

The Lateral Stabilizer offers a strong tubular, lateral buttress that is ideal for lateral stabilization of the pa-

tella, and is effective in addressing conditions such as lateral patella subluxation. Inferior and superior lateral

straps give additional support to the buttress. Sold each. From Breg.


Circumference* 12-15” 15-18” 18-21” 21-24” 24-27” 27-30”

Airmesh Left 11041 11042 11043 11044 11045 11046

Airmesh Right 11051 11052 11053 11054 11055 11056

Neoprene Left 07081-BG 07082 07083 07084 07085 07086

Neoprene Right 07071-BG 07072 07073 07074 07075 07076


c. Adjustable Horseshoe Soft Knee Brace

The removable horseshoe buttress can be positioned to stabilize the patella from a medial, lateral, inferior

or superior position. Sold each. From Breg.


Circumference* 12-15” 15-18” 18-21” 21-24” 24-27” 27-30”

Standard 07111 07112 07113 07114 07115 07116

Open Back 07131 07132 07133 07134 07135 07136




OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Spider Pad Knee Brace

The unique honeycomb design contours for comfortable movement while providing cushioning protection.

The Spider® Pad is ideal for basketball, football and volleyball. Available with and without popliteal cutout.



Circumference* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5”

Without With Size Popliteal Cutout Popliteal Cutout

X-Small 11-0390-1-06060 11-0391-1-06060

Small 11-0390-2-06060 11-0391-2-06060

Medium 11-0390-3-06060 11-0391-3-06060

Large 11-0390-4-06060 11-0391-4-06060

X-Large 11-0390-5-06060 11-0391-5-06060

2X-Large 11-0390-6-06060 11-0391-6-06060

*Measured 6” above mid-patella.

e. “H” Buttress Knee Brace

The unique “H” Buttress provides patellar support for chondromalacia, patellar tendonitis, and Osgood-

Schlatters. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Circumference* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5”


X-Small 11-0032-1-06060 11-0323-1-06060

Small 11-0032-2-06060 11-0323-2-06060

Medium 11-0032-3-06060 11-0323-3-06060

Large 11-0032-4-06060 11-0323-4-06060

X-Large 11-0032-5-06060 11-0323-5-06060

2X-Large 11-0032-6-06060 11-0323-6-06060


f. Lateral “J” Knee Brace

The tubular lateral “J” buttress is ideal for supporting lateralpatellar subluxation, dislocations or lateral

patellofemoral malalignment. In neoprene or Drytex, a unique nylon and polyester fabric that allows for

improved airflow. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Circumference* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5”

Size Neoprene Right Neoprene Left Drytex Right Drytex Left

X-Small 11-0320-1-06060 11-0321-1-06060 11-0659-1-06060 11-0660-1-06060

Small 11-0320-2-06060 11-0321-2-06060 11-0659-2-06060 11-0660-2-06060

Medium 11-0320-3-06060 11-0321-3-06060 11-0659-3-06060 11-0660-3-06060

Large 11-0320-4-06060 11-0321-4-06060 11-0659-4-06060 11-0660-4-06060

X-Large 11-0320-5-06060 11-0321-5-06060 11-0659-5-06060 11-0660-5-06060

2X-Large 11-0320-6-06060 11-0321-6-06060 11-0659-6-06060 11-0660-6-06060




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Tru-Pull Lite Knee Brace

Latest patented technology from the Tru-Pull family of products. For acute mild to moderate patellar sub-

luxation or dislocation and maltracking. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Circumference* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Right 11-0260-1 11-0260-2 11-0260-3 11-0260-4 11-0260-5 11-0260-6 11-0260-7

Left 11-0261-1 11-0261-2 11-0261-3 11-0261-4 11-0261-5 11-0261-6 11-0261-7


b. Deluxe Donut Knee Brace

The full tubular donut support sewn into this brace offers full-circumference control for patellofemoral

disorders, including subluxation, chondromalacia and tendonitis. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Circumference* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5”


X-Small 11-0327-1-06060 11-0380-1-06060

Small 11-0327-2-06060 11-0380-2-06060

Medium 11-0327-3-06060 11-0380-3-06060

Large 11-0327-4-06060 11-0380-4-06060

X-Large 11-0327-5-06060 11-0380-5-06060

2X-Large 11-0327-6-06060 11-0380-6-06060


c. Horseshoe Patella Knee Brace

The adjustable horseshoe-shaped support in this brace can be positioned to accommodate individual patellar

subluxation, chondromalacia or tendonitis. Neoprene and strapping provide additional compression. Sold

each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Circumference* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5”


X-Small 11-0334-1-06060 11-0344-1-06060

Small 11-0334-2-06060 11-0344-2-06060

Medium 11-0334-3-06060 11-0344-3-06060

Large 11-0334-4-06060 11-0344-4-06060

X-Large 11-0334-5-06060 11-0344-5-06060

2X-Large 11-0334-6-06060 11-0344-6-06060




OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Reddie Brace

Wraparound configuration and strap tabs provide ease of application. Posterior strap adjustment allows for

one-time adjustment and proper positioning of hinges. Dual axis polycentric hinges provide medial/lateral

support. Available with open popliteal only. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Circumference* 13.5-15.5” 15.5-18” 18.5-20.5” 20.5-23” 23-25.5” 25.5-28” 28-30.5”

Item No. ð 79-82392 79-82393 79-82395 79-82397 79-82398 79-82399 79-82399-10


e. Lateral Patella Stabilizer

Tubular sewn-in “J” buttress with dynamic side-pull compression strap to support patella malalignment. 1/8”

neoprene for warmth and compression. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Circumference* 15.5-18” 18.5-20.5” 20.5-23” 23-25.5” 25.5-28” 28-31” 31-34”

Right 79-94463 79-94465 79-94467 79-94468 79-94469 79-94469-10 79-94469-11

Left 79-94473 79-94475 79-94477 79-94478 79-94479 79-94479-10 79-94479-11


f. Knapp™ Sleeve with Anterior Closures

1/8” perforated neoprene construction for cool compression. Easy application, even over clothes. Allows

extra adjustment for sizing and use with dressings. Does not require shoe removal to apply. Sold each. From

Hely & Weber.


Circumference* 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-17” 16-18” 18-20”

Item No. ð 5607H-BLK-XS 5607H-BLK-S 5607H-BLK-M 5607H-BLK-L 5607H-BLK-XL 5607H-BLK-XXL

*Measured at mid-patella with leg fully extended.

g. Shields™ Brace

Dynamic patella stabilization provided through entire range of motion. Successfully controls malalignments

of glide, medial/lateral tilt, and anterior/posterior tilt. 1/8” Kuhl™ perforated neoprene construction for

cool compression. Independent calf and thigh strap application is ideal for most leg contours. Low profile 9”

design prevents brace slippage. The buttress features a Spectron non-slip surface maintaining its positioning

with the patella. Medial and lateral spiral stays limit bunching, while allowing full range of motion. Open

popliteal for added comfort. Soft tubular rubber core is flexible and adjustable. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Circumference* 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22”

Item No. ð 5674-XS 5674-S 5674-M 5674-L 5674-XL 5674-XXL




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Lateral “J” Patella Stabilizer

12” Kuhl™ perforated neoprene offers comfort and compression. Medial and lateral spiral stays limit bunch-

ing, while allowing full range of motion. Dynamic patella control through flap system. Broad foamed silicone

buttress. Open popliteal. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Circumference* 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-17” 16-18” 18-20”

Right 5690-XS-R 5690-S-R 5690-M-R 5690-L-R 5690-XL-R 5690-XXL-R

Left 5690-XS-L 5690-S-L 5690-M-L 5690-L-L 5690-XL-L 5690-XXL-L


b. Comfy™ Knee Orthosis

Features an easy to use, “bend to fit” design, ideal for the flaccid or weak extremity or to support or immobilize

a painful extremity. The splint spine bends to the desired range of motion and the cuffs adjust for optimal

fit. Optional knee pad slides over the center strap to protect the knee. Soft, comfortable and washable terry

cloth cover. Blue. Pediatric sizes also available. Sold each. From Lenjoy.

Measurement Knee Total Circumference Circumference Crease Length Below Thigh Above Calf

Adult Small 6” 12” 13-19” 11-16”

Adult Regular 7” 14” 19-23” 16-20”

Description Adult Small Adult Reg

Comfy™ Knee Orthosis with One Cover K-101-AS K101

Comfy™ Knee Orthosis with Two Covers K-102-AS K102

K-PAD Optional Knee Pad

c. Patella Wraparound Stabilizer Knee Brace

1/8” UBL, 1 side nylon, 1 side neoprene. Patellar opening for positioning and comfort. Universal neoprene

buttress with dynamic pull-tabs to adjust pressure from outside of support. Medial and lateral spiral stays.

Universal right or left, one size fits most. Standard and oversized models. Sold each. From New Options Sports.

Size Standard Oversized

Thigh Circumference Up to 26” 26-30”

Item No. ð K194 K194-OS

d. Neoprene Wraparound Knee with Patella Support

Universal sizing: one size fits all, left or right. Wraparound design. Internal U-shaped buttress strapping

system. Simply pull straps to control the patella. Sold each. From Össur.

Item No. ð 202100



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Form Fit® Knee Sleeve

Unique accordion design enhances comfort. Open or closed patella. U-shaped buttress. Available in 1/8” or

1/4” neoprene, black or blue. Sold each. From Össur.


Circumference* 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” (39-47cm) (47-53cm) (53-60cm) (60-67cm) (67-75cm)

1/8” Open Patella Black 302013BLK 302015BLK 302017BLK 302018BLK 302019BLK

1/8” Open Patella Blue 302013BLU 302015BLU 302017BLU 302018BLU 302019BLU

1/8” Closed Patella Black 312013BLK 312015BLK 312017BLK 312018BLK 312019BLK

1/8” Closed Patella Blue DISCON DISCON DISCON DISCON DISCON

1/4” Open Patella Black 402013BLK 402015BLK 402017BLK 402018BLK 402019BLK

1/4” Open Patella Blue 402013BLU 402015BLU 402017BLU 402018BLU 402019BLU

1/4” Closed Patella Black 412013BLK 412015BLK 412017BLK 412018BLK 412019BLK

1/4” Closed Patella Blue 412013BLU 412015BLU 412017BLU 412018BLU 412019BLU

*Measured 6” (15cm) above mid-patella.

f. PS1™ Patella Stabilizer

Breathable mesh material is comfortable to wear. Effectively stabilizes the kneecap, reducing the discomfort

caused by various patellofemoral conditions. The lightweight, pliable design is easy to apply and take off.



Circumference* 13.5-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” (34.3-40.6cm) (40.6-45.7cm) (45.7-50.8cm) (50.8-59.7cm) (59.7-67.3cm) (67.3-74.9cm)

Item No. ð B-219000001 B-219000002 B-219000003 B-219000004 B-219000005 B-219000006

*Measured 6” (15cm) above mid-patella.

g. Palumbo Patella Tracker

The Palumbo Patella Tracker utilizes a new patella mechanism wherein the lateral bracing pad is allowed

to float so as to maintain the most effective position with respect to the patella during flexion of the knee.

The lateral pad control is constructed of visco-elastic material to better conform and adjust the floating of

the brace. The new laterally positioned elastic insert in the patella strap between the anchor and pad allows

for the “floating” action, which repositions the pad according to the full physiologic range of motion to the

knee. In blue, tan, and black. Replacement straps also available. Sold each. From Palumbo Orthopaedics.

Size X-Small Small Med-Small Medium Med-Large Large X-Large

Point 1* 10-11.75” 11.75-13.5” 13.5-15.25” 15.25-17” 17-19” 19-21” 21-23.5”

Point 2** 8.5-10” 10-11.5” 11.5-12” 13-14.5” 14.5-16” 16-17.5” 17.5-19”

Blue 108120 108130 108140 108150 108160 108170 108180

Tan 108220 108230 108240 108250 108260 108270 108280

Black 108420 108430 108440 108450 108460 108470 108480

Replacement Straps

Blue Straps 808120 808130 808140 808150 808160 808170 808180

Tan Straps 808220 808230 808240 808250 808260 808270 808280

Black Straps 808420 808430 808440 808450 808460 808470 808480

*Circumference measured 3” above mid-patella. **Circumference measured 3” below mid-patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Palumbo Patella Stabilizing Brace

The Palumbo Patella Stabilizing Brace creates a dynamic, medially displacing force to the patella and allows

functional activity while providing stability throughout the full range of knee motion. In 1/8”neoprene in

blue, tan, and black, and in blue with stays. Sold each. From Palumbo Orthopaedics.

Size X-Small Small Med-Small Medium Med-Large Large X-Large

Point 1* 10-11.75” 11.75-13.5” 13.5-15.25” 15.25-17” 17-19” 19-21” 21-23.5”

Point 2** 8.5-10” 10-11.5” 11.5-12” 13-14.5” 14.5-16” 16-17.5” 17.5-19”

Blue 110120 110130 110140 110150 110160 110170 110180

Tan 110220 110230 110240 110250 110260 110270 110280

Black 110420 110430 110440 110450-PL 110460 110470 110480-PL

Blue w/Stays 116120 116130 116140 116150 116160 116170 116180

*Circumference measured 3” above mid-patella. **Circumference measured 3” below mid-patella.

b. Wrap Knee Brace with Condyle Pads

The Wrap Knee Brace by RCAI provides support, compression and warmth for post operative knee rehabilita-

tion, medial/lateral ligament instability, anterior or posterior cruciate instability, and meniscal injury. Made of

a breathable neoprene material, the brace provides therapeutic warmth, yet keeps the skin dry and comfort-

able. The Wrap Knee Brace features bilateral hinge pads for condylar containment, and a front wrap design

for geriatric patients, or patients with difficulty applying traditional knee sleeves. The lightweight hinges of

the brace provide medial/lateral knee support, while allowing for full range of motion. Sold each. From RCAI.


Circumference* 13-16” 16-19” 19-22” 22-25” 25-28” (33-40.6cm) (40.6-48.3cm) (48.3-55.9cm) (55.9-63.5cm) (63.5-71.1)

Item No. ð 561-WKB-S 561-WKB-M 561-WKB-L 561-WKB-XL 561-WKB-XXL

*Measured 4” (10.2cm) above patella.

c. Thermoskin® Universal Knee Wrap

This knee support is designed with an adjustable Velcro closure to allow arthritis sufferers ease of use and

variable compression. Thermoskin increases elasticity of muscles, tendons and ligaments to reduce the risk

of injury when under stress and strain. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Circumference* 11-12.5” 12.5-13.25” 13.25-14.5” 14.5-15.75” 15.75-17” 17-18.25”

Item No. ð 82300 83300 84300 85300 86300 87300

*Measure knee slightly bent under knee cap.

d. Gusseted Elastic Knee Support

The gusseted opening and opposing hook and loop fastening straps permit easy application to painfully swol-

len knees, and also provide balanced support to those individuals with a well developed, full-size thigh. Heavy

duty elastic material delivers firm compression to help reduce swelling and minimize pain, while maintaining

full range of motion. Bilateral pressure pads cradle the kneecap for added stability and help maintain proper

joint alignment. Sold each. From Truform.


Knee Circ.* 9.5-11.5” 11.5-13” 13-14.75” 14.75-16.5” 16.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5”

Item No. ð 2555-V-XS 2555-V-S 2555-V-M 2555-V-L 2555-V-XL 2555-V-2XL 2555-V-3XL

*Measure around the bend of the knee.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Lenox Hill Swedish Knee Cage

Provides effective control of Genu Recurvatum. Sold each. From Trulife.


Circumference* 10-12” 13-14” 15-16” 17-18”

Item No. ð 0866802 0866803 0866804 0866805

*Circumference measured at knee center.

f. FAST-WRAP® II Knee Support

Neoprene combined with nylon pile reduces slipping. Wraps around limb for infinite adjustability. Total skin

contact provides all over support. Open popliteal area prevents support from bunching or binding. Hook and

loop closure. One size fits knee circumference 7-20” (18-51cm). Sold each. From Trulife.

Item No. ð 08360

g. FAST-WRAP® Neoprene Patella Stabilizer

Neoprene combined with nylon pile reduces slipping. Elastic traction straps. Stabilizes patella without compres-

sion. May be worn under other knee supports. Firm “crescent” pad offers added medial or lateral support.

Open popliteal area prevents support from bunching or binding. Hook and loop closure. Sold each. From Trulife.


Knee Circumference 12-16” 16” +

Item No. ð 0837203 0837205



OR

TH

OT

ICS

HINGED KNEE BRACES

a. Turnbuckle Knee Orthosis

Applies gentle, low-load force to knee contractures from 45° flexion to 10° hyperextension. Turnbuckle

mechanism provides excellent control, allowing the therapist to adjust force in small increments. Measure

circumference around kneecap to determine correct size. Sold each. From AliMed.

Size Small (B) Medium (C) Large (D) X-Large (E)

Kneecap Circumference 13” - 15” 15” - 17” 17” - 18” 18” -20”

Item No. ð 66425-B 66425-C 66425-D 66425-E

b. CHECK™ Hyperextension Knee Brace

This low profile brace features longer uprights than the Swedish Knee Cage to reduce the amount of pressure

required on the femur and tibia to control hyperextension. Dual axis joints allow each of the four uprights

to move independently of each other, enabling the orthosis to follow the natural movement of the leg and

prevent downward migration. Padding made of artificial leather laminated with foam and soft velour pro-

vides a soft interface. One size. Fits knee widths 3.5-5.5” (90-130mm). Total length 18” (45cm). Aluminum

version (less than 17 oz) is recommended for smaller build patients. Stainless steel version (approximately

24 oz) is recommended for larger build patients or those requiring greater medial-lateral control. Sold each.

From Allard USA.

Description Item No.ò Aluminum 286500000

Stainless Steel 286520000

286510000 Replacement Strap Kit

c. Knee Brace with Adjustable Hinges

The ALPS knee brace is constructed of neoprene fabric and its hinges have flexion and extension adjustment.

It is designed to prevent or reduce the sensitivity of a knee injury and provide medial and lateral support. It

is available in pull-on or wraparound styles with airslots behind the knee. A patella buttress is incorporated

in the pull-on knee brace. Sold each. From ALPS South Orthopedic Division.


Circumference 11-13” 13-15” 15-17” 17-19” 19-21” 21-23” 23-25”

Pull-on KBHP-XS KBHP-S KBHP-M KBHP-L KBHP-XL KBHP-XXL KBHP-XXXL

Wraparound KBHW-XS KBHW-S KBHW-M KBHW-L KBHW-XL KBHW-XXL KBHW-XXXL

*Measurement taken 4 inches (10 cm) above center of kneecap.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Knee Management Orthosis (KMO®)

Features include precise flexion/extension adjustments, flexion adjustment to 110°, breathable, washable

padded interface and interchangeable position uprights. Single posterior strut/joint construction mirrors the

knee joint without alignment or condylar pressure concerns. 18-24” height adjustment. Optional stabilizing

polyethylene shell available. From Anatomical Concepts. See page 559 for pediatric size.

Description Item No.ò

KMO Standard 950

KMO with Varum/Valgum Adjustmen t 950 V/V

950 SHELL Stabilizing Polyethylene Shell

950L Replacement Liner

9530/9531 Replacement Thigh Strap Set

9532/9533 Replacement Calf Strap Set

9528 Replacement Knee Cap Strap Set

950 WAIST Waist Belt

e. Bledsoe Axiom OTS Functional Knee Brace

Tough, lightweight alloy composite shell with antimigration design uses pivoting posterior calf strap plus

a gastroc gripper pad to “lock” onto calf muscles. Features include no-catch hinge design, soft velour-like

padding and extension/flexion stops. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Thigh 13.5-16” 16-18.75” 18.75-21.5” 21.5-24.25” 24.25-27” 27-29.5”

Calf (Men) 12.5-14” 14-15.5” 15.5-17” 17-18.5” 18.5-20” 20-21.375”

Calf (Women) 11-12.5” 12.5-14” 14-15.5” 15.5-17” 17-18.5” 18.5-20”

Men’s

Left PK114101 PK114103 PK114105 PK114107 PK114109 PK114111

Right PK114201 PK114203 PK114205 PK114207 PK114209 PK114211

Women’s



f. Bledsoe Axiom-D OTS Functional Knee Brace

Axiom-D places increasing posterior force against the tibia as the knee moves into extension preventing

subluxation and providing support to natural quadricep and hamstring activity. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Thigh* 13.5-16” 16-18.75” 18.75-21.5” 21.5-24.25” 24.25-27” 27-29.5”

Calf (Men) 12.5-14” 14-15.5” 15.5-17” 17-18.5” 18.5-20” 20-21.375”

Calf (Women) 11-12.5” 12.5-14” 14-15.5” 15.5-17” 17-18.5” 18.5-20”

Men’s X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large


-Right PK118201 PK118203 PK118205 PK118207 PK118209 PK118211

Women’s X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large





OR

TH

OT

ICS

HINGED KNEE BRACES — Continued

a. Bledsoe Extender Knee Brace

Indicated for patients from 5’0 to 6’5” in height, the Extender’s four-point attachment and long-hinge arms

provide maximum leverage and adjustability. Simple Hinge provides fast and easy adjustment with flexion

limits of 0-135° and extension limits of 0-90° in 15° increments. QuikLok option enables rigid extension with

a flip of two cam action levers. Features formable uprights, molded ankle plates and breathable foam lami-

nate liner. Straps engage and lock to brace uprights stopping the leg within the proper range for safety. Sold

each. Universal sizing. From Bledsoe.

Description Item No.ò

Extender Knee Brace with Simple Hinge SK087000

Extender Knee Brace with QuikLok Option SK587000

Optional Post-Op Shoe Insert Small Medium Large

Men’s Shoe Size Up to 4 5-9 10-14

Women’s Shoe Size Up to 5 6-10 11-15

Left SM007101 SM007105 SM007109

Right SM007201 SM007205 SM007209

b. Bledsoe Extender Plus Knee Brace

When post-op care demands the best, the Bledsoe Extender Plus Brace meets the physicians’ needs. Adjust-

able from 22” to 34” (56 cm to 86 cm) in length and up to 34” (86 cm) in leg circumference, this brace easily

fits patients from 5’ (152 cm) to 6’ 5” (196 cm) tall, and adapts as the patient progresses. The Bledsoe Extender

Plus is so versatile there is no need for an expensive custom-fitted brace. Sold each. From Bledsoe.

Style Standard With Full Short Foam Cuffs

Item No. ð EK087000 EK088000 EK090000

Optional Post-Op Shoe Insert Small Medium Large

Men’s Shoe Size Up to 4 5-9 10-14

Women’s Shoe Size Up to 5 6-10 11-15

Left EK007101 EK007105 EK007109

Right EK007201 EK007205 EK007209

EK087300 Extender Plus Strap Kit

EK087400 Extender Plus Replacement Pad Set, Universal

c. Bledsoe Merit OR Knee Brace

Features include open cell, breathable foam laminate for increased comfort and reduced skin irritation, calf

suspension strap and formable uprights. Straps engage and lock to uprights to hold the leg steady. Post-Op

Hinge provides fast and easy adjustment with flexion limits of -10° to 110° and extension limits of -10 to 110° in

10° increments. No tools needed. The hinge can be locked in position from -10 to 40°. Sold each. From Bledsoe.

Size Short Regular Long X-Long

Length 16” 22” 26” 30”

Full Foam EK080001 EK080005 EK080007 EK080009

Cool Version N/A EK083005 EK083007 EK083009



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Bledsoe Thruster RLF

Offering outstanding pain relief, comfort and compliance, the Thruster RLF features a tibial pressure relieving

shell design, strap saddle to prevent strap indentation and provide a more natural fit and posterior position

of the hinge to counterbalance anterior rotational movement common to fixed angle OA braces. Easy adjust-

able pain relief dial allows patient to adapt the brace to their individual level of pain. New over-center buckle

design closure system is effortless. Custom sizes also available. Sold each. From Bledsoe.

Size Guide


Thigh 15-17.5” 17.5-20” 20-22.5” 22.5-25” 25-27.5” 27.5-29” 29-31”

Calf (Men) 12-13.5” 13.5-15” 15-16.5” 16.5-18” 18-19.5” 19.5-21” 21-22.5”

Calf (Women) 10.5-12” 12-13.5” 13.5-15” 15-16.5” 16.5-18” 18-19.5” 19.5-21”

Standard

Medial Left TA009101 TA009103 TA009105 TA009107 TA009109 TA009111 TA009113

Medial Right TA009201 TA009203 TA009205 TA009207 TA009209 TA009211 TA009213

Lateral Left TA008101 TA008103 TA008105 TA008107 TA008109 TA008111 TA008113

Lateral Right TA008201 TA008203 TA008205 TA008207 TA008209 TA008211 TA008213

Men’s Short (5’5” or less)





Women’s Short (5’5” or less)





e. Bledsoe OR Knee Brace

Features include open cell, breathable foam laminate for increased comfort and reduced skin irritation, calf

suspension strap and formable uprights. Straps engage and lock to uprights to hold the leg steady. Choice

of hinge. Simple Hinge is quick setting and limits extension from 0-90°, flexion from 0-135° and locks 0-90°

in 15° increments. QuikLok Hinge allows rigid locking in full extension for ambulation or sleeping. Sold each.

From Bledsoe.

Size Short Regular Long X-Long

Length 16” 22” 26” 30”

Full Foam

with Simple Hinge AK080001 AK080005 AK080007 AK080009

with QuikLok AK580001 AK580005 AK580007 AK580009

Replacement Cuffs AK073001 AK073005 AK073007 AK073009

Cool Version

with Simple Hinge AK083001 AK083005 AK083007 AK083009

with QuikLok AK583001 AK583005 AK583007 AK583009

Replacement Cuffs AK073085 AK073085 AK073085 AK073085



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Bledsoe Original Post-Op Knee Brace

For immediate application to knees for locked or limited motion control of knee during rehabilitation after

operative procedures or injury to knee ligaments, patellar ligament, articular cartilage, meniscus, or stable or

internally fixed fractures of tibial plateau, condytes, proximal tibia or distal femur. Sold each. From Bledsoe.

Size 18” 20” 22” 24” 26” 28” 30” 32” 34”

Leg Length 17-19” 19-21” 21-23” 23-25” 25-27” 27-29” 29-31” 31-33” 33-35”

Description Original Brace Hinge & Thigh Attachments*

18” EK020018 EK025018

20” EK020020 EK025020

22” EK020022 EK025022

24” EK020024 EK025024

26” EK020026 EK025026

28” EK020028 EK025028

30” EK020030 EK025030

32” EK020032 EK025032

34” EK020034 EK025034

Shoe Insert Small Medium Large

Left AM005101 AM005105 AM005109

Right AM005201 AM005205 AM005209

*Designed to attach to a Bledsoe Boot to form a KAFO. Consists of Bledsoe Original components less calf portion.

b. Bledsoe Original Knee Brace

Features include easy application, universal circumference and lightweight cast-like support in all planes.

Rigid medial and lateral stays and molded posterior supports provide a thorough support system. Non-stretch

straps and breathable foam wraps for a comfortable fit. Choice of hinge. Standard brace features a Multi-

Centric hinge. Simple Hinge limits extension from 0-90°, flexion from 0-135° and positively locks from 0-90°

in 15° increments. QuikLok option allows the hinge to rigidly lock at 0° with the flip of two cam levers. Sold

each. From Bledsoe.

Size 18” 20” 22” 24” 26” 28” 30” 32” 34”

Leg Length 17-19” 19-21” 21-23” 23-25” 25-27” 27-29” 29-31” 31-33” 33-35”

Hinge Type Multi-Centric Simple Hinge QuikLok Option

18” AK010018 AK020018 AK520018

20” AK010020 AK020020 AK520020

22” AK010022 AK020022 AK520022

24” AK010024 AK020024 AK520024

26” AK010026 AK020026 AK520026

28” AK010028 AK020028 AK520028

30” AK010030 AK020030 AK520030

32” AK010032 AK020032 AK520032

34” AK010034 AK020034 AK520034

Shoe Insert Small Medium Large

Left AM005101 AM005105 AM005109

Right AM005201 AM005205 AM005209



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Bledsoe Crossover Knee Brace

The Crossover knee brace is designed for very mild meniscal and/or collateral injuries. Patients with minor

knee ligament strains and stretches or meniscal damage can benefit from added support to prevent more

serious injury. Available in front closure or pull-on. Cool, breathable SpacerMesh material provides support,

compression and warmth to the knee. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Thigh* 15.0”-17.5” 17.5”-20” 20”-22.5” 22.5”-25” 25”-27.5” 27.5”-29”

Front Closure RK060001 RK060003 RK060005 RK060007 RK060009 RK060011

Pull-On RK061001 RK061003 RK061005 RK061007 RK061009 RK061011

Pull-On w/Buttress RK062001 RK062003 RK062005 RK062007 RK062009 RK062011

*Circumference measure 6” above mid-patella.

d. Bledsoe Crossover ROM Knee Brace

The Bledsoe Crossover ROM postoperative knee brace is designed for very mild meniscal and/or collateral

injuries. Patients with minor knee ligament strains and stretches or meniscal damage can benefit from added

support to prevent more serious injury. The Crossover ROM provides control over range-of-motion of the

knee to aid in healing and rehabilitation. Interchangeable sport hinges convert Crossover ROM to Crossover.

Cool, breathable SpacerMesh material provides support, compression and warmth to the knee. Sold each.

From Bledsoe.


Thigh* 15.0”-17.5” 17.5”-20” 20”-22.5” 22.5”-25” 25”-27.5” 27.5”-29”

Crossover ROM RK090001 RK090003 RK090005 RK090007 RK090009 RK090011

Sport Hinges RK066301 RK066303 RK066305 RK066307 RK066309 RK066311

*Circumference measure 6” above mid-patella.

e. Fusion Knee Brace

Ideal for normal daily activities as well as athletic endeavors, this brace is designed using ProForm™ technology,

which creates a comfortable, precise fit that won’t compromise mobility. OTS version. Sold each. From Breg.

Size X-Small Small Medium Med Plus Large X-Large XX-Large

Circumference 13-15” 15.5-18” 18-19.5” 19.5-21” 21-24” 24-27” 27-30” A* (33-38cm) (39-46cm) (46-50cm) (50-53cm) (53-61cm) (61-69cm) (69-76cm)

Circumference 10-12” 12-14” 14-15” 15-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-23” B** (25-30cm) (30-36cm) (36-38cm) (38-41cm) (41-46cm) (46-51cm) (51-58cm)

Left 00510 00520 00530 00535 00540 00550 00560

Right 00710 00720 00730 00735 00740-BG 00750 00760

*Circumference A measured 6” (15cm) above mid patella **Circumference B measured 6” (15cm) below mid patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Fusion Women’s Knee Brace

Fusion Women’s provides excellent protection for the ACL, PCL and collateral ligaments. Combines a precise

fit, unmatched comfort, and a sleek design that looks great. OTS version. Sold each. From Breg.




Women’s Left 00910 00920 00930 00935 00940 00950 00960

Women’s Right 01110 01120 01130 01135 01140 01150 01160


b. Fusion XT Knee Brace

ProForm™ technology allows the brace to conform to the leg’s shape to provide a contoured fit and superior

protection. Lightweight. Contoured frame padding that conforms to the leg. Easily adjustable/removable

straps ensure a proper fit. PivotPoint strap tabs. OTS version. Sold each. From Breg.

Size Small Medium Med Plus Large X-Large XX-Large

Circumference A* 15.5-18” 18-19.5” 19.5-21” 21-24” 24-27” 27-30” (39-46cm) (46-50cm) (50-53cm) (53-61cm) (61-69cm) (69-76cm)

Circumference B** 12-14” 14-15” 15-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-23” (30-36cm) (36-38cm) (38-41cm) (41-46cm) (46-51cm) (51-58cm)

Left 00620 00630 00635 00640 00650 00660

Right 00820 00830 00835 00840 00850 00860


c. LPR Knee Brace

Game changing, diagonal strapping opens up the popliteal space and offers full range of motion for all levels

of activity. Combining ligamentous support and patient comfort and compliance—the LPR—Ligament Protec-

tion Redefined. AirTech™ frame padding—innovative channels in the pad permit cooling air flow, allowing

moisture and heat to move away from the skin and create grip for suspension. Sleek, modern strap guides

that pivot for fit, comfort and suspension. Truss-shaped frame with aerospace aluminum for high strength-

to-weight ratio. Cushioned strapping for comfort and a contoured fit. OTS version. Sold each. From Breg.




Left 05610 05620 05630 05635 05640 05650 05660

Right 02210 02220 02230 02235 02240 02250 02260




OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Fusion OA Knee Brace

Designed for the osteoarthritis patient, the Fusion OA provides pain relief combined with fit, suspension and

unequaled comfort. OTS version. Sold each. From Breg.




Left 12010 12020 12030 12035-BG 12040 12050 12060

Right 12110-BG 12120 12130-BG 12135 12140 12150 12160


e. Fusion Women’s OA Knee Brace

By combining a sleek, lightweight frame that fits discreetly under clothing, Fusion OA is the ideal brace

for female patients suffering from osteoarthritis. It provides optimal medial compartment off-loading for

unicompartmental osteoarthritis, and features Breg’s exclusive adjustable hinge technology, which provides

an effective valgus load to the knee. It provides the necessary support for ACL, PCL and collateral ligament

protection. The Fusion Women’s OA not only relieves pain, but may also slow osteoarthritic deterioration.

OTS version. Sold each. From Breg.




Left 10810 10820 10830 10835-BG 10840 10850 10860

Right 10910 10920 10930-BG 10935-BG 10940 10950-BG 10960-BG


f. Fusion Lateral OA Knee Brace

A functional brace designed to provide lateral off-loading for unicompartmental osteoarthritis patients.

Innovative thumbwheel dial makes precision off-loading adjustments easy—no tools required. Sleek frame

design provides unhindered mobility. ProForm™ technology offers contoured fit and maximum protection.

PivotPoint straps provide superior comfort during motion. Cushioned straps and pads increase comfort. OTS

version. Sold each. From Breg.




Left 03710 03720 03730 03735 03740 03750 03760

Right 03810 03820 03830-BG 03835 03840 03850 03860




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. X2K Knee Brace

Enhanced adjustable hinge—12 mm of travel (twice the loading capabilities)—both sides. Gel comfort condyle

pads. Siliconized strap padding (Straps 1 & 2). Over-sized tibial frame pad. OTS version. Sold each. From Breg.



Circumference B** 12.75-14.5” 14.5-15.25” 15.25-16.25” 16.25-18” 18-19.75” 19.75-22” (32-37cm) (37-39cm) (39-41cm) (41-46cm) (46-50cm) (50-56cm)

Left 20120 20130 20135 20140 20150 20160

Right 20220 20230 20235 20240 20250 20260-BG


b. X2K OA Knee Brace

For patients suffering from osteoarthritis of the knee requiring an off-the-shelf brace. Enhanced adjustable

hinge—12 mm of travel (twice the loading capabilities)—both sides. Gel comfort condyle pads. Siliconized

strap padding (Straps 1 & 2). Over-sized tibial frame pad. OTS version. Sold each. From Breg.



Circumference B** 12.75-14.5” 14.5-15.25” 15.25-16.25” 16.25-18” 18-19.75” 19.75-22” (32-37cm) (37-39cm) (39-41cm) (41-46cm) (46-50cm) (50-56cm)

Left 25120 25130 25135 25140 25150 25160

Right 25220 25230 25235-BG 25240-BG 25250 25260

*Circumference A measured 6” (15cm) above mid patella **Circumference B measured at knee joint.

c. T-Scope Post-Op Knee Brace

A popular and versatile post-op brace with telescoping hinge bars and universal sizing. Adjustable from 17”

to 27”. User-friendly hinge system allows full range of motion as well as a quick-lock button that locks the

brace in the desired extension position. Sold each. From Breg.

Size Regular X-Large*

T-Scope 07714 07715

T-Scope Full Foam 07716 07717

*Extra-large is for a 27-35” thigh circumference measured 6” (15cm) above mid patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Post-Op Knee Brace

Featuring the premier T-Scope hinge, the upper and lower hinge bars on the Post-Op can be easily contoured

or shortened for an optimized fit, and the foam can be trimmed to suit smaller patients. Sold each. From Breg.

Size Inseam Regular X-Large*

Post-Op Short Less than 32” 00112 00113

Post-Op Long More than 32” 00114 00115


e. Post-Op Lite Knee Brace

Featuring the premier T-Scope hinge, the Post-Op Lite incorporates a drop-lock style hinge that allows the

user to easily control the range of motion in 10° increments. The upper and lower hinge bars on the Post-Op

Lite can be easily contoured or shortened for an optimized fit, and it has reduced foam coverage for greater

breathability and comfort. Sold each. From Breg.

Size Inseam Regular X-Large*

Post-Op Short Less than 32” 00116 00117

Post-Op Long More than 32” 00118 00119


f. Quick Fit Post-Op Knee Brace

The Quick Fit Post-Op is pre-sized for ease of application. It combines user friendly Velcro® straps, and is one

of the easiest Post-Op braces to apply. Sold each. From Breg.

Size Length Small Medium Large X-Large*

Thigh Circumference* 14-18” 18-22” 22-27” 27-31” (36-46cm) (46-56cm) (56-69cm) (69-79cm)

Post-Op Short 22” 00142 00143 00144 00145

Post-Op Long 26” 00152 00153 00154 00155

*Thigh circumference measured 6” (15cm) above mid patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Economy Post-Op (EPO) Knee Brace

The EPO is an economical alternative to the Post-Op line. EPOs feature a quick-set hinge providing complete

range of motion control. Sold each. From Breg.

Size Short Long

Item No. ð 09340 09350

b. RoadRunner Soft Knee Brace

The RoadRunner provides superior control and support for ligament injuries and instabilities. Polycentric

adjustable hinges control extension from 10° to 40° in 10° increments (10° installed), and flexion control from

45°-90° in 15° increments. The longer 16” brace length and four strap configuration provides patients with

extra leverage and stability. The post-op hinge is available for postoperative rehabilitation following ACL/

PCL reconstruction and meniscal repairs. Wraparound version also available. Sold each. From Breg.

Size Guide X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large

Thigh Circumference* 12-15” 15-18” 18-21” 21-24” 24-27” 27-30”


Airmesh RoadRunner Styles

Pull-On 14111-BG 14112 14113-BG 14114 14115-BG 14116-BG

Pull-On Open Back 14141 14142 14143 14144 14145-BG 14146

Wraparound Open Back 14151-BG 14152-BG 14153-BG 14154-BG 14155 14156

Neoprene RoadRunner Styles

Pull-On 06941 06942 06943 06944 06945 06946

Pull-On Open Back 06961 06962 06963 06964 06965 06966

Pull-On OB w/Adj. Horseshoe 06971 06972 06973 06974 06975 06976

Pull-On OB w/Patella Stabilizer 21821 21822 21823-BG 21824-BG 21825 21826

Wraparound Open Back 07001 07002 07003 07004 07005 07006

Wraparound OB Post-Op Hinge 06921 06922 06923 06924 06925 06926

73562 Airmesh Hinge Cover 10360 Extension Stop, Pair

73561 Neoprene Hinge Cover 70010 Bar Assembly Set



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. ShortRunner Soft Knee Brace

The ShortRunner provides superior control and support for ligament injuries and instabilities. Polycentric

adjustable hinges control extension from 10° to 40° in 10° increments (10° installed), and flexion control

from 45°-90° in 15° increments. The post-op hinge is available for postoperative rehabilitation following

ACL/PCL reconstruction and meniscal repairs. Measures 13” in length. Wraparound version also available.

Sold each. From Breg.




Airmesh ShortRunner Styles

Pull-On 21721 21722-BG 21723 21724 21725-BG 21726-BG

Pull-On Open Back 21731 21732 21733-BG 21734-BG 21735 21736

Wraparound Open Back 21751 21752-BG 21753 21754 21755 21756

Neoprene ShortRunner Styles

Pull-On 06741 06742 06743 06744 06745 06746

Pull-On Open Back 06761 06762 06763 06764 06765 06766


Pull-On OB w/Patella Stabilizer 21831 21832 21833 21834 21835 21836

Wraparound Open Back 06801 06802 06803 06804 06805 06806

Wraparound OB Post-Op Hinge 06841 06842 06843 06844 06845 06846

73562 Airmesh Hinge Cover

73561 Neoprene Hinge Cover

d. Economy Hinged Soft Knee Brace

Designed for mild medial/lateral instabilities of the knee, this brace features hinges that are contained in a

pocket, making it the brace of choice for wrestling and many other contact activities with low loads. Sold

each. From Breg.




Airmesh Economy Hinged Styles

Pull-On 21701 21702 21703 21704 21705 21706

Pull-On Open Back 21711 21712 21713 21714 21715 21716

Wraparound Open Back 11231 11232-BG 11233 11234 11235-BG 11236

Neoprene Economy Hinged Styles

Pull-On 06701 06702 06703 06704 06705 06706

Pull-On Open Back 06721 06722 06723 06724 06725 06726


Wraparound Open Back 11211 11212-BG 11213 11214 11215-BG 11216

70050 Hinge Bars



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. PTO Soft Knee Brace

The PTO is one of the most effective braces for reducing patellofemoral pain resulting from maltracking

or patellar instability. This versatile brace features the patented Cawley Tension Hinge, which is proven to

normalize patellar tracking at the most critical point of knee motion, full extension. By dynamically adjust-

ing the amount of compression applied from the lateral pressure plate on the buttress, the Cawley Tension

Hinge aids in pain relief by forming a soft tissue wall that controls patellar subluxation. Sold each. From Breg.




Airmesh PTO Styles

Left 14191 14192 14193 14194 14195 14196

Right 14181 14182 14183 14184 14185 14186

Open Back Left 14231 14232 14233 14234 14235 14236

Open Back Right 14221 14222 14223 14224 14225 14226

Neoprene PTO Styles

Left 14171 14172 14173 14174 14175 14176

Right 14161 14162 14163 14164 14165-BG 14166

Open Back Left 14211 14212 14213 14214 14215 14216

Open Back Right 14201 14202 14203-BG 14204-BG 14205 14206-BG

b. PTO High Performance Soft Knee Brace

An effective brace for reducing patellofemoral pain resulting from maltracking or patellar instability. This

versatile brace features high-strength hinge bars for active patients and patented Cawley Tension Hinge which

is proven to normalize patellar tracking at the most critical point of knee motion: full extension. By adjust-

ing the amount of compression applied from the lateral pressure plate on the buttress, the Cawley Tension

Hinge aids in pain relief by forming a soft tissue wall that controls patellar subluxation. Sold each. From Breg.



*Thigh circumference measured 6” (15cm) above mid patella.

Airmesh PTO High Performance Styles (pictured)-

Left 14271 14272 14273 14274 14275 14276

Right 14261 14262 14263 14264 14265 14266

Open Back Left 14311 14312 14313 14314 14315 14316

Open Back Right 14301-BG 14302-BG 14303-BG 14304-BG 14305 14306

Neoprene PTO High Performance Styles

Left 14251 14252 14253 14254 14255 14256

Right 14241 14242 14243 14244 14245 14246

Open Back Left 14291 14292 14293 14294 14295 14296

Open Back Right 14281 14282 14283 14284 14285 14286

PTO High Performance Sports Cover

Item No. ð 71811 71812 71813 71814 71815 71816

Airmesh

Neoprene



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Lateral Stabilizer with Hinge Soft Knee Brace

The Lateral Stabilizer with Hinge offers a strong tubular, lateral buttress that is ideal for lateral stabilization

of the patella and is effective in addressing a number of patellofemoral conditions. The ultra low-profile

hinge helps address valgus movement, and the inferior and superior lateral straps provide additional support

and compression around the patella. Sold each. From Breg.



Airmesh Left 20121 20122 20123 20124 20125 20126

Airmesh Right 20141 20142 20143 20144 20145 20146

Neoprene Left 20151 20152 20153 20154 20155-BG 20156

Neoprene Right 20171 20172 20173 20174 20175 20176


d. CoolTex Anterior Closure Knee Wrap with Hinge

Features wraparound design for ease of application with heavy-duty hinges for optimal medial/lateral sta-

bility. Manufactured from CoolTex, a lightweight, breathable neoprene alternative, 100% latex-free and

hypoallergenic. Sold each. From Corflex.


Point A1 16-17” 18-19” 19-21” 21-23” 23-25” 25-27”

Point B2 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22” 22-24”

Point C3 11-12” 13-14” 15-16” 17-18” 19-20” 21-22”

Item No. ð 86-1303-000 86-1304-000 86-1305-000 86-1306-000 86-1307-000 86-1308-000

1Circumference measured at 6” above mid-patella 2Circumference measured at mid-patella.

3Circumference measured at 6” below mid-patella.

e. Anterior Closure Knee Wrap with Hinge

Features wrap-around design for ease of application with heavy-duty hinges for optimal medial /lateral sup-

port. Manufactured from premium grade latex-free neoprene. Sold each. From Corflex.


Point A* 16”-17” 18”-19” 19”-21” 21”-23” 23”-25” 25”-27”

Point B** 12”-14” 14”-16” 16”-18” 18”-20” 20”-22” 22”-24”

Point C*** 11”-12” 13”-14” 15”-16” 17”-18” 19”-20” 21”-22”

13” Open POP 88-1303-000 88-1304-000 88-1305-000 88-1306-000 88-1307-000 88-1308-000

13” 88-1313-000 88-1314-000 88-1315-000 88-1316-000 88-1317-000 88-1318-000

16” Open POP 88-1663-000 88-1664-000 88-1665-000 88-1666-000 88-1667-000 88-1668-000

16” 88-1673-000 88-1674-000 88-1675-000 88-1676-000 88-1677-000 88-1678-000

*Measurement at 6” above mid-patella **Measurement at mid-patella.

***Meaurement at 6” below mid-patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Pro-Glide® Knee Orthosis

Addresses joint stiffness of the knee by using a low load, prolonged stretch modality. Features combination

of flexion and extension in one unit. Rigid, lightweight, aluminum frame that allows easy alignment of the

hinge joint with the patient’s knee axis. Pro-Lock EZ Application System enables patient to remove and

re-apply unit without reducing tension setting. Machine washable liners with soft breathable material for

maximum patient comfort. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Size Small (B) Medium (C) Large (D)

Thigh Circumference 14”-16.5” 16.5”-21.5” 21.5”-27”

Calf Circumference 10”-13.5” 13.5”-16.5” 16.5”-20”

Item No. ð 4105B 4105C 4105D

Replacement Softgoods 4105BK 4105CK 4105DK

b. DeROM® Knee Brace

Dynamic splint provides low load prolonged stretch to soft tissue to restore joint’s ROM. Aircraft quality

aluminum frame is strong yet lightweight. Features flexion and extension assist in one unit. Easy to set and

release tension with integrated adjustment tool and tension release lever. Replaceable Vel-foam™ thigh and

calf cuffs for patient comfort. Universal design fits left or right. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Size SM/MD MD/LG

Thigh Circumference 12”-18” 18”-27”

Item No. ð 4209C 4209D

Replacement Softgoods 4309CK 4209DK

c. Hypercontrol® Knee Brace

Tri-tex construction serves as a breathable alternative to neoprene. Anatomical design features unique strap-

ping system at the back of the knee to help prevent hyperextension. Dual adjustable buttresses for maximum

patella stabilization (pull up only). Extension tabs at the thigh and calf accommodate circumferential variances

(pull up only). Superior adjustability for patient comfort. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Size Measurement* Pull Up Wraparound

X-Small 13.5-15.5” 14630004 -

Small 15.5-18” 14630005 14910005

Medium 18-20.5” 14630006 14910006

Large 20.5-23” 14630007 14910007

X-Large 23-25.5” 14630008 14910008

2X-Large 25.5-28” 14630009 14910009

3X-Large 28-30.5” 14630010 14910010

*Circumference measured at 6” above mid-patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Armor FourcePoint Knee Brace

The Armor represents DonJoy’s strongest patient-ready knee ligament brace and is ideally suited for extreme

and contact sports. The steel reinforced hinge plate delivers additional strength while the low profile

FourcePoint hinge and internally mounted straps promotes bilateral use that won’t impede performance.



Thigh Circ1 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Knee Circ2 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-17” 17-19” 19-21” 21-23”

Calf Circ3 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22” 22-24”

Standard Standard Short Short Size ACL Right ACL Left ACL Right ACL Left

X-Small 11-1442-1 11-1443-1 11-1440-1 11-1441-1

Small 11-1442-2 11-1443-2 11-1440-2 11-1441-2

Medium 11-1442-3 11-1443-3 11-1440-3 11-1441-3

Large 11-1442-4 11-1443-4 11-1440-4 11-1441-4

X-Large 11-1442-5 11-1443-5 11-1440-5 11-1441-5

2X-Large 11-1442-6 11-1443-6 11-1440-6 11-1441-6

3X-Large 11-1442-7 11-1443-7 11-1440-7 11-1441-7

1Circumference measured at 6” above mid-patella. 2Circumference measured at knee center.


e. Female Fource Knee Brace

The Female Fource represents DonJoy’s premier prefabricated knee ligament brace designed specifically for

women. Recommended for contact and non-contact sports. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Knee 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-17” 17-19” 19-21” 21-23”

Calf 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22” 22-24”

ACL Right 11-1430-1 11-1430-2 11-1430-3 11-1430-4 11-1430-5 11-1430-6 11-1430-7

ACL Left 11-1431-1 11-1431-2 11-1431-3 11-1431-4 11-1431-5 11-1431-6 11-1431-7



f. FULLFORCE™ ACL Knee Brace

The FULLFORCE™ design combines two clinically-proven DonJoy technologies in one brilliantly performing

brace. The 4-Points-of-Leverage System provides ligament stability and significantly reduces ACL strain. Don-

Joy’s FourcePoint hinge dampens knee joint extension, which increases flexion angles and reduces anterior

shear forces on the tibia. The result is less strain on the ACL and a considerable decrease in the chance of

injury. Together, these two technologies add up to ironclad confidence. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Knee 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-17” 17-19” 19-21” 21-23”

Calf 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22” 22-24”

Std Right 11-0258-1 11-0258-2 11-0258-3 11-0258-4 11-0258-5 11-0258-6 11-0258-7

Std Left 11-0259-1 11-0259-2 11-0259-3 11-0259-4 11-0259-5 11-0259-6 11-0259-7

Short Right 11-3220-1 11-3220-2 11-3220-3 11-3220-4 11-3220-5 11-3220-6 11-3220-7

Short Left 11-3221-1 11-3221-2 11-3221-3 11-3221-4 11-3221-5 11-3221-6 11-3221-7


3Circumference measured at 6” below mid-patella



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Legend™ Knee Brace

The Legend™ is DonJoy’s only Kraton coated, prefabricated knee ligament brace, recommended for contact

and water sports. Appropriate for moderate to severe ACL, PCL, MCL and LCL instabilities. Sold each. By

DonJoy from DJO Global.


Circ* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Size ACL Right ACL Left PCL Right PCL Left

X-Small 11-0422-1-06060 11-0423-1-06060 11-0442-1-06060 11-0443-1-06060

Small 11-0422-2-06060 11-0423-2-06060 11-0442-2-06060 11-0443-2-06060

Medium 11-0422-3-06060 11-0423-3-06060 11-0442-3-06060 11-0443-3-06060

Large 11-0422-4-06060 11-0423-4-06060 11-0442-4-06060 11-0443-4-06060

X-Large 11-0422-5-06060 11-0423-5-06060 11-0442-5-06060 11-0443-5-06060

2X-Large 11-0422-6-06060 11-0423-6-06060 11-0442-6-06060 11-0443-6-06060

3X-Large 11-0422-7-06060 11-0423-7-06060 11-0442-7-06060 11-0443-7-06060

Size CI Right CI Left

X-Small 11-0452-1-06060 11-0453-1-06060

Small 11-0452-2-06060 11-0453-2-06060

Medium 11-0452-3-06060 11-0453-3-06060

Large 11-0452-4-06060 11-0453-4-06060

X-Large 11-0452-5-06060 11-0453-5-06060

2X-Large 11-0452-6-06060 11-0453-6-06060

3X-Large 11-0452-7-06060 11-0453-7-06060




OR

TH

OT

ICS

b. 4TITUDE Knee Brace

Patented 4-point dynamic leverage system. Low-profile, lightweight design (18 oz). Moldable cuffs for custom

fit. Removable thermal-formed liners and strap pads. Numbered straps. Flexion/extension stops. Available in

ACL, PCL and CI versions. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Circ* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

ACL Version Standard Right Standard Left Short Right Short Left

X-Small 11-0830-1-06060 11-0831-1-06060 11-0836-1-06060 11-0837-1-06060

Small 11-0830-2-06060 11-0831-2-06060 11-0836-2-06060 11-0837-2-06060

Medium 11-0830-3-06060 11-0831-3-06060 11-0836-3-06060 11-0837-3-06060

Large 11-0830-4-06060 11-0831-4-06060 11-0836-4-06060 11-0837-4-06060

X-Large 11-0830-5-06060 11-0831-5-06060 11-0836-5-06060 11-0837-5-06060

2X-Large 11-0830-6-06060 11-0831-6-06060 11-0836-6-06060 11-0837-6-06060

3X-Large 11-0830-7-06060 11-0831-7-06060 11-0836-7-06060 11-0837-7-06060

PCL Version Standard Right Standard Left Short Right Short Left

X-Small 11-0832-1-06060 11-0833-1-06060 11-0838-1-06060 11-0839-1-06060

Small 11-0832-2-06060 11-0833-2-06060 11-0838-2-06060 11-0839-2-06060

Medium 11-0832-3-06060 11-0833-3-06060 11-0838-3-06060 11-0839-3-06060

Large 11-0832-4-06060 11-0833-4-06060 11-0838-4-06060 11-0839-4-06060

X-Large 11-0832-5-06060 11-0833-5-06060 11-0838-5-06060 11-0839-5-06060

2X-Large 11-0832-6-06060 11-0833-6-06060 11-0838-6-06060 11-0839-6-06060

3X-Large 11-0832-7-06060 11-0833-7-06060 11-0838-7-06060 11-0839-7-06060

CI Version Standard Right Standard Left Short Right Short Left

X-Small 11-0834-1-06060 11-0835-1-06060 11-0840-1-06060 11-0841-1-06060

Small 11-0834-2-06060 11-0835-2-06060 11-0840-2-06060 11-0841-2-06060

Medium 11-0834-3-06060 11-0835-3-06060 11-0840-3-06060 11-0841-3-06060

Large 11-0834-4-06060 11-0835-4-06060 11-0840-4-06060 11-0841-4-06060

X-Large 11-0834-5-06060 11-0835-5-06060 11-0840-5-06060 11-0841-5-06060

2X-Large 11-0834-6-06060 11-0835-6-06060 11-0840-6-06060 11-0841-6-06060

3X-Large 11-0834-7-06060 11-0835-7-06060 11-0840-7-06060 11-0841-7-06060

Sports Brace Cover Standard Short

X-Small 11-0016-1-06000 11-0103-1-06000

Small 11-0016-2-06000 11-0103-2-06000

Medium 11-0016-3-06000 11-0103-3-06000

Large 11-0016-4-06000 11-0103-4-06000

X-Large 11-0016-5-06000 11-0103-5-06000

2X-Large 11-0016-6-06000 11-0103-6-06000

3X-Large 11-0016-7-06000 11-0103-7-06000




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Playmaker Knee Brace

Recommended for non-contact sport and activities of daily living. Suitable for mild to moderate ligament

instabilities. Ideal intermediate-level product for sporting activities. Styles made with Drytex, a unique nylon

and polyester fabric that allows for improved airflow, are ideal for patients who have neoprene-based irrita-

tions or allergies or live in warm weather climates. The patella donut may be trimmed to allow for inferior,

superior, medial or lateral buttress. The wraparound styles are ideal for patients who have trouble applying

a sleeve-style brace. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh Circ1 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Knee Circ2 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-17” 17-19” 19-21” 21-23”

Calf Circ3 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22” 22-24”

Neoprene Styles

Sleeve w/ Sleeve w/ w/ Patella Wraparound Sleeve Popliteal Patella Donut & Wraparound w/ Popliteal Size Cutout Donut Popliteal Cutout Cutout

X-Small 11-0860-1 11-0861-1 11-0862-1 11-0863-1 11-0864-1 11-0865-1

Small 11-0860-2 11-0861-2 11-0862-2 11-0863-2 11-0864-2 11-0865-2

Medium 11-0860-3 11-0861-3 11-0862-3 11-0863-3 11-0864-3 11-0865-3

Large 11-0860-4 11-0861-4 11-0862-4 11-0863-4 11-0864-4 11-0865-4

X-Large 11-0860-5 11-0861-5 11-0862-5 11-0863-5 11-0864-5 11-0865-5

2X-Large 11-0860-6 11-0861-6 11-0862-6 11-0863-6 11-0864-6 11-0865-6

3X-Large 11-0860-7 11-0861-7 11-0862-7 11-0863-7 11-0864-7 11-0865-7

Drytex Styles

Sleeve w/ Sleeve w/ w/ Patella Wraparound Sleeve Popliteal Patella Donut & Wraparound w/ Popliteal Size Cutout Donut Popliteal Cutout Cutout

X-Small 11-0557-1 11-0558-1 11-1396-1 11-1395-1 11-0666-1 11-0759-1

Small 11-0557-2 11-0558-2 11-1396-2 11-1395-2 11-0666-2 11-0759-2

Medium 11-0557-3 11-0558-3 11-1396-3 11-1395-3 11-0666-3 11-0759-3

Large 11-0557-4 11-0558-4 11-1396-4 11-1395-4 11-0666-4 11-0759-4

X-Large 11-0557-5 11-0558-5 11-1396-5 11-1395-5 11-0666-5 11-0759-5

2X-Large 11-0557-6 11-0558-6 11-1396-6 11-1395-6 11-0666-6 11-0759-6

3X-Large 11-0557-7 11-0558-7 11-1396-7 11-1395-7 11-0666-7 11-0759-7





OR

TH

OT

ICS

b. Drytex Hinged Knee Brace

The Drytex Hinged Knee, designed for mild to moderate medial/lateral control, is a neoprene alternative

constructed of a unique nylon core and polyester Lycra; fabric that allows for improved airflow. This fabric

provides compression and support, yet allows for breathability. Ideal for patients who have allergies or ir-

ritations to neoprene or live in warm weather climates. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh Circ1 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Knee Circ2 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-17” 17-19” 19-21” 21-23”

Calf Circ3 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22” 22-24”

Sleeve w/ Sleeve w/ w/ Horseshoe Wraparound Sleeve Popliteal Horseshoe Buttress & Wraparound w/ Popliteal Size Cutout Buttress Popliteal Cutout Cutout

X-Small 11-0555-1 11-0556-1 11-2010-1 11-2011-1 11-2012-1 11-2013-1

Small 11-0555-2 11-0556-2 11-2010-2 11-2011-2 11-2012-2 11-2013-2

Medium 11-0555-3 11-0556-3 11-2010-3 11-2011-3 11-2012-3 11-2013-3

Large 11-0555-4 11-0556-4 11-2010-4 11-2011-4 11-2012-4 11-2013-4

X-Large 11-0555-5 11-0556-5 11-2010-5 11-2011-5 11-2012-5 11-2013-5

2X-Large 11-0555-6 11-0556-6 11-2010-6 11-2011-6 11-2012-6 11-2013-6

3X-Large 11-0555-7 11-0556-7 11-2010-7 11-2011-7 11-2012-7 11-2013-7



c. Drytex Economy Hinged Knee Brace

For mild medial/lateral support of the knee. The Drytex Economy Hinged Knee is a neoprene alternative

constructed of a unique nylon core and polyester Lycra fabric that allows for improved airflow. This fabric

provides compression and support yet allows for breathability. Ideal for patients who have allergies or irrita-

tions to neoprene or live in warm weather climates. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Circumference* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32.5”

Sleeve w/ Wraparound Sleeve Popliteal Wraparound w/ Popliteal Size Cutout Cutout

X-Small 11-0670-1 11-0671-1 11-0672-1 11-0673-1

Small 11-0670-2 11-0671-2 11-0672-2 11-0673-2

Medium 11-0670-3 11-0671-3 11-0672-3 11-0673-3

Large 11-0670-4 11-0671-4 11-0672-4 11-0673-4

X-Large 11-0670-5 11-0671-5 11-0672-5 11-0673-5

2X-Large 11-0670-6 11-0671-6 11-0672-6 11-0673-6

3X-Large 11-0670-7 11-0671-7 11-0672-7 11-0673-7




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Hinged Knee Brace with Horseshoe Buttress

In addition to providing mild to moderate medial/lateral support, sturdy aluminum uprights allow this brace to

be used in contact sports. Neoprene. With or without popliteal cutout. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh Circ1 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Knee Circ2 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-17” 17-19” 19-21” 21-23”

Calf Circ3 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22” 22-24”

No Cutout 11-2006-1 11-2006-2 11-2006-3 11-2006-4 11-2006-5 11-2006-6 11-2006-7

With Cutout 11-2007-1 11-2007-2 11-2007-3 11-2007-4 11-2007-5 11-2007-6 11-2007-7


3Circumference measured at 6” below mid-patella

b. Economy Hinged Knee Brace with Inferior Buttress

The polycentric hinge with aluminum uprights in this sleeve provide light support to medial/lateral ligaments,

in addition to the support offered by neoprene and strapping. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Circ* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5”

Item No. ð 11-0378-1 11-0378-2 11-0378-3 11-0378-4 11-0378-5 11-0378-6


c. OA Adjuster Knee Brace

The OA Adjuster is clinically proven to off-load the knee and is ideally suited for active, adult patients with

moderate to severe unicompartmental osteoarthritis, moderate to severe ligament instabilities, and for

post-operative rehabilitation. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh Circ* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Medial Right 11-0870-1 11-0870-2 11-0870-3 11-0870-4 11-0870-5 11-0870-6 11-0870-7

Medial Left 11-0871-1 11-0871-2 11-0871-3 11-0871-4 11-0871-5 11-0871-6 11-0871-7

Lateral Right 11-0872-1 11-0872-2 11-0872-3 11-0872-4 11-0872-5 11-0872-6 11-0872-7

Lateral Left 11-0873-1 11-0873-2 11-0873-3 11-0873-4 11-0873-5 11-0873-6 11-0873-7




OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. OA Everyday Knee Brace

The OA Everyday™ represents DonJoy’s easiest to use, prefabricated knee osteoarthritis brace and is ideally

suited for activities of daily living. Anterior thigh and calf cuff allows for easy application with four straps

that buckle into place. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh Circ* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Medial Right 11-1338-1 11-1338-2 11-1338-3 11-1338-4 11-1338-5 11-1338-6 11-1338-7

Medial Left 11-1340-1 11-1340-2 11-1340-3 11-1340-4 11-1340-5 11-1340-6 11-1340-7

Lateral Right 11-1339-1 11-1339-2 11-1339-3 11-1339-4 11-1339-5 11-1339-6 11-1339-7

Lateral Left 11-1341-1 11-1341-2 11-1341-3 11-1341-4 11-1341-5 11-1341-6 11-1341-7


e. OA Lite Knee Brace

The OA Lite is DonJoy’s most comfortable, lightest weight, lowest profile, prefabricated knee osteoarthritis

brace and is ideally suited for activities of daily living and sedentary lifestyles. Soft good product with single

upright. Thigh circumference measured at 6” above mid-patella. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh Circ* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Medial Right 11-1531-1 11-1531-2 11-1531-3 11-1531-4 11-1531-5 11-1531-6 11-1531-7

Medial Left 11-1532-1 11-1532-2 11-1532-3 11-1532-4 11-1532-5 11-1532-6 11-1532-7

Lateral Right 11-1533-1 11-1533-2 11-1533-3 11-1533-4 11-1533-5 11-1533-6 11-1533-7

Lateral Left 11-1534-1 11-1534-2 11-1534-3 11-1534-4 11-1534-5 11-1534-6 11-1534-7

25-0422-0-00000 Flexion/Extension Stop Kit

f. Rehab TROM™ Knee Brace

Ideal for total knees, meniscus repairs, regenerative chondroplasty, ligament surgeries and patella realign-

ments, the Rehab TROM™ gives easy-to-use range of motion control and short cuffs for extended rehabilita-

tion. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh Circumference* 14-18” (36-46cm) 18-22” (46-56cm) 22-27” (56-69cm) 27-32” (69-81cm)

Item No. ð 11-0295-2-06000 11-0295-3-06000 11-0295-4-06000 11-0295-5-06000




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. FastFit TROM™ Knee Brace

The FastFit TROM™ saves time in the operating room with a simple one-piece application. The easy-to-use

hinge provides controlled range-of-motion and quick locking capabilities to meet a variety of protocols for

major ligament surgeries, meniscal repairs and patella realignments. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh Circumference* 14-18” (36-46cm) 18-22” (46-56cm) 22-27” (56-69cm) 27-32” (69-81cm)

Item No. ð 11-0842-2-06000 11-0842-3-06000 11-0842-4-06000 11-0842-5-06000


b. Telescoping (Enhanced) TROM™ Knee Brace

TROM™ offers state-of-the art range-of-motion control and locking capabilities. Only TROM allows flexion

and extension adjustments at the touch of a button and a quick lock from 0° to 90° in 10° increments. The

ease of use and versatility of the TROM can support a variety of protocols following major ligament surgery,

meniscal repairs, patella realignment, regenerative chondroplasty and stable femoral fractures. On model

0962, full-circumference, lightweight shells provide stiffness to the brace and tissue containment for effec-

tive postoperative immobilization and protected range of motion associated with ligament and fracture

related surgeries. Model 0963, the cool version of the TROM, provides the same easy-to-use protected range

of motion and locking capabilities as the full foam TROM, but is more ideal for warmer climates. Sold each.


Enhanced TROM, Full Foam 11-0961-9-06000

Enhanced TROM, Full Foam with Shells 11-0962-9-06000

Enhanced TROM, Cool 11-0963-9-06000

c. TROM™ Advance Knee Brace

TROM™ Advance’s design takes postoperative bracing to the next level by providing the ultimate in fit,

comfort and adjustability. TROM Advance offers range-of-motion control and locking capabilities following

ACL, PCL, MCL and LCL surgeries, meniscal repairs, patella realignment, regenerative chondroplasty, stable

femoral fractures, total knee replacements and high tibial osteotomies. Available in cool and full foam ver-

sions. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Size Standard Standard X-Large X-Large

Version Cool Full Foam Cool Full Foam

Thigh Circumference* < 26” (66cm) < 26” (66cm) > 26” (66cm) > 26” (66cm)

Item No. ð 11-9114-9 11-9115-9 11-9116-9 11-9117-9




OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. IROM™ and Cool IROM™ Knee Brace

The IROM™ Splint provides immobilization and precise range-of-motion in 10° increments for ACL, PCL, MCL

and LCL surgeries. For warmer climates, try the Cool IROM™. Formable hinge bars allow for varus/valgus

positioning. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Style IROM IROM Cool IROM Cool IROM

Size Short Long Short Long

Length 22.5” (57cm) 26” (66cm) 22.5” (57cm) 26” (66cm)

Item No. ð 11-0170-2-13066 11-0170-4-13066 11-0175-2-13066 11-0175-4-13066

e. Playmaker IROM and Drop-Lock Knee Brace

Made with Drytex, a unique nylon and polyester fabric that allows for improved airflow, these braces are ideal

for patients who have neoprene-based irritations or allergies or live in warm weather climates. The IROM

wraparound style is ideal for post-op care following meniscal repairs as well as ACL/PCL reconstruction. The

version with the drop-lock hinge is ideal for post-surgical use and allows the knee to be locked in full flexion

or have the freedom of full extension. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Thigh Circ1 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

Knee Circ2 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-17” 17-19” 19-21” 21-23”

Calf Circ3 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22” 22-24”

IROM Drop-Lock IROM w/ Popliteal Drop-Lock w/ Popliteal Size Cutout Cutout

X-Small 11-0866-1 11-0867-1 11-1481-1 11-1482-1

Small 11-0866-2 11-0867-2 11-1481-2 11-1482-2

Medium 11-0866-3 11-0867-3 11-1481-3 11-1482-3

Large 11-0866-4 11-0867-4 11-1481-4 11-1482-4

X-Large 11-0866-5 11-0867-5 11-1481-5 11-1482-5

2X-Large 11-0866-6 11-0867-6 11-1481-6 11-1482-6

3X-Large 11-0866-7 11-0867-7 11-1481-7 11-1482-7





OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Hinged Air DonJoy® Knee Brace

The Drytex Hinged Air DonJoy is designed to treat and ease pain associated with patellofemoral malalign-

ment, chondromalacia and tendonitis plus medial/lateral instabilities and post-operative meniscectomies.

The Hinged Air DonJoy is constructed with Drytex, a neoprene alternative material that allows for improved

air flow. Inflatable pneumatic buttresses for medial, lateral or full patellar support. Alternative to tape and

neoprene. Drytex material for added patient comfort. Half wrap on posterior thigh for ease of application.

Popliteal cutout. Polycentric hinge with flexion stops of 0°, 10°, 20°, 30° and 40° (10° installed). Extension

stops 45°, 60°, 75° and 90°. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Circumference* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5”

Size X-Small Small Medium

Item No. ð 11-0855-1-06000 11-0855-2-06000 11-0855-3-06000

Size Large X-Large 2X-Large

Item No. ð 11-0855-4-06000 11-0855-5-06000 11-0855-6-06000

*Measured at 6” above mid-patella.

b. Tru-Pull Advanced System

For symptomatic pain relief of patellofemoral dysfunction including lateral subluxation/dislocation, lateral

maltracking and patellar tendonitis. Sleeve style, with or without hinges, with or without popliteal cutout.



Thigh Circ* 13-15.5” 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” 29.5-32”

With Hinges

Right 11-2289-1 11-2289-2 11-2289-3 11-2289-4 11-2289-5 11-2289-6 11-2289-7

Left 11-2290-1 11-2290-2 11-2290-3 11-2290-4 11-2290-5 11-2290-6 11-2290-7

Right Cutout 11-2292-1 11-2292-2 11-2292-3 11-2292-4 11-2292-5 11-2292-6 11-2292-7

Left Cutout 11-2293-1 11-2293-2 11-2293-3 11-2293-4 11-2293-5 11-2293-6 11-2293-7

Without Hinges

Right 11-1289-1 11-1289-2 11-1289-3 11-1289-4 11-1289-5 11-1289-6 11-1289-7

Left 11-1290-1 11-1290-2 11-1290-3 11-1290-4 11-1290-5 11-1290-6 11-1290-7

Right Cutout 11-1292-1 11-1292-2 11-1292-3 11-1292-4 11-1292-5 11-1292-6 11-1292-7

Left Cutout 11-1293-1 11-1293-2 11-1293-3 11-1293-4 11-1293-5 11-1293-6 11-1293-7


c. Tru-Pull Advance Attachment

Tru-Pull Advance Attachment is an accessory for rigid functional knee braces that provides patellar stability

for mild to moderate lateral patellar instability, subluxation, and maltracking. Sold each. By DonJoy from

DJO Global.

Size XS/SM/MD LG/XL 2XL/3XL

Thigh Circumference* 13-21” 21-26.5” 26.5-32”

Item No. ð 11-1525-2 11-1525-3 11-1525-4




OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Postoperative Knee Brace with Plates

Designed for post operative immobilization and controlled range of motion after knee ligament surgery.

Adjustable flexion and extension ROM control. Sold each. From Elite Orthopaedics.

Size Standard 27” Short 22”

Item No. ð K80066 K80088

e. SPL2 Clinical Trial Orthosis

Allows the user the opportunity to wear and see the benefits of the Fillauer SPL2 Orthotic Knee Joint prior

to purchase. The CTO is easily adjustable for a wide variety of body types and knee centers. Features 4 modes

of operation, easily adjustable knee center height parameters, ability for the clinician and patient candidate

to “try before you purchase” to achieve the best possible outcome for your patient. Sold each. From Fillauer.


Item No. ð 023902 023903

f. Safe-T-Sport® Wraparound Knee Brace

Wraparound design is ideal for tender, swollen or injured knees with a quick, easy application. Made of sports

neoprene for therapeutic warmth with a soft, long-loop lining for comfortable wear. Metal medial/lateral

hinges in neoprene-covered pockets allow for full flexion and provide stabilization and prevent hyperexten-

sion. An open popliteal eliminates bunching and irritation behind the knee. Adjustable support straps. Black.

Sold each. From FLA Orthopedics.


Circumference* 12-13” 14-15” 16-17” 18-19” 20-21” 22-23” 24-25”

Item No. ð 37-350300 37-35400 37-35500 37-35600 37-350700 37-350800 37-350900

*Measurement taken at 4” above center of knee.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Specter® ROM Knee Brace

Standard Specter® ROM provides post-operative and range of motion in 7.5 degree incremental flexion/

extension settings. Features strong durable hinges with snap-lock design and optional lock-out. Integrated

aluminum strap/strut design. Universal sizing. HCPCS code L1832. Standard, cool/lightweight and short ver-

sions. Sold each. From FLA Orthopedics.

Description Standard Cool/Lightweight Short

Overall Length 22” 22” 19.5”

Item No. ð 37-0170 37-0174 37-0176

b. Knapp™ Universal Hinged Knee Orthosis

Two-panel neoprene design offers unlimited customization possibilities. The second panel simply attaches

to the base, allowing the patient to be measured and fitted in the same visit. Covered hinges are ideal for

active sports competition. Condyle pads aid in comfort. 12” length. The brace is easily trimmed and adjusted.

Universal sizing fits mid-patella circumference 12”-20”. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.

Item No. ð 3659-HW

c. Knapp™ Hinged Knee Orthosis with Anterior Closure

Constructed of Kuhl™ perforated neoprene for cool, comfortable compression. Hinges are fully covered

for sports activity, yet easily accessible. Elasticized band in thigh strap ensures comfort. Ideal for pre- and

post-operative care of MCL/LCL and meniscal repairs. Open popliteal eliminates bunching, improves range of

motion and cools the back of the knee. Hinges are offset in the center to reduce condyle irritation. Neoprene

condyle pads provide protection and comfort and reduce chaffing. Easy to apply anterior closure. Available

in 12” and 16” lengths with standard or ROM hinges. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Knee Size* 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22”

Standard Hinges

12” 5656-XS 5656-S 5656-M 5656-L 5656-XL 5656-XXL

16” 5658-XS 5658-S 5658-M 5658-L 5658-XL 5658-XXL

ROM Hinges

12” 5656ROM-XS 5656ROM-S 5656ROM-M 5656ROM-L 5656ROM-XL 5656ROM-XXL

16” 5658ROM-XS 5658ROM-S 5658ROM-M 5658ROM-L 5658ROM-XL 5658ROM-XXL

*Measurement taken at mid-patella with leg fully extended.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. NoSwet™ Knapp™ Hinged Knee Orthosis

NoSwet® non-neoprene construction. Hinges are fully covered for sports activity, yet easily accessible. Elas-

ticized band in thigh strap ensures comfort. Ideal for preoperative or postoperative care of MCL/LCL and

meniscal repairs. Hinges are offset in the center to reduce condyle irritation. Neoprene condyle pads provide

protection and comfort and reduce chafing. Easy-to-apply anterior closure. 12” length. Standard or ROM

hinges. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Knee Size* 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22”

Std. Hinges 7656-XS 7656-SM 7656-MD 7656-LG 7656-XL 7656-XXL

ROM Hinges 7656ROM-XS 7656ROM-SM 7656ROM-MD 7656ROM-LG 7656ROM-XL 7656ROM-XXL


e. Shields™ Hinged Patella Stabilizer

1/8” Kuhl™ perforated neoprene construction for cool compression. Dynamic patella stabilization provided

through entire range of motion. Independent calf and thigh strap application is ideal for most leg contours.

Low profile 9” design prevents brace slippage. Successfully controls malalignments of glide, medial/lateral

tilt and anterior/posterior tilt. Easy-to-apply anterior closure. The Shields brace will control the patella during

athletic competition. The buttress is independent of the support wrap providing dynamic patella stabiliza-

tion. Directional force flap holds the spectron buttress in place against the patella. Neoprene condyle pads

provide protection and comfort and reduce chaffing. Padded hinge covers allow for sports participation.

Wide bi-axial hinges enhance medial/lateral stability and prevent hyperextension. Open popliteal for added

comfort. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Knee Size* 10-12” 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22”



f. Hinged Patella Stabilizer with Universal Tubular Buttress

13” nylon covered neoprene base offers comfort, heat and compression. Wide bi-axial hinges provide medial/

lateral ligamentous support. Universal tubular buttress is movable/removable. Neoprene hinge covers allow

full sports participation. Direction of tubular buttress is easily adjustable. Pull up loops aid in application.

Available in slip-on or posterior-closure styles. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Slip On

Knee Size* 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-17” 16-18” 18-20”

Item No. ð 3630H-XS 3630H-BLK-S 3630H-M 3630H-L 3630H-XL 3630H-XXL

Posterior Closure

Knee Size* 10-13” 12-15” 14-17” 16-19” 18-22” 20-24”

Item No. ð 3630HPC-XS 3630HPC-S 3630HPC-M 3630HPC-L 3630HPC-XL 3630HPC-XXL




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Velocity™ Hinged Knee Brace with Anterior Closure

Constructed of Kuhl™ perforated neoprene to maximize patient comfort and compliance. Range-of-motion

hinges with stops included; brace can function as a knee immobilizer, a full range-of-motion brace, or any-

where in between. Indicated and ideally suited for treatment of ACL, PCL, MCL and LCL sprains, as well as

postoperative and non-operative meniscus injuries. Hinges are removable for easy brace cleaning. Can be

locked at full extension. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.


Circ* 12-16” 14-18” 16-20” 17-22” 19-26” 23-28” 25-29”

12” Length 5646-XS 5646-S 5646-M 5646-L 5646-XL 5646-XXL 5646-3XL

16” Length 5648-XS 5648-SM 5648-MD 5648-LG 5648-XL 5648-2XL 5648-3XL

*Measurement taken at 6” above mid-patella with leg fully extended.

b. Comfy™ Goniometer Knee Orthosis

Designed to increase knee extension following CVA, surgery, injury or neurological problems, the Goniometer

Knee Orthosis works in the same way serial casting works, allowing for progressive extension in 10° incre-

ments. May be set for a range within which the knee can flex and extend or locked at the desired degree of

extension. Allen wrench is conveniently stored in the orthosis under the cover. Soft, comfortable and wash-

able terry cloth cover. Blue. Pediatric sizes also available. Sold each. From Lenjoy.


Adult Small 6” 12” 13-19” 11-16”

Adult Regular 7” 14” 19-23” 16-20”


Goniometer Knee Orthosis with One Cover GK101-AS GK101

Goniometer Knee Orthosis with Two Covers GK-102-AS GK102

GKC-1 Cover

c. Comfy™ Spring Loaded Goniometer Knee Orthosis

This splint allows for progressive extension in 10° increments. The spring goniometer mechanism allows

one to set the degree of flexion and extension desired. When the patient flexes the knee to the maximum

flexion, a spring load gently pushes the extremity to the pre-set degree of extension. The goniometer is set

by using an allen wrench which is conveniently stored in the orthosis under the cover. Soft, comfortable and

washable terry cloth cover. Blue. Pediatric sizes also available. Sold each. From Lenjoy.


Adult Small 6” 12” 13-19” 11-16”

Adult Regular 7” 14” 19-23” 16-20”


Spring Loaded Goniometer Knee Orthosis with One Cover SGK101-AS SGK101

Spring Loaded Goniometer Knee Orthosis with Two Covers SGK102-AS SGK102



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Comfy™ Locking Knee Orthosis

This orthosis is geared to increasing and maintaining knee extension following CVA, surgery, injury or neu-

rological problems. The locking mechanism is set by pulling out the pin, adjusting the desired angle of splint

and then pushing pin into 1 of 6 desired positions. Soft, comfortable and washable terry cloth cover. Blue.

Adult sizing available in regular only. Pediatric sizes also available. Sold each. From Lenjoy.


Adult Regular 7” 14” 19-23” 16-20”

Description Adult Reg

Locking Knee Orthosis with One Cover LK-101

Locking Knee Orthosis with Two Covers LK-102

e. medi ROM® II

Medi’s knee orthosis to immobilize or limit range of motion post-injury or postoperatively features the

Quickset hinge allowing for 0-120° flexion and 0-30° extension in 10-15° increments. Length adjustable via

break line on side bars. Skin friendly padding can be trimmed to fit individual patient needs. Available in

standard and cool versions. Sold each. From Medi USA.

Size Standard Long

Inseam under 32” over 32”

Medi ROM® II 98350 98351

Medi ROM® II Cool Version* 98450 98451

f. M.4s Functional Rigid Knee Orthosis

Advanced materials and manufacturing techniques create an exceptionally strong and lightweight brace.

Patented Physioglide® hinge allows brace to accurately match the motion of the knee. New non-slip+ liner

system, lightweight frame, floating buckle system and advanced hinge design minimize migration. Compact

version for patients up to 5’8” in height. Black. Sold each. From Medi USA.


Thigh* 12.25-14.5” 14.5-17.75” 17.75-20” 20-22.5” 22.5-25.5” 25.5-29” (31-37cm) (37-45cm) (45-51cm) (51-57cm) (57-65cm) (65-74cm)

Regular Right 62351 62352 62353-ME 62354 62355 62356

Regular Left 62451 62452 62453 62454 62455 62456

Compact Right 62951 62952 62953 62954 62955 62956

Compact Left 63051 63052 63053 63054 63055 63056

*Circumference measured 6” (15cm) above the center of the patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. M.4s Functional OA Knee Orthosis

Effectively relieves pain in the knee that is caused by arthritis or injury. Stabilizes the knee joint. Adjustable

flexion and extension. Aluminum. New non-slip+ liner system, lightweight frame and floating buckle system

minimize migration. Compact versions for patients up to 5’8” in height. Graphite. Sold each. From Medi USA.


Thigh* 12.25-14.5” 14.5-17.75” 17.75-20” 20-22.5” 22.5-25.5” 25.5-29” (31-37cm) (37-45cm) (45-51cm) (51-57cm) (57-65cm) (65-74cm)

Varus Right 62501 62502 62503 62504 62505 62506

Varus Left 62601 62602 62603 62604 62605 62606

Valgus Right 62701 62702 62703 62704 62705 62706

Valgus Left 62801 62802 62803 62804 62805 62806-ME

Compact Varus R 63101 63102 63103 63104 63105 63106

Compact Varus L 63201 63202 63203 63204 63205 63206

Compact Valgus R 63301 63302 63303 63304 63305 63306

Compact Valgus L 63401 63402 63403 63404 63405 63406


b. PT® Control Knee Orthosis

The PT® Control (Patellar Tracking Control) with flexion/extension limitation is made of elastic, breathable

and moisture wicking medi airtex® material. It features polycentric physioglide® hinges that utilize the

principle of 4-chain linkage, extension limitation at 0°, 10°, 20°, 30° and 45°, flexion limitation at 0°, 10°, 20°,

30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90° and 120°, immobilization at 0°, 10°, 20°, 30°, 45° and exact correction of the patella-glide

using individually adjustable patella stabilization buttress and air cushion. Black. Sold each. From Medi USA.


Thigh* 12.25-14.5” 14.5-17.75” 17.75-20” 20-22.5” 22.5-25.5” 25.5-29”

Regular Right 88851 88852 88853 88854 88855 88856

Regular Left 88951 88952 88953 88954 88955 88956


c. K64 KneeMate™

Features include 3/16” nylon 2-sides neoprene, patellar opening, upper and lower circumferential straps with

finger loops and pull tabs, adjustable elastic segment to prevent tourniquet effect in popliteal area. Four

styles: 1) with covered light-duty hinges with hyperextension stop; 2) with covered multi-position hinges;

3) with high teching hinges with range of motion locking out or set for flexion and extension control; 4)

with medial and lateral spiral stays. Black. Pediatric sizes also available. Sold each. From New Options Sports.

Knee Covered Covered Multi- High Tech Medial and Lateral Size Circumference* LD Hinges Position Hinges Hinges Spiral Stays

X-Small 12-13” K64-XS-BK K64-H-XS-BK K64-HT-XS-BK K64-S-XS-BK

Small 13-14” K64-S-BK K64-H-S-BK K64-HT-S-BK K64-S-S-BK

Medium 14-15” K64-M-BK K64-H-M-BK K64-HT-M-BK K64-S-M-BK

Large 15-17” K64-L-BK K64-H-L-BK K64-HT-L-BK K64-S-L-BK

X-Large 16-18” K64-XL-BK K64-H-XL-BK K64-HT-XL-BK K64-S-XL-BK

2X-Large 18-20” K64-XXL-BK K64-H-XXL-BK K64-HT-XXL-BK K64-S-XXL-BK

3X-Large 20-22” K64-XXXL-BK K64-H-XXXL-BK K64-HT-XXXL-BK K64-S-XXXL-BK

4X-Large 24” + K64-XXXXL-BK K64-H-XXXXL-BK K64-HT-XXXXL-BK K64-S-XXXXL-BK

*Measurement taken at the center of the knee with leg extended.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. KC64 KneeMate™

Koolflex™ KneeMate wraparound hinged knee design offers stainless steel lightweight hinges on both sides

of the knee that provide excellent medial/lateral support. Open back eliminates bunching behind the knee

and adjustable straps provide support, proper fit and comfort. This brace is recommended for ACL/PCL sprains,

patella pain, medial/lateral instability as well as any joint instability related to sprains or strains associated

with athletic or sporting activity. Two styles: 1) with covered light-duty hinges with hyperextension stop;

2) with covered multi-position exterior hinges. Black. Sold each. From New Options Sports.

Knee Covered Covered Multi- Size Circumference* LD Hinges Position Hinges

X-Small 12-13” KC64-XS-BK KC64-H-XS-BK

Small 13-14” KC64-S-BK KC64-H-S-BK

Medium 14-15” KC64-M-BK KC64-H-M-BK

Large 15-16” KC64-L-BK KC64-H-L-BK

X-Large 16-18” KC64-XL-BK KC64-H-XL-BK

2X-Large 18-20” KC64-XXL-BK KC64-H-XXL-BK

3X-Large 20-22” KC64-XXXL-BK KC64-H-XXXL-BK

4X-Large 22-24” KC64-XXXXL-BK KC64-H-XXXXL-BK


e. Hybrid Knee Brace

3/16” nylon 2-sides neoprene. Patellar opening for positioning and comfort. Anterior wraparound closure

on top, closed bottom around calf area. Upper and lower circumferential straps with posterior adjustable

elastic segment. Open popliteal. Adjustable and covered stainless steel hinges with hyperextension stop.

Boot pulls. Fits right or left knee. Also available in Koolflex™. Black. Sold each. From New Options Sports.

Knee Neoprene Koolflex Size Circumference* Hybrid Brace Hybrid Brace

X-Small 12-13” K67-XS-BK KC67-H-XS-BK

Small 13-14” K67-S-BK KC67-H-S-BK

Medium 14-15” K67-M-BK KC67-H-M-BK

Large 15-16” K67-L-BK KC67-H-L-BK

X-Large 16-18” K67-XL-BK KC67-H-XL-BK

2X-Large 18-20” K67-XXL-BK KC67-H-XXL-BK

3X-Large 20-22” K67-XXXL-BK KC67-H-XXXL-BK

4X-Large 22-24” K67-XXXXL-BK KC67-H-XXXXL-BK


f. K2U and K4U Pull-Up Knee Braces

3/16” nylon 2-sides neoprene. Patellar opening for positioning and comfort. Adjustable universal felt buttress.

Upper and lower circumferential straps. Model K2U has covered multi-position hinges and boot pulls. Model

K4U has medial and lateral spiral stays. Black. Sold each. From New Options Sports.

Knee K2U Hinged K4U Pull-Up Size Circumference* Pull-Up Brace Brace with Stays

X-Small 12-13” K2U-XS-BK K4U-XS-BK

Small 13-14” K2U-S-BK K4U-S-BK

Medium 14-15” K2U-M-BK K4U-M-BK

Large 15-16” K2U-L-BK K4U-L-BK

X-Large 16-18” K2U-XL-BK K4U-XL-BK

2X-Large 18-20” K2U-XXL-BK K4U-XXL-BK

3X-Large 20-22” K2U-XXXL-BK K4U-XXXL-BK

4X-Large 22-24” K2U-XXXXL-BK K4U-XXXXL-BK




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Knee Extension Orthosis

These braces featuring Mackie Hinge technology are designed to provide incremental stretch to reduce soft

tissue contractures and return the maximum range of motion possible to the joint. The Mackie Hinge fea-

tures infinitely adjustable angle settings, non-slip static-progressive action and low-profile, medial or lateral

removable flexion/extension control knob. Custom braces also available. Sold each. From Ortho Innovations.


Item No. ð OI1007S OI1007M OI1007L

Size Measure Circumference Diameter M-L

Small Upper Thigh (measured 9.5” above joint center) 12.75-16.5” 4-5.25”

Knee (measured at knee center)2 11.75-14.5” 3.75-4.5”

Lower Calf (measured 9.5” below joint center) 8-11.75” 2.5-3.75”

Medium Upper Thigh (measured 9.5” above joint center) 18-21” 5.75-6.5”

Knee (measured at knee center)2 15-17” 5-5.5”

Lower Calf (measured 9.5” below joint center) 9.5-12.5 3-4”

Large Upper Thigh (measured 9.5” above joint center) 21-24” 6.5-7.5”

Knee (measured at knee center)2 17-20” 5.5-6.25”

Lower Calf (measured 9.5” below joint center) 12.75-16.5” 4-5.5”

2M-L should be taken in line with mid-patella and reflect the widest M-L. Note any swelling for future condyle pad adjustment needs.

b. PlusPoint Functional Knee Brace

Knee fixation by the 4-point system. Polycentric gear hinge for the physiological imitation of the roll-slide

mechanism. Adjustable hinged rods for regulation of extension (0°, 10°, 20°, 30° and 40°) and flexion (45°,

60°, 75° and 90°). Sold each. From Orthoservice AG.


Left M.9440L SM M.9440L M M.9440L L M.9440L XL M.9440L XXL

Right M.9440R SM M.9440R M M.9440R L M.9440R XL M.9440R XXL

c. Trainer Ligament Knee Brace

Designed with a Dynamic Force Strap, the Trainer acts as a medial restraint that prevents excessive medial

motion making the Trainer suitable for immediate post MCL/ACL trauma, MCL rehabilitation and sub-acute

low level ACL management. This product is ideal for situations where medial hinge contact with the contra-

lateral knee or sporting equipment is a problem for the end user. Sold each. From Össur.


Thigh 13-15.5” 15.5-17.5” 17.5-20.5” 20.5-23.5” 23.5-26.5” Circumference* (34.3-39.4cm) (39.4-44.5cm) (44.5-52.1cm) (52.1-59.7cm) (59.7-67.3cm)

Left B-237600001 B-237600002 B-237600003 B-237600004 B-237600005

Right B-237500001 B-237500002 B-237500003 B-237500004 B-237500005

*Thigh circumference measured 6” (15cm) above mid-patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. CTi® OTS Ligament Knee Brace

Substituting elements of the rigid CTi® frame with a flexible subshell and adjustable tibial strap, this brace

provides adjustability and an excellent out-of-the-box fit while maintaining the level support and protection

Össur’s CTi® brace is known for. Features include anatomically correct accutrac™ hinges with extension stops,

skin-friendly SensEdge overmolding on all injection-molded parts and interior buckles for a more stream-

lined, lower profile. Standard model for medium to high impact activity levels. Pro Sport model for highest

impact levels. Both models in non-PCL and PCL styles. Also available in custom styles. Sold each. From Össur.


Caliper* 3.5-4” 4-4.5” 4.5-4.875” 4.875-5.25” 5.25-5.75” (8.9-10.2cm) (10.3-11.4cm) (11.4-12.4cm) (12.4-13.3cm) (13.3-14.6cm)

Circumference** 11-12.625” 12.625-14.25” 14.25-15.375” 15.375-16.625” 16.625-18.125” (27.9-32.1cm) (32.1-36.2cm) (36.2-39.1cm) (39.1-42.2cm) (42.2-46cm)

Standard Left B-238600112 B-238600113 B-238600114 B-238600115 B-238600116

Standard Right B-238500112 B-238500113 B-238500114 B-238500115 B-238500116

Pro Sport Left B-239600112 B-239600113 B-239600114 B-239600115 B-239600116

Pro Sport Right B-239500112 B-239500113 B-239500114 B-239500115 B-239500116

PCL Style

Standard Left B-238640112 B-238640113 B-238640114 B-238640115 B-238640116

Standard Right B-238540112 B-238540113 B-238540114 B-238540115 B-238540116

Pro Sport Left B-239640112 B-239640113 B-239640114 B-239640115 B-239640116

Pro Sport Right B-239540112 B-239540113 B-239540114 B-239540115 B-239540116

Accessories Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large

Motorcross Kit B-705130072 B-705130073 B-705130074 - -

Strap Kit B-701140002 B-701140003 B-701140004 B-701140005 -

Silicone Liner L B-411600112 B-411600112 B-411600114 B-411600114 -

Silicone Liner R B-411500112 B-411500112 B-411500114 B-411500112 -

Thigh Liner B-410000122 B-410000122 B-410000124 B-410000124 -

Calf Liner B-410000112 B-410000113 B-410000114 B-410000115 B-410000116

PCL Kit B-705140032 B-705140033 B-705140034 B-705140035 -

B-705130040 ACL Cable Repair Kit

*Caliper measured M/L at joint width in a standard, weight-bearing position. **Circumference measured just below the distal border of the patella.

e. MVP® Contour OTS Ligament Knee Brace

Flexible subshells allow for changes in anatomy during rehab from acute injury or surgery, without sacrific-

ing stability or fit. Frame provides total ligament support via multiple points of leverage and can be tailored

to provide an optimum fit. Adjustable Tibial Strap (ATS) captures the tibia and allows adjustments in hinge

depth for a more customized fit. Anterior calf shell eliminates “step through” design, resulting in easier

brace application and removal. Accutrac® 2 hinges with flexion and extension stops track the natural move-

ment of the knee and help prevent hyperextension. Proprietary Sensil® padding is comfortable and reduces

migration. Sold each. From Össur.


Thigh 14-17” 16.5-19” 18.5-21” 20.5-23” 22.5-25” 24.5-28” Circumference* (35.6-43.2cm) (41.9-48.3cm) (47-53.3cm) (52.1-58.4cm) (57.2-63.5cm) (62.2-71.1cm)

Left 213600101 213600102 213600103 213600104 213600105 213600106

Right 213500101 213500102 213500103 213500104 213500105 213500106

*Circumference measured 6” above mid-patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Flex® Ligament Knee Brace

Whether for functional support, post-op/rehab support, or both, Flex is equipped for the task. Flex’s new

Accutrac® ROM hinges control flexion and extension and its carbon fiber frame provides long-term durabil-

ity while being heat-moldable to accommodate changes in leg shape during recovery from injury. Gel Fit™

condylar pads contour to bony prominences and provide soothing comfort to tender, post-operative joints.

Also available in PCL version. Sold each. From Össur.


Caliper* 3.5-4” 4-4.625” 4.625-5.125” 5.125-5.625” (8.9-10.2cm) (10.2-11.7cm) (11.7-13cm) (13-14.3cm)

Circumference** 11-12.625” 12.625-14.5” 14.5-16” 16-17.625” (27.9-32.1cm) (32.1-36.8cm) (36.8-40.6cm) (40.6-44.8m)

Left FLEX-SL FLEX-ML FLEX-LL FLEX-XLL

Right FLEX-SR FLEX-MR FLEX-LR FLEX-XLR

PCL Left FLEXPCL-SL FLEXPCL-ML FLEXPCL-LL FLEXPCL-XLL

PCL Right FLEXPCL-SR FLEXPCL-MR FLEXPCL-LR FLEXPCL-XLR

*Caliper measured M/L at joint width in a standard, weight-bearing position.

**Circumference measured just below the distal border of the patella.

b. Flex® Sport Ligament Knee Brace

Flex Sport was developed using state-of-the-art laser scanning technology for an anatomically-contoured,

ready-to-fit frame that is perfectly suited to lean, athletic legs. Offering the same versatility as the standard

Flex knee brace, Flex Sport’s “second skin” fit conforms to the subtleties of the athletic leg like no other off-

the-shelf knee brace. Also available in PCL version. White and clear carbon color options. Sold each. From Össur.


Caliper* 3.5-4” 4-4.625” 4.625-5.125” 5.125-5.625” (8.9-10.2cm) (10.2-11.7cm) (11.7-13cm) (13-14.3cm)

Circumference** 11-12.625” 12.625-14.5” 14.5-16” 16-17.625” (27.9-32.1cm) (32.1-36.8cm) (36.8-40.6cm) (40.6-44.8m)

White Left FLEXSP-SL FLEXSP-ML FLEXSP-LL FLEXSP-XLL

White Right FLEXSP-SR FLEXSP-MR FLEXSP-LR FLEXSP-XLR

White PCL Left FLEXSPPCL-SL FLEXSPPCL-ML FLEXSPPCL-LL FLEXSPPCL-XLL

White PCL Right FLEXSPPCL-SR FLEXSPPCL-MR FLEXSPPCL-LR FLEXSPPCL-XLR

Clear Carbon Left FLEXSPC-SL FLEXSPC-ML FLEXSPC-LL FLEXSPC-XLL

Clear Carbon Right FLEXSPC-SR FLEXSPC-MR FLEXSPC-LR FLEXSPC-XLR

Clear Carbon PCL Left FLEXSPCPCL-SL FLEXSPCPCL-ML FLEXSPCPCL-LL FLEXSPCPCL-XLL

Clear Carbon PCL Right FLEXSPCPCL-SR FLEXSPCPCL-MR FLEXSPCPCL-LR FLEXSPCPCL-XLR




OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. C180 Ligament Knee Brace

C180 has a sleek, streamlined, thermosensitive, carbon composite frame, offering an excellent fit out of the

box. Add Accutrac™ hinges for a weightless feel and our trademarked Total Support System™ and you have

a brace patients want to wear at an economical price. Also available with the PCL Opposition™ option. Sold

each. From Össur.

Size Short (XS) Small Medium Large X-Large

Caliper* 3.5-4” 3.5-4” 4-4.625” 4.625-5.125” 5.125-5.625” (8.9-10.2cm) (8.9-10.2cm) (10.2-11.7cm) (11.7-13cm) (13-14.3cm)

Circumference** 11-12.625” 11-12.625” 12.625-14.5” 14.5-16” 16-17.625” (27.9-32.1cm) (27.9-32.1cm) (32.1-36.8cm) (36.8-40.6cm) (40.6-44.8m)

Standard Left C1802XSL C1802SL C1802ML C1802LL C1802XL

Standard Right C1802XSR C1802SR C1802MR C1802LR C1802XR

10834 Motorcross Kit (Edge/C180) Regular

10835-OU Motorcross Kit (Edge/C180) Large


d. Paradigm® Ligament Knee Brace

If you need a light-weight brace or one slim enough to fit under clothes, the Paradigm is a great choice.

Rigid shells provide stability, while flexible thigh and calf sub-shells allow flexibility as your muscles contract.

A carbon fiber Triax® frame and hard, anodized polycentric hinges provide superior structural support and

durability. Also available in PCL version. Neoprene oversleeve, liner sets, and strap and pad sets also available

separately. Sold each. From Össur.


Thigh 13-15.5” 15.5-17.5” 17.5-20.5” 20.5-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” Circumference* (34.3-39.4cm) (39.4-44.5cm) (44.5-52.1cm) (52.1-59.7cm) (59.7-67.3cm) (67.3-74.9cm)

Left B-210600001 B-210600002 B-210600003 B-210600004 B-210600005 B-210600006

Right B-210500001 B-210500002 B-210500003 B-210500004 B-210500005 B-210500006

PCL Left B-211600001 B-211600002 B-211600003 B-211600004 B-211600005 B-211600006

PCL Right B-211500001 B-211500002 B-211500003 B-211500004 B-211500005 B-211500006

Accessories

Oversleeve B-250080001 B-250080002 B-250080003 B-250080004 B-250080005 B-250080006

Strap & Pad Set B-701060001 B-701060002 B-701060003 B-701060004 B-701060005 B-701060006

Liner Set Left B-703066001 B-703066002 B-703066003 B-703066004 B-703066005 B-703066006

Liner Set Right B-703065001 B-703065002 B-703065003 B-703065004 B-703065005 B-703065006




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Unloader® One OTS

Features include dual dynamic force straps for greater unloading leverage, a ratcheting dynamic force control

system to enable on-the-spot self-dosing and liners coated with Össur Sensil® Silicone Technology to eliminate

migration. Flexible, perforated shell conforms easily to patient anatomy. Standard and short lengths. Also

available in custom styles. Gray. Sold each. From Össur.


Calf 9.8-12.2” 12.2-14” 14-16.75” 16.75-20” 20-24” Circumference* (25-31cm) (31-35.5cm) (35.5-42.5cm) (42.5-51cm) (51-61.5cm)

Standard Length (15.5”)

Left Medial N/A B-240619712 B-240619713 B-240619714 B-240619715

Left Lateral N/A B-240629712 B-240629713 B-240629714 B-240629715

Right Medial N/A B-240519712 B-240519713 B-240519714 B-240519715

Right Lateral N/A B-240529712 B-240529713 B-240529714 B-240529715

Short Length (14.5”)

Left Medial B-241619711 B-241619712 B-241619713 N/A N/A

Left Lateral B-241629711 B-241629712 B-241629713 N/A N/A

Right Medial B-241519711 B-241519712 B-241519713 N/A N/A

Right Lateral B-241529711 B-241529712 B-241529713 N/A N/A

*Circumference measured 6” below mid-patella.

b. Unloader® Spirit

For targeted pain relief therapy the patented three point pressure system is a biomechanical solution for

a biomechanical problem. Patients afflicted with OA receive maximum comfort throughout the gait cycle

because the “unloader” moment occurs only when needed. Unloader Spirit provides pain relief and comfort.

Combined with its light weight and low profile, the Spirit is ideal for patients with proportionate limb shape

and wish to enjoy their normal daily activities. Sold each. From Össur.


Thigh 9.8-12.2” 12.2-14” 14-16.75” 16.75-20” 20-24” Circumference* (25-31cm) (31-35.5cm) (35.5-42.5cm) (42.5-51cm) (51-61.5cm)

Left Medial B-217610101 B-217610102 B-217610103 B-217610104 B-217610105

Left Lateral B-217620101 B-217620102 B-217620103 B-217620104 B-217620105

Right Medial B-217510101 B-217510102 B-217510103 B-217510104 B-217510105

Right Lateral B-217520101 B-217520102 B-217520103 B-217520104 B-217520105

*Circumference measured 6” above mid-patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. OAsys OTS

While OAsys is primarily designed to provide on-the-spot medial or lateral unloading for the relief of pain

due to unicompartmental osteoarthritis, it is also appropriate for a host of post-op, rehab and functional

applications. The brace features Accutrac™ ROM hinges with easy to use flexion/extension stops, Acculign™

slide bar for on-the-spot medial or lateral unloading, heat-moldable frame for customized fitting and quick-

release buckles. Gel Fit™ condylar pads provide ultimate joint line comfort and cushion bony prominences.

Non-corrosive materials, ideal for water sports. Silver, carbon, or champagne colors. Sold each. From Össur.


Caliper* 3.375-3.875” 3.875-4.375” 4.375-5” 5-5.5” (8.6-9.8cm) (9.8-11.1cm) (11.1-12.7cm) (12.7-13.9cm)

Circumference** 11-12.25” 12.25-13.875” 13.875-15.875” 15.875-17.375” (27.9-31.1cm) (31.1-36.2cm) (36.2-40.3cm) (40.3-44.1cm)

Silver Left OA3SL OA3ML OA3LL OA3XLL

Silver Right OA3SR OA3MR OA3LR OA3XLR

Carbon Left OA3CSL OA3CML OA3CLL OA3CXLL

Carbon Right OA3CSR OA3CMR OA3CLR OA3CXLR

Champagne Left OA3CHSL OA3CHML OA3CHLL OA3CHXLL

Champagne Right OA3CHSR OA3CHMR OA3CHLR OA3CHXLR

*Caliper measured M/L at joint width in a standard, weight-bearing position **Circumference measured just below the distal border of the patella.

d. Innovator®

For post-op, post injury ROM control or immobilization. Features simple press, rotate and release flexion/

extension that locks quickly at 0°, 10°, 20°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75° and 90°. Hinge is low profile with no exposed

metal. Breakaway struts allow for tool free length adjustment. Full foam or cool version. Sold each. From Össur.

Length 16” 16” 24” 24” 28” 28”

Size Regular X-Large Regular X-Large Regular X-Large

Thigh up to 27” 27-35” up to 27” 27-35” up to 27” 27-35” Circumference* (up to 69cm) (69-89cm) (up to 69cm) (69-89cm) (up to 69cm) (69-89cm)

Full Foam 403300 403301 403200 403202 403201 403203

Cool Version N/A N/A 403100 403102 403101 403103

Replacement Softgoods

Size Regular Regular Long X-Large X-Large Long

Full Foam 403275 403276 403277 403278

Cool Version 403175 N/A 403176 N/A


Innovator® Pre-sized Version

Pre-sized version of the Innovator post-op orthosis in five sizes and two lengths. Sold each. From Össur.


Thigh 15-18” 18-22” 22-27” 27-32” 32-36” Circumference* (38-46cm) (46-56cm) (56-69cm) (69-81cm) (81-91cm)

24” Length 403013 403015 403017 403018 403019

28” Length 403023 403025 403027 403028 403029




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Innovator® DLX™

For post-op, post injury ROM control or immobilization. Features the most simple, easy to use hinge settings,

OneTouch™ drop lock button and slide-to-size struts for easy length adjustment from 17-28”. Full foam or

cool version. Sold each. From Össur.

Size Regular X-Large

Thigh up to 27” 27-35” Circumference* (up to 69cm) (69-89cm)

Full Foam 423200 423201

Cool Version 423100 423101


Full Foam W-423275 W-423276

Cool Version W-423175 W-423176


b. Rehab

For post-op and post injury rehabilitation, the Rehab brace features a push-button system for easy length

adjustment, ROM control in 15° increments, flexion limitations from 0-105°, extension limitations from 15-

90° and a low profile design. Optional drop-lock is available on some models. Full foam or Air Light (cool)

version. Sold each. From Össur.

Side Left Right Universal

Full Foam

Regular B-221600000 B-221500000 B-223000000

Full Foam with Drop Lock

Regular B-234600000 B-234500000 B-235000000

Air Light

Regular B-220600000 B-220500000 B-222000000

Short B-226600000 B-226500000 N/A

Petite B-224600000 B-224500000 N/A

Air Light with Drop Lock

Regular B-233600000 B-233500000 B-236000000

c. Neoprene Wraparound Hinged Knee Support

Dual action hinges are removable for easy cleaning. Open popliteal area eliminates bunching and increases

comfort. Front contact closures allow for hassle-free application. Wraparound style accommodates all leg

shape variations. In 1/8” black neoprene. Sold each. From Össur.


Knee 13-14” 14-15” 15-16” 16-17” 17-18” 18-23” 19-25” Circumference* (33-35.6cm) (35.6-38.1cm) (38.1-40.6cm) (40.6-43.2cm) (43.2-45.7cm) (45.7-58.4cm) (58.4-63.5cm)

Item No. ð 212003 212005 212007 212008 212009 212010 212011

B-703180021 Premium Liner Replacement

*Measurement taken at mid-patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Form Fit® Hinged Knee Support

Dual action hinges are removable for easy cleaning. Open popliteal area eliminates bunching and increases

comfort. Front contact closures allow for hassle-free application. Wraparound style accommodates all leg

shape variations. In 1/8” black neoprene. Sold each. From Össur.


Thigh 15.5-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26.5” 26.5-29.5” Circumference* (39-47cm) (47-53cm) (53-60cm) (60-67cm) (67-75cm)

Item No. ð 302153BLK 302155BLK 302157BLK 302158BLK 302159BLK

*Measurement taken 6” (15cm) above mid-patella.

e. KneeRANGER™ II Universal Knee Brace

Postoperative immobilization with protected range of motion. Dual axis, polycentric hinge allows for conve-

nient dial-in adjustment with flexion and extension stops at 0°, 15°, 30°, 60° and 90°. Available in two lengths.

Trimmable foam leg wraps for customized fit. Medial/lateral plastic shells riveted to hinge bars provide

additional support following postoperative procedures. Ideal for providing protected range of motion for

postoperative immobilization. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Universal Size Short Long

Thigh Circumference* ≤ 36” ≤ 36”

Length 17” 26”

Item No. ð 79-9230 79-9240

*Measured at maximum thigh.

f. Hinged Knee Brace with Universal Buttress

Compressive neoprene knee support is available with and without buttress. Universal buttress may be adjusted

to allow for medial, lateral, inferior, or superior patella stabilization. Sturdy removable dual axis hinges and

superior/inferior contact closure straps provide medial/lateral ligament support. Ideal for moderate medial/

lateral knee instability, mild ACL/PCL sprain, osteoarthritis, patellofemoral dysfunction. Sold each. By ProCare

from DJO Global.


Circumference* 13.5-15.5” 15.5-18” 18-20.5” 20.5-23”

Item No. ð 79-82732 79-82733 79-82735 79-82737

Size Continued X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large 4X-Large

Circumference* 23-25.5” 25.5-28” 28-30.5” 30.5-33”

Item No. ð 79-82738 79-82739 79-82739-10 79-82739-11




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Hinged Patella Stabilizer

Sewn-in tubular patella buttress with dual axis polycentric hinges for additional medial/lateral support. Adjust-

able thigh/calf straps for compression and stability. 1/8” neoprene. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Circumference* 15.5-18” 18.5-20.5” 20.5-23” 23-25.5” 25.5-28”

Item No. ð 79-94483 79-94485 79-94487 79-94488 79-94489


b. Hinged Patella Stabilizer

Helps stabilize and improve patella tracking. Sewn-in horseshoe tubular buttress. 1/8” neoprene. Adjustable

thigh-calf straps for additional compression and stability. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Circumference* 15.5-18” 18.5-20.5” 20.5-23” 23-25.5” 25.5-28”

Item No. ð 79-94433 79-94435 79-94437 79-94438 79-94439


c. Universal POP Knee Brace

Features push-button telescoping hinge arms, and easy to use flexion/extension stop settings without the

use of pins or tools. Lightweight, yet durable hinge arms adjust from 17” to 24” in 1/2 push button incre-

ments. One size fits all. Flexion/extension is adjusted in 10° increments with pull-and-position knobs from

0° to 120° flexion and 0° to 60° extension. Available in cool and full kit models, universal right or left. Sold

each. From RCAI.

Description Adj. Length Max. Thigh Circ. Max. Calf Circ. Item No.ò Full 17-24” (43.2-61cm) 27” (68.6cm) 19” (48.3cm) 770-UPOP-F

Cool 17-24” (43.2-61cm) 27” (68.6cm) 19” (48.3cm) 770-UPOP-C



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Original Post Operative Pin® Knee Brace

The Original Post Operative Pin® Knee Brace has a lightweight drop-pin hinge and laminate liner. It controls

flexion and extension in 7-1/2° increments from 0° to 120° and it allows for free range of motion or can be

locked in full extension. Available in long or short length models with full or cool version thigh and calf wraps

for patient comfort. The long brace has breakaway capabilities and can be converted to the short length for

long-term rehabilitation. All models fit either right or left leg. Sold each. From RCAI.

Description Length Max. Thigh Circ. Max. Calf Circ. Item No.ò Long Full 22.5” (57.2cm) 27” (68.6cm) 19” (48.3cm) 77POP-LX-F

Long Cool 22.5” (57.2cm) 27” (68.6cm) 19” (48.3cm) 77POP-LX-C

Short Full 16” (40.6cm) 27” (68.6cm) 19” (48.3cm) 77POP-SX-F

Short Cool 16” (40.6cm) 27” (68.6cm) 19” (48.3cm) 77POP-SX-C

e. ROM® Pin Knee Orthosis

Provides bilateral flexion and extension knee control following sprains, strains, joint stiffness and post-op knee

procedures. The lightweight drop pin hinge controls flexion and extension in 7.5° increments, allows for free

range of motion, and can be locked in full extension. The thermoplastic thigh and calf cuffs with the Knee

Cap provide three point pressure leverage and knee control. Breathable, washable liner absorbs moisture and

perspiration away from the skin. Brace length 17” (43.2cm). Universal, fits right or left. Sold each. From RCAI.

Size Extra-Small Small Medium Large

Mid Thigh 13-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-24” Circumference (33-40.6cm) (40.6-45.7cm) (45.7-50.8cm) (50.8-61cm)

Item No. ð 47KCO-ES 47KCO-S 47KCO-M 47KCO-L

f. Ratchet POP Knee Orthosis

Designed for post-surgical ROM limitations, ligament repairs, instability and soft tissue contractures. Of-

fers flexion/extension ROM control in 5° increments, while featuring a ratchet-type mechanism that allows

incremental, locked positioning. With the flip of a lever, the angle of the limb can be extended in 10° incre-

ments from 60° to 0° without the use of settings or tools. The knee cap provides 3-point pressure leverage.

Constructed of a breathable, washable, one-piece liner that wicks moisture away from the body, keeping

skin dry and comfortable. Sold each. From RCAI.


Mid Thigh 12-15” 15-20” 20-24” Circumference (30.5-38.1cm) (38.1-50.8cm) (50.8-61cm)

Item No. ð 67RKPOP-S 67RKPOP-M 67RKPOP-L



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Premier Knee Orthosis

The Premier Knee Corrective Orthosis with thermoplastic thigh and calf cuffs and lightweight nylon hinges

can accommodate patients with 0° to moderate tone and mild spasticity. It is indicated for post surgical limi-

tations, contractures and joint stiffness. The progressive static lock settings permit gradual increases in knee

joint extension and positioning. “T” screws allow for degree of angle adjustment without the use of tools.

The breathable foam liner wicks away moisture from the skin. Also available with a Kodel® liner. Optional

knee cap provides 3-point leverage. Brace length 16” (40.6cm). Sold each. From RCAI.


Mid Thigh 14-17” 17-20” 20-23” Circumference (35.6-43.2cm) (43.2-50.8cm) (50.8-58.4cm)

Orthosis with Foam Liner 27KCO-S 27KCO-M 27KCO-L

Orthosis with Kodel Liner 23KCO-S 23KCO-M 27KCO-L

Knee Cap (Foam) 27KC-S/M 27KC-S/M 27KC-L

Knee Cap (Kodel) 23KC-S/M 23KC-S/M 27KC-L

b. Hinged Knee Brace

The Hinged Knee Brace provides support, compression and warmth for post operative knee rehabilitation,

medial/lateral ligament instability, anterior posterior cruciate instability, and meniscal injury. Made of a

breathable airprene material, the washable Hinged Knee Brace provides therapeutic warmth and comfort.

Lightweight, bilateral metal hinges provide excellent medial and lateral knee support, and allow for full ROM.

Circumferential straps above and below the patella maintain proper positioning of the brace on the leg. A

diamond shaped cut out at the back of the knee reduces possible skin impingement. Removable horseshoe

shaped felt buttress to support the medial or lateral condyle. Sold each. From RCAI.


Thigh 12-14” 14-16” 16-18” 18-20” 20-22” Circumference* (30.5-35.6cm) (35.6-40.6cm) (40.6-45.7cm) (45.7-50.8cm) (50.8-55.9)

Item No. 550-HKB-S 550-HKB-M 550-HKB-L 550-HKB-XL 550-HKB-XXL

*Measure thigh circumference 4” (10.2cm) above patella.

c. Active Neoprene Knee Brace with ROM Settings

The Active Neoprene Knee Brace provides functional knee stabilization during walking or light athletic activi-

ties. The breathable airprene wrap provides flexibility, therapeutic warmth and comfort while the bilateral

metal hinges provide stability and protect the knee from medial/lateral forces. The brace allows full range

of motion with a hyperextension stop set at 0° and has flexion stop settings in 15° increments. The front

wrap closure makes the brace easy to apply while providing a precise fit. The open popliteal area prevents

irritation at the back of the knee. Sold each. From RCAI.

Size Thigh Circ.* (in) Thigh Circ.* (cm) Item No.ò Extra-Small 10-13” 25.4-33cm 570-NKA-ES

Small 13-16” 33-40.6cm 570-NKA-S

Medium 16-19” 40.6-48.3cm 570-NKA-M

Large 19-22” 48.3-55.9cm 570-NKA-L

X-Large 22-25” 55.9-63.5cm 570-NKA-XL

XX-Large 25-28” 63.5-71.1cm 570-NKA-XXL

XXX-Large 28-31” 71.1-78.7cm 570-NKA-XXXL

*Measure thigh circumference 4” (10.2cm) above patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Lenox Hill Precision Pro Knee Brace

Indicated for ACL, PCL, MCL and LCL instabilities and ruptures. Prevents hyperextension by limiting ROM

through flexion/extension stops. Flexion stops: 45°, 60°, 75° and 90°. Numbered straps for ease of donning.

Extension stops: 10°, 20°, 30° and 40° (10° installed). Four point dynamic leverage system. Strong 6082 T6

aircraft aluminum frame. Low profile and lightweight. Aluminum may be individually modified. Sold each.

From Trulife.


Thigh 15-18.5” 18.5-21” 21-23.5” 23.5-26” 26-30” Circumference* (38-47cm) (47-53cm) (53-60cm) (60-66cm) (66-75cm)

Calf 12-13” 13-15” 15-16.5” 16.5-18.5” 18.5-21” Circumference** (30.5-33cm) (33-38cm) (38-42cm) (42-47cm) (47-53cm)

Knee Brace Left PRECPRO-L1 PRECPRO-L2 PRECPRO-L3 PRECPRO-L4 PRECPRO-L5

Knee Brace Right PRECPRO-R1 PRECPRO-R2 PRECPRO-R3 PRECPRO-R4 PRECPRO-R5

Pro Pad Kit Left PRECPRO-P-L1 PRECPRO-P-L2 PRECPRO-P-L3 PRECPRO-P-L4 PRECPRO-P-L5

Pro Pad Kit Right PRECPRO-P-R1 PRECPRO-P-R2 PRECPRO-P-R3 PRECPRO-P-R4 PRECPRO-P-R5

*Thigh circumference measured 6” (15cm) above knee center. **Calf circumference measured 6” (15cm) below knee center.

(If thigh and calf do not match, order by thigh circumference.)

e. Lenox Hill Precision Lite Knee Brace

Off-the-shelf functional knee orthosis. Lightweight fiberglass composite frame. Anterior thigh and calf. Flexion

stops at 45°, 60°, 75° and 90°. Extension stops at 10°, 20°, 30° and 40°. Aluminum joints. Sold each. From Trulife.


Thigh 12.5-15” 15-17.5” 17.5-20” 20-22.5” 22.5-24.5” Circumference* (32-38cm) (38-44cm) (44-51cm) (51-57cm) (57-62cm)

Calf 10.5-12” 12-13.5” 13.5-15” 15-16.5” 16.5-19” Circumference** (27-30cm) (30-34cm) (34-38cm) (38-42cm) (42-48cm)

Knee Brace Left LHLITL01 LHLITL02 LHLITL03 LHLITL04 LHLITL05

Knee Brace Right LHLITR01 LHLITR02 LHLITR03 LHLITR04 LHLITR05


(If thigh and calf do not match, order by thigh circumference.)

f. Lenox Hill Cruiser OA Knee Brace

For the relief of osteoarthritis of the knee. Single upright knee orthosis. Fiberglass frame in silver. Single

upright stainless steel joint places a corrective force during knee extension and relief upon knee flexion.

Unique joint allows 10° of varus/valgus adjustment to customize the fit. Available with medial or lateral

hinge. Sold each. From Trulife.


Thigh 12.5-15” 15-17.5” 17.5-20” 20-22.5” 22.5-24.5” Circumference* (32-38cm) (38-44cm) (44-51cm) (51-57cm) (57-62cm)

Calf 10.5-12” 12-13.5” 13.5-15” 15-16.5” 16.5-19” Circumference** (27-30cm) (30-34cm) (34-38cm) (38-42cm) (42-48cm)

Left Medial OALM1 OALM2 OALM3 OALM4 OALM5

Right Medial OARM1 OARM2 OARM3 OARM4 OARM5

Left Lateral OALL1 OALL2 DISCON OALL4 OALL5

Right Lateral OARL1 OARL2 OARL3 OARL4 OARL5


(If thigh and calf do not match, order by thigh circumference.) NOTE: For OA on medial side, order lateral brace. For OA on lateral side, order medial brace.



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Lenox Hill Hinged Swedish Knee Cage

Prevents hyperextension of the knee joint. Lightweight, padded aluminum frame. Sold each. From Trulife.

Size Small Regular

Circumference* 11-15” (28-38cm) 15-21” (38-53cm)

Item No. ð A24700 A24701

*Circumference measured 4” above knee center.

b. ELCROSS Wraparound Hinged Knee Support

Breathable, lightweight, high stretch laminate material lined with cotton offers increased comfort. Wrap-

around one-piece design. Removable hinged steel stays with hyperextension stops. Open patella and popliteal

areas. Sold each. From Trulife.


Knee Circumference 14-15.5” 15.5-18” 18-19.5” 19.5-22” (35-40cm) (40-45cm) (45-50cm) (50-55cm)

Replacement Item No. ð PT12402 PT12403 PT12404 PT12405

KNEE IMMOBILIZERS

c. Tri-Panel Knee Immobilizer

The Tri-Panel Knee Immobilizer is great for patients who need complete support in a fully immobilized posi-

tion. The Tri-Panel is fully adjustable to accommodate varying leg circumferences (up to 25” thigh, 20” knee

center, 18” calf). Sold each. From Breg.

Length 16” 20” 24”

Item No. ð 96500 96510 96520



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Universal Knee Immobilizer

Universal design. Features contoured posterior stays and movable medial/lateral stay assemblies for positioning

and immobilization. 4” elastic patella strap for added compression. Constructed of breathable foam laminate

with hook and loop closure straps, premium quality elastic strap and aluminum stays. Sold each. From Corflex.

Length 6” 9” 10.5” 12” 14”

Max. Circumference* 11” 14” 15.5” 20” 20”

Item No. ð 51-1506-000 51-1509-000 51-5510-000 51-1512-000 51-1514-000

Length 16” 18” 20” 22” 24”

Max. Circumference* 24” 24” 25” 25” 27”

Item No. ð 51-1516-000 51-1518-000 51-1520-000 51-1522-000 51-1524-000

*Measurement taken 4” above mid-patella.

e. Compression Knee Immobilizer

Features sewn-in contoured posterior stays, moveable medial/lateral stays and elastic compression straps

for optimal immobilization. Indicated for post-op immobilization and mild to severe knee injuries where full

extension of the leg is desired. Constructed of breathable foam laminate, aluminum stays, premium quality

elastic straps and contact closure. Sold each. From Corflex.

Length 6” 9” 10.5” 12” 14”

Max. Circumference* 11” 14” 15.5” 24” 28”

Item No. ð 75-0651-000 75-0951-000 75-1051-000 75-1251-000 75-1451-000

Length 16” 18” 20” 22” 24”

Max. Circumference* 28” 28” 29” 29” 31”

Item No. ð 75-1651-000 75-1851-000 75-2051-000 75-2251-000 75-2451-000

*Measurement taken 4” above mid-patella.

f. Sized Superlite Knee Immobilizer

Constructed of lightweight perforated canvas material with tricot liner. T-bar stays provide optimal strength.

Contoured posterior stays. Alternating web straps with loop lock closure. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Size Measurement* 12” Length 16” Length 20” Length 24” Length

Small 14-16” 7006-01 7007-01 7008-01 7009-01

Medium 16-18” 7006-02 7007-02 7008-02 7009-02

Large 18-20” 7006-03 7007-03 7008-03 7009-03

X-Large 20-22” 7006-04 7007-04 7008-04 7009-04

XX-Large 22-24” 7006-05 7007-05 7008-05 7009-05

*Measure thigh circumference 6” above mid-patella.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

KNEE IMMOBILIZERS — Continued

a. Foam Tri-Panel Knee Immobilizer

Constructed of foam body with durable blue canvas panels. T-bar stays provide optimal strength. Contoured

posterior stays for correct anatomical fit. Adjustable medial and lateral panels allow for universal sizing.

Patella strap assists with application. Universal size fits thigh circumference 12-24”. Sold each. From DeRoyal.

Length 12” 16” 19” 20” 22” 24”

Item No. ð 7091-03 7091-04 7091-05 7091-06 7091-07 7091-08

b. DonJoy® Basic Knee Immobilizer

This lightweight immobilizer features wide elastic strapping to fit all legs with minimal migration and twist-

ing. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Length 12” 17” 20” 24” 27”

Item No. ð 11-0389-1-13150 11-0389-2-13150 11-0389-3-13150 11-0389-4-13150 11-0389-5-13150

c. DonJoy® Universal Tri-Panel Knee Immobilizer

This three-piece construction immobilizer allows for easy application to a wide variety of leg sizes. Each panel

contains its own sewn-in aluminum stay for rigid support. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Length 16” 21” 24”

Item No. ð 11-0235-9 11-0236-9 11-0237-9



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. QuickFit™ Basic Knee Splint

Foam laminate construction with 3” elastic contact closure straps provides compressive support and immo-

bilization. Dual contoured posterior stays and moveable medial/lateral double stay casings for correct fit.

Ideal for immobilization of the knee joint. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Length 10” 12” 14” 16”

Measurement* ≤ 29” ≤ 29” ≤ 29” ≤ 29”

Item No. ð 79-96011 79-96012 79-96014 79-96016

Length 18” 19” 21” 24”

Measurement* ≤ 36” ≤ 36” ≤ 36” ≤ 36”

Item No. ð 79-96018 79-96019 79-96021 79-96024

*Measurement taken at maximum thigh circumference 4” above patella.

e. 3-Panel Knee Splint

Universal size, 3-piece nylon/fiber laminate construction provides post-operative knee support and immobi-

lization. Adjustable side panels with I-beam stays and patella strap allow for correct fit and easy application.

Three posterior aluminum stays for proper immobilization. Loop lock closure. Standard sizes fits up to 29”

and X-Large sizes up to 36” maximum thigh circumference. Adjustable foam pop pad included. 20” and 24”

length are available with cotton/terry liner and removable stays in 10-pack configuration only. Ideal for

post-operative immobilization of the knee joint; grade 1 and grade 2 collateral ligament sprains; patellar

subluxations. Sold each or 10 per pack as indicated. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Length 12” 14” 16” 20” 22” 24”

Std. Splint 79-8000 79-80010 79-80110 79-80020 79-80040 79-80030

X-Large Size N/A N/A N/A 79-80021 79-80041 79-80031

Std. with 35˚ Bend N/A N/A N/A 79-80220 N/A N/A

Std. 10-Pack* N/A N/A N/A 79-80720 N/A 79-80730

* With Cotton/Terry Liner and Removable Stays

f. Three-Panel Knee Splint

Provides rigid support for the knee. 3/8” pile foam laminate with black flannel interior ensures patient

comfort. Two detachable panels for circumferential adjustments and posterior and medial/lateral stays are

malleable for custom fitting. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.

Length 12” 14” 16” 18”

Item No. ð 211 212 213 214

Length 20” 22” 24” 26”

Item No. ð 215-HW 216 217 218

g. Universal 3-Panel Knee Immobilizer

Two-sided brushed nylon, laminated to breathable foam. Three piece design for precise fit. Lightweight rigid

posterior stays with adjustable medial lateral stays. Sold each. From Össur.

Length 14” 16” 18” 20” 22” 24”

Item No. ð 200010 200016 200118 200020 200022 200030



OR

TH

OT

ICS

KNEE IMMOBILIZERS — Continued

a. Exoform® Knee Immobilizer

Infinitely adjustable, this immobilizer enables the care provider to fit the widest variety of patients. Features

Össur’s unique Slide-to-Size™ adjustment, dual cuffs for enhanced immobilization and perforated padded

liner for breathability and comfort. The popliteal pad provides superior fit and limits migration. Cool foam,

full foam, and triple-extra-large full foam versions. 18-24” length. Sold each. From Össur.

Description Cool Full XXX-Large Full

Leg Circumference up to 28” up to 28” up to 38”

Item No. ð 222000 222100 222050

b. Deluxe Foam Lined Knee Immobilizer

Comfortable Velcro® compatible covered foam is reinforced with aircraft aluminum stays for support.

Three-inch elastic compression straps provide additional support and ease of application. Sold each. From

Professional Products.

Length 12” 14” 16” 18”

Item No. ð 01259-B-12 01259-B-14 01259-B-16 01259-B-18

Length 20” 22” 24” 26”

Item No. ð 01259-B-20 01259-B-22 01259-B-24 01259-B-26

c. RCAI Knee Immobilizer

The RCAI Knee Immobilizer is made of lightweight aluminum posterior, medial and lateral stays with a breath-

able foam material that wicks moisture away from the skin. The posterior aspect of the splint is uniquely

tailored for a more custom anatomical fit. The movable tri-panel design accommodates multiple circumfer-

ence sizes. (Model 42KI-06 is a single-panel design.) The loop and lock closure straps allow for optimum fit

and adjustability. Sold each. From RCAI.

Length 6” 9” 12” 15” 18” 21” 24” (15.2cm) (22.9cm) (30.5cm) (38.1cm) (45.7cm) (53.3cm) (61cm)

Thigh 6-10.25” 11-16” 14-20” 16-22” 18-28” 19-30” 19-32” Circumference* (15.2-26cm) (27.9-40.6cm) (35.6-50.8cm) (40.6-55.9cm) (45.7-71.1cm) (48.3-76.2cm) (48.3-81.3cm)

Item No. ð 42KI-06 42KI-09 42KI-12 42KI-15 42KI-18 42KI-21 42KI-24

*Measure thigh circumference 4” (10.2cm) above the knee.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Single Panel Knee Immobilizer with Elastic Straps

The Single Knee Immobilizer features a closed patella area. Excess material can be trimmed with scissors.

Elastic closer straps are utilized to better grip the leg. Sold each. From RCAI.

Length 6” 9” 12” 14” 16” (15.9cm) (22.9cm) (30.5cm) (35.6cm) (40.6cm)

Maximum Thigh 10” 13” 21” 26” 26” Circumference* (25.4cm) (33cm) (54cm) (66cm) (66cm)

Item No. ð 42SPKI-06 42SPKI-09 42SPKI-12 42SPKI-14 42SPKI-16

Length 18” 20” 22” 24” (45.7cm) (50.8cm) (55.9cm) (61cm)

Maximum Thigh 27” 28” 28” 29” Circumference* (68.6cm) (76.2cm) (76.2cm) (73.7cm)

Item No. ð 42SPKI-18 42SPKI-20 42SPKI-22 42SPKI-24

*Measure thigh circumference 4” (10.2cm) above the knee.

e. Trim-Fit Universal Knee Immobilizer

A totally adjustable design made of hook compatible pile/foam laminate. Moveable medial and lateral stay

pockets which can be placed at any position or angle. Alternating loop-loc style straps with hook tabs on

both ends for universal sizing. A 4” latex-free elastic patella strap is a standard feature. Three posterior stay

pockets with five contoured stays. Sold each. From Sroufe.

Length 14” 16” 19” 22”

Circumference Above Knee 16-25” 16-25” 16-25” 16-25”

Circumference Below Knee 10-19” 10-19” 10-19” 10-19”

Item No. ð 1841-00 1842-00 1843-00 1844-00

f. Knee Immobilizer

This 3-panel immobilizer has a wide range of circumference adjustment. In either white foam with white

hook-and-pile components for adjustment or gray foam with black components. Five lengths. Sold each.

From Truform.

Length 16” 18” 20” 22” 24”

White/White 9909-16 9909-18 9909-20 9909-22 9909-24

Gray/Black 9910-16 9910-18 9910-20 9910-22 9910-24



OR

TH

OT

ICS

KNEE JOINTS AND HINGES

a. Ring Lock Knee Joint 1001

Straight lower joint units with round edge aluminum, stainless steel or titanium uprights. Sold pair. From

Becker Orthopedic. Pediatric sizes also available.

Aluminum Upright 1/4” x 3/4” 3/16” x 3/4” 1/4” x 5/8” 3/16” x 5/8”

Item No. ð 1001-A4 1001-A6 1001-B4 1001-B6

Stainless Steel Upright 5/32” x 3/4” 3/16” x 3/4” 5/32” x 5/8” 3/16” x 5/8”

Item No. ð 1001-A2S 1001-A6S 1001-B2S 1001-B6S

Titanium Upright - 3/16” x 3/4” - -

Item No. ð - 1001-A6TI - -

b. Modified Ring Lock Knee Joint 1002

Straight or contoured lower joint units with round edge aluminum, stainless steel or titanium uprights. Sold

pair. From Becker Orthopedic. See page 560 for pediatric sizes.

To order joint with Ball Catches add -HBC to end of Item Number.


Straight 1002-A4 1002-A6 1002-B4 1002-B6

Right Medial Contoured 1002-A4R 1002-A6R 1002-B4R 1002-B6R

Left Medial Contoured 1002-A4L 1002-A6L 1002-B4L 1002-B6L

Both Contoured 1002-A4B 1002-A6B 1002-B4B 1002-B6B

Stainless Steel Upright 3/16” x 3/4” 3/16” x 5/8”

Straight - 1002-A6S - 1002-B6S

Right Medial Contoured - 1002-A6SR - 1002-B6SR

Left Medial Contoured - 1002-A6SL - 1002-B6SL

Both Contoured - 1002-A6SB - 1002-B6SB

Titanium Upright 3/16” x 3/4”

Straight - 1002-A6TI - -

Right Medial Contoured - 1002-A6TIR - -

Left Medial Contoured - 1002-A6TIL - -

Both Contoured - 1002-A6TIB - -

1002-A#4HD Heavy Duty Ring for 1002-A Joints



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Automatic Spring Lever Knee Joint 1003

Features a spring loaded lever system which automatically engages the lock when the joint reaches full exten-

sion. Straight or contoured lower joint units with round edge aluminum, stainless steel or titanium uprights.

Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic.


Straight 1003-A4 1003-A6 1003-B4 1003-B6














1003-PINS Spring Lever Knee Joint Pins Z993400 Lever Bushing Part #5B (A Joints)

1003-RODS Bail Rod for Models 1003, 1004, 1007 Z993401 Lever Bushing Part #5B (B Joints)

Z190215 Locking Tip Part #5 Z995102 Lever Spring Part #5C (A Joints)

Z993250 Lever Screw Part #5A (B Joints) Z995103 Lever Spring Part #5C (B Joints)

Z993251 Lever Screw Part #5A (A Joints)

d. Posterior Offset Lever Lock Knee Joint 1004

On this knee joint, the axis of motion is located posteriorly to the upright bars. Straight or contoured lower

joint units with round edge aluminum, stainless steel or titanium uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic.


Straight 1004-A4 1004-A6 1004-B4 1004-B6














1003-RODS Bail Rod for Models 1003, 1004, 1007 Z993250 Lever Screw Part #5A (B Joints)

Z190215 Locking Tip Part #5 MX-002-101 Assist Straps (A Joints)

Z993251 Lever Screw Part #5A (A Joints) MX-005-101 Assist Straps (B Joints)



OR

TH

OT

ICS

KNEE JOINTS AND HINGES — Continued

a. Free Motion Knee Joint 1005

The Becker free motion knee joint has a 180° extension stop. Straight lower joint units with round edge alumi-

num, stainless steel or titanium uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic. See page 560 for pediatric sizes.

Aluminum Upright 1/4” x 3/4” 3/16” x 3/4” 3/16” x 5/8”

Item No. ð 1005-A4 1005-A6 - 1005-B6




Item No. ð 1005-A6TI - -

b. Adjustable Extension Ring Lock Knee Joint 1006

By using a serrated disc, the orthotist may increase or decrease the knee extension angle in 6° increments.

Round edge aluminum or stainless steel uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic. See page 561 for pe-

diatric sizes.



Item No. ð 1006-A4 1006-A6 1006-B4 1006-B6



c. Adjustable Extension Automatic Spring Lever Knee Joint 1007

Same functionality as Model 1006, but uses a spring loaded lever lock to lock the joint at full extension. Round

edge aluminum or stainless steel uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic.

Upright Size 1/4” x 3/4” 3/16” x 3/4” 1/4” x 5/8” 3/16” x 5/8”

Aluminum Upright 1007-A4 1007-A6 1007-B4 1007-B6

Stainless Steel Upright - 1007-A6S - 1007-B6S

1003-RODS Bail Rod for Models 1003, 1004, 1007 Z993400 Lever Bushing Part #5B (A Joints)

Z190215 Locking Tip Part #5 Z993401 Lever Bushing Part #5B (B Joints)

Z993250 Lever Screw Part #5A (B Joints) Z995102 Lever Spring Part #5C (A Joints)

Z993251 Lever Screw Part #5A (A Joints) Z995103 Lever Spring Part #5C (B Joints)



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Posterior Offset Free Motion Knee Joint 1008

Model 1008 was developed to create a knee joint with the axis of motion located posteriorly to the upright

bars. Straight or contoured lower joint units with round edge aluminum or stainless steel uprights. Sold pair.

From Becker Orthopedic. See page 561 for pediatric sizes.


Straight 1008-A4 1008-A6 1008-B4 1008-B6





Straight 1008-A6S 1008-B6S

Right Medial Contoured 1008-A6SR 1008-B6SR

Left Medial Contoured 1008-A6SL 1008-B6SL

Both Contoured 1008-A6SB 1008-B6SB

e. Polycentric Free Motion Knee Joint 1009

Made with stainless steel midsection for increased durability and strength. Round edge aluminum or stainless

steel uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic. Pediatric sizes also available.

Upright 1/4” x 3/4” 3/16” x 3/4” 3/16” x 5/8”

Item No. ð 1009-A4 1009-A6 1009-B6

f. Adjustable Extension/Flexion Ring Lock Knee Joint 1010

This joint provides an extension stop in 6° intervals as well as an adjustable flexion stop in 19° intervals. Round

edge aluminum or stainless steel uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic. Pediatric sizes also available.



Aluminum Uprights 1010-A4 1010-A6 1010-B4 1010-B6

Stainless Steel Uprights - 1010-A6S - 1010-B6S



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Posterior Offset Ring Lock Knee Joint 1012

The axis of motion in Model 1012 is offset posteriorly from the upright bars. Straight or contoured lower

joint units with round edge aluminum or stainless steel uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic. See




Straight 1012-A4 1012-A6 1012-B4 1012-B6









b. Ratchet Lock™ Knee Joint 1014

Designed to promote full knee extension by providing knee stability to the user through an incremental

range of knee flexion. Joint features a secure, semi-automatic locking mechanism that can be quickly and

easily disengaged. Round edge aluminum or stainless steel uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic. See


Upright Size 3/16” x 3/4” 3/16” x 5/8”

Weight Capacity 160 lb 120 lb

Aluminum Uprights 1014-A6 1014-B6

Stainless Steel Uprights 1014-A6S 1014-B6S

c. Heavy-Duty Lever Release System

For Becker Models 1003, 1014 and 1015. Sold Kit. From Becker Orthopedic.

Lateral Attachment Left Right

Starter Kit MX-003-HDS/L MX-003-HDS/R

Standard Kit MX-003-HD/L MX-003-HD/R

MX-003-HD8 Crimping Tool

MX-003-HD12 Replacement Parts Kit



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Tricknee 1016

Developed for individuals with moderate quadricep weakness. The spring arrangement provides force to

resist flexion during weight bearing and assist extension during swing phrase. Adjustments can be made

to aid in creating a smoother, more uniform gait. Straight or contoured lower joint units with round edge

aluminum or stainless steel uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic.

Uprights 1/4” x 5/8” 3/16” x 5/8” 3/16” x 5/8” Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Steel

Straight 1016-B4 1016-B6 1016-B6S

Right Medial Contoured 1016-B4R 1016-B6R 1016-B6SR

Left Medial Contoured 1016-B4L 1016-B6L 1016-B6SL

Both Contoured 1016-B4B 1016-B6B 1016-B6SB

Z993200 Set Screw #5D

Z995003 Ball Bearing #5B

e. Modular Ratchet Lock Knee Joint 1018

Designed to promote full knee extension by providing knee stability to the patient through an incremental

range of knee flexion. The joint features a long, angled, locking lever that is easily operated by the patient.

The lever may also be shortened, or configured into a standard bail. 3/16” x 3/4” uprights in aluminum or

stainless steel. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic.

Material Aluminum Stainless Steel

Item No. ð 1018-A6 1018-A6S

f. Monodos® Joint 1900

Incorporates a one-way clutch that allows rotation in one direction, but blocks all rotation in the opposite

direction until the clutch is released. Can be used for flexion or extension contractures and is a cost-effective

alternative to serial casting. 3/16” x 5/8” uprights. From Becker Orthopedic.

Side Both Lateral Medial Both Lateral Medial

Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Stainless Stainless

Unit Pair Each Each Pair Each Each

Item No. ð 1900-AA 1900-ALA 1900-AMA 1900-AS 1900-ALS 1900-AMS

g. Ring Lock Knee Joint Assembled with Bushing and Screw S2001

Stainless steel side plates are riveted onto the proximal upright to form the upper joint unit. The distal bar

is machined to fit into the upper joint unit. The absence of a lower joint unit allows the orthotist to make a

rapid medial contour. Model S2001 comes fully assembled with the flexion set at 180°. Aluminum or stainless

steel uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic.



Aluminum Uprights S2001-A4 S2001-A6 S2001-B4 S2001-B6

Stainless Steel Uprights - S2001-A6S - S2001-B6S



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Ring Lock Knee Joint Unassembled with Rivet R2001

Stainless steel side plates are riveted onto the proximal upright to form the upper joint unit. The distal bar

is machined to fit into the upper joint unit. The absence of a lower joint unit allows the orthotist to make a

rapid medial contour. Model R2001 comes unassembled and requires the distal bar to be shaped. Aluminum

or stainless steel uprights. Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic.



Aluminum Uprights R2001-A4 R2001-A6 R2001-B4 R2001-B6

Stainless Steel Uprights - R2001-A6S - R2001-B6S

b. Load Response Knee Joint LR-9002

The Load Response knee joint allows 18° of knee flexion during the stance phase of gait. The lateral joint is

equipped with a preloaded spiral torsional spring that provides for shock absorption during stance phase

knee flexion while maintaining knee joint stability for individuals with quadriceps weakness. 3/16” x 3/4”

uprights. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Material Aluminum Stainless Steel Titanium

Left LR-9002-A6-L LR-9002-A6S-L LR-9002-A6TI-L

Right LR-9002-A6-R LR-9002-A6S-R LR-9002-A6TI-R

c. SafetyStride™ 9005

The SafetyStride™ automatically locks and unlocks during the gait cycle, providing natural movement with

superior stability and comprehensive knee joint control. Designed to unlock at terminal stance, an internal

lever re-engages during swing phase to ensure knee joint stability prior to heel contact. With the SafetyS-

tride™, Individuals who intermittently fail to reach full extension will have the added security and stability

they require while ambulating. 3/16” x 3/4” uprights in aluminum, stainless steel or titanium. Sold kit. From

Becker Orthopedic.

To order replacement parts, add # and the part Item Number to the original kit Item Number. Example:

9005-A6S#5C.


Left 9005-A6-L 9005-A6S-L 9005-A6TI-L

Right 9005-A6-R 9005-A6S-R 9005-A6TI-R

1 Proximal Joint 11 Cable Housing 2 Distal Joint 12 Stainless Steel Cable 3 Gear 12A Cable Caps 3A Center Screw 13 Retaining Balls 3B Center Bushing 14 Cable Clamp Screws 4 Lid 15 Cable Clamps 5 Lever Tip 16 Brass Bushings 5A Lever Tip Screw 17 Heel Cable Receptor Cover 5B Lever Tip Bushing 18 Heel Cable Receptor Center Screw 5C Lever Tip Spring 19 Heel Cable Receptor Plug Screw 5D Lever Set Screw 20 Heel Cable Receptor 5E Brass Lever Insert 21 Heel Cable Receptor Attachment Screw 5F Brass Lever Insert Pin 22 Heel Cable Receptor Plugs 6 Upright Attachment Screws 23 Heel Cable Receptor Plug Hex Nuts 7 Proximal Upright 24 Heel Cable Receptor Finishing Plug 8 Distal Upright 25 Heel Cable Spring



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. FullStride™ 9006

Delivering maximum control of varus/valgus instability and knee hyperextension, the FullStride™ automatically

locks and unlocks during the gait cycle, providing natural movement with superior stability and comprehen-

sive knee joint control. Easily converted into an automatic spring lever lock knee joint, the FullStride™ can

also be paired with the GX-Assist option to provide extension assist if required. Easy to fabricate and easy

to fit, the FullStride™ can be paired with any ankle joint on the market. 3/16” x 3/4” uprights in aluminum,

stainless steel or titanium. Sold kit. From Becker Orthopedic.

To order replacement parts, add # and the part Item Number to the original kit Item Number. Example:

9006-A6#5C.


Adult Joint Size 9006-A6 9006-A6S 9006-A6TI

Youth Joint Size 9006-B6 9006-B6S -

1 Proximal Joint 12 Stainless Steel Cable 2 Distal Joint 12A Cable Caps 3A Center Screw 13 Retaining Balls 3B Center Bushing 14 Cable Clamp Screws 5 Lever Tip 15 Cable Clamps 5A Lever Tip Screw 16 Brass Bushings 5B Lever Tip Bushing 17 Heel Cable Receptor Cover 5C Lever Tip Spring 18 Heel Cable Receptor Center Screw 5D Lever Set Screw 19 Heel Cable Receptor Plug Screw 5E Brass Lever Insert 20 Heel Cable Receptor 5F Brass Lever Insert Pin 21 Heel Cable Receptor Attachment Screw 6 Upright Attachment Screws 22 Heel Cable Receptor Plugs 7 Proximal Upright 23 Heel Cable Receptor Plug Hex Nuts 8 Distal Upright 24 Heel Cable Receptor Finishing Plug 11 Cable Housing 25 Heel Cable Spring

e. Ultra G® Knee Spike Kit

The Ultra G® Knee Spike Kit was developed to custom fabricate a laminated knee orthosis. Kit includes items

listed separately. Sold kit. From Becker Orthopedic.

Description Item No.

Ultra G Knee Spike Kit (includes all following components) MH-602-000

MH-601-000 Knee Spike Joints with 180°, 175° and 170° Extension Stops

MH-601-106 Knee Spike Strapping Kit

MH-601-108 Knee Spike Strap Pads

MH-601-109 Knee Spike Braid

MJ-020-000 Knee Spike Alignment Kit

f. Swing Phase Lock (SPL) Kit

The IQ Swing Phase Lock Kit includes a Swing Phase Lock Joint, a Swing Phase Control Joint and an SPL Satellite

(remote control). Upright bars, alignment kits and other accessories are sold separately. Sold kit. From Fillauer.


Item No. ð IQ200L IQ200R

IQ150 Alignment Kit



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Swing Phase Lock (SPL) Upright Kit

The IQ Swing Phase Upright Kit includes an SPL Lower Bar Right, an SPL Lower Bar Left, an SPL Upper Bar and

SPL Bar Screws. In aluminum or stainless steel. Bars all measure 3/16” x 3/4”. Sold kit. From Fillauer.

Material Aluminum Stainless Steel

Item No. ð 023516 023616

b. Cam Lock Knee Joint Assembly

Clean, streamlined appearance. Secure and long wearing. Stainless steel joint. Aluminum or stainless steel

bars, straight or contoured. Available in small, medium and large joint heads. Sold pair. From Fillauer.

Upright 1/8” x 1/2” 3/16” x 5/8” 3/16” x 3/4” 1/8”x 1/2” 3/16” x 5/8” 3/16” x 3/4”

Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Stainless Stainless

Straight 023520SA 023560MA 023560LA 023520SS 023560MS 023560LS

Right, Medial 023520SAR 023560MAR 023560LAR 023520SSR 023560MSR 023560LSR

Left, Medial 023520SAL 023560MAL 023560LAL 023520SSL 023560MSL 023560LSL

Medial/Lateral 023520SAB 023560MAB 023560LAB 023520SSB 023560MSB 023560LSB

023463 Cable Release Kit

c. Trigger Release for Cam Locks

Proximal release for sitting. Easy use from standing position. Great for RGOs. Easy fabrication and adjustment.

For medium and large camlock joints. Sold each. From Fillauer.


Trigger Release with Dual Cable 023750

Trigger Release with Bail Rod 023751

Trigger Release with Single Cable 023753

d. Spring Loaded Lever Lift Assembly

The stainless steel complete assembly includes rod, spring and guide post. Sold kit. From Fillauer.

Item No. ð 029033



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. King Pin Lock™ Knee Joint

Stronger than many popular locking knee joints. Stainless steel joint. Accepts stainless or aluminum uprights.

No lubrication required. Novel enclosed lock prevents debris from building up in mechanism. Sleek appear-

ance. Improved durability. Lock kits include knee joint pair with lever release and bail rod (3/16” x 12” in

Small/Medium kits, 7/32” x 15” in Large/X-Large kits). Upright kits sold separately. Sold pair. From Fillauer.

King Pin Lock Knee Joint Kits and Replacement Kits


Both Straight 025500 025400

Left Medial Contoured 025510 025410

Right Medial Contoured 025520 025420

Both Contoured 025530 025430

Fabrication Dummy Kit 025310 025300

Bail Rod Replacement Kit 023465 023460

King Pin Lock Knee Upright Kits

For Joint Kit Size Small/Medium Small/Medium Large/X-Large Large/X-Large Large/X-Large

Upright 1/4” x 1/2” 3/16” x 1/2” 1/4” x 3/4” 3/16” x 3/4” 3/16” x 3/4/”

Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Steel

Item No. ð 025290 025292 025240 025242 025244

f. KCO Straight Uprights

Adjustable extension stops, 10° increments (20°, 30°, 40° extension stops). Adjustable flexion, 20° increments

(providing 0°, 20°, 80°, 120° flexion stops). Sold pair. From Fillauer.

Size 1/8” (3mm) 1/8” (3mm) 3/16” (2.3mm)

Material Stainless Aluminum Titanium

2 Extension Stops 029771 029778 029771T

2 Extension Stops, 4 Flexion Stops 029770 029773 029770T

4 Extension Stops, 4 Flexion Stops 029750 029752 -

2 Extension Stops, ACL Control Lever 029771AC 029778AC -

2 Extension Stops, 4 Flexion Stops, ACL Control Lever 029770AC 029773AC -

g. Mackie Knee Hinge

Features infinitely adjustable angle settings, non-slip static-progressive action and removable knob for

low-profile use. Straight geared with 2.75” knob. 28” length. Bar dimensions: .018” x .058”. Sold each. From

Ortho Innovations.

Item No. ð OI2023



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. InterLock™ Orthotic Knee Joint

The InterLock is a drop lock alternative that is modular and features the IMAC (Interchangeable Multi-Actuated

Control) system for the most release options of any knee joint, anywhere. Accepts bail and lever release kits

(below). Sold pair. From OTS.

Upright 3/16” x 1/2” 3/16” x 5/8” 1/4” x 5/8” 3/16” x 3/4” 1/4” x 3/4”

Straight IL 512KS IL 516KS IL 616KS IL 519KS IL 619KS

Left Medial Offset IL 512KL IL 516KL IL 616KL IL 519KL IL 619KL

Right Medial Offset IL 512KR IL 516KR IL 616KR IL 519KR IL 619KR

Double Contour IL 512KB IL 516KB IL 616KB IL 519KB IL 619KB

b. StepLock® Orthotic Knee Joint

A ratcheting, multi-position knee joint designed with the flexion contracture patient in mind. It allows the

patient to increase genu range of motion gradually with ten different positions. Simply flip the lever and

the joint motion becomes free to allow for sitting and lying down positions. Flip the lever back down and

the mechanism blocks flexion while allowing free extension. Accepts bail and lever release kits (below). Sold

pair. From OTS.

Upright 3/16” x 1/2” 3/16” x 5/8” 1/4” x 5/8” 3/16” x 3/4” 1/4” x 3/4”

Straight PS SL 512KS PS SL 516KS PS SL 616KS PS SL 519KS PS SL 619KS

Left Medial Offset PS SL 512KL PS SL 516KL PS SL 616KL PS SL 519KL PS SL 619KL

Right Medial Offset PS SL 512KR PS SL 516KR PS SL 616KR PS SL 519KR PS SL 619KR

Double Contour PS SL 512KB PS SL 516KB PS SL 616KB PS SL 519KB PS SL 619KB

c. Bail Kits for InterLock™ and StepLock® Knee Joints

For use on Original Series InterLock and StepLock knee joints (above). Sold each. From OTS.


Soldered Stainless Steel Ball IBK/SBK

Rod-Style Ball RBK

d. Lever Release Kits for InterLock™ and StepLock® Knee Joints

The Lever Release Kit provides a remote operated unlocking mechanism that connects the medial and lateral

joints, making it easier to lock and unlock any spring-loaded joint. Easy to fabricate and strong, this kit is

perfect for use on both the InterLock and StepLock knee joints (above). Sold each. From OTS.

Size Small Large

Item No. ð LRK512 SM LRK16/19 LG



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Polycentric Joint and Fracture Cast Brace

Aluminum or stainless steel. With or without flanges. Free motion, drop lock and Lerman adjustable joints.

Sold pair. From Trulife.

Upright Size 1/8” x 5/8” 1/8” x 5/8” 3/16” x 5/8” 3/16” x 5/8” 1/8” x 5/8” 1/8” x 5/8”

Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Steel Stainless Steel

Flanges With Without With Without With Without

Free Motion F082001000 F082001001 F082101000 F082101001 F082201000 -

Drop Lock - - F082104000 F082104001 - -

Lerman F082006000 F082006001 F082106000 F082106001 F082206000 F082206001

f. Long Leg Drop Lock Joint

Aluminum. Upper bar 17”; lower bar 22.5”. Sold pair. From Trulife.

Upright Size 1/4” x 1/2” 1/4” x 5/8” 1/4” x 3/4”

Standard, 22.5” Lower Bar O002120510 O002120520 O002120530

Upright Size 3/16” x 5/8” 1/4” x 5/8”

Lerman, 22” Lower Bar O246000011 O246000021

g. Drop Ring Lock Long Leg Brace

With joint rivet and nylatron washer. Aluminum bars with stainless steel heads. Upper bar 16”; lower bar

24”. Sold pair. From Trulife.

Upright Size 1/4” x 3/4”

Item No. ð 049477

h. Ball Catch Ball Bearings and Springs

Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Size 1/8” 3/16”

Ball Bearing BCB-18 BCB-316

Spring BCS-18 BCS-316



OR

TH

OT

ICS

LEATHER COMPONENTS

a. Knee Cap, Soft Center Style

Made of top grade leather, padded with felt and lined with cowhide. Sold each. From Trulife.

Size Dimensions Black Brown Smoked Elk

XX-Small 3”W x 3.5”H 209L0X-XSB-L098 209L0X-XSB-R098 209L0X-XSS-E098

X-Small 3.75”W x 3”H 209L0X-S0B-L099 209L0S-S0B-R099 209L0X-S0S-E099

Small 3.75”W x 4.25”H 209L0S-00B-L100 209L0S-00B-R100 209L0S-00S-E100

Medium 4.25”W x 4.75”H 209L0M-00B-L101 209L0M-00B-R101 209L0M-00S-E101

Large 4.5”W x 5”H 209L0L-00B-L102 209L0L-00B-R102 209L0L-00S-E102

X-Large 5”W x 5.5”H 209L0X-L0B-L103 209L0X-L0B-R103 209L0X-L0S-E103

XX-Large 5.25”W x 6”H 209L0X-XLB-L104 209L0X-XLB-R104 209L0X-XLS-E104

b. Knee Cap, Pullover Type

Made of leather, padded with felt and lined with cowhide. Sold each. From Trulife.

Size/Length Dimensions Black Brown Smoked Elk

Small/15” 3.5”W x 3.5”H 209L0S-00B-L700 209L0S-00B-R700 209L0S-00S-E700

Medium/16” 4”W x 4.25”H 209L0M-00B-L701 209L0M-00B-R701 209L0M-00S-E701

Large/18” 4.25”W x 4.5”H 209L0L-00B-L702 209L0L-00B-R702 209L0L-00S-E702

X-Large/19” 4.5”W x 5.5”H 209L0X-L0B-L703 209L0X-L0B-R703 209L0X-L0S-E703

c. T-Strap Standard Design

Standard design. Made of high grade leather and lined with cowhide. Sold each. From Trulife.

Left


Medium/11” 1.5”W x 3.5”H 209LLM-00B-L302 209LLM-00B-R302 209LLM-00S-E302

Large/15” 1.75”W x 4.5”H 209LLL-00B-L303 209LLL-00B-R303 209LLL-00S-E303

X-Large/16” 2.5”W x 5”H 209LLX-L0B-L304 209LLX-L0B-R304 209LLX-L0S-E304

Right


Medium/11” 1.5”W x 3.5”H 209LRM-00B-L302 209LRM-00B-R302 209LRM-00S-E302

Large/15” 1.75”W x 4.5”H 209LRL-00B-L303 209LRL-00B-R303 209LRL-00S-E303

X-Large/16” 2.5”W x 5”H 209LRX-L0B-L304 209LRX-L0B-R304 209LRX-L0S-E304

d. T-Strap Standard with Soft Center

Made of high grade leather and lined with cowhide. Black. Sold each. From Trulife.

Size/Length Dimensions Left Right

Small/10” 1.5”W x 3.5”H 209LLS-00B-L311 209LRS-00B-L311

Medium/11” 1.5”W x 3.5”H 209LLM-00B-L312 209LRM-00B-L312

Large/15” 1.75”W x 4.5”H 209LLL-00B-L313 209LRL-00B-L313

X-Large/16” 2.5”W x 5”H 209LLX-L0B-L314 209LRX-L0B-L314

O R T H O T I C S Ankle 4 0 3


OR

TH

OT

ICS

FOOT STRAPS

a. Ossur® Foot-Up™

Foot-up is a lightweight ankle-foot orthosis that provides dynamic support for drop foot or similar complaints.

This revolutionary orthosis provides visible improvement in gait by providing support the moment the foot

is raised. Yet, it is simple to fit and practically invisible when worn. Foot-up consists of two main parts: an

ergonomic ankle wrap and a plastic inlay. The plastic inlay fits discretely between the tongue and laces of the

shoe and attaches to the ankle wrap via a powerful elastic strap featuring a quick-release clip. The cushioned

ankle wrap is made from a breathable 3-layer material, which can be worn comfortably for long periods of

time without causing skin irritation or impeding the foot¹s range-of-motion. From Össur.

Universal Size Medium Large X-Large

Ankle Circumference 7-8.25” 8.5-10.25” 10.5-13”

Item No. ð FTUPR FTUPL FTUPXL

Foot-Up™ Shoeless Wrap Small Medium Large X-Large

Foot Circumference < 7.9” 7.9-9.4” 9.4-11” 11”+

Item No. ð 27810-1 27810-2 27810-3 27810-4

17810 Plastic Inlay, One Size


O R T H O T I C S4 0 4 Ankle

OR

TH

OT

ICS

PREFABRICATED AFOs

a. ToeOFF®

The original design of the ToeOFF® family of carbon composite AFOs, ToeOFF® combines an anatomically shaped

anterior tibia shell with a four point fixation/force principle to provide dynamic toe-off assist, maximum ankle

control and tibia stabilization. ToeOFF® helps create a more natural and dynamic gait allowing the wearer

to walk further with less stress on the joints. The orthosis may be trimmed or ground for a more custom fit.

On the D-ring version, the velcro is not attached. The Fantasy line features a glossy finish that allows clothing

to glide more freely over the AFO. Every ToeOFF® should be padded on the inside towards the tibia crest.

The SoftKIT™ padding system is designed specifically for use with ToeOFF® for optimum patient comfort and

product performance. Adhere with the MikroFIX aggressive velcro kit.

Sold each. From Allard USA. ToeOFF® is covered by multiple patents. See page 564 for pediatric sizes (KiddieGait).


Height 14” (360mm) 15” (380mm) 16” (405mm) 17” (430mm) 17” (430mm)

Footplate Length 8.25” 9” 9.625” 10.625” 11.24” (210mm) (230mm) (245mm) (270mm) (285mm)

Left

Standard, Black 283751010 283751011 283751012 283751013 283751014

Standard with D-Ring 283701010 283701011 283701012 283701013 283701014

Fantasy, Purple 283631010 283631011 283631012 283631013 283631014

Fantasy, Midnight Blue 283611010 283611011 283611012 283611013 283611014

Fantasy, Ivory 283621010 283621011 283621012 283621013 283621014

Fantasy, Black 283601010 283601011 283601012 283601013 283601014

Right

Standard, Black 283752010 283752011 283752012 283752013 283752014

Standard with D-Ring 283702010 283702011 283702012 283702013 283702014

Fantasy, Purple 283632010 283632011 283632012 283632013 283632014

Fantasy, Midnight Blue 283612010 283612011 283612012 283612013 283612014

Fantasy, Ivory 283622010 283622011 283622012 283622013 283622014

Fantasy, Black 283602010 283602011 283602012 283602013 283602014

SoftKIT™, Black, Universal* 283900010 283900011 283900012 283900013 283900013

MikroFIX for SoftKIT, Black 283960011 283960011 283960011 283960011 283960011

250610000 Strap Roll

283640011 Fantasy Strap Kit XS/S

283640013 Fantasy Strap Kit M/L/XL

*Optional but highly recommended accessory.

Standard

Fantasy

SoftKIT™



OR

TH

OT

ICS

b. ToeOFF® Short

ToeOFF Short is specially developed to accommodate individuals with shorter stature and wider foot at the

metatarsal area. Sold each. From Allard USA. ToeOFF® is covered by multiple patents.


Height 11.625” (295mm) 12.625” (320mm) 13.375” (340mm)

Footplate Length 8.5” (215mm) 9.25” (235mm) 10” (255mm)

Left 283801011 283801012 283801013

Right 283802011 283802012 283802013

SoftKIT™ Short* 283910011 283910012 283910013


c. Ypsilon™

A member of the ToeOFF® family of carbon composite AFOs, Ypsilon is designed for less involved cases of foot

drop. It allows more medial, lateral and rotational ankle movement to provide opportunity for functional, or

potentially functional muscles, tendons and ligaments to function and strengthen. The long strut provides

less resistance to ground reaction forces. Three-point fixation/force principles provide dorsiflexion control.

Strut extends lateral to instep for greater clearance. Proximal ends of the “y” provide the proximal fixation

points, eliminating pressure on the tibia crest. Sold each. From Allard USA. Ypsilon™ is covered by multiple patents.


Height 13” (330mm) 13.375” (340mm) 13.75” (350mm)

Footplate Length 9” (230mm) 9.625” (245mm) 10.625” (270mm)

Left 284001011 284001012 284001013

Right 284002011 284002012 284002013

Ypsilon Interface 284020011 284020012 284020013

28402000 Replacement Calf Strap

d. BlueRocker™

BlueRocker™ is identical in shape and design to ToeOFF® but offers more orthotic control. It is developed

primarily for bilateral patients and those with more involved pathology. The extra stability will improve

both balance and posture and give the wearer greater security, especially individuals with weak quadricep

muscles. It is also the most preferred orthosis to be used in conjunction with a socket and toe filler for man-

agement of partial foot amputations. Every BlueRocker™ should be padded on the inside towards the tibia

crest. The SoftKIT™ padding system is designed specifically for use with BlueRocker™ for optimum patient

comfort and product performance. Adhere with the MikroFIX aggressive velcro kit. Sold each. From Allard

USA. BlueRocker™ is covered by multiple patents.


Height 14” (360mm) 15” (380mm) 16” (405mm) 17” (430mm) 17” (430mm)

Foot Length (210mm) (230mm) (245mm) (270mm) (285mm)

Left 284051010 284051011 284051012 284051013 284051014

Right 284052010 284052011 284052012 284052013 284052014

SoftKIT™, Black, Universal* 283900010 283900011 283900012 283900013 283900013

MikroFIX for SoftKIT, Black 283960011 283960011 283960011 283960013 283960013

283770011 BlueRocker Strap Kit XS/S

283770013 BlueRocker Strap Kit M/L/XL




OR

TH

OT

ICS

PREFABRICATED AFOs — Continued

a. SoftSHELL™

For individuals that prefer a softer look, SoftSHELL combines the padding system of SoftKIT™ with a plush

textile front to form a sleeve that slides over the anterior shell. May be applied to either BlueRocker™ or

original ToeOFF®. Available in black, beige or green. Sold each. From Allard USA.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large/X-Large

Black 283920010 283920011 283920012 283920013

Beige 283930010 283930011 283930012 283930013

Green 283940010 283940011 283940012 283940013

b. ComfortKIT™

The new comfortKIT offers a solution for ToeOFF® and BlueRocker™ wearers who, due to the shape of the

tibia, skin condition, and/or activity level, will benefit from an interface that offers added cushioning and

more intimately contours to the shape of the leg than the standard SoftKIT. An inner layer of polyurethane

foam molds naturally to the leg, yet offers the “bounce” to return to its original shape when not in use. Like

SoftKIT, comfortKIT is easily adhered to ToeOFF® or BlueRocker™ with MikroFix aggressive velcro kit. The

comfortKIT consists of two interfaces and one set of MikroFix velcro kit. Sold kit. From Allard USA.

Size X-Small Small Medium Large/X-Large

Item No. ð 283980010 283980011 283980012 283980013

c. T-Strap for ToeOFF® Family Products

For use with severe pes valgus that cannot be controlled from ground up with foot orthotics alone, T-Strap

from Allard USA is designed for use in conjunction with the ToeOFF® family of products and a custom orthotic

appropriate to meet the patient’s foot positioning requirements. (Use of T-Strap without a foot orthotic will

increase stress on the lateral strut of the ToeOFF® and increase risk of delamination.) T-Strap pulls the talo-

crural and subtalar joints laterally to position them back underneath the tibia. Quick and easy to apply, the

T-Strap attaches distally to the bottom of the ToeOFF® footplate; the proximal “T” wraps around the ankle

and attaches to the ToeOFF® lateral strut. Plastazote inner core may be gently heated to adjust shape and

improve fit. Self-adhesive hook and application instructions included. Sold each. From Allard USA.

Side Left Right

Item No. ð 287771000 287772000

d. F.O.S. (Foot Orthotic Shell)

A foot orthotic shell fabricated with EFM (Extra Firm Material) that is a very high density, heat moldable EVA.

It is grindable and washable. It is the highest source of rigidity for orthoses, short of plastic. The Microcel

Puff® interface is Ethylene Vinyl Acetate (EVA) foam. EVA is a wonderful shock absorber that is heat moldable

and has excellent shape retention and abrasion resistance. Sold pair. From Allard USA.


F.O.S. 8.87 5” 9.5” 10” 10.875” 11.375” 12” Length (225mm) (240mm) (255mm) (275mm) (290mm) (305mm)

Footplate 8.25” 9” 9.625” 10.625” 11.25” N/A Length* (210mm) (230mm) (245mm) (270mm) (285mm)

Item No. ð 680000010 680000011 680000012 680000013 680000014 680000015

*Ypsilon, ToeOFF, BlueRocker.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. ToeOFF® Combo

Combo is a lightweight, removable knee brace attachment for ToeOFF® or BlueRocker™ that creates an

innovative orthotic solution for management of footdrop combined with genu-recurvatum. Uprights are

easily shaped and adjusted to optimum height for patients. Modular components allow you to accommodate

variances in thigh and calf circumferences. Low profile. Easy to don and doff. Sold each. From Allard USA.

Joints with Uprights One Size

Item No. ð 287800000

Tibia Connector

Size1 Small Medium Large

Item No. ð 287840011 287840012 287840013

1Size generally matches size of AFO.

Knee Control Component with Popliteal Interface


Medial-Lateral2 2.75-4.25” 3.75-5.25” 5-6.25” (70-105mm) (95-130mm) (125-160mm)

Item No. ð 287820011 287820012 287820013

2Measurement taken at knee.

Thigh Cuff


Circumference3 11.75-15.75” 15-19.75” 19-23.75” 22.75-27.5” (30-40cm) (38-50cm) (48-60cm) (58-70cm)

Medial-Lateral3 4.25-6” 5.25-6” 6-7.5” 6.75-8/25” (11-15cm) (13-17cm) (15-19cm) (17-21cm)

Left Thigh Cuff 287811011 287811012 287811013 287811014

Right Thigh Cuff 287812011 287812012 287812013 287812014

3Measurement taken at height of thigh cuff location.

Thigh Cuff SoftKIT


Item No. ð 287830011 287830012 287830013 287830014

Weight Limit: 330 lb (150 kg)

Height Limit: 6.5’ (2 m)

f. ToeOFF® Clinical Assessment Version

A special “not-for-resale” version of the standard ToeOFF®, Ypsilon™ and BlueRocker™ for in-clinic patient

assessment. Sold each. From Allard USA.


Footplate 9” 9-5/8” 10-5/8” 11-1/4 Length (230mm) (245mm) (270mm) (285mm)

ToeOFF Left 283851011 283851012 283851013 283851014

ToeOFF Right 283852011 283852012 283852013 283852014

Ypsilon Left 284011011 284011012 284011013 N/A

Ypsilon Right 284012011 284012012 284012013 N/A

BlueRocker Left 284061011 284061012 284061013 284061014

BlueRocker Right 284062011 284062012 284062013 284062014



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Posterior Leaf Splint

Lightweight AFO designed to assist ambulation for those patients suffering mild to moderate neurological

deficit resulting in drop foot. The anatomically correct shape will fit inside most lace-up shoes. Durable,

orthopedic grade thermoplastic may be custom trimmed and reshaped using cast scissors and a heat gun.

Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


AFO Height 12” 13.5” 13.5” 14”

Fits Men’s Shoe Size 6-8 8.5-10 10.5-12 ≥ 12

Fits Women’s Shoe Size ≤ 6 6.5-8 8.5-10 ≥ 10

Left 79-97733 79-97735 79-97737 79-97738

Right 79-97743 79-97745 79-97747 79-97748

b. Dynamic Walk

Centri’s new dynamic dorsiflexion assist AFO features lightweight moldable carbon fiber composite construc-

tion, open heel design for optimal fit and comfort with various shoe types, low-profile M-L rods to provide

subtalar inversion/eversion, dorsi/plantar flexion and transverse rotation while providing dorsiflexion assist.

Enables the user to walk, run and squat without the need for straps. Sold each. By Centri from Fillauer.


Fits Men’s Shoe Size 4-6.5 7-9 10.5-14

Fits Women’s Shoe Size 5.5-8 8.5-10.5 12-15.5

Footplate Length 9.1” (23cm) 9.8” (25cm) 10.6” (27cm)

AFO Height 12.6” (32cm) 13.4” (34cm) 14.6” (37cm)

Regular Ankle Width 2.7” (6.8cm) 2.9” (7.3 cm) 3.2” (8.1cm)

Wide Ankle Width 2.9” (7.3 cm) 3.2” (8.1cm) 3.5” (8.9cm)

Regular Ankle Left 700111121 700111141 700111161

Regular Ankle Right 700111122 700111142 700111162

Wide Ankle Left 700111321 700111341 700111361

Wide Ankle Right 700111322 700111342 700111362

Padding Kit 700100220 700100240 700100260

c. Dynamic Walk Single Side

This variation on the Dynamic Walk AFO features easy donning and doffing and fits easily into regular or

narrow shoes. PEEK rods on medial or lateral side. Flexible for multi-plane action. Enables athletic activity

such as moderate running. Sold each. By Centri from Fillauer.


Fits Men’s Shoe Size 4-6.5 7-9 10.5-14

Fits Women’s Shoe Size 5.5-8 8.5-10.5 12-15.5

Footplate Length 9.1” (23cm) 9.8” (25cm) 10.6” (27cm)

AFO Height 12.6” (32cm) 13.4” (34cm) 14.6” (37cm)

Medial Left 700113121 700113141 700113161

Medial Right 700113122 700113142 700113162

Lateral Left 700114121 700114141 700114161

Lateral Right 700114122 700114142 700114162

Padding Kit 700100220 700100240 700100260



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Drop Foot Splint, Full Foot

Made of specially formulated polypropylene plastic and fabricated in a predorsiflexed position to provide

superior dorsiflexion assist. Easily customized, utilizing a heat gun and scissors. Standard or open heel. Sold

each. From Maramed.


Men’s Shoe Size 3-6 6-9 9-11 11-13

Ball-of-Foot Width 3.25” 3.5” 3.75” 4”

Outside Length 9.375” 10.5” 11” 12”

Inside Length 8.5” 9.75” 11” 11.5”

Brace Height 13” 13.5” 14.5” 14.5”

Standard, Left PLS-FF-100L PLS-FF-200L PLS-FF-300L PLS-FF-400L

Standard, Right PLS-FF-100R PLS-FF-200R PLS-FF-300R PLS-FF-400R

Open Heel, Left PLS-FFOH-100L PLS-FFOH-200L PLS-FFOH-300L PLS-FFOH-400L

Open Heel, Right PLS-FFOH-100R PLS-FFOH-200R PLS-FFOH-300R PLS-FFOH-400R

e. Drop Foot Splint, Dynafo

Foot section of splint ends at the head of the metatarsals. Made of specially formulated polypropylene plastic

and fabricated in a predorsiflexed position to provide superior dorsiflexion assist. Easily customized, utilizing

a heat gun and scissors. Standard or open heel version. Sold each. From Maramed.


Men’s Shoe Size 3-6 6-9 9-11 11-13

Ball-of-Foot Width 2.5” 2.75” 3.25” 3.5”

Outside Length 6” 6.5” 7.375” 7.875”

Inside Length 5.75” 6.25” 7.25” 7.75”

Brace Height 13” 14” 14” 15”

Standard, Left PLSC-100L PLSC-200L PLSC-300L PLSC-400L

Standard, Right PLSC-100R PLSC-200R PLSC-300R PLSC-400R

Open Heel, Left PLSC-OH-100L PLSC-OH-200L PLSC-OH-300L PLSC-OH-400L

Open Heel, Right PLSC-OH-100R PLSC-OH-200R PLSC-OH-300R PLSC-OH-400R

f. DynaPro™ Elite™ AFO

The new DynaPro™ Elite™ AFO is a light yet extremely durable AFO ideal for users with varying degrees of

foot drop who would benefit from an energy storing AFO to improve gait. The flexible footplate and flex-

ible upright facilitate a more natural gait than more rigid composite AFOs. The DynaPro™ Elite™ provides

gait assistance by controlling plantarflexion, reducing energy consumption during gait with swing assist and

improving ground clearance during gait. Sold each. From Ongoing Care Solutions.


Footplate Length 8” 9” 10” 11” 12”

Lateral Malleolus Height 2.5” 2.5” 3” 3.5” 3.5” +

Overall Height 14” 15” 16” 17” 17”

Left DPCF-35XL DPCF-31L DPCF-32L DPCF-33L DPCF-34XL

Right DPCF-35XR DPCF-31R DPCF-32R DPCF-33R DPCF-34XR

DPCF-SK Soft Kit (one size)



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Supra-Lite™ AFO

Comfortable, low profile prefabricated leaf spring design to correct flaccid foot drop. Injection molded

polypropylene allows for different thicknesses throughout the orthosis—thicker on the vertical aspect for

rigidity and thinner footplate for ease of trimming, comfort and flexibility. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Men’s Shoe Size 5-7 7.5-10 10.5-13 13+

Women’s Shoe Size 6 or under 6.5+

Footplate Length 9.5” 11” 11” 11.75”

Brace Height 10.5” 11.5” 13.5” 15.5”

Left 3500 3501 3502 3503

Right 3505 3506 3507 3508

b. Leaf Spring Orthosis

Popular prefabricated design accommodates many patients not requiring a custom or more rigid AFO. Fits in

most normal lace-up shoes. Low profile for excellent cosmesis. Can be easily trimmed and heated for a more

custom fit. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Men’s Shoe Size 5-7 7.5-10 10.5-13 13+


Brace Height 12” 13.5” 13.5” 14”

Left 3510 3511 3512 3513

Right 3515 3516 3517 3518

c. Carbon Supra-Lite™ AFO

Injection-molded, carbon-reinforced polypropylene AFO designed to fit patients requiring an AFO for flac-

cid foot drop. Lightweight, comfortable design with carbon rebound feature provides dorsiflexion, and the

open heel allows it to fit in most shoes. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Men’s Shoe Size 5-7 7.5-10 10.5-13 13+


Footplate Length 11” 11.125” 11.25” 11.5”

Brace Height 10.5” 11.5” 13.5” 15.5”

Left 3520 3521 3522 3523

Right 3525 3526 3527 3528

d. Ankle-Foot Orthosis

Standard AFO design prefabricated from polypropylene to a 1/8” thickness for necessary rigidity and comfort.

Indicated for flaccid or spastic foot drop. Can be heated to customize fit. Features posterior ribs for increased

support and Velcro® strap. Sold each. From Orthomerica.

To order blank add .01 at end of item number below.


Men’s Shoe Size 6 or under 5-7 7.5-10 10.5-13


Brace Height 12” 13.5” 14” 14”

Left 3540 3541 3542 3543

Right 3545 3546 3547 3548



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. AFO Dynamic

Incorporates Össur’s Flex-Foot® technology and the energy storing properties of carbon fiber. The result

is a strong, lightweight solution for people with varying degrees of drop foot. Features include excellent

strength-to-weight ratio and dynamic motion, full-length toe lever for full support while foot is loaded,

discreet medial strut for less visibility in the shoe and an open anterior tibia shell for great anatomical fit

and increased airflow. Sold each. From Össur.


Men’s Shoe Size 3-5 5.5-7.5 8-10.5 11-14

Women’s Shoe Size 4-6.5 7-9 9.5-12 12.5+

Foot Size 8-9” 9-10” 10-10.75” 10.75-11.5”

Foot Plate 8.75” 9.5” 10.25” 11”

Calf Height* 12-13.5” 12.5-14.25” 13.25-15” 14.25-15.75”

Strap Height** 12.6” 13.25” 14.25” 15”

Heel Height 0.4” 0.6” 0.6” 0.6”

Weight 2.7 oz 3.5 oz 4.2 oz 5.0 oz

Left O-102021 O-102022 O-102024 O-102026

Right O-102011 O-102012 O-102014 O-102016

*Calf height measured at the thickest part of the calf. **Strap height measured at the top of the strap.

f. AFO Light

Designed for people with mild to moderate drop foot, the AFO Light provides support only where it is needed,

eliminating unnecessary bulk and providing a cosmetically-appealing look. Provides energy return and propul-

sion assistance of the limb at toe off. Supports the foot for ground clearance during swing phase. Promotes

gradual plantar flexion at initial contact. Suggested weight range: up to 220 lb (100kg). Sold each. From Össur.


Men’s Shoe Size up to 7.5 8-10.5 11-14 12-15

Women’s Shoe Size 7-9 9.5-12 12+

Foot Size 8.75-10.25” 9.5-11” 11.5” 11-12.5”

Foot Plate 9.5” 10.25” 11” 11.75”

Calf Height* 12.5-14.25” 13.5-15” 14.25-15.75” 15-16.5”

Spring Length** 13.5” 14.25” 15” 15.75”

Heel Height 0.6” 0.6” 0.6” 0.6”

Weight 2.8 oz 3.15 oz 3.5 oz 3.85 oz

Left O-121022 O-121024 O-121026 O-121028

Right O-121012 O-121014 O-121016 O-121018

O-12210 Accessory Kit (one size)

*Calf height measured at the thickest part of the calf. **Spring length is the length of the posterior spring.

g. AFO Leaf Spring

Össur AFO Leaf Spring features a more rigid vertical aspect for good lifting capacity, with a thinner, more

flexible foot section for ease of trimming. The foot section can be trimmed to the desired shape and size

with a pair of scissors. Lightweight polypropylene and the absence of a heel section makes Össur AFO Leaf

Spring a more comfortable wear and better fitting in shoes. Sold each. From Össur.

Size Small/Medium Large

Height 10.75” (27cm) 12” (30cm)

Left O-110227 O-110230

Right O-110127 O-110130



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Semi Rigid AFO

Provides functional alignment for flaccid extremities and resistance to mild extensor spasticity. Provides

mediolateral support for ankle instability. Sold each. From RCAI.


Measured 8-9.75” 9.5-10” 10.5-12” 12-15” Foot Length (20.3-24.8cm) (24.1-25.4cm) (26.7-30.5cm) (30.5-38.1cm)

Maximum Calf Circumference 18” (45.7cm) 18” (45.7cm) 20” (50.8cm) 20” (50.8cm)

Product Foot Length 7” (17.8cm) 7.5” (19.1cm) 8” (20.3cm) 8.5” (21.6cm)

Product Calf Height 13” (33cm) 14” (35.6cm) 15” (38.1cm) 15” (38.1cm)

Left 40AFO-SR-S-L 40AFO-SR-M-L 40AFO-SR-L-L 40AFO-SR-XL-L

Right 40AFO-SR-S-R 40AFO-SR-M-R 40AFO-SR-L-R 40AFO-SR-XL-R

b. Step-Smart™

The Step-Smart™ brace is not only designed for clearance during swing phase, it is also engineered to handle

shock absorption at heel strike. The exclusive Jacob Joint™ pushes the foot into gentle dorsiflexion during

swing phase. Then the pre-loaded feature of the joint absorbs shock and decelerates the plantarflexion phase

instantaneously during heel strike. May be set to one of five different levels of plantarflexion resistance.

Sold each. From Swede-O.

Size/Side S/M Left L/XL Left S/M Right L/XL Right

Heel Width < 2.5” < 3” < 2.5” < 3” (63mm) (76mm) (63mm) (76mm)

Footplate Length 6.25” 6.75” 6.25” 6.75”

Men’s Shoe Size 7+ up to 9 7+ Up to 9

Women’s Shoe Size 8+ up to 10 8+ Up to 10

Item No. ð 23313 23315 23213 23215

c. Rigid AFO

Fabricated from 3/16” polypropylene. Full-calf height. Easily modified with heat gun and scissors. Available

with a full foot length or metatarsal head foot plate. Sold each. From Trulife.

Full Foot Length


Foot Length 9.5” (24cm) 10.3” (26cm) 10.8” (27cm)

Left 115AFO1N316F1L 115AFO1N316F2L 115AFO1N316F13L

Right 115AFO1N316F1R 115AFO1N316F2R 115AFO1N316F13R

Metatarsal Head



Left 115AFO1N316M1L 115AFO1N316M2L 115AFO1N316M13L

Right 115AFO1N316M1R 115AFO1N316M2R 115AFO1N316M13R



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Semi-Solid AFO



Full Foot Length





Metatarsal Head





e. Posterior Leaf Spring (PLS) AFO



Full Foot Length





Metatarsal Head





f. Sure Step Articulating Splint

Articulating splint swivels at the ankle to allow more freedom of movement. Heat moldable. Footplate helps

align ligaments promoting healing and weight bearing. Includes washable foam pads. Sold each. From Trulife.


Men’s Shoe Size 2-4 5-7 8-10 11-13 14-15

Women’s Shoe Size 4-7 8-9 10-12 13-15 N/A

Left A38100 A38102 A38104 A38106 A38108

Right A38101 A38103 A38105 A38107 A38109



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Matrix

Height-adjustable and heat moldable anterior shell features an elongated strut of reinforced carbon fiber

and glass composite to produce a more dynamic gait. Shell padding ensures reduced pressure on the tibial

crest. Indicated for low activity patients with simple, unilateral drop foot. Sold each. From Trulife.


Foot Measurement up to 9.8” 9.4-10.6” 9.8-11.4”

Brace Height 15.5-16.5” 16-17” 17-18”

Left FH200L02 FH200L03 FH200L04

Right FH200R02 FH200R03 FH200R04

Sure Step Matix Evaluation Kit, Left DISCON DISCON DISCON

Sure Step Matix Evaluation Kit, Right DISCON DISCON DISCON

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Replacement Anterior Shell with Straps and Pad FH250A02 FH250A03 FH250A04

Replacement Padding Kit FH250P02 FH250P03 FH250P04

Replacement Strap Set (one size) FH250B

b. Matrix Max

A rigid version of Matrix for more active patients. Sturdy strut is designed to offer stability to patients with

weak quadracep muscles. Provides dynamic assist and reduced shearing for those with forefoot amputations.

Height-adjustable anterior shell allows optimal customization and comfort. Includes two washable pads for

the anterior shell. Sold each. From Trulife.


Foot Measurement up to 9.8” 9.4-10.6” 9.8-11.4” 10.2-12.2”

Brace Height 15.5-16.5” 16-17” 17-18” 17-18”

Left FH250L02 FH250L03 FH250L04 FH250L05

Right FH250R02 FH250R03 FH250R04 FH250R05


Replacement Anterior Shell w/ Straps and Pad FH250A02 FH250A03 FH250A04 FH250A04

Replacement Padding Kit FH250P02 FH250P03 FH250P04 FH250P04


c. Matrix Split Toe

Revolutionary split footplate design for improved balance and stability. New grey height adjustable anterior

shell. Urethane strapping for increased durability. Ideal for Hallux amputations because the split toe acts as

a natural spring. Indicated for low activity patients with simple, unilateral drop foot. Maximum weight: 250

lbs (113kg). Sold each. From Trulife.


Foot Measurement up to 9.8” 9.4-10.6” 9.8-11.4”

Brace Height 15.5-16.5” 16-17” 17-18”

Left FH210L02 FH210L03 FH210L04

Right FH210R02 FH210R03 FH210R04


Replacement Anterior Shell with Straps and Pad FH210A02 FH210A03 FH210A04

Replacement Padding Kit FH210P02 FH210P03 FH210P04




OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Matrix Max Split Toe

Revolutionary split footplate design for improved balance and stability. New grey height adjustable anterior

shell. Urethane strapping for increased durability. Ideal for Hallux amputations because the split toe acts as

a natural spring. Indicated for low to high activity patients with unilateral or bilateral drop foot. Sold each.

From Trulife.



Brace Height 15.5-16.5” 16-17” 17-18” 17-18”




Replacement Anterior Shell w/ Straps and Pad FH210A02 FH210A03 FH210A04 FH210A04

Replacement Padding Kit FH210P02 FH210P03 FH210P04 FH210P04


e. Matrix Curve

The new Matrix Curve spiral AFO is designed for low to high-activity level patients with unilateral or bilateral

drop foot. Features include a slim, lightweight design, dynamic lateral strut, adjustable height, heat mold-

ability, and a dynamic response, energy storing composite footplate for an optimal energy-efficient gait.

Urethane strapping for increased durability. Sold each. From Trulife.



Brace Height 15.5-16.5” 16-17” 17-18” 17-18”



f. Matrix Max Raw

Lightweight, carbon composite. Ready for practitioner to create a custom anterior AFO, KAFO or partial

foot prosthesis. Used for drop foot, CMT, MS, ALS, off-loading, PTB and any other creative ways that provide

optimal outcomes for patients. Sold each or pack of 10. From Trulife.

Description Left Each Right Each Left Pk/10 Right Pk/10

Foot Measurement 11.5” (29cm) 11.5” (29cm) 11.5” (29cm) 11.5” (29cm)

Brace Height 14.5” (37cm) 14.5” (37cm) 14.5” (37cm) 14.5” (37cm)

Item No. ð FH225-L FH225-R FH226-L FH226-R



OR

TH

OT

ICS

FRACTURE BRACING

a. Tibial Fracture Brace

A prefabricated functional orthosis designed for diaphyseal fractures of the tibia and fibula. Allows movement

of adjacent joint to increase blood flow, osteogenesis and function. Lightweight, durable thermoplastic can

be trimmed with cast scissors and modified with a heat gun. Complete kits includes single axis shoe insert.

Tibial Section includes two socks. From Orthomerica.

Size Small Medium Med/Long Large Large/Long

Calf Circumference 11-13” 13-15” 14-16” 15-17” 16-18”

Ankle Circumference 8-10” 9-11” 9-11” 10-12” 10-12”

Leg Length 16.5-18.5” 17.5-19.5” 20.5-22.5” 19.5-21.5” 22-24”

Complete Kit, Left 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734

Complete Kit, Right 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739

Tibial Section, Left 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554

Tibial Section, Right 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559

b. Fracture Brace Shoe Insert, Free Motion

Versatile free motion shoe insert for use on tibial, femoral, ankle fracture braces, casts and cast braces. Fits in

most lace-up shoes. Limits inversion and eversion, while allowing dorsiflexion and plantarflexion. Perforated

heel cup helps limit moisture build-up. Offset uprights accommodate swelling at malleoli. Velcro® hook on

inside of uprights. Sold each. From Orthomerica. Pediatric sizes also available.


Men’s Shoe Size 5-7 7.5-10 10.5-13 13+

Women’s Shoe Size 6 or less 6.5+

Footplate Length 4.25” 4.75” 5” 5.5”

Left 1580-OM 1581 1582-OM 1583-OM

Right 1585-OM 1586-OM 1587-OM 1588-OM



OR

TH

OT

ICS

LOWER EXTREMITY SPLINTS

c. 24-Hour Foot Pain Relief System

This unique system features a foot pain night splint designed to comfortably stretch the plantar fascia and

achilles tendon during sleep. The gentle stretch helps reduce the muscle contracture, inflammation and pain

associated with the first step in the morning or after periods of rest. A removable stretching wedge is provided

if additional dorsiflexion (stretch) is needed. Also included is a pair of gel heel cups for daytime relief and a

comprehensive instruction and stretching guide. One size fits all. Sold each. From Aetrex.

Size Women’s Men’s

Item No. ð 3101 3102

d. AliMed® Turnbuckle Ankle Orthosis

Enables the clinician to apply progressive low-load torque at the ankle joint to control muscle imbalance and

reduce contracture. From AliMed.


Item No. ð 66426-S 66426-M 66426-L

Replacement Liner 66427-S 66427-M 66427-L

e. FREEDOM® PF Night Splint II

FREEDOM® PF Night Splint II holds the foot in dorsiflexion throughout the night. Provides passive stretching

of the plantar fascia, muscles, and Achilles tendon to help relieve the pain of plantar faciitis. PF Night Splint II

has better patient compliance than other models. This comfortable splint can even be adjusted to meet special

requirements. The splint is lightweight and low profile—trimmed of all cumbersome, excess plastic. Cool and

comfortable terry lining encases the support structure so no hard edges are exposed. Splint comes preset at

5° dorsiflexion—adjustment range from 10° plantar flexion (2.5° increments) to suit any situation. Liner is

hand washable. X-Large has longer ankle and calf straps for larger calves. Fits left or right foot. From AliMed.

Description Medium Large X-Large

PF Night Splint II, each 60973-M 60973-L 60973-XL

PF Night Splint II, 2/case 61078-M 61078-L 61078-XL

Replacement Liner 60974-M 60974-L 60974-XL

f. FREEDOM® Dorsal PF™ Night Splint

Provides a gentle stretch to the plantar fascia and calf musculature to help relieve heel pain associated with

plantar fasciitis. Low profile Kydex® shell positions the foot in neutral, while the neoprene straps hold the

splint securely in place. Plastic-free bottom will not impede ambulation. Sold each. From AliMed.

Size Medium Large

Men’s Shoe Size 5-9 9.5-14

Women’s Shoe Size 6-10 10.5-15

Item No. ð 66113-AM 66114



OR

TH

OT

ICS

LOWER EXTREMITY SPLINTS — Continued

a. PRAFO® Orthosis

More than just positive heel suspension, the PRAFO® Orothosis offers many adjustable features. The custom-

contoured aluminum heel connector bar helps to control dorsiplantar flexion by allowing infinite, measurable

adjustments. The ergonomically designed foot plate allows the Kodel® liner to be changed easily without tools.

The integral, securely fastened Vibram® walking base provides a shoe-type surface for ambulatory patients.

Calf and foot segments can be custom-modified to accommodate. And the anti-rotation bar adjusts to control

unwanted extremity rotation. Sold each. From Anatomical Concepts, Inc. See page 563 for pediatric sizes.

Specifications

Foot Length: 6.75-12” M-L Calf: 4” Calf Height: 12-13” M-L Foot Plate: 3.75” Calf Circumf: 20” Weight Limit: 250 lb*

Description Item No.ò PRAFO® Orthosis 650SKT

PRAFO® Orthosis with Fleece/Sheepskin Liner 650SFY

PRAFO® Orthosis, Heavy-Duty 680SKT

PRAFO® Orthosis, Pad & Strap Style 650PKG

PRAFO® Orthosis, Stainless Steel 690SKT

*Heavy-Duty weight limit is 250-300 lb.

L60SKT Replacement Liner Kodel Adult, Teal

L60SFY Replacement Liner Fleece/Sheepskin Adult, Yellow

L60PKG Replacement Liner Pad & Strap Adult

L60SKB Replacement Liner Kodel Adult, Black

b. RAPO™ Orthosis

The same quality frame/superstructure as the gold standard PRAFO® Orthosis with a soft goods system that

is designed for the less ambulatory patient and is less costly to produce. Adjustable for fit, function and al-

lows for full ambulation. Available in two liner styles: Kodel or Terry Cloth. From Anatomical Concepts, Inc.

Description Kodel Terry Cloth

Item No. ð 650RKG 650RTB

c. APU® Orthosis

The APU® Articulating Ankle/Foot Orthosis is an Adjustable Posterior Upright design that provides the prac-

titioner a more precise, simplified, and calibrated method of setting the optimal dorsi/plantarflexion angle.

Simply loosen the two adjustment screws, reposition and then retighten the screws. Eliminates any pressure

to the medial/lateral aspects of the malleoli that typically can be attributed to double jointed systems. The

APU® orthosis is also available for the inclusion in custom made thermoplastic AFO and KAFO systems. Heavy-

duty model also available. Sold each. From Anatomical Concepts, Inc.

Specifications

Foot Length: 6.75-12” M-L Calf: 4” Calf Height: 12-13” M-L Foot Plate: 3.75” Calf Circumf: 20” Weight Limit: 250 lb*

Description Item No.ò APU® Orthosis, Black 652SKB

APU® Orthosis, White 652SKG

L62SKG Replacement Liner, Adult, Kodel, GunMetal

L62SKB Replacement Liner, Adult, Kodel, Black



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Dual Action Orthosis

The Dual Action Articulating Ankle Foot Orthosis offers patients the same outstanding features of our APU®

(Adjustable Posterior Upright) Orthosis and the EV™ (Equino-Varus) PRAFO® Orthosis in one. The Dual Action

Orthosis accommodates and helps control varus and valgus conditions of the ankle/foot complex. Further,

practitioners using the Dual Action Articulating Ankle/Foot Orthosis will find it to be a more precise and

simplified method of setting the ankle/foot complex in the sagittal plane to accommodate ankle dorsi/plan-

tarflexion. Sold each. From Anatomical Concepts, Inc.

Specifications

Foot Length: 6.75-12” M-L Calf: 4” Calf Height: 12-13” M-L Foot Plate: 3.75” Calf Circumf: 20” Weight Limit: 250 lb

Description Item No.ò Dual Action Orthosis 653SKG

e. PKA™ PRAFO® Orthosis

The PKA™ PRAFO® Articulating Ankle/Foot Orthosis helps eliminate rotation and migration of a KAFO. The

walking base provides a safe and stable base of support for ambulatory purposes. Available in both adult and

pediatric sizes, this product works with custom-made or pre-fabricated knee orthoses or KAFO’s. Additionally,

the PKA™ PRAFO® Orthosis helps eliminate posterior heel contact, control dorsi-plantar flexion, and control

external or internal rotation of the hip when supine. Accommodates those at risk of skin breakdown. Sold

each. From Anatomical Concepts, Inc.

Specifications

Foot Length: 6.75-12” M-L Foot Plate: 3.75” Weight Limit: 250 lb*

Description Item No.ò PKA™ PRAFO® Orthosis, Kodel, Black 250SKB

PKA™ PRAFO® Orthosis, Terry Cloth, Black 250RTBS

PKA™ PRAFO® DDA, Terry Cloth, Black 254RTBS

PKA™ PRAFO® APU® Heavy-Duty, Kodel, Black 282SKB

PKA™ PRAFO® APU® Heavy-Duty, Terry Cloth, Black 282RTBS

*Heavy-Duty weight limit is 250-300 lb.

f. DDA

The sophisticated DDA (Dynamic Dorsi-Assist) orthosis is designed to dynamically stretch the gastroc muscles,

offsetting equinus contracturing. The use of a series of posterior articulations allows for a virtual unrestricted

range of plantar or dorsiflexion. The DDA orthosis also provides nearly unlimited inversion of eversion of

the ankle/foot complex.

The DDA orthosis incorporates two elastic straps attached to the distal foot section and proximal calf section.

These straps can be adjusted to compensate and/or offset varus and valgus tendencies while maintaining

constant dorsi-assistive force. The DDA incorporates an important telescoping calf section feature that allows

for shortening or lengthening of the soft tissue/musculature. This feature can also be locked out, if applicable.

Sold each. From Anatomical Concepts, Inc.

Specifications

Foot Length: 6.75-12” M-L Calf: 4” Calf Height: 12-13” M-L Foot Plate: 3.75” Calf Circumf: 20” Weight Limit: 250 lb

Description Item No.ò DDA Orthosis 654SKG

DDA Orthosis, Pad & Strap Style 654PKG



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. SkiL-Care™ Heel-Float

Provides soft, comfortable support for the lower leg. Raises the heel of the high-risk resident to help protect

against pressure ulcers. From AliMed.

Size Small Medium Large/Bariatric

Standard Model 503034 503035 503036

Adjustable Model 503152 503153 503154

503039 Stabilizer, Small/Medium

503038 Stabilizer, Large/Bariatric

b. Bledsoe™ Night Splint

The Bledsoe Night Splint prevents tears in fibrous tissue that occur after a night of rest, breaking the nighttime-

healing/morning-pain cycle. The angled polyethylene shell keeps the foot in a dorsi-flexed position while

straps tension for support. Also features a washable liner. From Bledsoe.


Men’s Shoe Size < 7 7.5-10 10+

Women’s Shoe Size < 7.5 8-10.5 11+

Item No. ð SA902003 SA902005 SA902007

c. Body Armor® Night Splint

The Body Armor® Night Splint actively engages the windlass mechanism of the foot resulting in a specific

and sustained stretch to the plantar fascia and a sustained low load stretch to the flexor tendons, Achilles

tendon, and calf muscles. Sold each. From Darco International.

Item No. ð BADS

d. Pneumatic Night Splint

The Pneumatic Night Splint features a fully-integrated inflation/deflation system that can be easily oper-

ated with one hand. The internal air bladder is infinitely adjustable so every wearer can find the degree of

dorsiflexion that works best for them. The natural cotton terry liner absorbs moisture and ensures a cool,

comfortable fit. Non-skid sole. Sold each. From Darco International.


Item No. ð NS1B NS2B NS3B NS4B



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. DeRoyal® Ankle Contracture Boot

Static ankle foot orthosis used for positioning and pressure reduction. Softgoods completely cover splint

leaving no exposed metal against skin. “No strap” closures make it easy for patients to apply and remove the

boot. Anti-rotation bar, padded toe piece and mesh laundry bag included. Universal left/right. From DeRoyal.

Size A B C D E

Calf Circumference 8-12” 10-14” 14-16” 16-21” 16-21”

Foot Circumferene 6-8” 7-9” 9-11” 11-13” 13”+

Velfoam® Boot 4302A 4302B 4302C 4302D 4302E

Velfoam® Boot w/Boot Sole 4301A 4301B 4301C 4301D 4301E

Velfoam® Boot w/Boot Sole and Extra Liner 4300A 4300B 4300C 4300D 4300E

Fleece Boot 4307A 4307B 4307C 4307D 4307E

Fleece Boot w/Boot Sole 4306A 4306B 4306C 4306D 4306E

Fleece Boot w/Boot Sole and Extra Liner 4305A 4305B 4305C 4305D 4305E

f. Comfy Ambulating Boot

The Comfy Ambulating Boot (AmbBoot) is for the patient who requires positioning but can also transfer and

ambulate. It has a rubber sole with non-slip surface that provides a walking base so patients can walk comfort-

ably. Excellent for the treatment of plantar flexion, foot drop and wound care. Prevents heel pressure sores.

The heel is elevated by the contours of the boot and it is protected and cushioned by the fleece-lined cover

to prevent any pressure on the heel. Additionally, an anti-rotation bar hidden under the fleece cover can be

used to control hip and leg rotation. One size. Sold each. From Lenjoy Medical Engineering, Inc.

Item No. ð A-BOOT

g. Comfort-Ease Night Splint

Designed to alleviate plantar fasciitis, Achilles tendinitis, and other lower extremity overuse injuries. Adjust-

able dorsiflexion straps gently stretch the plantar fascia and Achilles tendon. Three-dimensional molded

technology allows for variable padding thickness in strategic locations for a comfortable fit. The design utilizes

breathable Lycra foam padding to help eliminate heat buildup. The foam pads and straps are user-friendly,

allowing easy adjustment for immobilization while maintaining comfort across the flexor tendons. The night

splint adjusts from 90° to 10° of dorsiflexion. From McCary’s.

Size Small/Medium Med/Large

Item No. ð 103510001SM 103510001ML

h. SoftPro™ Gait Trainer™

Effectively treats plantar flexion, inversion and eversion. Features include anti-rotation bar, suspended heel

and adjustable toe post. Removable ClickStep™ Transfer Pad. Patented ClickStep™ Transfer Pad provides

audible cue with heel strike. Rocker bottom design facilitates initial weight bearing and assisted gait training.

Available smooth or fleece. Bacti-Ban™ keeps covers cleaner and more odor resistant. AFO Spreader Bar also

available. Sold each. From Ongoing Care Solutions.


Foot Length 6-8” 8-10” 10-11” 11-12”

Max Calf Circumference 15” 17” 19” 23”

Smooth SP 30-50 SP 30-51 SP 30-52 SP 20-53

Fleece SP 30-00 SP 30-01 SP 30-02 SP 30-03

SP 30 FLEECE TOE EXT COVER SoftPro Pro Gait Trainer Fleece Toe Cover

SP 2075SB SoftPro AFO Spreader Bar



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. SoftPro™ In-Bed AFO

Effectively treats plantar flexion. Features included anti-rotation bar, suspended heel, adjustable toe post

and non-skid bottom for assisted transfers. Available in smooth or fleece. Bacti-Ban™ keeps covers cleaner

and more odor resistant. From Ongoing Care Solutions.


Foot Length 6-8” 8-10” 10-11” 11-12”

Max Calf Circumference 15” 17” 19” 23”

Smooth SP 10-50 SP 10-51 SP 10-52 SP 10-53

Fleece SP 10-00 SP 10-01 SP 10-02 SP 10-03

Smooth Liner SP 10AK-50 SP 10AK-51 SP 10AK-52 SP 10AK-53

Fleece Liner SP 10AK-00 SP 10AK-01 SP 10AK-02 SP 10AK-03

b. HealPRO™

Designed to unweight the heel and protect the foot from potential ulcers and/or loss of dorsiflexion range

of motion, HealPRO reduces pressure on the toes from bed linen to facilitate comfort and protect the skin.

Designed primarily for patients spending long periods of time in a recumbent position, the HealPRO can

improve clearance in swing phase and promote a neutral position during stance for limited ambulation.

Removable external bootie cover. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


HealPRO™ Night Splint 3530 3531 3532 3533

HealPRO™ Replacement Pad 3530.01 3531.01 3532.01 3533.01

3529.02 HealPRO™ Abductor Bar Kit

c. UFO™

The Universal Plantar Fasciitis Orthosis (UFO™) is a prefabricated night splint for the effective treatment

of plantar fasciitis and Achilles tendonitis. The UFO comfortably supports the affected foot in a controlled

amount of dorsiflexion, applying a Low Load Prolonged Stretch (LLPS) to the soft tissues, promoting gentle

stretching, healing and reducing the stress and pain caused by inflammation and tissue shortening. Replaceable

Coolfoam™ liner wicks moisture away from the skin. Non-skid pad included. Sold each. From Orthomerica.


Item No. ð 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623

Replacement Liner 3619.01 3620.01 3621.01 3622.01 3623.01

d. Form Fit® Night Splint

Adjustable flexion straps provide a gentle stretching of the plantar fascia and Achilles tendon. Adjusts from

10-90° dorsiflexion. Shell features plush interior foam that is breathable and washable. Padded straps main-

tain comfort across the flexor tendons. Center-release buckles for easy application. Sold each. From Össur.


Men’s Shoe Size up to 7 7.5-10 10.5+

Women’s Shoe Size up to 7.5 8-10.5 11+

Standard Night Splint 50003-OU 50005-OU 50007-OU

with Slip-Resistant Tread 50023 50025 50027

Replacement Liners 11760 11761 11762

10700 Foam Wedges for increased plantar and dorsiflexion



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Airform® Night Splint

The Airform Dorsal Night Splint provides nighttime and morning pain relief. Smaller and lighter than most other

dorsal night splints, the Airform Night Splint is designed to maintain the ankle in a neutral position, providing

a passive stretch to both the Achilles tendon and plantar fascia by pulling from above. An air-filled pad lines

this anatomically-molded splint at the ankle/foot juncture, providing a cushioned fit. Sold each. From Össur.

Size Medium Large



Each 50045 50047

6/pkg 500456 500476

f. Exoform® Dorsal Night Splint

Integrated support shell with adjustable aluminum stay maintains the therapeutic angle of the foot and lower

leg at 85° to 90°. Thermoformed Form Fit® padding on the inside of the soft good improves patient comfort.

Full calf and heel strapping holds the foot in the desired angle and eliminates rotation and migration of

the product. Flex Edge® overmolding eliminates pressure points and discomfort while protecting sleeping

partners. Semi-rigid plantar pad reduces discomfort along the sides of the foot while providing an improved

angle of dorsiflexion. Non-slip surface on plantar pad to help prevent slipping. Aesthetically superior, low-

profile design. Sold each. From Össur.

Size Medium Large



Item No. ð W-50085 W-50087

g. Dorsiwedge™ Night Splint

Soft padded, contoured posterior shell provides passive dorsi-flexion to address Plantar Fasciitis and Achilles

Tendonitis. Removable liner may be washed for patient hygiene. Fits right or left foot. Shipped with full-

length toe wedge for additional stretch on plantar fascia. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size ≤ 6 6.5-9.5 10-12 12+

Women’s Shoe Size ≤ 6.5 7-10 10.5-12.5 13+

Item No. ð 79-81403 79-81405 79-81407 79-81408

h. Plantar Fasciitis Night Splint

Allows for controlled application of a prolonged stretch on the Plantar Fascia and Achilles Tendon. Light-

weight, sturdy, one-piece flexible shell. Adjustable bilateral dorsi-flexion straps. Cool terry liner and padded

calf and ankle straps for additional comfort. Shipped with toe wedge for additional stretch on plantar fascia.

Fits right or left. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size ≤ 6 6.5-8.5 9-11.5 12+

Women’s Shoe Size ≤ 7 7.5-9.5 10-12.5 13+

Item No. ð 79-97753 79-97755 79-97757 79-97758



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Podous Boot

Lightweight, quality plastic shell with poly/pile liner help treat and prevent lower extremity disorders as-

sociated with trauma or immobility including pressure necrosis, ankle contractures, and postoperative hip

abduction or rotation. Adjustable toe extension helps protect toes from bedding. Anti-rotation bar may be

repositioned to assist with internal or external rotation. Removable transfer pad on dorsal side for limited

patient ambulating. Fits right or left foot. Latex free. Replacement liners available in a pack of three. By

ProCare from DJO Global.

Size Regular X-Large

Calf Circumference ≤ 22” ≤ 25”

Item No. ð 79-90550 79-90551

Replacement Liner (3/pkg) 79-90560 79-90561

b. MPO 2000®

Eliminates pressure on the heel and toes, while dynamically treating foot and ankle contractures. A rotator

bar controls hip and leg rotation. Features a breathable, anti-microbial liner that wicks away moisture from

the skin, maintaining skin integrity. Transfer attachment provided for nonskid stand-up transfer. Prevents

cross-contamination from floor to bed. Easily applied and removed with the use of velcro loop and lock strips.

Extender kit available for increased calf and foot circumference or edema. Sold each. From RCAI.


Foot Length 7-8” 8-9” 9-10” 10-11” 11-11.5” (15.2-17.8cm) (20.3-22.9cm) (22.9-25.4cm) (25.4-27.9cm) (27.9-31.8cm)

Max Calf Circumference 15” (38.1cm) 17” (43.2cm) 17” (43.2cm) 19” (48.3cm) 17” (43.2cm)

Item No. ð 01MP-S 01MP-M 01MP-L 01MP-XL 01MP-XXL

Extender Kit Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large

Item No. ð 02EXT-S 02EXT-M/L 02-EXT-M/L 02EXT-XL 02EXT-XL

c. MPO 2000® Active

Features a “twist and lock” removable ambulatory attachment that converts the MPO 2000® Active from a

bed positioning device to a limited ambulation device. The dynamics of the MPO allow normal plantar and

dorsiflexion and acts as a spring assist during limited ambulation. Eliminates heel pressure, treats foot and

ankle contractures. Breathable liner wicks away moisture from the skin. Extender kit available for increased

calf and foot circumference or edema. Sold each. From RCAI.


Foot Length 7-8” 8-9” 9-10” 10-11” (15.2-17.8cm) (20.3-22.9cm) (22.9-25.4cm) (25.4-27.9cm)

Maximum Calf Circumference 15 (38.1cm) 17” (43.2cm) 17” (43.2cm) 19” (48.3cm)

Item No. ð 02MP-S 02MP-M 02MP-L 02MP-XL

Extender Kit Small Medium Large X-Large

Item No. ð 02EXT-S 02EXT-M/L 02-EXT-M/L 02EXT-XL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. MPO Active®

Eliminates heel pressure, treats foot and ankle contractures. Features a removable ambulatory attachment

that converts the brace from a bed positioning device to an active walking device for limited ambulation.

Secured with a “twist and lock” motion. Washable synthetic sheepskin liner. Sold each. From RCAI.




Item No. ð 09MP-S 09MP-M 09MP-L 09MP-XL

e. Multi Podus® Orthosis

Cost effective, systematic treatment of foot drop, foot and ankle contracture, hip rotation and pressure

sores due to illness, trauma or immobility. “Floating heel” design eliminates pressure or friction on the heel,

enhancing blood circulation vital to healing. Dynamic flex action supplies continuous counter force pressure

to the plantar surface of the foot, assisting in the correction of foot drop, contracture and deformity. Rotator

bar positioned to the side, controls hip and leg rotation, providing functional alignment. Adjustable toe post

relieves pressure on the toes, and can be positioned to the side in the treatment of malleolus and lateral ulcers.

Detachable Transfer Attachment provided for stand-up transfer from floor to bed. Sold each. From RCAI.


Foot Length 7-8” 8-9” 9-10” 10-11” 11-12.5” (15.2-17.8cm) (20.3-22.9cm) (22.9-25.4cm) (25.4-27.9cm) (27.9-31.8cm)

Max Calf Circumference 16” (40.6cm) 18” (45.7cm) 20” (50.8cm) 22” (55.9cm) 24” (61cm)

Item No. ð 10MP-S 10MP-M 10MP-L 10MP-XL 10MP-XXL

f. Dorsi-Flexion Multi Podus®

Adjustable from 40° plantar flexion to 10° dorsi flexion in infinite increments, the Phase II provides controlled

static stretch for the correction of plantar flexion contractures. The Phase II can be removed for daily range

of motion therapy and skin hygiene, enhancing patient recovery time, eliminating the risk of pressure sores.

“Floating heel” design eliminates pressure or friction on the heel, enhancing blood circulation vital to healing.

Canvas reinforced, the anklet of the Phase II can accommodate mild to moderate muscle tone with resulting

spasticity. Rotator bar controls hip and leg rotation. Inversion/eversion strap supplied simulates a T-strap on

a short leg brace to correct this complication commonly associated with head injury patients. Indicated for

stroke, brain injury, burn patients, severe contracture, achilles rupture, cerebral palsy, or when static progressive

ankle positioning is recommended. Available with a closed cell liner for burn patients. Sold each. From RCAI.

Size Small Average Large X-Large

Foot Length 7-8” 8-9” 9.5-11” 11-12.75” (15.2-17.8cm) (20.3-22.9cm) (24.1-27.9cm) (27.9-32.4cmcm)

Kodel® Model 20MP-A-S 20MP-A-M 20MP-A-L 20MP-A-XL

Breathable Foam Model 21MP-A-S 21MP-A-M 21MP-A-L 21MP-A-XL

Burn Unit Model 19MP-A-S 19MP-A-M 19MP-A-L 19MP-A-XL



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Dorsi-Flexion Multi Podus®

The new Dorsi-Flexion MPO by RCAI provides adjustable static stretch of the plantar flexors, treating neuro-

muscular involvement conditions such as diminished foot and ankle range of motion, pressure sores and hip

rotation. Medial/lateral straps attached to the sides of the brace allow the foot and ankle to be controlled,

as needed, in the desired dorsi-flexed position prescribed. Sold each. From RCAI.



Item No. ð 11DFMP-S 11DFMP-M 11DFMP-L 11DFMP-XL

b. CORRXIT®

The unique heel design of the splint eliminates pressure points and allows for visual examination and circu-

lation of air over the heel. The Toe Guard reduces bed linen skin irritation by separating the bedding from

contact with the foot. The Stabilizer Bar effectively prevents rolling of the patient’s leg and controls internal

or external rotation. The washable, anti-microbial foam liner of the CORRXIT® wicks away moisture, keep-

ing the skin dry and comfortable. Available with Kodel® liner for enhanced comfort and warmth. The low

profile Ambulatory Attachment is easily applied and removed without the use of tools. Sold each. From RCAI.

Size Average Avg/Oversized Large Bariatric

Heel to Great Toe 8.5-9.75” 8.5-9.75” 9.75-11” 9.75-11”

Maxiumum Foot Circumference 13” (33cm) 18” (45.7cm) 13” (33cm) 16” (40.6cm)


with Foam Liner 03CX-A 03CX-A-OS 03CX-L 03CX-B

with Kodel™ Liner 03-KCX-A 03-KCX-A-OS 03-KCX-L 03-KCX-B

c. PF Night Splint

Designed to comfortably position the foot in a controlled amount of dorsi-flexion. Stretches the plantar fascia

and Achilles Tendon to help relieve pain and speed healing of Plantar Fasciitis or Achilles Tendonitis. Adjustable

straps control the amount of dorsal foot flexion, and three padded straps with lock buckles keep the splint in

place. Flexible plastic shell with soft, moisture wicking liner. Indicated for Plantar Fasciitis, Achilles Tendonitis,

Plantar Flexion Contractures, and Muscle Tightening. Non-skid pad, fits right or left. Sold each. From Sroufe.


Mens’s Shoe Size up to 7.5 8-10.5 11+

Women’s Shoe Size up to 7 7.5-10 10.5+

Item No. ð 4100-2 4100-3 4100-4

d. Dorsal Night Splint

Alleviates pain associated with plantar fasciitis. Lightweight, low profile design provides comfort while sleep-

ing. Supports the foot from above, keeps foot cool. Fits right or left foot. Sold each. From ST&G.

Size SM/MD LG/XL

Item No. ð DNS-100S/M DNS-100L/XL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

WALKING BOOTS

e. FoamWalker™

Aircast’s economy model features custom inflated aircells for individual fit and support, lightweight, low

profile design and a sealed air-cushioned heel. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size 4-7 7-10 10-13 14-19

Women’s Shoe Size 5-8 8-11 11-15 15+

Max Foot Width 4.25” (10.8cm) 4.5” (11.4cm) 5.125” (13cm) 5.625” (14cm)

Max Calf Circumference 14” (36cm) 16” (41cm) 20” (51cm) 25” (64cm)

Brace Height 14.25” (36cm) 15.75” (40cm) 17” (43cm) 17” (43cm)

Item No. ð 01F-S 01F-M 01F-L 01F-XL

f. Extra Pneumatic Walker™

High level of support for the ultimate in protection, adjustability, edema control, and durability. The XP Walker

has a lightweight, durable semi-rigid shell that helps support the limb while providing full-shell protection.

Lining the shell are overlapping Duplex aircells providing intermittent pneumatic compression for edema

reduction and callus formation. These aircells can be custom inflated for a “total contact” fit. Includes two

socks and a hand bulb - Can be used with Brace-Lok™ system. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size 4-7 7-10 10-13 13+

Women’s Shoe Size 5-8 8-11 11-15 15+

Max Foot Width 4.5” (12cm) 5” (12.7cm) 5.5” (14cm) 5.63” (14.3cm)

Max Calf Circumference 14” (36cm) 16” (41cm) 26” (66cm) 26” (66cm)

Brace Height 12.5” (32cm) 13.75” (35cm) 14.875” (38cm) 17” (64cm)

Item No. ð 01P-S 01P-M 01P-L 01P-XL

g. Pneumatic Walker™ Diabetic

High level of support specifically designed to meet the needs of the higher risk diabetic patient. The XP

Diabetic Walker incorporates an optimized rocker sole for maximum off-loading of the diabetic foot and an

innovative dual density insole to help eliminate pressure points. The combination of semi-rigid shells, full

aircells and insole helps regulate shear stress. Two extra insoles (including the dual–laminate insole designed

with the Impax™ Grid technology), three stockings and one hand bulb with pressure gauge are included.

Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size 4-7 7-10 10-13 13+

Women’s Shoe Size 5-8 8-11 11-15 15+

Item No. 01PD-S 01PD-M 01PD-L 01PD-XL

Impax Replacement Kit 01PI-S 01PI-M 01PI-L 01PI-XL

XP Diabetic Replacement Kit 01R-S 01R-M 01R-L 01R-XL

01159 Walking Brace Extension Straps (set of 3)

01P414 Brace-Lok (package of 10)

01PG Inflation bulb with pressure gauge



OR

TH

OT

ICS

WALKING BOOTS — Continued

a. Short Pneumatic Walker™

Specifically designed for foot and ankle injuries. The SP Walker low rocker sole promotes more natural am-

bulation for improved mobility while the generous foot base has ample room for dressings without sacrific-

ing comfort. The lightweight semi-rigid shell has a pre-inflated anterior aircell and two adjustable aircells

located at the malleoli that can be individually inflated for “total contact” fit and secure support. Sold each.

By Aircast from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size 4-7 7-10 10-13 13+

Women’s Shoe Size 5-8 8-11 11-15 15+

Max Foot Width 4.312” (11cm) 4.687” (12cm) 5.25” (13cm) 5.63” (14cm)

Brace Height 7.75” (19.7cm) 8.25” (21cm) 9.5” (24cm) 9.5” (24cm)

Item No. ð 01A-S 01A-M 01A-L 01A-XL

01159 Walking Brace Extension Straps (set of 3)

b. Air LC & LC2 Boot

Economical and lightweight, the AdjustaFit LC is designed to enhance mobility for sprains, strains, and some

types of fractures. For convenience and even faster application, Bledsoe now offers the AdjustaFit LC Preas-

sembled Boot—ready to be fitted right out of the box! Lightweight, strong, low profile design. Aluminum

boot shell and upright system can be reformed to fit virtually any leg or ankle shape. Ultra-breathable foam

wrap for maximum comfort. Unique rocker design allows patients to closely simulate a near normal gait

without abnormal loads on any joints. LC2 is equipped with ankle/heel pad. Optional air ankle/heel pad

allows for ability to adjust ankle pressure for increased comfort and provides pneumatic ankle support (LC2

only). Available in five universal sizes and two lengths. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Men’s Shoe Size 1-2.5 2.5-5.5 5.5-9 9-12.5 12.5-17

Women’s Shoe Size 1-3.5 3.5-6 6-9.5 9.5-13 13+

Leg Length 9-11” 11-13” 13-15” 15-17” 17-19” (23-28cm) (28-33cm) (33-38cm) (38-43cm) (43-48cm)

LC w/cuff AL053001 AL053003 AL053005 AL053007 AL053009

LC w/bootie AL053021 AL053023 AL053025 AL053027 AL053029

LC2 w/cuff and ankle/heel pad AL053051 AL053053 AL053055 AL053057 AL053059

LC2 w/cuff and air ankle/heel pad AL253061 AL253063 AL253065 AL253067 AL253069

LC Mid-Calf AL056001 AL056003 AL056005 AL056007 AL056009

LC2 Mid-Calf with ankle/heel pad AL057001 AL057003 AL057005 AL057007 AL057009



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Achilles Boot and Air Achilles Boot

The Bledsoe Achilles Boot saves time by eliminating casting series required to stretch the achilles tendon during

rehab. Aluminum boot shell and upright system that, unlike plastic boots, can be reformed to fit virtually any

leg or ankle shape. Four cast interlocking 10° urethane wedges provide fast change of foot angle. Contains

three layers of pads that contour to the ankle shape and support the ankle for total control. Unique rocker

design allows patients to closely simulate a near normal gait without abnormal loads on any joints. Also avail-

able in Lo-Top and PTB (patella tendon bearing) versions. Optional air ankle/heel pad allows for ability to

adjust ankle pressure for increased comfort and provides pneumatic ankle support. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Men’s Shoe Size 2.5-5.5 5.5-9 9-12.5 12.5-17

Women’s Shoe Size 3.5-6 6-9.5 9.5-13 13+

Leg Length 11-13” 13-15” 15-17” 17-19”

Achilles Boot AL036013 AL036015 AL036017 AL036019

Air Achilles Boot AL236013 AL236015 AL236017 AL236019

Achilles Rise Kit AL033503 AL033505 AL033507 AL033509

d. ProGait ST & ST2 Boot

The Bledsoe ProGait ST Boot is a low-cost, lightweight walker for short term applications. The EZ Set ProGait

ST is designed for range of motion from 20°of dorsi-flexion to 40° of plantar flexion in 10 ° increments. Light-

weight, strong, low profile design. Aluminum boot shell and upright system can be reformed to fit virtually

any leg or ankle shape. Ultra-breathable foam wrap for maximum comfort. ST2 is equipped with ankle/heel

pad. Unique rocker design allows patients to closely simulate a near normal gait without abnormal loads on

any joints. Optional air ankle/heel pad allows for ability to adjust ankle pressure for increased comfort and

provides pneumatic ankle support (ST2 only). Five universal sizes and two lengths. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Men’s Shoe Size 1-2.5 2.5-5.5 5.5-9 9-12.5 12.5-17

Women’s Shoe Size 1-3.5 3.5-6 6-9.5 9.5-13 13+

Leg Length 9-11” 11-13” 13-15” 15-17” 17-19” (23-28cm) (28-33cm) (33-38cm) (38-43cm) (43-48cm)

Fixed ProGait ST & ST2 Boot

ST Boot AL032001 AL032003 AL032005 AL032007 AL032009

ST Mid-Calf Boot AL052001 AL052003 AL052005 AL052007 AL052009

ST2 Boot w/Ankle/Heel Pad AL032051 AL032053 AL032055 AL032057 AL032059

ST2 Boot w/Air Ankle/Heel Pad AL232051 AL232053 AL232055 AL232057 AL232059

ST2 Mid-Calf Boot w/Ankle/Heel Pad AL052051 AL052053 AL052055 AL052057 AL052059

ST2 Mid-Calf Boot w/Air Ankle/Heel Pad AL252051 AL252053 AL252055 AL252057 AL252059

EZ Set Hinge ProGait ST &ST2 Boot

ST Boot AL074001 AL074003 AL074005 AL074007 AL074009

ST Mid-Calf Boot AL075001 AL075003 AL075005 AL075007 AL075009

ST2 Boot w/Ankle/Heel Pad AL074051 AL074053 AL074055 AL074057 AL074059

ST2 Boot w/Air Ankle/Heel Pad AL274051 AL274053 AL274055 AL274057 AL274059

ST2 Mid-Calf Boot w/Ankle/Heel Pad AL075051 AL075053 AL075055 AL075057 AL075059

ST2 Mid-Calf Boot w/Air Ankle/Heel Pad AL275051 AL275053 AL275055 AL275057 AL275059



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Conformer Boot and Charcot Conformer Boot

The Bledsoe Conformer Diabetic Boot features a fully enclosed thick, but breathable foam cocoon attached

to a unique auto-molding innersole which embeds into a specially designed pre-molded mid-sole insert in

an aluminum shelled walking boot. This unique Automold™ Dual Density foot-bed is designed to evenly

distribute body weight across the entire bottom surface of the foot, and up to one inch high on all sides of

the foot. The auto-molding innersole features a skinned, cleanable smooth surface that molds itself to the

foot shape. The pre-molded mid-sole is specially designed to enhance perimeter and side loading better than

a total contact cast. The fully enclosed cocoon completely encases the foot and lower leg to provide maximum

protection. Studies show the Conformer distributes pressure to the sides of the foot thereby reducing peak

pressure on the bottom by 30%, on average, compared to a total contact cast.

The Bledsoe Charcot Conformer Boot is an off-the-shelf alternative to traditional casting that provides total

comfort and protection specifically for Charcot patients. This high-top version of the Conformer features a

pneumatic pad added to the proximal tibia area for increased comfort during max load bearing. The winged

PTB plate is added to maximize offloading of vertical force from the forefoot to the calf muscles and the

patellar tendon. Sold each. From Bledsoe.

Size

Men’s Shoe Size 4-5.5 6-7.5 8-9.5 10-11.5 12-13.5 14-15.5

Women’s Shoe Size 5-6.5 7-8.5 9-10.5 11-12.5 13-14.5 15-16.5

Max Foot Width 3.562” 3.75” 4.062” 4.312” 4.625” 4.812”

Conformer Boot LEFT

with Ankle/Heel Pad AL041104 AL041106 AL041108 AL041110 AL041112 AL041114

with Air Ankle/Heel Pad AL241104 AL241106 AL241108 AL241110 AL241112 AL241114

Conformer Boot RIGHT



Charcot Conformer Boot LEFT



Charcot Comformer Boot RIGHT



b. Flatform Boot

The Bledsoe Flatform Boot is designed with a flat innersole for procedures where toe dorsiflexion is not

permissible. Aluminum boot shell and upright system that, unlike plastic boots, can be reformed to fit virtu-

ally any leg or ankle shape. Low profile rocker bottom helps eliminate pelvic tilt and alleviate low back pain.

Durable microcellular hiking tread cushions heel strike, resulting in less force transmitted to joints. Unique

rocker design allows patients to closely simulate a near normal gait without abnormal loads on any joints.

Breathable foam wraps—so breathable you can blow out a match through the material. Optional air ankle/

heel pad allows for ability to adjust ankle pressure for increased comfort and provides pneumatic ankle sup-

port. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Men’s Shoe Size 1-2.5 2.5-5.5 5.5-9 9-12.5 12.5-17

Women’s Shoe Size 1-3.5 3.5-6 6-9.5 9.5-13 13+

Boot with ankle/heel pad AL043001 AL043003 AL043005 AL043007 AL043009

Boot with air ankle/heel pad AL243001 AL243003 AL243005 AL243007 AL243009



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Lo-Top Boot

The Bledsoe Lo-Top Boot is designed as a flexible and attractive alternative to casting for the mid-tibia or

fibula to mid-foot area and also for second and third degree ankle sprains. The Lo-Top is 2” shorter than the

Bledsoe Hi-Top Boot but offers similar support. The Bledsoe EZ Set Lo-Top Boot is designed for range of mo-

tion from 20° of dorsi-flexion to 40° of plantar flexion in 10° increments. Aluminum boot shell and upright

system that, unlike plastic boots, can be reformed to fit virtually any leg or ankle shape. Low profile rocker

bottom helps eliminate pelvic tilt and alleviate low back pain. Fast, easy fitting saves time over complicated

casting procedures. Contains 2 layers of pads that contour to the ankle shape and support the ankle for total

control. Ultra-breathable foam wrap for maximum comfort. Sold each. From Bledsoe.


Men’s Shoe Size 1-2.5 2.5-5.5 5.5-9 9-12.5 12.5-17

Women’s Shoe Size 1-3.5 3.5-6 6-9.5 9.5-13 13+

Leg Measurement 9-11” 11-13” 13-15” 15-17” 17-19” (23-28cm) (28-33cm) (33-38cm) (38-43cm) (43-48cm)

Fixed Lo-Top

with Cuff & Ankle/Heel Pad AL085001 AL085003 AL085005 AL085007 AL085009


with Bootie & Ankle/Heel Pad AL085021 AL085023 AL085025 AL085027 AL085029


with Bootie & Air Ankle/Heel Pad AL285021 AL285023 AL285025 AL285027 AL285029

EZ Set Lo-Top (pictured)


with Cuff & Air Ankle/Heel Pad AL270001 AL270003 AL270005 AL270007 AL270009


with Bootie & Air Ankle/Heel Pad AL270021 AL270023 AL270025 AL270027 AL270029

Hinge and Thigh Attachment Hinge Type

Leg Measurement* Use Size Simple Simple w/QuikLok Mulit-Centric

17”-19” (43-48cm) 18” (46cm) AK025018 AK525018 AK015018

19”-21” (48-53cm) 20” (51cm) AK025020 AK525020 AK015020

21”-23” (53-59cm) 22” (56cm) AK025022 AK525022 AK015022

23”-25” (59-64cm) 24” (61cm) AK025024 AK525024 AK015024

25”-27” (64-69cm) 26” (66cm) AK025026 AK525026 AK015026

27”-29” (69-74cm) 28” (71cm) AK025028 AK525028 AK015028

29”-31” (74-79cm) 30” (76cm) AK025030 AK525030 AK015030

31”-33” (79-84cm) 32” (81cm) AK025032 AK525032 AK015032

33”-35” (84-89cm) 34” (86cm) AK025034 AK525034 AK015034

*Taken from 1” below the groin on medial side of leg to peak of medial malleolus.

d. Controlled Range of Motion Walker

An adjustable range of motion walker that offers different varieties of dorsiflexion and plantarflexion. Sold

each. From Breg.


Men’s Shoe 4-7 7.5-10 10.5-12

Women’s Shoe 5-8.5 9-11 11.5-13

Item No. ð 09302 09303 09304

CROM Walker Liner 70122 70123 70124



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Vectra Premium Walker Boot

The Vectra Premium promotes an optimal healing environment by providing overall support and swelling

management of the lower leg. Liner kits include liner, calf and foot straps and the two foam ankle pads.

Sold each. From Breg.


Men’s Shoe <2.5 2.5-5.5 5.5-9 9-12.5 12.5-17

Women’s Shoe <3.5 3.5-6 6-9.5 9.5-13 13.5+

Vectra Premium Tall (pictured) 28401 28402 28403 28404 28405

Vectra Premium Short 28421 28422 28423 28424 28425

Tall Liner Kit 77310 77320 77330 77340 77350

Short Liner Kit 77410 77420 77430 77440 77450

Insole/Foam Footbed 77810 77820 77830 77840 77850

b. Vectra Premium Air Walker Boot

The Vectra Premium Air provides overall support and swelling management of the lower leg for maximum

comfort and compliance. Liner kits include liner, calf and foot straps and the two foam ankle pads. Sold

each. From Breg.


Men’s Shoe <2.5 2.5-5.5 5.5-9 9-12.5 12.5-17

Women’s Shoe <3.5 3.5-6 6-9.5 9.5-13 13.5+

Vectra Premium Air Tall 28441 28442 28443 28444 28445

Vectra Premium Air Short (pictured) 28451 28452 28453 28454 28455

Tall Liner Kit 70097 70098 70099 70101 70102

Short Liner Kit 70103 70104 70105 70106 70107

c. FX Pro™ Walker

The Darco International FX Pro™ is the lowest profile walker on the market and easily matches the heel height

of most shoes. It’s super light, weighing in at less than 2lbs and provides the ultimate cost effective solu-

tion. Maximum performance for minimum pricing equals VALUE! Don’t confuse the FX Pro™ with so-called

“discount” walkers that only offer a low price. Sold each. From Darco International.


Men’s Shoe 2-4.5 5-7.5 8-10.5 11-13 13.5+

Women’s Shoe 3.5-6 6.5-9 9.5-12 12.5+ -

Pro Walker High FX0 FX1 FX2 FX3 FX4

Pro Walker Low FXS0 FXS1 FXS2 FXS3 FXS4



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Body Armor® Walker

The Body Armor Walker provides the desired qualities of a short leg walking cast, protection, immobiliza-

tion, compression and ambulation with the convenience and economics of a short leg walker. Sold each.

From Darco International.


Men’s Shoe 6-7.5 8-10.5 11-14

Women’s Shoe 7-8.5 9-11.5 12+

Body Armor Walker High BAW1 BAW2 BAW3

Body Armor Walker Low BAWS1 BAWS2 BAWS3

High Liner BAWL1G BAWL2G BAWL3G

Low Liner BAWSL1G BAWSL2G BAWSL3G

e. Body Armor® Walker II

An updated version of Darco International’s vaunted original, the Body Armor II also provides unparalleled

protection, compression and immobilization for foot and ankle conditions where ambulation is permitted.

The II also features a built-in liner and raised air vents for extra cooling when needed. It is the perfect alter-

native to a weight-bearing cast for compliant patients, and its lower ride-height more closely matches that

of most shoes. Available in both standard and short lengths. Sold each. From Darco International.


Men’s Shoe - <6 6.5-9 9.5-13 >13.5

Women’s Shoe <4 4.5-6.5 7-10 10.5-13 -

Body Armor Walker II High BAT0 BAT1 BAT2 BAT3 BAT4

Body Armor Walker II Low BATS0 BATS1 BATS2 BATS3 BAT4

f. Pacesetter™ II Walker

Rocker sole helps promote rolling gait pattern. Double laminated foam wrap is breathable to prevent skin

breakdown. Wide foot plate for patient comfort and stability. Sold each. From DeRoyal.


Men’s Shoe 3-6.5 7-8.5 9-10.5 11-16

Women’s Shoe 4-7.5 8-10 10.5-12.5 13+

Standard Open Heel CSG53510-A CSG53510-B CSG53510-D CSG53510-C

Standard Closed Heel CSG53550-A CSG53550-B CSG53550-D CSG53550-C

Low Top Open Heel CSG53520-A CSG53520-B CSG53550-D CSG53520-C

g. Tracker EX Walker

Lightweight design for patient comfort. Low profile rocker bottom sole helps promote natural gait. Wide

foot plate for patient comfort and stability. Closed heel design helps prevent heel migration. Extra long wrap

provides full coverage. Available in standard (1559) and low-top (1558) versions. Sold each. From DeRoyal.


Men’s Shoe up to 5.5 6-8.5 9-11.5 12-13 13.5+

Women’s Shoe up to 4.5 5-8.5 9-11.5 12-13.5 14+

Standard 15590002 15590005 15590006 15590067 15590008

Low Top 15580002 15580005 15580006 15580067 15580008



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. High Tide and Low Tide

The High Tide walker provides comfortable stability for acute ankle sprains, soft tissue injuries of the lower

leg, stress fractures of the lower leg and ankle and stable fractures of the ankle. The shorter Low Tide walker

with midcalf uprights is ideal for acute ankle sprains, forefoot and midfoot sprains and strains, stress and

stable fractures of the foot and soft tissue injuries. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe <6 6-10 10-13

Women’s Shoe <7 7-10 11+

High Tide 11-0179-2-06136 11-0179-3-06136 11-0179-4-06136

Low Tide 11-0178-2-06136 11-0178-3-06136 11-0178-4-06136

b. Walkabout

The Walkabout is the newest edition to the DonJoy family of walking braces. This simple one piece injection

molded walking brace is designed to be durable and comfortable yet economical. The lowest profile rocker

bottom in the DonJoy line allows for normal ambulation. Ideal for acute ankle sprains, soft tissue injuries,

stress fractures of the lower leg and ankle as well as stable fractures of the ankle. Walking Brace Liner Exten-

sion Pad for the liner are available to accommodate larger patients. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe 4-6 6-10 10-14

Women’s Shoe <6 7-10 >11

Item No. ð 11-0461-2-13066 11-0461-3-13066 11-0461-4-13066

11-0825-9-13000 Walking Brace Liner Extension Pad - Universal (6 pk)

c. Advantage II Walker

Durable aluminum uprights and increased velcro surface area enable greater stability. Wider foot bed provides

comfort and more room for patient dressings. Low heel height and rocker sole facilitates normal gait pattern.

Hook and loop straps offer easy application and removal. Sold each. From Elite Orthopaedics.


Men’s Shoe Size 4-6 7-10 11-13 14+

Women’s Shoe Size 5-7 8-11 12-14 15+

High Top Walker T30022 T30024 T30026 T30028

Low Top Walker T31022 T31024 T31026 T31028

d. Advantage II Pneumatic Walker

Same walker frame as the Advantage II Ankle Walker. Softgood lining contains a medial and lateral aircell

system. Dual sided pump allows for easy inflation and deflation to achieve desired compression for custom

fit. Accommodates changes in swelling patterns that occur during rehabilitation. Sold each. From Elite

Orthopaedics.

Size Small Med/Large X-Large

Men’s Shoe Size 4-6 7-10 11-13

Women’s Shoe Size 5-7 8-11 12-14

High Top Walker T40022 T40024 T40026

Low Top Walker T41022 T41024 T41026



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Equalizer® Walker

Contoured strut design allows the walker frame to conform to the patients’ anatomy, ensuring a better fit.

Unique shock absorbing sole reduces impact of heel strike during ambulation. Rocker bottom is specially

engineered to be low and wide to help promote a natural stable gait. Sold each. From Össur.


Men’s Shoe 2-4 4.5-7 7.5-10.5 10.5-12.5 12.5+

Women’s Shoe 3.5-5.5 6-8 8.5-11.5 11.5-13.5 13.5+

Standard Grey W0200 W0400 W0600 W0800 W1000

Standard Black W0200BLK W0400BLK W0600BLK W0800BLK W1000BLK

Low Top Version Grey W0300 W0500 W0700 W0900 W1100

Low Top Version Black W0300BLK W0500BLK W0700BLK W0900BLK W1100BLK


Standard Grey WKSG0200 WKSG0400 WKSG0600 WKSG0800 WKSG1000

Standard Black WKSG200BLK WKSG400BLK WKSG600BLK WKSG800BLK WKSG1000BLK

Low Top Grey WKSG0300 WKSG0500 WKSG0700 WKSG0900 WKSG1100

Low Top Black WKSG300BLK WKSG500BLK WKSG700BLK WKSG900BLK WKSG1100BLK

f. DH Offloading Walker™

The DH Offloading Walker utilizes a short leg walker in conjunction with a patented pressure relief insole

to assist in the healing of plantar ulcers. The plantar insole allows effective pressure relief and shear reduc-

tion. Pressure relief is easily created by the removal of numerous independent shock-absorbing hexagons.

This easily allows the insole to accommodate various sizes shapes and numbers of ulcers. It is believed the

utilization of the short leg walker helps reduce shear by fixing the ankle at 90 degrees and incorporating a

rocker bottom sole. Sold each. From Össur.


Men’s Shoe 2-4 4.5-7 7.5-10.5 10.5-12.5 12.5+

Women’s Shoe 3.5-5.5 6-8 8.5-11.5 11.5-13.5 13.5+

Item No. ð DH0200BLK DH0400BLK DH0600BLK DH0800BLK DH1000BLK

Replacement Softgoods Call 10958 10959 10960 Call

Replacement Insoles 11742C PP04C PP06C 11740C 11741C

g. Equalizer® Pre-Inflated Air Walker

Available in Low Top or standard height. Pre-inflated pneumatic cells in the softgood provide superior fit

and comfort. Featuring the Equalizer Walker frame design with a wide base for extra stability. Low profile

design reduces bulk and allows for easy ambulation. Sold each. From Össur.


Men’s Shoe 2-4 4.5-7 7.5-10.5 10.5-12.5 12.5+

Women’s Shoe 3.5-5.5 6-8 8.5-11.5 11.5-13.5 13.5+

Standard Version PW0200 PW0400 PW0600 PW0800 PW1000

Low Top Version PW0300 PW0500 PW0700 PW0900 PW1100

Replacement Softgoods, Std 12918 11058 11059 11060 12919

Replacement Softgoods, LT 12923 12924 12927 12928 12929



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Equalizer Air Walker

Patented pneumatic system increases stability while decreasing pain and swelling. Air is easily adjusted to

achieve desired compression and custom fit. Accommodates the swelling patterns that occur throughout the

rehabilitation process. Sold each. From Össur.


Men’s Shoe 2-4 4.5-7 7.5-10.5 10.5-12.5 12.5+

Women’s Shoe 3.5-5.5 6-8 8.5-11.5 11.5-13.5 13.5+

Standard Grey A-W0200 A-W0400 A-W0600 A-W0800 A-W1000

Standard Black A-W0200BLK A-W0400BLK A-W0600BLK A-W0800BLK A-W1000BLK

Low Top Version Grey A-W0300 A-W0500 A-W0700 A-W0900 A-W1100

Low Top Version Black A-W0300BLK A-W0500BLK A-W0700BLK A-W0900BLK A-W1100BLK


Standard Grey 12348 10673 10676 10679 12346

Standard Black 12349 10675 10678 10681 12347

Low Top Grey 12351 12352 12353 12354 12355

Low Top Black 12356 12357 12358 12359 12360

b. Range of Motion Walker

The Range of Motion joint can be fixed in any position between 0-45° of plantar flexion. The range of motion

joint adjusts in 7.5° increments in both dorsi and plantar flexion, and can either be completely locked out at

any desired interval or left with desired range. Sold each. From Össur.


Men’s Shoe 4.5-7 7.5-10.5 10.5-12.5

Women’s Shoe 6-8 8.5-11.5 11.5-13.5

Item No. ð RW0400 RW0600 RW0800

c. Rebound™ Air Walker

Features a host of details designed to provide superior compression, simplified application and usage, im-

proved comfort and, ultimately, successful patient outcomes. Features include a fully integrated air pump

and release valve for tool-free inflation and deflation, Flex Edge™ overmolding to help limit the formation

of pressure points, a rocker bottom sole designed to promote a natural, stable gait and ventilated panels for

improved patient comfort. Sold each. From Össur.


Men’s Shoe 2-4 4-7 7-10.5 10.5-12.5 12.5-15

Women’s Shoe 3.5-5.5 5.5-8.5 8.5-12 12-14 14-16.5

Standard B-242900001 B-242900002 B-242900003 B-242900004 B-242900005

Low Top Version B-242900061 B-242900062 B-242900063 B-242900064 B-242900065


Standard B-418000101 B-418000102 B-418000103 B-418000104 B-418000105

Low Top B-418000161 B-418000162 B-418000163 B-418000164 B-418000165



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. MaxTrax™ Walker

Designed with a wider foot bed for comfort and stability following lower leg, foot and ankle trauma and

post-op procedures. A low-profile, rocker bottom helps promote natural gait and reduce plantar pressures.

Cushioned inner and outer sole provides shock absorption to help improve patient comfort during ambula-

tion. Soft nylon/foam liner is constructed to ensure no seams are in critical post-surgical areas. Malleable

uprights breakdown on standard height walkers to accommodate shorter tibia/fibula. Sold each. By ProCare

from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe NA <5 5.5-10 10.5-13.5 14-17

Women’s Shoe <4 4.5-6 6.5-11 11.5-14.5 N/A

Item No. ð 79-95322 79-95323 79-95325 79-95327 79-95329

Replacement Liner 79-95192 79-95193 79-95195 79-95197 79-95199

e. MaxTrax™ Air Walker

Designed to increase stability and help decrease pain and edema following trauma or postoperative proce-

dures. Adjustable medial/lateral air cell system inflates both sides equally to accommodate changes in edema

during rehab and maximize patient compliance. Cushioned inner/outer sole with low profile rocker bottom

provides increased stability and comfort. Soft nylon/foam liner is constructed to ensure no seams are in criti-

cal post-surgical areas. Standard height walker uprights breakdown to accommodate shorter tibia/fibula.

Ideal following bunionectomies, acute ankle sprains and stable fractures of the lower leg and forefoot. Sold



Men’s Shoe NA <5 5.5-10 10.5-13.5 14-17

Women’s Shoe <4 4.5-6 6.5-11 11.5-14.5 N/A

Item No. ð 79-95412 79-95413 79-95415 79-95417 79-95419


f. MaxTrax™ Air Ankle Walker

Features a host of details designed to provide superior compression, simplified application and usage, im-

proved comfort and, ultimately, successful patient outcomes. Features include a fully integrated air pump

and release valve for tool-free inflation and deflation, Flex Edge™ overmolding to help limit the formation

of pressure points, a rocker bottom sole designed to promote a natural, stable gait and ventilated panels for

improved patient comfort. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Size Pediatric/X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large

Men’s Shoe - < 5 5.5-10 10.5-13.5 14-17

Women’s Shoe < 4 4.5-6 6.5-11 11.5-14.5 N/A

Junior < 5 - - - -

Item No. ð 79-95422 79-95423 79-95425 79-95427 79-95428




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. MaxTrax™ Diabetic Walker

The MaxTrax Diabetic Walker features a wider foot bed, malleable uprights and a shock absorbing heel, mak-

ing it an ideal solution for the treatment of plantar ulcers. The tri-laminate insole designed with the Impax™

Grid Technology, allows for removal of foam under the ulcer thus reducing pressure at the wound site. The

bottom two layers of foam can be easily removed around the affected areas, redistributing load away from

healing ulcers. The key benefit in the design is that the top layer of foam stays in contact with the plantar

surface of the foot, not allowing “hot spots”. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe ≤ 5 5.5-10 10.5-13.5 14-17

Women’s Shoe ≤ 4 4.5-6.5 6.5-11 11.5-14.5

Item No. ð 79-95453 79-95455 79-95457 79-95459

Replacement Liner 79-95473 79-95475 79-95477 79-95478

Impax Foam Insole 79-95463 79-95465 79-95467 79-95468

b. Nextep™ Contour 2 Walker

Lightweight, durable, one-piece wraparound posterior shell. Provides maximum immobilization and support.

Brushed nylon/foam liner, low-profile, cushioned non-skid sole. Unique design accommodates larger calf

sizes. Rocker sole. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe 3.5-7.5 7-10 10-13

Women’s Shoe 4.5-8.5 8-11.5 11-14

Item No. ð 79-95073 79-95075 79-95077

Replacement Liner 79-95163 79-95165 79-95167

c. Totally Anatomical Boot

The TA Boot with range of motion hinges provides secondary immobilization and rehabilitation for the foot

and ankle. It is indicated for mid shaft to distal tibial fractures, Achilles tear, ankle fractures and ligament

damage. This lightweight low profile walker boot has a heel with rocker bottom that enhances natural gait

and hip alignment, provides optimal mobility adjustments from 40° plantar to 20° dorsiflexion in 10° incre-

ments. The precision length adjustable hinge arms provide a custom fit. Sold each. By RCAI.

Size Youth Small Medium Large X-Large

Foot Length 7.5-9” 8.5-10” 9.5-11” 10.5-12” 12-13”

Circumference 14” 15” 17” 19” 19”

Adjustable Height 11” 12-14” 15-16.5” 17.5-19.5” 17.5-19.5”

Range of Motion Model 78TA-R-Y 78TA-R-S 78TA-R-M 78TA-R-L 78TA-R-XL

Static Model 78TA-S-Y 78TA-S-S 78TA-S-M 78TA-S-L 78TA-S-XL

Low Profile Model - - 78LPTA-M 78LPTA-L 78LPTA-XL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. CoreLINE Premium Walker

Rocker bottom and low profile heel facilitate more natural gait pattern. Soft foam liner for great comfort

to the patient. Aluminum reinforced uprights for better fit and stability. Aluminum boot shell and upright

system that unlike plastic boots, can be reformed to fit virtually any leg or ankle shape. Hook and loop closure

for easy application. Sold each. From ST&G Corporation.


11” Height WK-001-11-XS WK-001-11-S WK-001-11-M WK-001-11-L WK-001-11-XL

17” Height WK-001-17-XS WK-001-17-S WK-001-17-M WK-001-17-L WK-001-17-XL

e. Ankle Walker

Provides immobilization of lower limb, ankle and foot fractures, soft tissue injury and Achilles tendon repair.

Shorter uprights and plastic shell restrict motion of foot and ankle complex. Adjustable straps and soft liner

accommodate volumetric soft tissue changes. Non-skid rocker bottom sole with low heel height facilitates

natural gait. Easily removed for examination and hygiene. From Trulife.


Men’s Shoe < 7 7-11 11+

Women’s Shoe < 6 6-10 10+

Item No. ð 0992002 0992003 0992004

11272 Replacement Liner, Small

11273 Replacement Liner, Medium/Large

f. Adjustable Hi Top® II

The Adjustable Hi-Top II utilizes the same features as our popular CAM Walker II. With a low profile for injuries

of the fore-foot that do not require total immobilization of the lower leg. It supplies the health care provider

with range of motion control to support the rehabilitation process. From Trulife.


Men’s Shoe 5-7 8-10 11-13

Women’s Shoe 7-9 10-12 13-15

Item No. ð 0992102 0992103 0992104

011272 Replacement Liner High Top II, Small

011273 Replacement Liner High Top II, Medium/Large

011265 Overwrap High Top II Walker, Small

011266 Overwrap High Top II Walker, Medium/Large



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. CAM Walker® II

Provides both a lowered rocker design and controlled ankle motion adjustability ranging from neutral to

45°. Unique ankle joint allows easy access for adjustments. Aluminum uprights offer further customization.

From Trulife.


Men’s Shoe 5-7 8-10 11-13

Women’s Shoe 7-9 10-12 13-15

Item No. ð 09913-02 09913-03 09913-04

09914AP AP Insert for CAM Pin and Value Walker

CAMWALKER-PIN Replacement CAM Walker Pin, Pk/4


011238 Replacement Liner, Medium

011239 Replacement Liner, Large

b. Value Walker™

Comfort, function and low cost. The Value Walker has all three. Molded of high strength reinforced nylon,

the Value Walker delivers a dependable, light weight advantage to your patients. From Trulife.


Men’s Shoe < 6 6-10 >10

Women’s Shoe < 7 7-11 >11

Item No. 0991002 0991003 0991004

09914P AP Insert for CAM, Pin and Value Walker


011238 Replacement Liner, Medium

011239 Replacement Liner, Large

c. Evenup™ Walker

Simple, fast, easy to apply, the Evenup uses an innovative design which helps to equalize a patient’s limb

length and reduce body strain while walking in a cast or walker. Easily removable, the Evenup comes in three

different sizes and is adjustable to two thicknesses. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Shoe Length 9.5”-10.5” 10.75”-11.5” 11.75”-13.5”

Item No. ð 79-95483 79-95485 79-95487

d. Achilles Wedge

4” Neoprene padded foam wedge fits into most closed heel walkers. Each section is ¾” in height and may be

“peeled-away” during Achilles Tendon rehab. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.

Item No. ð 79-95130



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ANKLE BRACES

d. Air-Stirrup® Ankle Brace

Each Air-Stirrup ankle brace features anatomically designed shells lined with the patented Duplex™ aircell sys-

tem. This exclusive system incorporates two preinflated overlapping aircells, distal and proximal, that produce

graduated compression during ambulation. The compression promotes efficient edema reduction in addition

to helping accelerate rehabilitation. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global. See page 566 for pediatric sizes.

Size Large Medium Small

Brace Height 10.5” (27cm) 9” (23cm) 8.7” (22cm)

Left 02AL 02BL 02CL

Right 02AR 02BR 02CR

0222 Replacement Air Cells Trainer

e. Air-Stirrup® Plus

The Air-Stirrup Plus combines the Air-Stirrup Ankle Brace with an ankle wrap. The ankle wrap adds the

benefits of additional swelling control to speed recovery. In addition, a comprehensive instruction booklet

is included with each Air-Stirrup Plus and provides information on treatment and rehabilitation. Sold each.

By Aircast from DJO Global.

Size Large Medium Small

Brace Height 10.5” (27cm) 9” (23cm) 8.75” (22cm)

Left 02ALP 02BLP 02CLP

Right 02ARP 02BRP 02CRP

f. Sport-Stirrup®

Designed to help prevent ankle injuries, the Sport-Stirrup is based on the Air-Stirrup Ankle Brace but has a

narrower design for less bulk in a sneaker or shoe. The Sport-Stirrup has anatomically designed shells that

prevent inversion/eversion. Each shell is lined with the patented Duplex™ aircell system. This exclusive system

incorporates two pre-inflated overlapping aircells, distal and proximal, that provide support and protection

during ambulation. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.

Size Universal

Brace Height 9” (23cm)

Left 02DL

Right 02DR

g. Air-Stirrup® Universe

Universal semi-rigid shell design with Duplex™ aircell technology to reduce swelling and pain and encour-

age earlier ambulation for functional management of ankle sprains. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.

Size Universal

Brace Height 9.5” (24cm)

Item No. ð 02E



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ANKLE BRACES — Continued

a. AirLift PTTD Brace

An off-the-shelf brace, the AirLift PTTD Brace is designed for the treatment of posterior tibial tendon dys-

function (PTTD), or for early signs and symptoms of the adult acquired flat foot. Depending on the severity

of the condition, it can be prescribed for use as part of a conservative treatment to stabilize the condition

and help prevent its degeneration, or post-surgically and during rehabilitation.

Foot support and ankle stabilization are provided by the AirLift integrated aircell and semi-rigid shells.

The aircell, located under the foot arch, is adjustable using the Hand Bulb (included with the brace). When

inflated, the aircell can accommodate variances in arch shapes and heights and comfortably lifts the foot

arch to achieve a more natural foot position. For ease-of-use, aircell inflation can be adjusted while wearing

foot wear. The semi-rigid shells are anatomically designed to the shape of the ankle for secure support and

stabilization. These shells help realign the ankle and support the patient.

The AirLift is designed for easy application and adjustment. The brace uses an innovative rear entry design

which allows the patient to slip their foot into the back of the brace. Two straps secure the brace and can be

used to adjust fit. These patient-friendly design elements make the AirLift easier to apply than custom braces,

eliminate time consuming lacing, and help improve patient compliance. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size Up to 7 7-11 11.5 +

Women’s Shoe Size Up to 8.5 9-12.5 13 +

Left 02PSL 02PML 02PLL

Right 02PSR 02PMR 02PLR

b. AirSport™

Incorporates clinically-proven semi-rigid shell and aircells to provide comfort and support. Additional com-

pression and stabilization is provided by anterior talofibular cross strap and integral forefoot and shin wraps.

This unique “step-in” design (toes first inserted into the back of the brace) and automatic heel adjustment

make the AirSport™ extremely fast and easy to put on. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size Up to 5 5.5-7 7.5-11 11.5-13 13.5 +

Women’s Shoe Size Up to 5 5.5-8.5 9-12.5 13-14.5 15 +

Left 02MXSL 02MSL 02MML 02MLL 02MXLL

Right 02MXSR 02MSR 02MMR 02MLR 02MXLR

c. Leg Brace

Designed to provide functional management of stress fractures and the graduated management of certain

stable fractures of the lower leg. Features anatomically designed shells lined with the patented Duplex™

aircell system. The Leg Brace can be ordered alone or with an optional Anterior Panel for additional tibial

protection. A sock is included with each brace. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.

Description Standard Left Standard Right Small Left Small Right

Brace Height 15.5” (39cm) 15.5” (39cm) 13” (33cm) 13” (33cm)

Leg Brace 03AL 03AR 03CL 03CR

Leg Brace with Anterior Panel 03BL 03BR 03DL 03DR



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Turnbuckle Ankle Orthosis

The Turnbuckle Ankle Orthosis enables the clinician to apply progressive low-load torque at the ankle joint to

control muscle imbalance and reduce contracture. The splint features a pair of bilateral turnbuckles, control-

ling both dorsiflexion/plantar flexion and eversion/inversion simultaneously. The orthosis is fully lined with a

comfortable, replaceable terry-foam laminate. Soft padded calf, toe and ankle straps are built into the liner.

Replacement liners available. Fits left or right foot. Sold each. From AliMed.


Men’s Shoe Size 5 6-9 10 +

Women’s Shoe Size 5-7 8-11 12 +

Ankle Orthosis 66426-S 66426-M 66426-L

Replacement Liner 66427-S 66427-M 66427-L

e. MalleoLoc®

MalleoLoc is an anatomically self-shaping stabilizing orthosis that can be used in the immediate care and

treatment of ankle injuries. After serious twisting injuries, torn ligaments and capsular ligament strains, it

stabilizes the ankle and protects it from lateral twisting. The normal heel-to-toe movement of the foot is

still possible and the support can be worn therapeutically without a shoe. MalleoLoc® fits snugly on the foot

and can be worn without difficulty in almost any sturdy shoe. The clip mechanism of the Velcro® strap system

reinforces the tensile force and makes it easier to put on. The special low-fatigue cushioning increases wear-

ing comfort. Titanium color. Sold each. From Bauerfeind®.

Size 1 1 2 2

Heel Width < 2.375” < 2.375” > 2.375” > 2.375”

Side Right Left Right Left

Item No. ð 12013013080601 12013013080701 12013013080602 12013013080702

f. M-Brace Ankle Support

The M-Brace Ankle Support reduces ankle swelling while boosting the patient’s confidence when it’s time to

get back in the game. The M-Brace is available in two models: the Air M-Brace or the Air-Gel M-Brace, and

are conveniently one size and a universal style. Sold each. From Bledsoe.

Description Air M-Brace Air-Gel M-Brace Half Qty Each

Single ES040005 ES050005 N/A

20-Pack ES042005 ES052005 ES062005

50-Pack ES045005 ES055005 ES065005



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Body Armor® Sport Ankle Brace

The Body Armor® Sport Ankle Brace is an ankle joint orthosis which is applied during the acute phase of

injury as well as during the process of rehabilitation. The U-shaped heel plate is anatomically shaped to the

medial/lateral sides of the foot. There is additional space in the shoe due to a shortened orthosis sole. Straps

may be cut to desired length and resealed with the Y-closure system. Protection of the anterior talo-fibular

ligament by means of the talus shift strap from plantar/lateral to dorsal/medial, which prevents the frontal

shift of the talus. Physiologically correct movement of the foot by parallel and thus anatomically correct po-

sitioning of the hinge joints. The customizable liner can be modified to transition from acute to supportive

brace. Sold each. From Darco International.


Men’s Shoe Size ≤ 7 7.5-10.5 11-14

Women’s Shoe Size 5-8 9-12 13 +

Left BAS1L BAS2L BAS3L

Right BAS1R BAS2R BAS3R

b. Body Armor® Stirrup Ankle Brace

The Body Armor® Stirrup Ankle Brace is a one-size, efficient and economical ankle brace that provides stabil-

ity and compression. Provides stability without limiting plantar or dorsiflextion. Low profile, easily fits under

footwear. Easy to adjust straps with hook & loop closures. Anatomically contoured stirrups restrict motion

comfortably. Sold each. From Darco International.

Item No. ð DISCON

c. Web™ Ankle Brace

The Web™ Ankle Brace is a true convertible ankle brace that provides unparalleled compression and can

go from an acute brace to a sports support with a simple adjustment - no need to buy two braces. Bungee

closure provides superior compression and allows for one-handed adjustments on the run. Removable medial

and lateral stays are rigid enough to provide controlled restriction of inversion/eversion. Durable ballistic

nylon shell is breathable and molds to the foot for a comfortable fit. High tech spacer material padding wicks

moisture away from foot. Universal fit allows use on right or left ankle. Sold each. From Darco International.


Men’s Shoe Size 3-5 6-7 7.5-10 10.5-12 12.5-14

Women’s Shoe Size 4-6 6.5-9 9.5-11 11.5-13 13.5-15

Item No. ð WAS0B WAS1B WAS2B WAS3B WAS4B



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Sports Ankle Brace

Constructed of durable nylon for long lasting wear. Figure-8 strapping configuration, in conjunction with

medial to lateral stirrup straps, places foot in slightly everted position for maximum ankle stability. Remov-

able medial and lateral plastic stays with malleoli cut-out provides comfort and support. Lace-up design for

a secure fit. Low profile design allows use in athletic shoes. Sold each. From DeRoyal.


Men’s Shoe Size 4-6 6.5-8 8.5-10 10.5-12 12.5 +

Women’s Shoe Size 5-7 7.5-9 9.5-11 11.5-13 13.5 +

Left AB2801-10 AB2801-12 AB2801-14 AB2801-16 AB-2801-18

Right AB2801-20 AB2801-22 AB2801-24 AB2801-26 AB-2801-28

e. RocketSoc® Ankle Brace

The RocketSoc® is DonJoy’s most durable and supportive soft ankle brace. The unique patented strapping

system locks the ankle to prevent lateral ankle sprains without restricting range of motion. The RocketSoc®

comes in three styles: Lace-Up Nylon, Wraparound Neoprene and Wraparound Drytex®.

Lace-Up: Low profile, lightweight nylon construction. Allows contouring fit. Fewest straps of all RocketSoc®

models. Wraparound Neoprene: Neoprene fabric for even compression and warmth. Optional inferior but-

tress for swelling. Wraparound Drytex®: Breathable Drytex® material keeps ankle cool and dry. Optional

inferior buttress for swelling.


Lace-Up Style Right Left Right Left

Color (All Nylon) Black Black White White

X-Small 11-0338-1-06000 11-0339-1-06000 11-0338-1-15000 11-0339-1-15000

Small 11-0338-2-06000 11-0339-2-06000 11-0338-2-15000 11-0339-2-15000

Medium 11-0338-3-06000 11-0339-3-06000 11-0338-3-15000 11-0339-3-15000

Large 11-0338-4-06000 11-0339-4-06000 11-0338-4-15000 11-0339-4-15000

X-Large 11-0338-5-06000 11-0339-5-06000 11-0338-5-15000 11-0339-5-15000

XX-Large 11-0338-6-06000 11-0339-6-06000 11-0338-6-15000 11-0339-6-15000

Wraparound Style Right Left Right Left

Material (All Black) Neoprene Neoprene Drytex Drytex

X-Small 11-0336-1-06000 11-0337-1-06000 11-0665-1-06000 11-0667-1-06000

Small 11-0336-2-06000 11-0337-2-06000 11-0665-2-06000 11-0667-2-06000

Medium 11-0336-3-06000 11-0337-3-06000 11-0665-3-06000 11-0667-3-06000

Large 11-0336-4-06000 11-0337-4-06000 11-0665-4-06000 11-0667-4-06000

X-Large 11-0336-5-06000 11-0337-5-06000 11-0665-5-06000 11-0667-5-06000

XX-Large 11-0336-6-06000 11-0337-6-06000 11-0665-6-06000 11-0667-6-06000



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Stabilizing Ankle

The Stabilizing Ankle support features non-stretch nylon figure 8 straps which lock the calcaneus into place

to help control abnormal eversion and inversion. The full-circumference tib/fib strap provides adjustable

compression and stability. Ideal for chronic ankle sprains and prophylactic use. The low profile brace fits well

inside the shoe for added ankle stability or in addition to ankle bracing. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.

Size Measurement* Black White

XX-Small 9-10” (23-25cm) 11-0451-0-06000 11-0451-0-15000

X-Small 10-11” (25-28cm) 11-0451-1-06000 11-0451-1-15000

Small 11-12” (28-30cm) 11-0451-2-06000 11-0451-2-15000

Medium 12-13” (30-33cm) 11-0451-3-06000 11-0451-3-15000

Large 13-14” (33-36cm) 11-0451-4-06000 11-0451-4-15000

X-Large 14-15” (36-38cm) 11-0451-5-06000 11-0451-5-15000

XX-Large 15-16” (38-41cm) 11-0451-6-06000 11-0451-6-15000

XXX-Large 16-17” (41-43cm) 11-0451-7-06000 11-0451-7-15000

*Measurement taken at circumference from the base of the heel around the ankle while wearing an athletic sock.

b. Velocity™ ES (Extra Support)

Velocity utilizing several new, proprietary design features, resulting in a new level of ankle brace performance.

The Velocity ES has a foot and ankle speed wrap to apply compression for acute ankle injuries and to control

inflammation. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size 6-8 8-12 12 +

Women’s Shoe Size 8-9.5 9.5-13.5 13.5 +

Standard Measurement* 7.25-10” (18-25cm) 7.25-10” (18-25cm) 7.25-10” (18-25cm)

Black, Left 11-1497-2-06000 11-1497-3-06000 11-1497-4-06000

Black, Right 11-1498-2-06000 11-1498-3-06000 11-1498-4-06000

White, Left 11-1497-2-15000 11-1497-3-15000 11-1497-4-15000

White, Right 11-1498-2-15000 11-1498-3-15000 11-1498-4-15000

Wide Measurement* 10-12.5” (25-32cm) 10-12.5” (25-32cm) 10-12.5” (25-32cm)

Black, Left 11-1499-2-06000 11-1499-3-06000 11-1499-4-06000

Black, Right 11-1500-2-06000 11-1500-3-06000 11-1500-4-06000

White, Left 11-1499-2-15000 11-1499-3-15000 11-1499-4-15000

White, Right 11-1500-2-15000 11-1500-3-15000 11-1500-4-15000

*Measure calf circumference 8” from ground.

c. ProLite™ Ankle Stirrup Brace with Air Liners

Provides medial and lateral support to stabilize the ankle joint for faster recovery and healing of tender soft

tissues. Pre-inflated full length pneumatic air bladders pulsate and massage ankle during walking to help

reduce swelling and pain. Features include a durable tri-layer liner, adjustable heel piece and two adjustable

swivel straps. Standard height fits in most athletic shoes. Universal size. Fits right or left. Sold each. From

FLA Orthopedics.

Item No. ð 40-908000



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Canvas Ankle Brace

Strong durable canvas has front lacing and an inner lining of foam for a firm, but comfortable, brace. When

extra support is needed, two removable steel stays are provided to ensure medial and lateral support. Sold

each. From Freeman.


Ankle Circumference 6.5-7.5” 7.5-8.5” 8.5-9.5” 9.5-10.5” 10.5-11.5”


e. Webly® Ankle Orthosis

Constructed of heavy gauge ballistic nylon, with non-stretch, non-fraying nylon straps. Limits inversion/

eversion while not restricting plantar and dorsiflexion. Neoprene tongue and Achilles relief padding aid in

player/patient comfort. Straps sewn to eliminate Achilles irritation. Useful prophylactically and for chronic

ankle sprains. Low profile brace fits in shoes and workboots. Large heel opening aids in comfort. Optional

stays (sold separately) may be used for additional support and may be stacked upon one another for even

more support. Sold each. From Hely & Weber.

Size XX-Small X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large

Men’s Shoe Size* N/A 6-7 7.5-9 9.5-11 11.5-13 13.5-15 14-16

Women’s Shoe Size* 5-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 N/A N/A

Item No. ð 304-XXS 304-XS 304-S 304-M 304-L 304-XL 304-XXL

308A Optional Stays (pair)

*Wearers with small ankles and/or heels should order one size smaller than normal shoe size. Wearers with large ankles and/or heels should order one size larger than normal shoe size.

f. ASO (Ankle Stabilizing Orthosis)

Stabilizing straps form a figure-8 to protect and support the ankle. Elastic cuff closure enhances support

from stabilizing straps and secures laces. Low profile will fit in any type of shoe. Bilateral design fits left or

right. Ballistic nylon boot provides tremendous strength and durability. Sold each. From Medical Specialties.

Size 2X-Small X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large

Circumference* 9-10” 10-11” 11-12” 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-16” 16” +

Item No. ð 264019 264011 264012 264014 264015 264016 264017 264018

*Measure ankle circumference around heel.

g. ASO EVO

Stirrup strap captures heel to restrict ankle motion. Stabilizing straps form a figure-8 to protect and support

the ankle. Dynamic cuff protects against high ankle sprains. Low profile will fit in any type of shoe. Bilateral

design fits left or right. Ballistic nylon boot provides tremendous strength and durability. Sold each. From

Medical Specialties.


Circumference* 10-11” 11-12” 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-16”

Item No. ð 264091 264092 264094 264095 264096 264097




OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. ASO Speed Lacer

Speed lace closure allows easier and faster application. Stabilizing straps form figure-8 to protect and sup-

port the ankle. Elastic cuff closure enhances support from stabilizing straps. Low profile will fit in any type

of shoe. Bilateral design fits left or right. Breathable nylon boot has enhanced breathability for long-term

wear. Sold each. From Medical Specialties.


Circumference* 10-11” 11-12” 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-16”

Item No. ð 223611 223612 223614 223615 223616 223617


c. Airform Universal Inflatable Ankle Stirrup

Patented Flex-Edges surround the rigid plastic, adding to the support and comfort of the brace. Inflatable

air bladders allow the patient and/or care giver to adjust the level of compression. Provides for medial and

lateral control while allowing for normal dorsi/plantar flexion. Simple to apply and adjust brace. The same

model fits both ankles, thus reducing stock. Available in black or white each and in white in a 6-pack. From

Össur. Also available in pediatric sizes.

Description White Each Black Each White 6-Pack

Item No. ð 80250 80350 802506

d. Form Fit® Ankle Brace

The Form Fit Ankle Brace with Exoform® Technology is a hybrid between a rigid ankle stirrup and a soft ankle

support. With a stirrup-shaped, plastic exoskeleton that conforms to the user’s anatomy, it offers the comfort

and compression of a soft ankle support with 20-35% more support than traditional stirrup supports. Sold

each. From Össur.


Ankle Circumf* 11-12” 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-16”

Item No. ð B212000001 B212000002 B212000003 B212000004 B212000005

*Circumference measured diagonally over the base of the heel and across the ankle bone.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. GameDay™ Ankle Brace

Features figure-8 straps to support inversion/eversion, coated ballistic nylon inner lining for reduced slippage

and circumferential elastic cuff. Easy to lace up and adjust without shoe removal. Sold each. From Össur.


Ankle Circumf* 9-10” 10-11” 11-12” 12-13” 13-14” 14-15” 15-16”

Item No. ð W-10601 W-10602 W-10603 W-10605 W-10607 W-10608 W-10609

*Circumference measured diagonally over the base of the heel and across the ankle bone.

f. Gel Ankle Brace

Effective stirrup to deliver cryotherapy. Safe for hot or cold use. Features lace-lock system for added stability.

Available with 50% or 80% surface gel. Sold each. From Össur. “Youth/Pony” size also available.

Side Left Right

50% Surface Gel E5050L E5050R

80% Surface Gel E8020L E8020R

g. Air Form® Stirrup Ankle Brace

Low profile pneumatic design dramatically increases stability. Lightweight and breathable. Pulsating air bladder

with regulated chambers reduces bottoming out and decreases edema. No straws. No over-inflation. Flex-Edges

and pivoting heel straps for increased comfort. Sold each. From Össur. See page 566 for “Youth/Pony” size.

Side Left Right

Item No. ð 80100 80101

h. Air Form® Inflatable Stirrup Ankle Brace

Features patented Flex-Edges for increased comfort and pivoting heel straps for full dorsal and plantar flexion

range of motion. Sold each or 6 per package. From Össur. Also available in pediatric sizes.

Unit Each 6-Pack

Left 80200 802006

Right 80201 802016



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Lace-Up Ankle Brace

Sturdy canvas stirrup design with removable, plastic medial/lateral stays provide support for acute ankle liga-

ment sprains and chronic instabilities. Fits easily into any athletic shoe. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Measurement* 5.5-7” 7-8.5” 8.5-10” 10-11.5” 11.5-13.5” (14-18cm) (18-22cm) (22-25cm) (25-29cm) (29-34cm)

Item No. ð 79-81312 79-81313 79-81315 79-81317 79-81318

*Measurement taken at ankle circumference.

b. Surround™ Gel Ankle

Rigid thermoplastic shells with adjustable heel strap to help prevent inversion/eversion. Air and gel bladder

may be used for cold therapy to treat tender or swollen ankles. Fits right or left ankle. Suitable for wear

from acute to active phases of ankle recovery and rehabilitation. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Brace Height 8.5” (22cm) 9” (23cm) 10” (25cm)

Item No. ð 79-97863 79-97865 79-97867

c. Ankle Lok®

Features the Swede-O lacing system utilizing dual eyelets that create a pulley effect allowing greater lever-

age resulting in tighter, more effective fit. Stainless steel U-shaped spiral stays are built into each side of the

brace to provide extra support. Full elastic back ensures unrestricted blood flow to the Achilles’ tendon and

virtually eliminates the chance for blistering. Available with padded or standard (knit) tongue in white, and

standard tongue in black. Side stabilizers (sold separately) may be placed in the pocket on each side of the

brace for additional support. Generally two are required. All items sold each. From Swede-O.


Men’s Shoe N/A 3-5.5 6-7.5 8-10.5 11-12.5 13-14.5 15+

Women’s Shoe 2-3 4-6.5 7-9.5 10-11.5 12-13.5 14-15.5 16+

Padded Tongue

White 01010 01011 01012 01013 01014 01015 01016

Standard Tongue

White 01210 01211 01212 01213 01214 01215 01216

Black N/A 21211 21212 21213-SW 21214-SW 21215-SW 21216-SW

Side Stabilizer 02010 02011 02012 02013 02014 02015 02016



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Easy Lok™

The adjustable closure straps make this brace easy to use. Simply slip on the brace, secure the straps, and

enjoy excellent ankle support. The brace is ideal for arthritic patients and those who have difficulty secur-

ing a traditional lace-up style. Includes semi-rigid side stabilizer inserts for additional ankle support. Foam

padded interior for comfort. Breathable standard tongue wicks away moisture to keep the ankle cool and

dry. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Men’s Shoe 6-7.5 8-10.5 11-12.5 13-14.5

Women’s Shoe 7-9.5 10-11.5 12-13.5 14-15.5

White 01412 01413 01414 01415

Black 21412 21413 21414 21415

e. Strap Lok®

The Strap Lok features figure-eight straps that mimic a professional taping procedure. It is made of a ballistic

type of nylon material that fits comfortably in your regular shoe. Heavy-duty top strap locks the figure-eight

straps in position for a much more secure fit. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Men’s Shoe 3-5.5 6-7.5 8-10.5 11-12.5 13-14.5 15 +

Women’s Shoe 4-6.5 7-9.5 10-11.5 12-13.5 14-15.5 16 +

White 02111 02112 02113 02114 02115 02116

Black 22111 22112 22113 22114 22115 22116

f. Inner Lok 8®

Features a patented internal figure-eight strapping system that allows easy application of the brace in the

correct position. The straps provide extra support and allow for a more custom fit. Breathable tongue is

completely sewn in place to avoid migration. Seamless arch fits the contour of the foot and allows full range

of motion. Full elastic back ensures unrestricted blood flow to the Achilles’ tendon and virtually eliminates

the chance for blistering. Padded interior provides a comfortable fit while ballistic nylon exterior makes the

brace extremely durable. Lightweight. Fits in most athletic shoes. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Men’s Shoe 3-5.5 6-7.5 8-10.5 11-12.5 13-14.5

Women’s Shoe 4-6.5 7-9.5 10-11.5 12-13.5 14-15.5

White 02611 02612 02613 02614 02615

Black 22611 22612 22613 22614 22615



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Tarsal Lok®

Combining the support of a rigid ankle brace with the comfort of a lace-up brace. Patented built-in stabilizer

design actually molds to the shape of your ankle from body heat. Black. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Men’s Shoe 3-5.5 6-7.5 8-10.5 11-12.5 13-14.5

Women’s Shoe 4-6.5 7-9.5 10-11.5 12-13.5 14-15.5

Item No. ð 22811 22812 22813 22814 22815

b. X8™

Utilizes twin dual-purpose straps instead of the usual four-strap design. These straps serve as both the

figure-eight straps and the top locking straps. Straps are pre-positioned half way through the figure-eight

configuration for easier application and to ensure proper placement. Removable side stabilizer inserts are

included for additional support and protection. Black. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Men’s Shoe 3-5.5 6-7.5 8-10.5 11-12.5 13-14.5

Women’s Shoe 4-6.5 7-9.5 10-11.5 12-13.5 14-15.5

Item No. ð 22711 22712 22713 22714 22715

c. Versi-Splint™

The Versi-Splint is a great ankle brace for immediately after an injury. It is designed to provide cold therapy

and compression for a recently injured ankle. After the ankle heals, a lace-up or hinged style brace is recom-

mended to help prevent further injury. White. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Men’s Shoe 4-6 6-7 8 +

Women’s Shoe 3-5 7-8 9 +

Patient Height 5’2” or taller 5’2”-5’5” 5’5” or taller

Splint Height 8.5” 9” 10.5”

Item No. ð 02412 02413 02414



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ANKLE SUPPORTS

d. A60™ Ankle Support

Prophylactic support, protection and comfort with simplified application. The design incorporates a stabilizer

molded at a 60° angle to help guard against ankle sprains and prevent rollover. Manufactured with breath-

able material for cool comfort. Lightweight anatomic design easily fits in athletic footwear. Easily adjustable

application. Single strap replaces time-consuming lacing. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size Up to 7 7.5-11.5 12 +

Women’s Shoe Size Up to 8.5 9-13 13.5 +

Left 02TSL 02TML 02TLL

Right 02TSR 02TMR 02TLR

e. AirHeel™ Ankle Support

The AirHeel is specifically designed to treat plantar fasciitis, Achilles tendonitis, and heel pain. Using two

interconnected aircells located under the foot arch and in back of the heel, the AirHeel applies pulsating

compression with every step to help reduce swelling and discomfort, and enhance circulation. The AirHeel

is made of lightweight breathable fabric and is simple to apply—just slip it on like a sock and adjust the fit

with one strap. Sold each. By Aircast from DJO Global.


Men’s Shoe Size Up to 7 7.5-11 11.5 +

Women’s Shoe Size Up to 8.5 9-12.5 13 +

Item No. ð 09AS 09AM 09AL

f. AchilloTrain®

Active support for relief of the Achilles tendon. In cases of pain or inflammation in the Achilles tendon (e.g.

due to excessive strain or after operations), the AchilloTrain® active support helps to relieve the Achilles

tendon without restricting mobility. An anatomically contoured insert (pad) produces a massage effect,

thus stimulating the surrounding tissue. An integral heel cushion relieves the tendon. An additional cushion

is provided for the opposite foot. Edemas and effusions can thus subside more quickly. Available in nature,

black or titanium. Sold each. From Bauerfeind®.


Size 1 2 3 4 5

Above Ankle Circumference 6.25-7.5” 7.5-8.25” 8.25-9” 9-9.875” 9.875-10.625”

Nature and Black Colors Nature Nature Black Black


Size 1 11011013010601 11011013010701 11011013070601 11011013070701

Size 2 11011013010602 11011013010702 11011013070602 11011013070702

Size 3 11011013010603 11011013010703 11011013070603 11011013070703

Size 4 11011013010604 11011013010704 11011013070604 11011013070704

Size 5 11011013010605 11011013010705 11011013070605 11011013070705

Titanium Color Titanium Titanium

Side Right Left

Size 1 11011013080601 11011013080701

Size 2 11011013080602 11011013080702

Size 3 11011013080603 11011013080703

Size 4 11011013080604 11011013080704

Size 5 11011013080605 11011013080705



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ANKLE SUPPORTS — Continued

a. MalleoTrain®

Active support for muscular stabilization of the ankle. The MalleoTrain® active support is used to treat a sore

ankle joint following injury, surgery or osteoarthritis. L-shaped viscoelastic inserts behind and below the

inner and outer malleolus help reduce effusions. The three-dimensional knit is breathable and heightens

proprioception. Machine washable. Available in nature, black or titanium. Sold each. From Bauerfeind®.


Size 1 2 3 4 5 6

Above Ankle 6.25-7.5” 7.5-8.25” 8.25-9” 9-9.875” 9.875-10.625” 10.625-11.375”

Nature and Black Colors Nature Nature Black Black


Size 1 11011102010601 11011102010701 11011102070601 11011102070701

Size 2 11011102010602 11011102010702 11011102070602 11011102070702

Size 3 11011102010603 11011102010703 11011102070603 11011102070703

Size 4 11011102010604 11011102010704 11011102070604 11011102070704

Size 5 11011102010605 11011102010705 11011102070605 11011102070705

Size 6 11011102010606 11011102010706 11011102070606 11011102070706

Titanium Color Titanium Titanium

Side Right Left

Size 1 11011102080601 11011102080701

Size 2 11011102080602 11011102080702

Size 3 11011102080603 11011102080703

Size 4 11011102080604 11011102080704

Size 5 11011102080605 11011102080705

Size 6 11011102080606 11011102080706

b. MalleoTrain® S

Active support for greater ankle stability and security during physical activity. The active support is an ef-

fective alternative to taping. New knitting concept produces very stretchy, breathable and moisture-wicking

fabric for effective compression and excellent wearing comfort. Semi-rigid strap system stabilizes the ankle

at the supination and pronation level. The strap system is wrapped in a vertical figure-8 pattern. Machine

washable. Available in black or titanium. Sold each. From Bauerfeind®.


Size 1 2 3 4 5 6

Above Ankle 6.25-7.5” 7.5-8.25” 8.25-9” 9-9.875” 9.875-10.625” 10.625-11.375”

Color Black Black Titanium Titanium


Size 1 11011112070601 11011112070701 11011112080601 11011112080701

Size 2 11011112070602 11011112070702 11011112080602 11011112080702

Size 3 11011112070603 11011112070703 11011112080603 11011112080703

Size 4 11011112070604 11011112070704 11011112080604 11011112080704

Size 5 11011112070605 11011112070705 11011112080605 11011112080705

Size 6 11011112070606 11011112070706 11011112080606 11011112080706



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Ankle Support

This ankle support provides compression for ankle sprains and soft tissue injuries. Sold each. By DonJoy from

DJO Global.

Size Men’s Shoe Size Women’s Shoe Size Item No.

X-Small 4-6 5-7 11-0003-1-06000

Small 6-8 7-9 11-0003-2-06000

Medium 8-10 9-11 11-0003-3-06000

Large 10-12 11-13 11-0003-4-06000

X-Large 12-14 13-15 11-0003-5-06000

XX-Large 14-16 15-17 11-0003-6-06000

d. Double Strap Ankle Support

Durable mesh/elastic construction provides compressive support without restriction. Low profile elastic

contact closure figure eight straps provide medial/lateral and arch support without adding bulk. Fits right

or left foot. Ideal for mild ankle sprains and strains; edema control; tendonitis; medial/lateral instabilities.

Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Circumference* 6.5-7.5” 7.5-8.5” 8.5-9.5” 9.5-11” 11-12.5” 12.5-14”

Item No. ð 79-81372 79-81373 79-81375 79-81377 79-81378 79-81379

*Measurement taken at circumference 2” above media/lateral malleoli.

e. Ankle Sleeve

1/8” neoprene sleeve provides warmth and compressive support for mild ankle sprains and soft tissue injuries.

Easy on and off. Sold each. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Circumference* 7.25-7.75” 7.75-8.5” 8.5-9.5” 9.5-10.5” 10.5-11.5”

Item No. ð 79-82302 79-82303 79-82305 79-82307 79-82308

*Measurement taken at ankle circumference.

f. Ankle Support with Spiral Stays

This controlled stretch ankle support provides firm support to help reduce swelling and minimize pain while

allowing full range of motion. An excellent support for light sports and exercise activity. Strong, breathable

elastic fabric provides firm, comfortable support for weak or strained ankles. Bilateral spiral stays move with

the ankle and provide moderate side-to-side support and stability. Slips on like a sock and fits easily into

shoes. Low profile and neutral beige color make it inconspicuous. Sold each. From Truform.


Circumference* 5.25-6.5” 6.5-7.75” 7.75-9” 9-10.25” 10.25-11”

Item No. ð 2560-XS 2560-S 2560-M 2560-L 2560-XL

*Measure around the smallest part of the ankle.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

ANKLE GAUNTLETS

a. Thermoskin® Thermal Foot Gauntlet

The Thermoskin® Thermal Foot Gauntlet is designed to relieve the pain associated with diabetes, arthritis

and Raynaud’s Disease. Clinically proven to increase both the surface and subcutaneous skin temperature

2°–3° F for the optimal level of heat therapy. The patented Trioxon® lining allows the skin to breathe and

wicks away moisture to ensure long-term comfort. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Men’s Shoe 3-5 5.5-7 7.5-10 10.5-12 12.5-14 14.5 +

Women’s Shoe 4-6 6.5-9 9.5-11 11.5-13 13.5-15 15.5 +

Item No. ð 82232 83232 84232 85232 86232 87232

b. Thermoskin® Plantar FXT™

The Plantar FXT keeps the plantar fascia in a comfortable and stretched position during sleep. This prevents

further damage and allows for healing. With regular use, the Plantar FXT helps eliminate the sharp pain

caused by plantar fasciitis. Sold each. From Swede-O.


Men’s Shoe 3-5 5.5-7 7.5-10 10.5-12 12.5-14 14.5 +

Women’s Shoe 4-6 6.5-9 9.5-11 11.5-13 13.5-15 15.5 +

Item No. ð 82234 83234 84234 85234 86234 87234

SHOE INSERTS

c. UCBL Shoe Insert

Premolded of polypropylene to fit a wide range of shoe sizes. Also available in pediatric sizes. Sold each or

pair as noted below. From Hosmer.

Size Women’s Shoe Men’s Shoe Right Only Left Only Pair

No. 4 4-6.5 - 71332 71333 71321

No. 5 7-8 8-8.5 71334 71335 71322

No. 6 - 9-11 71336 71337 71323

O R T H O T I C S Ankle Joints and Components 4 5 7


OR

TH

OT

ICS

DOUBLE ACTION ANKLE JOINTS

a. Slim Line Double Action Ankle Joint

Shipped complete with bushing, screw, ball bearings, springs and hex set screws. Also available with pins

instead of springs. Outside (SLO) or inside (SLI) upright recess. 1/8” slot. 5/8” recess. Stainless steel. Sold each.

From Becker Orthopedic. Pediatric sizes also available.

Upright Recess Outside Inside

With Springs SLO-2825-A SLI-2825-A

With Pins SLO-2825-A-W SLI-2825-A-W

I-SCREWPIN#24 Ankle Joint Screw-Pin, 5/16”-24

Z995026 Pin #6 for Size A

Z995104 Spring #5 for Size A

b. Slim Line Titanium Double Action Ankle Joint

Slim Line ankle joints are also available in titanium, which provides approximately a 39% weight reduction

over stainless steel Slim Line components. Also available with pins instead of springs. Outside (SLO) or inside

(SLI) upright recess. 1/8” slot. 5/8” recess. Titanium. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic. Pediatric sizes also

available.

Upright Recess Outside Inside

With Springs TISLO-2825-A TISLI-2825-A

With Pins TISLO-2825-A-W TISLI-2825-A-W

c. Slim Line Modular Double Action Ankle Joint

Double action ankle joints available with either a 3/4” or 5/8” recess to accommodate the A and B size modular

knee joint uprights. Available in aluminum or stainless steel. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Recess Size 3/4” 5/8”

Aluminum ASLM-2825-A ASLM-2825-B

Stainless Steel SLM-2825-A SLM-2825-B

d. Slim Line Double Action Ankle Joint with Attached Upright

Shipped with upright bar attached to reduce your fabrication time. Also available with pins instead of springs.

Outside (SLO) or inside (SLI) upright recess. Stainless steel joint. Choose from aluminum or stainless steel

upright. 5/8” x 15-1/4”. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Upright Recess Outside Inside Outside Inside

Slot Size 1/4” 1/4” 3/16” 3/16”

Aluminum Upright

with Springs SLO-2835-A4 SLI-2835-A4 SLO-2835-A6 SLI-2835-A6

with Pins SLO-2835-A4-W SLI-2835-A4-W SLO-2835-A6-W SLI-2835-A6-W

Stainless Steel Upright

with Springs N/A N/A SLO-2835-A6S SLI-2835-A6S

with Pins N/A N/A SLO-2835-A6S-W SLI-2835-A6S-W


O R T H O T I C S4 5 8 Ankle Joints and Components

OR

TH

OT

ICS

DOUBLE ACTION ANKLE JOINTS — Continued

a. Slim Line One-Piece Aluminum Double Action Ankle Joint and Upright

A pre-contoured one-piece drop forging offering lighter weight and improved strength. Also available

with pins instead of springs. 3/16” x 5/8” x 14”. Fits stirrup size A or B. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

With Springs SL2845-A

With Pins SL2845-A-W



b. Original Double Action Ankle Joint

Shipped complete with bushing, screw, ball bearings, springs and hex set screws. Also available with pins

instead of springs. Fits stirrup size A or B. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic. Pediatric sizes also available.

Slot Size 1/8” 1/8” 1/8” 1/8”

Recess Size 5/8” 5/8” 3/4” 5/8”

Dimensions 1-1/2” x 2-1/4” 1-3/8” x 2-5/16” 1-1/2” x 2-1/4” 1-1/2” x 2-3/8”

Special Feature Contour 7075-T6 Aluminum

With Springs 2825-A C2825-A W2825-A A2825-A

With Pins 2825-A-W C2825-A-W W2825-A-W A2825-A-W

I-SCREWPIN#24 Ankle Joint Screw-Pin, 5/16”-24



c. Double Action Ankle Joint with Attached Upright


Your choice of upright. Fits stirrup size A or B. Length 15-3/16”. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Upright Dimensions 1/4” x 3/4” 3/16” x 3/4” 1/4” x 5/8” 3/16” x 5/8”

With Springs

Round Edge Aluminum W2835-A4 W2835-A6 2835-A4 2835-A6

Stainless Steel N/A W2835-A6S N/A 2835-A6S

With Pins

Round Edge Aluminum W2835-A4-W W2835-A6-W 2835-A4-W 2835-A6-W

Stainless Steel N/A W2835-A6S-W N/A 2835-A6S-W

d. One-Piece Aluminum Double Action Ankle Joint with Upright

Pre-contoured one-piece drop forging offers lighter weight and improved strength. Also available with pins

instead of springs. 3/16” x 5/8” x 15-1/2”. Fits stirrup size A or B. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic. Pediatric

sizes also available.

With Springs 2845-A

With Pins 2845-A-W





OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Double Action Ankle Joint Assembly

5/8” (1.6cm) or 3/4” (1.9cm) channel. Stainless steel. Sold each. From Fillauer.

Channel 5/8” 3/4”

Double Action Ankle Joint Assembly 020882 020886

Double Action Ankle Joint Assembly with Threaded Positioning Pin 020884 020888

f. Double Action Ankle Joint

Straight or contoured. 5/8” (1.6cm) or 3/4” (1.9cm) channel. Side bars are press-fit and secured in correspond-

ing channels with screws provided. Sold each. From Hosmer.


Straight Ankle Joint 71204 71201

Straight Ankle Joint with Pins 71313 71314

Contoured Ankle Joint 71202 71200

Contoured Ankle Joint with Pins 71315 71316

g. Ankle Joint Parts

Sold each. From Hosmer.


Ankle Joint Ball 7/32 72054

Spring .210 DIA x 1.31 L 72055

Set Screw 1/4-28 1/4 Cap Point PLT 72056

Bearing Nut 72057

Pin Assembly 72061

Spring 72062

Ankle Joint Screw 72082

h. Modular Double Action Ankle Joint for Long Leg Brace

9/16” bar channel. Sold each. From Trulife. Pediatric sizes also available.

Construction Aluminum Stainless Steel

Adult Regular 020032-TL 020035

Adult Short 020024-TL 020027

Adult Short with Positioning Screws 020026 020029

20186-001 Ankle Joint Spring (Adult Regular)

020038 Ankle Joint Spring (Adult Short)



OR

TH

OT

ICS

DOUBLE ACTION ANKLE JOINTS — Continued

a. Modular Double Action Ankle Joint with Bar

Sold each. 3/16” x 5/8” bar channel. Aluminum bar. From Trulife.

Head Construction Aluminum Stainless Steel

Adult Regular 020018 020019

Adult Short 020016-TL 020017

Adult Short with Positioning Screws 020028 020030

1270080000 Double Action Head Assembly Only (No Upright), Pair

20186-001 Ankle Joint Spring, Adult Regular

020038 Ankle Joint Spring, Adult Short

b. Extension Uprights with Double Action Ankle Joint (POPE)

One aluminum upright only. Bar dimensions 1/4” x 5/8” x 15”. Sold each. From Trulife. Pediatric sizes also

available.

Style Plain Crowned

Item No. ð O10263 O10264

020038 Ankle Joint Spring, Adult Short

STANDARD ACTION ANKLE JOINTS

c. Standard Action Ankle Joint

Made from 303 stainless steel. 3/8” bushing hole. 1/8” slot. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic. See page

570 for pediatric sizes.

Upright Recess 5/8” 3/4”

Size A (Measures 1” x 2-1/4”) 3025-A 3025-AW

Size B (Measures 3/4” x 2-1/8”) 3025-B N/A

d. One-Piece Aluminum Standard Action Ankle Joint and Upright

Pre-contoured one-piece drop forging offers lighter weight and improved strength. Dimensions 3/16” x 5/8”

x 16”. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic. See page 570 for pediatric size.

Size A (Fits Stirrup Size A) 3045-A

Size B (Fits Stirrup Size B) 3045-B



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Standard Action Ankle Joint with Attached Upright


Your choice of upright. Length 15-1/4” (A); 15-1/8” (B). Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Upright Dimensions 1/4” x 3/4” 3/16” x 3/4” 1/4” x 5/8” 3/16” x 5/8”

Size A (Fits Stirrup Size A)

Round Edge Aluminum W3035-A4 W3035-A6 3035-A4 3035-A6

Stainless Steel N/A W3035-A6S N/A 3035-A6S

Size B (Fits Stirrup Size B)

Round Edge Aluminum 3035-B6

Stainless Steel 3035-B6S

DORSIFLEXION ASSIST ANKLE JOINTS

f. Dorsiflexion Assist Ankle Joint

Made of 303 stainless steel. 3/8” bushing hole. 1/8” slot. 5/8” recess. Dimensions 1-1/8” x 2-1/4” (Size A) or

1-1/16” x 2” (Size B). Sold each or pair, as noted below. From Becker Orthopedic.

Unit Left Right Pair

Size A (Fits Stirrup Size A) 3225-AL 3225-AR 3225-AP

Size B (Fits Stirrup Size B) 3225-BL 3225-BR 3225-BP

Z995104 Spring #5 for Size B


Z995026 Pin #6 for Sizes A and B

g. Dorsiflexion Assist Ankle Joint with Attached Upright

Shipped with upright bar attached to the ankle joint to reduce your fabrication time. Round edge aluminum

or stainless steel in A or B size. 5/8” recess. Sold each or pair, as noted below. From Becker Orthopedic.

A Size with Length of 15-1/4”

Slot Size 1/4” 1/4” 1/4” 3/16” 3/16” 3/16”

Side Left Right Pair Left Right Pair

Aluminum 3235-A4-L 3235-A4-R 3235-A4-P 3235-A6-L 3235-A6-R 3235-A6-P

Stainless Steel N/A N/A N/A 3235-A6S-L 3235-A6S-R 3235-A6S-P

B Size with Length of 15-1/8”

Slot Size 3/16” 3/16” 3/16”

Side Left Right Pair

Aluminum 3235-B6-L 3235-B6-R 3235-B6-P

Stainless Steel 3235-B6S-L 3235-B6S-R 3235-B6S-P



OR

TH

OT

ICS

DORSIFLEXION ASSIST ANKLE JOINTS — Continued

a. One-Piece Aluminum Dorsiflexion Assist Ankle Joint and Upright

Pre-contoured one-piece drop forging offers lighter weight and improved strength. Fits stirrup size A or B.

Sold each or pair, as noted below. From Becker Orthopedic. Pediatric sizes also available.

Unit Left Right Pair

3/16” x 5/8” x 16-1/2” 3245-AL 3245-AR 3245-AP

3/16” x 5/8” x 17-1/8” X3245-AL X3245-AR X3245-AP

Z995113 Spring #5 for Size A (X3245)

Z995114 Spring #5 for Sizes A and B (3245)

Z995026 Pin #6 for Size A (3245)

b. Dorsiflexion Assist Ankle Joint

Straight or contoured. 5/8” (1.6cm) or 3/4” (1.9cm) channel. Side bars are press-fit and secured in correspond-

ing channels with screws provided. Sold each. From Hosmer.

Channel 5/8” Straight 5/8” Contoured 3/4” Straight 3/4” Contoured

Right Lateral/Left Medial 71214 71212 71211 71208

Left Lateral/Right Medial 71215 71213 71210 71209

c. Modular Toe Pick-Up Head

Stainless steel. 3/16” x 5/8” channel. Sold each. From Trulife.

Side Left Right

Item No. ð 127007L000 127007R000

020038 Ankle Joint Spring

d. Upright with Ankle Joint for Toe Lift (POPE)

One-piece design. Aluminum or anodized aluminum. Sold each. From Trulife.

Side Left Right

Aluminum 018075 018080

20157-002 Long Spring

19509-001 Adjusting Screw for Springs



OR

TH

OT

ICS

LIMITED and FREE MOTION ANKLE JOINTS

e. Free/Limited Motion Ankle Joint

5/8” (1.6cm) or 3/4” (1.9cm) channel. Side bars are press-fit and secured in corresponding channels with screws

provided. Sold each. From Hosmer.


Straight Ankle Joint 71207 71205

Contoured Ankle Joint 71206 71203

f. Upright with Ankle Joint for Limited or Free Motion (POPE)

Aluminum. Sold each. From Trulife. See page 570 for pediatric sizes.

Style Limited Motion Free Motion

Item No. ð 018147 018184

g. Extension Uprights with Ankle Joint for Limited or Free Motion (POPE)

One aluminum upright only. Bar dimensions 1/4” x 3/4” x 9”. Sold each. From Trulife. See page 570 for pe-

diatric size.


Item No. ð 023026 023034

h. Modular Ankle Joint for Long or Short Leg Brace

5/8” bar channel. Sold each. From Trulife. See page 570 for pediatric size.


Item No. ð 020005 020012

i. Modular Stainless Steel Head

3/16” x 5/8” channel. Sold pair. From Trulife.


Item No. ð 1270050000 1270060000



OR

TH

OT

ICS

THERMOPLASTIC APPLICATIONS

a. Tamarack Flexure Joint™

Tamarack Joints co-align the medial and lateral joint axes. The high strength inner filament core prevents

elongation and ensures precise hinging action. Sold Kit. Molding Dummies are reusable five to ten times

and strongly recommended to create a snug, recessed cavity for the Flexure Joints. From Becker Orthopedic.

See page 567 for pediatric size.

Size Medium Large

Joint Width .51” (13mm) .59” (15mm)

Joint Length 1.51” (38mm) 1.77” (45mm)

Tamarack Flexure Joint, Natural 740-M 740-L

Tamarack Flexure Joint, Black 740-M-BLK 740-L-BLK

Molding Dummies 741-M 741-L

740-1-L Joint Screw, Large 740-2LM Flange Nut for Large and Medium Joints

740-1-M Joint Screw, Medium 740-3-LM Hex Key for Large and Medium Joints

740-1LM-9 Screw, 9mm 740-4-LM Hex Driver for Large and Medium Joints

740-1LM-12 Screw, 12mm 740-SIL Silencer Pads, 20/set

740-1LM-14 Screw, 14mm 747-L-8-BTN Mounting Screw M5 x 8 x 8mm

740-2L Bushing, Large 749-740 Cosmetic Shearban® Patches

b. Tamarack Flexure Joint™ Caps

Tamarack Flexure Joint Caps are a uniquely designed external mounting option for Tamarack Flexure Joint

installation. Create perfect cavities for mounting Tamarack Flexure Joints to carbon fiber AFOs. Also ideal

for articulating a solid ankle orthosis—saving time and money. Works well with a variety of bracing materi-

als: thermoplastic, copoly, carbon fiber, metal and leather systems. Kit includes 2 pairs of Flexure Joint Caps,

drill template, mounting hardware, and Shearban® patches. Tamarack Flexure Joints sold separately. Sold

kit. From Becker Orthopedic.

Color Natural Black

Item No. ð 741-CAP-LN 741-CAP-LB

c. Tamarack Dorsiflexion Assist Flexure Joint™

Provides motion assist power similar to traditional metal dorsi-assist ankle joint. May be used in matched

or unmatched configurations to provide the required amount of motion assist. Sold kit. Molding

Dummies are reusable five to ten times and strongly recommended to create a snug, recessed cavity for the

Flexure Joints. From Becker Orthopedic. See page 567 for pediatric size.

Joint Color Natural Natural Black Black

Size Medium Large Medium Large

Joint Width .51” (13mm) .59” (15mm) .51” (13mm) .59” (15mm)

Joint Length 1.51” (38mm) 1.77” (45mm) 1.51” (38mm) 1.77” (45mm)

75 Durometer 742-M-75 742-L-75 742-M-75-BLK 742-L-75-BLK



Molding Dummies 741-M 741-L 741-M 741-L

740-1-L Joint Screw, Large 740-2LM Flange Nut for Large and Medium Joints

740-1-M Joint Screw, Medium 740-3-LM Hex Key for Large and Medium Joints

740-1LM-9 Screw, 9mm 740-4-LM Hex Driver for Large and Medium Joints

740-1LM-12 Screw, 12mm 740-SIL Silencer Pads, 20/set

740-1LM-14 Screw, 14mm 747-L-8-BTN Mounting Screw M5 x 8 x 8mm

740-2L Bushing, Large 749-740 Cosmetic Shearban® Patches



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Tamarack Variable Assist™

Allows adjustment of the assist moments of the 742-L from zero to nearly three times that of standard model.

Kit includes joints, molding dummies, Shearban® cosmetic patches, stainless steel mounting hardware, a check

strap and hex key. From Becker Orthopedic. See page 567 for pediatric size kit.

Item No. ð 743-L

e. Tamarack Clevisphere™ Ankle Joint

A free motion adjustable stop ankle joint that features a spherical hinge which can rotate about any axis with

a 24° conical range. Provides for automatic co-alignment of the medial and lateral joint axes. Kit includes

joints, molding dummies, mounting hardware and Shearban® cosmetic patches. Dimensions .82” (21mm) x

3.2” (81mm). From Becker Orthopedic.

Item No. ð 747-L

f. Camber Axis Hinge®

Designed to provide an adjustable range-of-motion ankle joint with anatomical axis alignment that can be

used in thermoplastic orthoses. Equipped with seven different color coded range-of-motion keys, the Cam-

ber Axis Hinge® eliminates the need for posterior stop mechanisms. Permits solid ankle or variable anterior/

posterior stop settings. Sold kit. From Becker Orthopedic.

Information CD available for self-study and PCE credits.


Width 1-1/8” (29mm) 1-1/2” (38mm) 1-9/16” (40mm)

Length 3-1/8” (79mm) 3-3/4” (95mm) 4-1/2” (114mm)

Natural Color 750-S 750-M 750-L

Black Color 750-BLACK-S 750-BLACK-M 750-BLACK-L

Replacement Parts Kit 750R-S 750R-M 750R-L

g. Oklahoma Ankle Joint

Provides a cost effective method of creating a free motion AFO when used with a posterior stop. Standard

or Heavy Duty models. Sold kit. Replacement components available. From Becker Orthopedic. See page 567

for pediatric size kit.


Width 1” (25mm) 1-1/4” (32mm) 1-1/2” (38mm) 1-3/4” (44mm)

Length 2-5/8” (67mm) 3-1/4” (83mm) 3-3/4” (95mm) 4” (102mm)

Standard Model 760-S 760-M 760-L 760-XL

Heavy Duty Model 765-S 765-M 765-L 765-XL

761-4 Threaded Brass Insert for Medium, Large and X-Large

761-5 Pivot Bushing and Screw

761-6 Nylon Bushing



OR

TH

OT

ICS

THERMOPLASTIC APPLICATIONS — Continued

a. Gillette Double Flexure Ankle Joint

Provides a full range of options for thermoplastic orthoses. Designed for applications that require maximum

functional stretch. Kit includes a molded urethane posterior-stop and fabricating instructions. 9/16” (14mm)

x 2-3/16” (56mm). From Becker Orthopedic. See page 568 for pediatric sizes.

Item No. ð 775-A

775-A1 Bushing

775-PS-A Posterior Stop, 50/Pack

b. Gillette Dorsiflexion Assist Ankle Joint

Available in three assistive durometers. Joints may be utilized in matched or unmatched configuration to

provide the required amount of motion assist. 9/16” (14mm) x 2-1/16” (52mm). Kit includes fabricating instruc-

tions. Replacement components available. From Becker Orthopedic. See page 568 for pediatric size.

Model Silver Gold Clear

Assist Approx 1 lb Approx 2 lb Approx 3 lb

Item No. ð 776-AS 776-AG 776-AC

775-A1 Bushing

775-PS-A Posterior Stop, 50/Pack

c. Scotty Free Motion Ankle Joint

Stainless steel free motion articulating ankle joint features recessed, countersunk mid-section screw set flush

on lateral surface. Standard or Econoline model. Kit includes joints, mounting hardware, threaded alignment

rod and polyurethane stop. From Becker Orthopedic.

Size Short Long

Width 1/2” (13mm) 1/2” (13mm)

Length 2-1/2” (64mm) 3” (76mm)

Standard Model 780 780-S 780-L

Econoline Model 781 781-S 781-L

d. Universal Ankle Joint™

Provides smooth plantar/dorsiflexion action and adjustable calcaneal inversion/eversion after fabrication.

Sold kit. From Fillauer.


Universal Ankle Joint™ Kit (Pair) with Fabrication Kit 020781

Universal Ankle Joint™ Kit (Pair) without Fabrication Kit 020780

020788 10-32 Extended Thread Rod End (2)



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. PDC Ankle Joint Kit

Provides plantar/dorsiflexion control. Not recommended for patients weighing over 180 lbs. Indicated for

conditions requiring ankle positioning. Aluminum head, stainless steel stirrup. Right and left pair. Sold kit.

From Fillauer.

Item No. ð 020840

f. Gaffney Hinge Kit

Ultra low profile hinge made from high quality stainless steel. Four adult sizes. Sold kit. From Gaffney Tech-

nology. See page 568 for pediatric sizes.

Model 705 Mustang 707 Filly 710 Bronco 810 Clydesdale

Width 9/16” (1.4cm) 9/16” (1.4 cm) 9/16” (1.4cm) 11/16 (1.7cm)

Length 2” (5.1cm) 2-1/2” (6.4cm) 3” (7.6cm) 3-1/2” (8.9cm)

Item No. ð 705 707 710-GF 810

B-350-GF Polyurethane Cord, 3/16” x 5’

B-400-GF Polyurethane Cord, 1/4” x 5’

PK-700 Hinge Repair Kit for Models 705, 707 and 710

PK-800 Hinge Repair Kit for Model 810

AB-1000 Adjustable Jack Screw Bumper Kit

B-1000 Molded Urethane Bumpers, 5/16” (Sold 10/Bag with drill bit)

B-2000 Molded Urethane Bumpers, 3/8” (Sold 10/Bag with drill bit)

g. Gaffney Flexor

Gaffney Technology’s dorsiflexion assist kit. See page 568 for pediatric size.

Description 80 Durometer 85 Durometer

Flexor 2001-GF 2001-C

Replacement Strap Set 2012-GF 2012-C

h. Flexion Control Ankle Joint Kit

The FC2 has been designed with the utmost attention to detail. It has been precontoured to save fabrication

time. The patented spherical axis allows the joint to be fabricated within a certain margin of error, but to

perform as if perfectly square. From simplifying fabrication to greater, more consistent gait and up to 70° of

adjustability, the practitioner can set the patient exactly where they need to and continue to make adjust-

ments with no need to remake the device. Sold kit. From Lower Extremity Technology.

Item No. ð FC2

705 707 710-GF 810



OR

TH

OT

ICS

THERMOPLASTIC APPLICATIONS — Continued

a. Integrated Ankle

The Integrated Ankle is made from a high strength super alloy that’s 66% lighter than steel, without the

brittleness of cast aluminum or the cost of titanium. It provides substantially more support, adjustability

and dynamic assist than plastic ankle joints, while retaining the lightweight and cosmetic appearance your

patients want. Integrated Ankle is offered in a range of control options:

Adjustable Range of Motion—features two adjustment screws, one to limit plantar flexion and another to

limit dorsi-flexion.

Dorsi-Flexion Assist (pictured)—offers the ability to spring load the posterior channel providing dynamic

assist for dorsi-flexion.

Double Action—offers the ability to spring load the posterior channel providing dynamic assist for dorsi-

flexion, just like the DFA, but it also has a stop built into the anterior allowing for dorsi stop.

Sold pair. Includes all mounting hardware, stirrups and alignment fixture. From OTS. See page 569 for child size.

Size Adjustable ROM Dorsi-Flexion Double Action

Adult (Large) IA LG ARM-AL IA AD DF-AL IA AD DA-AL

Youth (Medium) N/A IA YTH DF-AL IA YTH DA-AL

b. Integrated Ankle Modular Ankle Joint

Uses the same alloy found in the thermoformable styles above, in two range of control options:

Adjustable Range of Motion (pictured)—Anterior and posterior adjustment screws allow for simple, quick

ROM adjustment on the patient at time of fitting. Double action stirrup head.

Double Action—Square slot. Spring-loaded dorsi-assist combined with an infinitely adjustable dorsiflexion

stop.

All modular style Integrated Ankles accept both the solid stirrup for attachment to a shoe or the split tail

stirrup for attachment to an NYUCB shoe insert. Sold pair. From OTS. Also available in pediatric size.

Size Slot Size Adjustable ROM Double Action

Adult (Large) 3/4” (19mm) IA19ARM-AL-EU IA19-AL-EU

Youth (Medium) 5/8” (16mm) IA16ARM-AL-EU IA16-AL-EU

c. Meridian® Ankle Joint

This low profile, adjustable range of motion ankle joint features precise degree fine tuning and the ability to

lock within a 60° dorsi/plantar range. Lightweight, durable stainless steel. Kit includes hardware. The Fabrica-

tion Kit (sold separately) is reusable and highly recommended for fabrication. From ST&G Corporation. See

page 569 for pediatric size joint kit.

Size Standard Adult Heavy-Duty

Item No. ð MAJ-100A MAJ-100HD

MAJ-KITA Fabrication Kit, Standard

MAJ-KITHD Fabrication Kit, Heavy Duty



OR

TH

OT

ICS

d. Single Adjustable Ankle Joint

When used with an anterior stop, prevents or restricts ankle inversion and eversion. When used with a

posterior stop, prevents or restricts plantar flexion. Available in stainless steel or titanium. Sold pair. From

Townsend Design.

Material Stainless Steel Titanium

Item No. ð 3143004 3143024

e. Select Ankle Joint

Offered in aluminum and stainless steel in adult size. Child size available in aluminum only. Sold kit (pair).

From Trulife.

Size Adult Child

Dimensions 2-3/8” x 1-1/8” x 1/4” 1-7/8” x 1” x 1/4”

Aluminum A224000000 A224000001

Stainless Steel A224000002 N/A

MOTION LIMITERS and ASSISTS

f. Motion Control Limiter 655

A plantar/dorsiflexion range of motion device providing four dorsiflexion stop positions with an infinitely

adjustable plantar flexion stop. Kit comes complete with hardware and fabrication instructions. From Becker

Orthopedic.

Size Small Large X-Large

Item No. ð 655-MCL-S 655-MCL-L 655-MCL-XL

g. Motion Control Limiter 755

An adjustable plantar flexion range of motion limiter that can be transformed to a solid ankle AFO. Varying

degrees of plantar flexion are obtained by grinding the stop. Kit comes complete with hardware and fabrica-

tion instructions. From Becker Orthopedic.

Item No. ð 755-MCL

AV-755-001 Molded Urethane Bumper

AV-755-002 Disposable Channel Plug

AV-755-003 Solid Ankle Bracket, Stainless Steel

AV-755-004 Brass Wood Screw, 5/8”



OR

TH

OT

ICS

MOTION LIMITERS and ASSISTS — Continued

a. Motion Limiter 795

Manufactured in stainless steel and durable urethane, this motion limiter provides a variable plantar flexion

stop that provides some dampening. Easy to fabricate in any thermoplastic orthosis. Kit comes complete with

fabrication instructions. From Becker Orthopedic.

Item No. ð 795

795-B Replacement Bumper and Screw Only

795-BL Replacement Bumper and Screw with 2 Lock Nuts

795-C Replacement Aluminum Cylinder

796-3 Polyurethane Rod 3/16” x 12”

796-4 PolyurethanE Rod 1/4” x 12”

b. TC Stop™

A single component allowing ease of placement and thermoforming, and features specially formulated

noise-reducing bumpers. May be fixed with a solid insert for a fixed position to maintain critical correction.

From Creative Adaptations. See page 572 for pediatric size.

Item No. ð 101TCA

103TCSI Solid Insert

c. Posterior Adjustable Stop

Sold kit. From Precision O&P Components. See page 572 for pediatric size kit.

Size Adult Regular Adult XL

Item No. ð PAS-100-A PAS-100-AXL

PAS-A-BMP Bumper

d. Posterior Spring Assist

Sold kit. From Precision O&P Components. See page 572 for pediatric size kit.

Size Adult Regular Adult XL

Item No. ð PSA-100-A PSA-100-AXL

PSA-100-A-SB Stopping Block

PSA-A-TAP Threaded Adjustable Pin

e. Dorsi-Assist /Dorsi-Stop

Sold kit. From Precision O&P Components. Pediatric size kit also available.

Item No. ð DADS-200-A

DADS-200-A3 Cable, 3”

DADS-200-A38 Cable, 3-1/8”

DADS-200-A34 Cable, 3-3/4”

DADS-200-SPH Spring



OR

TH

OT

ICS

FABRICATION ACCESSORIES

f. Compcore Ankleforms®

Precut AFO reinforcements designed to reduce fabrication time. Available in two thicknesses and three sizes.

Sold pair. From Becker Orthopedic.


Width 3/4” 1” 1-1/4”

Length 3-5/8” 4-3/4” 6”

.06” Thickness MCC-1000 MCC-1010 MCC-1020

.09” Thickness MCC-1001 MCC-1011 MCC-1021

g. Carbon Composite Ankle Inserts

Moldable, high strength stiffener inserts for incorporation into an AFO when complete ankle rigidity is

indicated. Includes four mounts. Sold pair. From Fillauer.


Thickness 2-Ply (3/32”) 3-Ply (1/8”) 3-Ply (1/8”) 3-Ply (1/8”)

Length 4-1/4” 5-1/4” 6-1/4” 7-1/4”

Item No. ð 076059 076067 076075 076166

h. PolyCar-C™ Ankle Inserts

Heating temp 350°-400°F. High performance reinforcing composite. Easy to mold. High carbon content.

Thermobonds to polypropylene, copolymer and metal. Sold pair. From Fillauer.


Thickness .060” .090” .090” .125”

Item No. ð 076630 076632 076634 076636

i. Carbon Composite Bands for Lower Extremity Orthoses

Very short fabrication time, moldable after approximately three-minute heat cycle. Ideal fatigue resistance.

True joint alignment maintained. Sold each. From Fillauer.

Band Length 8” 9” 10” 11” 12” 13” 14” 15”

1-1/4” Width 076356 076364 076372 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

1-1/2” Width 076398 076521 076406 076414 076422 076430 N/A N/A

2” Width 076448 076455 076463 076471 076489 076497 076505 076513



OR

TH

OT

ICS

FABRICATION ACCESSORIES — Continued

a. Compcore® Panels

For creating custom Compcore® shapes and sizes for use in almost any application. Sheet size 12” x 12”. Sold

sheet. From Becker Orthopedic.

Thickness .06” .09”

Item No. ð MCC-412 MCC-415

b. Carbon Composite Sheets

12” x12” sheets include a half pack of Scotch Mounts for mounting inserts; 12” x 24” sheets include a full pack

of Scotch Mounts. Full pack of Scotch Mounts also sold separately. Sold sheet. From Fillauer.

Thickness 2-Ply 3-Ply 5-Ply

12” x 12” Sheet 076083 076091 N/A

12” x 24” Sheet 076117 076133 076135

076109 Scotch Mounts, Pack/25

c. Tamarack Hand Punch

The Tamarack Hand Punch quick and easily produces precisely located holes for installing Tamarack Flexure

Joint™ hardware. The configuration of the nose guides the punch to the correct location for a perfectly posi-

tioned hole. The Hand Punch may also be used for general hole punching needs. It is available in Large, Medium

and Pediatric sizes to match the three Tamarack Flexure Joint™ sizes. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Size Medium Large

Item No. ð T-740-2M T-740-2L

d. Tamarack Spanner Wrench Tool

The Spanner Wrench tool has a spring loaded retractable center pin, which helps hold and align the flange

nut for easier installation of the dorsiflextion assist joints. The spanner pins match up with four notches in

the flange nut. This also makes for easier removal of the joints in the presence of a cured thread locking

compound on either 740 or 742 style joints. One size for use on large and medium joints. Sold each. From

Becker Orthopedic. Also available in pediatric size.

Item No. ð T-740-3LM



OR

TH

OT

ICS

DOUBLE ACTION STIRRUPS

e. Slim Line Wide Flange Stirrup SL2800

Standard wide flange stirrup with 4.5” tongue. 1/8” thick stainless steel with two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold

each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10” 10.5”

Item No. ð SL2800-A8 SL2800-A8.5 SL2800-A9 SL2800-A9.5 SL2800-A10 SL2800-A10.5

Length 11” 11.5” 12” 12.5” 13” 13.5”

Item No. ð SL2800-A11 SL2800-A11.5 SL2800-A12 SL2800-A12.5 SL2800-A13 SL2800-A13.5

f. Slim Line Wide Flange Stirrup SL2800-SX

Features “web” configuration and 7” tongue. 1/8” thick stainless steel with two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold


Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5”

Item No. ð SL2800-SX8 SL2800-SX8.5 SL2800-SX9 SL2800-SX9.5

Length 10” 10.5” 11”

Item No. ð SL2800-SX10 SL2800-SX10.5 SL2800-SX11

g. Slim Line Wide Flange Stirrup SL2800-X

6” tongue. 1/8” thick stainless steel with two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5”

Item No. ð SL2800-X8 SL2800-X8.5 SL2800-X9 SL2800-X9.5

Length 10” 10.5” 11”

Item No. ð SL2800-X10 SL2800-X10.5 SL2800-X11

h. Slim Line Standard Flange Stirrup SL2900

3.5” tongue. 1/8” stainless steel with two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5”

Item No. ð SL2900-A8 SL2900-A8.5 SL2900-A9 SL2900-A9.5

Length 10” 10.5” 11” 11.5”

Item No. ð SL2900-A10 SL2900-A10.5 SL2900-A11 SL2900-A11.5

i. Standard Flange Stirrup 2700

2900-A stirrup with 2800 series head configuration. 3.5” tongue. 1/8” stainless steel with two 3/8” bushing

holes. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Length 7.5” 8” 8.5” 9”

Item No. ð 2700-A7.5 2700-A8 2700-A8.5 2700-A9

Length 9.5” 10” 10.5” 11”

Item No. ð 2700-A9.5 2700-A10 2700-A10.5 2700-A11



OR

TH

OT

ICS

DOUBLE ACTION STIRRUPS — Continued

a. Standard Flange Stirrup 2900-A


Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10” 10.5” 11”

Item No. ð 2900-A8 2900-A8.5 2900-A9 2900-A9.5 2900-A10 2900-A10.5 2900-A11

b. Wide Flange Stirrup 2800-A

4.5” tongue. 1/8” thick stainless steel with two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10” 10.5”

Item No. ð 2800-A8 2800-A8.5 2800-A9 2800-A9.5 2800-A10 2800-A10.5

Length 11” 11.5” 12” 12.5” 13” 13.5”

Item No. ð 2800-A11 2800-A11.5 2800-A12 2800-A12.5 2800-A13 2800-A13.5

c. Wide Flange Stirrup 2800-SX

Features “web” configuration and 7” tongue. 1/8” thick stainless steel with two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold


Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10” 10.5”

Item No. ð 2800-SX8 2800-SX8.5 2800-SX9 2800-SX9.5 2800-SX10 2800-SX10.5

Length 11” 11.5” 12” 12.5” 13” 13.5”

Item No. ð 2800-SX11 2800-SX11.5 2800-SX12 2800-SX12.5 2800-SX13 2800-SX13.5

d. Wide Flange Stirrup 2800-X

6” tongue. 1/8” thick stainless steel with two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10” 10.5” 11”

Item No. ð 2800-X8 2800-X8.5 2800-X9 2800-X9.5 2800-X10 2800-X10.5 2800-X11

e. Double Action Stirrup

Lightweight, high-strength 1/8” heat treated stainless steel. Sold each. From Hosmer.

Length 7.5” 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10”

Item No. ð 71175 71176 71177 71178 71179 71180



OR

TH

OT

ICS

f. Standard Long Tongue Stirrup


Length 9.5” 10.25” 11”

Item No. ð 037042 037043 037044

g. Standard Short Tongue Stirrup


Length 7” 8” 8.75” 9.5” 10.25” 11”

Item No. ð 035059 035061 035063 035066 035068 035069

h. Wide Tongue Stirrup

Eliminates the need for drilling the footwear shank by providing rivet locations which straddle the shank

size. Sold each. From Trulife.

Length 8.75” 9.5” 10.25”

Item No. ð 036015 036016 036017

STANDARD ACTION STIRRUPS

i. Standard Action Stirrup 3000

3.5” tongue. 1/8” stainless steel. Two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10”

Item No. ð 3000-A8 3000-A8.5 3000-A9 3000-A9.5 3000-A10

Length 10.5” 11”

Item No. ð 3000-A10.5 3000-A11



OR

TH

OT

ICS

STANDARD ACTION STIRRUPS — Continued

a. Standard Action Wide Flange Stirrup W3000

4.5” tongue. 1/8” stainless steel. Two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5”

Item No. ð W3000-A8 W3000-A8.5 W3000-A9 W3000-A9.5

Length 10” 10.5” 11”

Item No. ð W3000-A10 W3000-A10.5 W3000-A11

b. Standard Action Wide Flange Long Tongue Stirrup X3000

6” tongue. 1/8” stainless steel. Two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5”

Item No. ð X3000-A8 X3000-A8.5 X3000-A9 X3000-A9.5

Length 10” 10.5” 11”

Item No. ð X3000-A10 X3000-A10.5 X3000-A11

DORSIFLEXION ASSIST STIRRUPS

c. Standard Flange Stirrup 3200


Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10” 10.5”

Item No. ð 3200-A8 3200-A8.5 3200-A9 3200-A9.5 3200-A10 3200-A10.5

Length 11” 11.5” 12” 12.5” 12.75”

Item No. ð 3200-A11 3200-A11.5 3200-A12 3200-A12.5 3200-A12.75

d. Wide Flange Stirrup 3200X

6” tongue. 1/8” stainless steel with two 3/8” bushing holes. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10” 10.5”

Item No. ð 3200-X8 3200-X8.5 3200-X9 3200-X9.5 3200-X10 3200-X10.5

Length 11” 11.5” 12” 13” 14”

Item No. ð 3200-X11 3200-X11.5 3200-X12 3200-X13 3200-X14



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Wide Flange Stirrup W3200


Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10”

Item No. ð W3200-A8 W3200-A8.5 W3200-A9 W3200-A9.5 W3200-A10

Length 10.5” 11” 11.5” 12”

Item No. ð W3200-A10.5 W3200-A11 W3200-A11.5 W3200-A12

f. Dorsiflexion Assist Stirrup - Wide Tongue

Lightweight, high-strength 1/8” heat treated stainless steel. Sold each. From Hosmer.

Length 7.5” 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5” 10”

Item No. ð 71169 71170 71171 71172-HS 71173 71174

g. Standard Short Tongue Stirrup


Length 8” 8.75” 9.5” 10.25” 11”

Item No. ð 035016 035019 035022 035024 035023

h. Wide Tongue Stirrup



Length 8.75” 9.5” 10.25”

Item No. ð 036004 036006 036008

LIMITED and FREE MOTION STIRRUPS

i. Free and Limited Motion Stirrup


Length 8” 8.5” 9” 9.5”

Free 3000-A8-F 3000-A8.5-F 3000-A9-F 3000-A9.5-F

Limited 3000-A8-L 3000-A8.5-L 3000-A9-L 3000-A9.5-L

Length 10” 10.5” 11”

Free 3000-A10-F 3000-A10.5-F 3000-A11-F

Limited 3000-A10-L 3000-A10.5-L 3000-A11-L



OR

TH

OT

ICS

LIMITED and FREE MOTION STIRRUPS — Continued

a. Long Tongue Stirrup



Length 9.5” 10.25”

Item No. ð 037029 037030

b. Standard Short Tongue Stirrup


Length 7” 8” 8.75” 9.5” 10.25” 11”

Item No. ð 035032 035035 035038 035041 035043 035044

c. Wide Tongue Stirrup



Length 8.75” 9.5” 10.25”

Item No. ð 036010 036012 036014

STIRRUP INSERTS

d. Stirrup Insert 2810

Double action. One-piece design with no welding for increased strength. 1/8” thickness. 3” width. Sold each.

From Becker Orthopedic.

Height 2.25” 2.5” 2.75” 3”

Item No. ð 2810-A2.25 2810-A2.5 2810-A2.75 2810-A3



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Y Stirrup Insert 2810-Y

Features “Y” shaped flanges. 1/8” thickness. 3.31” width. 2.61” height. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Item No. ð 2810-A-Y

f. Stirrup Insert 3010

Standard action. One-piece design with no welding for increased strength. 1/8” thickness. 3” width. Sold


Height 2.25” 2.5” 2.75” 3”

Item No. ð 3010-A2.25 3010-A2.5 3010-A2.75 3010-A3

g. Stirrup Insert 3210

Dorsiflexion assist. One-piece design with no welding for increased strength. 1/8” thickness. 3” width. Sold


Height 2.25” 2.5” 2.75” 3”

Item No. ð 3210-A2.25 3210-A2.5 3210-A2.75 3210-A3

h. Slim Line Stirrup Insert SL2810

One-piece design with no welding for increased strength. 1/8” thickness. 3” width. Sold each. From Becker

Orthopedic.

Height 2.25” 2.5” 2.75” 3”

Item No. ð SL2810-A2.25 SL2810-A2.5 SL2810-A2.75 SL2810-A3

i. Slim Line Y Stirrup Insert SL2810-Y

Features “Y” shaped flanges. 1/8” thickness. 3.31” width. 2.61” height. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Description Standard Stance Control

Item No. ð SL2810-A-Y SC-SL2810-A-Y



OR

TH

OT

ICS

STIRRUP INSERTS — Continued

a. Hosmer Double Action Stirrup Insert

Hole locations are pre-punched to facilitate riveting. Sold each. From Hosmer.

Side Left Left Left Right Right Right

Side/Length 2.25” 2.5” 2.75” 2.25” 2.5” 2.75”

Straight 71053 71055 71057 71054 71056 71058

Offset 1/4” 71059 71061 71063 71060 71062 71064

Offset 3/8” 71065 71067 71069 71066 71068 71070

b. Hosmer Dorsiflexion Assist Stirrup Insert



Side/Length 2.25” 2.5” 2.75” 2.25” 2.5” 2.75”

Straight 71125 71127 71129 71124 71126 71128

Offset 1/4” 71131 71133 71135 71130 71132 71134

Offset 3/8” 71137 71139 71141 71136 71138 71140

c. Hosmer Free Motion Stirrup Insert



Side/Length 2.25” 2.5” 2.75” 2.25” 2.5” 2.75”

Straight 71089 71091 71093 71090 71092 71094

Offset 1/4” 71095 71097 71099 71096 71098 71100

Offset 3/8” 71101 71103 71105 71102 71104 71106

d. Hosmer Limited Motion Stirrup Insert



Side/Length 2.25” 2.5” 2.75” 2.25” 2.5” 2.75”

Straight 71007 71009 71011 71006 71008 71010

Offset 1/4” 71013 71015 71017 71012 71014 71016

Offset 3/8 71019 71021 71023 71018 71020 71022



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Fillauer Stirrup Insert

Stainless steel. For plastic laminations. Sold pair. From Fillauer.

Model Double Double Toe Lift Toe Lift Limited Limited Action Action Motion Motion

Height 2.375” 2.75” 2.312” 2.75” 2.312” 2.75”

Item No. ð 020096 020094 020123 020149 020099 020115

f. Laurence Orthopedic Stirrups

Stainless steel. Sold pair. From Laurence of Oakland.

Model Limited Motion Klenzak Double Action

Item No. ð 0100 0200 0300

CALIPER STIRRUPS

g. Dorsiflexion Split Stirrup 3260


Upright Dimensions 1/8” x 7/8” 1/8” x 3/4”

Item No. ð 3260-A 3260-B

h. Double Action Split Stirrup 2960



Item No. ð 2960-A 2960-B



OR

TH

OT

ICS

CALIPER STIRRUPS — Continued

a. Slim Line Split Stirrup Upright SL2960

Double action. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.


Item No. ð SL2960-A SL2960-B

b. Standard Action Split Stirrup 3060



Stiff Ankle 3060-A 3060-B

Free Motion 3060-A-F 3060-B-F

c. Dorsiflexion Caliper Stirrup

1/8” x 7/8” (.3cm x 2.2cm). Sold each. From Hosmer.

Item No. 71147

d. Double Action Caliper Stirrup


Item No. 71149



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Free Motion Caliper Stirrup


Item No. 71148

f. Limited Motion Caliper Stirrup


Item No. 71150

g. Double Action Split Stirrup

Stainless steel. Measures 1/8” x 7/8”. Sold each. From Trulife.

Item No. 038054

h. Limited/Free Motion Split Stirrup


Item No. 038041

i. Toe Pick-Up Split Stirrup


Item No. 038029



OR

TH

OT

ICS

CALIPER FOOT PLATES

a. Split Stirrup Caliper Plate Only 3400

Made from .090” stainless steel. Sold each or pair as noted below. From Becker Orthopedic. See page 571

for pediatric size.

Unit Channel Dimension Width Tongue Length Left Right Pair

A Size 1/8” x 7/8” 3-1/2” 4” 3400-AL 3400-AR 3400-AP

B Size 1/8” x 3/4” 2-7/8” 3-1/8” 3400-BL 3400-BR 3400-BP

b. Wide Flange Caliper Plate 3400-X

Made from .090” stainless steel. Recommended for increased stability. Sold each or pair as noted below.

From Becker Orthopedic.

Unit Channel Dimension Width Tongue Length Left Right Pair

A Size 1/8” x 7/8” 3-3/4” 6-7/8” 3400-XAL 3400-XAR 3400-XAP

B Size 1/8” x 3/4” 3-3/8” 6-7/8” 3400-XBL 3400-XBR 3400-XBP

c. Caliper Plate

Rectangular. 1/8” zinc plated. Sold each. From Fillauer.

Dimensions 1/2” x 3-1/4” 5/8” x 3-1/2” 3/4” x 3-3/4” 7/8” x 4”

Left DISCON 020248 020263 020289

Right DISCON 020230 020255 020271

d. Foot Plate

Stainless steel, welded and channeled to receive 1/8” x 7/8” (.3 x 2.2cm) caliper stirrups. Embossed with

reference point to indicate intersection of lines through tongue and head centers. Sold each. From Hosmer.

Side Left Right

Item No. ð 71143 71142-HS

e. Flat Caliper Plate

Measures 1/8” x 7/8”. Sold each. From Trulife.

Side Left Right

Item No. ð 038022 038023



OR

TH

OT

ICS

MISCELLANEOUS AFO COMPONENTS

f. Upright Attachment with Caliper Pin


Upright Recess 5/8” 1/2”

Pin Diameter 5/16” 1/4”

Item No. 3525-A 3525-B

g. Stirrup Strut

Can be shaped and welded to any stirrup to provide increased strength and stability. Sold each. From Becker

Orthopedic.

Item No. ð SC-30

h. Adjustable Extension Bar

Stainless steel. 1/8” thickness. Sold each. From Fillauer.

Dimensions 1/2” x 6” 5/8” x 7” 3/4” x 8”

Number of Tapped Holes 5 6 6

Item No. ð 020446 020438 020420

i. Upper and Lower Side Bars

Strong, lightweight aluminum side bars with rounded edges in straight or offset versions. Drilled and tapped

at one end to simplify fitting. No grinding is required; bars are press-fit into the corresponding knee or ankle

channels and secured with flat head screws. Bar length 17” (43.2cm). Sold each. From Hosmer.

Width and Thickness 5/8” x 3/16” 3/4” x 1/4” (1.6cm x 0.84cm) (1.9cm x 0.64cm)

Straight Side Bar (pictured) 72048 72046

Offset Side Bar 72049 72047



OR

TH

OT

ICS

MISCELLANEOUS AFO COMPONENTS — Continueds

a. Zippy Quick Release

Allows easy removal and reattachment from AFO upper assemblies. May have other applications. Sold each.

From Fillauer.

With Cleat 020700

With Threaded Mounting Holes in Cleat 020710

b. Quick Disconnect™ 980

Used in various orthotic applications to allow the practitioner to make any section of the brace detachable.

Nylon. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Item No. ð 980

c. Quick Disconnect™ 980-HD

Used in various orthotic applications to allow the practitioner to make any section of the brace detachable.

Heavy-duty aluminum. Sold each. From Becker Orthopedic.

Item No. ð 980-HD

d. BraceLock

The BraceLock can be fabricated into a convertible KAFO, AFO and/or KO. This is a small form factor cam

locking device usually fabricated on the back of the calf which locks the Knee and Ankle portions of a ther-

moplastic KAFO. The joint formed by the BraceLock is stronger, smaller, and more visually appealing than

other alternatives on the market today. The BraceLock has also been fabricated in a Transtibial Prosthesis

creating an very strong and versatile union. Sold kit. From Three Lock Box, Inc.

Item No. ð 123BRACELOCK

e. Becker XAFO Kit

Provides effective M-L control of the foot ankle complex. Low profile design utilizes stainless steel Camber

Axis Hinges® for added strength and variable motion control. Effective treatment of various clinical conditions

including severe pes planus, degenerative ankle joint disease and chronic ankle instabilities. Kit includes:

Camber Axis Hinges®, prefabricated thermoplastic medial and lateral uprights, interface padding, proximal

and distal straps, sheet plastic and lining material for custom footplate fabrication. TLSO complete. From

Becker Orthopedic.

Item No. ð 396

O R T H O T I C S Compression Garments 4 8 7


OR

TH

OT

ICS

UPPER EXTREMITY

f. Juzo® Compression Arm Sleeves

Juzo® Soft 2000 arm sleeve is extremely soft and inconspicuous when worn. Available in regular and long

lengths and two compressions. Juzo® Varin Soft-In arm sleeve with its soft inside is ideal for sensitive skin.

Available with or without shoulder strap, two lengths and two compressions. Beige. Sold each. From Juzo.

Arm Sleeves Regular Sizes I II III IV V VI

Circumf Circumf Circumf Circumf Circumf Circumf

Upper Bicep 26.5-33cm 23.5-28.5cm 25-31cm 27-33cm 29-35cm 30.5-37.5cm

Elbow 20.5-25.5cm 22-27cm 23.5-28.5cm 25-30cm 26-32cm 27.5-33.5cm

Wrist 14-15.5cm 15.5-17cm 17-18.5cm 18.5-20cm 20-21.5cm 21.5-23cm

Arm Sleeves Max Sizes I II III IV V VI

Circumf Circumf Circumf Circumf Circumf Circumf

Upper Bicep 26.5-33cm 28.5-35cm 30.5-37.5cm 32.5-39.5cm 34-42cm 36-44cm

Elbow 22.5-27.5cm 24.5-29.5cm 26-32cm 27.5-33.5cm 29-35cm 30-37cm

Wrist 14-15.5cm 15.5-17cm 17-18.5cm 18.5-20cm 20-21.5cm 21.5-23cm

Item No. ð (Compression) (Style) (Length) (Silicon Border) (Size)

Selection Guide

Soft 2000 Varin Varin Plain Plain w/Strap

Compression

20-30mmHg 2001 3511 3511 20-30mmHg Max 2001MX 3511MX 3511MX 30-40mmHg 2002 3512 3512 30-40mmHg Max 2002MX 3512MX 3512MX

Style

w/ Shoulder Strap - - CH Plain CG CG -

Length

<17” (Regular) R R R >17” (Long) L L L

Silicone Border

Without N/A without (Leave Blank) (Leave Blank) With SB SB SB

Size Code I II III IV V VI

g. Juzo® Soft Gauntlet

Seamless, soft and breathable. Beige. Sold each. From Juzo.

Item No. ð (Compression) (AC) (14) (Size)

Selection Guide

Compression 20-30mmHG 30-45mmHg

Code 2001 2002


Metacarpal Circumference 17.5-19.5cm 19.5-21cm 21-23cm 23-25.5cm

Wrist Circumference 14.5-16.5cm 16.5-18cm 18-20cm 20-22cm

Size Code S M L XL


O R T H O T I C S4 8 8 Compression Garments

OR

TH

OT

ICS

UPPER EXTREMITY — Continued

a. JOBST® Armsleeve

The JOBST® Armsleeve is ideal for the management of lymphedema of the arm. Advanced technology allows

for exceptionally soft and comfortable arm sleeves that provide proven compression. 15-20mmHg Armsleeves

are specially designed for patients with mild edema, patients who cannot tolerate higher compression or

have donning issues. 20-30mmHg Armsleeves are soft and air permeable and feature durable, lightweight

knit construction. Easy to put on and comfortable to wear. Beige. Sold each. From BSN Medical.


Standard Style

15-20mmHg 101328 101329 101330

20-30mmHg 101313 101314 101315

with Silicone Band

15-20mmHg 101331 101332 101333

20-30mmHg 101334 101335 101336

b. medi 95 Arm Sleeve

Sheer, soft, and resilient fabric for a durable yet fashionable appearance. Available in compression classes

I and II with optional beaded silicone top band. Seamless circular knit. Beige. Sold each. From Medi USA.

Size II III IV V VI VII

Hand 16-19cm 18-21cm 20-23cm 22-25cm 24-27cm 26-29cm

Wrist 13-15cm 15-17cm 17-19cm 19-21cm 21-23cm 23-25cm

Elbow 20-26cm 23-29cm 26-32cm 29-35cm 32-38cm 35-41cm

Upper Arm 22-29cm 25-32cm 29-36cm 33-40cm 37-44cm 41-48cm

Standard Length (less than 44cm)

Standard

20-30mmHg 71402 71403 71404 71405 71406 71407

30-40mmHg 71602 71603 71604 71605 71606 71607

with Silcone Top Band

20-30mmHg 74602 74603 74604 74605 74606 74607

30-40mmHg 75002 75003 75004 75005 75006 75007

Long Length (44cm and over)

Standard

20-30mmHg 71502 71503 71504 71505 71506 71507

30-40mmHg 71702 71703 71704 71705 71706 71707


20-30mmHg 74702 74703 74704 74705 74705 74707

30-40mmHg 75102 75103 75104 75105 75106 75107



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. medi 95 Combined Arm Sleeve and Gauntlet

Sheer, soft, and resilient fabric for a durable yet fashionable appearance. Available in compression classes

I and II with optional beaded silicone top band. Seamless circular knit. Beige. Sold each. From Medi USA.




Elbow 20-26cm 23-29cm 26-32cm 29-35cm 32-38cm 35-41cm

Upper Arm 22-29cm 25-32cm 29-36cm 33-40cm 37-44cm 41-48cm

Standard Length (less than 17.25”)

Standard

20-30mmHg 73402 73403 73404 73405 73406 73407

30-40mmHg 73602 73603 73604 73605 73606 73607


20-30mmHg 75402 75403 75404 75405 75406 75407

30-40mmHg 75802 75803 75804 75805 75806 75807

Long Length (17.25” and over)

Standard

20-30mmHg 73502 73503 73504 73505 73506 73507

30-40mmHg 73702 73703 73704 73705 73706 73707


20-30mmHg 75502 75503 75504 75505 75506 75507

30-40mmHg 75902 75903 75904 75905 75906 75907

d. medi 95 Glove with Fingers

Sheer, soft, and resilient fabric for a durable yet fashionable appearance. Available in compression classes I

and II. Beige. Sold each. From Medi USA.




20-30mmHg 76002 76003 76004 76005 76006 76007

30-40mmHg 76102 76103 76104 76105 76106 76107

e. medi Glove with Fingers

Sheer, soft, and resilient fabric for a durable yet fashionable appearance. Available in compression classes I

and II. Beige. Sold each. From Medi USA.

Size I II III IV V VI VII

Hand 15-16cm 16-19cm 18-21cm 20-23cm 22-25cm 24-27cm 26-29cm

Wrist 12-13cm 13-15cm 15-17cm 17-19cm 19-21cm 21-23cm 23-25cm

20-30mmHg 72401 72401 72403 72404 72405 72406 72407

30-40mmHg 72301 72301 72303 72304 72305 72306 72307



OR

TH

OT

ICS

LOWER EXTREMITY

a. CompreFit® BK

Chronic Venous Insufficiency Relief. Non-elastic containment and reduction of lower extremity edema • 30-40

mmHg active compression, lower resting compression. Exceptionally durable, yet breathable, light weight

design. Medicare covered for ulcers under Code A6545. Effective for day/safe for night. Ideal for chronic

edema or venous insufficiency. Easily worn under most clothing. Includes CompreBoot™ footpiece and a

pair of seamless cotton stockings. Sold each. From BiaCare.

Length Regular Tall

Measurement* 30-36cm over 36cm


30cm above Ankle Bone 29-39cm 34-44cm 39-49cm 48-58cm 55-65cm




Length Color

Regular Black 1101-BKR 1102-BKR 1103-BKR 1104-BKR 1105-BKR

Regular Beige 1111-BKR 1112-BKR 1113-BKR 1114-BKR 1115-BKR

Tall Black 1101-BKT 1102-BKT 1103-BKT 1104-BKT 1105-BKT

Tall Beige 1111-BKT 1112-BKT 1113-BKT 1114-BKT 1115-BKT

*Taken on lateral aspect from bottom of Patella to Lateral Malleolus.

b. Dressing Retention and Compression Garment

Compression support for post-op lower extremity situations, such as knee and hip replacement surgeries.

Developed by Ray Fikes, CPO. Provides 25–30mmHg at 50% stretch with the greatest amount of comfort. This

garment is designed to contour and fit the upper thigh just like our AK Compressogrip Shrinkers, and is in a

class by itself for the heavy patients with thigh circumferences above 22”, accommodating up to 40”. It is much

easier to don than compression stockings providing compression over the lower extremities with a universal

waist belt that keeps the garment from slipping down. It is also much easier to don and accommodative for

compression over bandages as a retainer. Superior upper thigh fit with great wicking and antimicrobial/anti-

odor X-STATIC® properties. X-STATIC®—The Silver Fiber® is a high performance fiber system made with pure

silver. Silver is naturally antimicrobial, to help inhibit odor in the garment. Silver also has the best possible

thermodynamic properties, so you stay cooler in the summer and warmer in winter. This multi-directional

garment can also be used as an interface for KAFO and hip orthoses where compression is needed. Machine

wash and dry. Latex free materials. Sold each. From Knit-Rite.


Ankle 4-7” 6-8” 6-9” 8-11” 10-13” 12-15”

Calf 8-14” 10-16” 12-18” 14-19” 15-20” 19-28”

Thigh 13-18” 17-22” 20-25” 22-32” 24-35” 28-40”

Regular 2HKX00SM 2HKX00MD 2HKX00LG 2HKX00XL 2HKX02XL 2HKX03XL

Short* 2HKX0SMS 2HKX0MDS 2HKX0LGS 2HKX0XLS 2HKX2XLS 2HKX3XLS

*26” inseam.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

HOSIERY

c. Closed Toe Knee-High Stockings — 18mmHg

Anti-Embolism Stocking provides a gentle massaging action to help prevent the formation of blood clots

associated with post-surgical inactivity. Beige. Sold pair. From Bell-Horn.


Ankle 7-7.75” 8-8.75” 9-9.75” 10-10.75” 11-12” 12-13.5”

Calf up to 12.5” 12.5-14.5” 14.5-16.5” 16.5-18.5” 18.5-20.5” 20.5-22.5”

Short 11000-X-S 1100-M-S 11000-L-S 1100-XL-S 11000-2XL-S 11000-3XL-S

Regular 11000-X-R 1100-M-RE 11000-L-R 1100-XL-R 11000-2XL-R 11000-3XL-R

Long 11000-X-L 1100-M-L 11000-L-L 1100-XL-L 11000-2XL-L 11000-3XL-L

d. JOBST ActiveWear Knee Highs

ActiveWear medical compression socks with dri-release® offer superior moisture management, precise gra-

dient compression and are easy to don. The all-day comfort knee band keeps socks up without binding or

pinching. Seamless toe increases wearing comfort and reinforced heel resists abrasion for greater durability.

The foot of the sock provides 360° of cushioning. Unisex design. Closed toe. 60% polyester, 20% nylon, 11%

cotton, 9% Spandex/Elasthan. Sold pair. From BSN Medical.


Ankle Circumference 7-8.25” 8.375-9.875” 10-11.375” 11.5-13”

Calf Circumference 11-15” 11.875- 16.5” 12.5-18.125” 13.375-19.625”

15-20 mmHg Small Medium Large X-Large

Cool White 110479 110480 110481 110482

Cool Black 110483 110484 110485 110486

20-30 mmHg Small Medium Large X-Large

Cool White 110489 110490 110491 110492

Cool Black 110493 110494 110495 110496

e. JOBST Relief® Knee High

JOBST Relief® delivers compression therapy at an affordable price. Accurate gradient compression provides

relief from tired, aching legs and varicose veins. 3-D knit structure uses air-covered spandex yarn that is soft

to touch and comfortable for all-day wear. Reinforced heel provides longer-lasting wear. Closed or Open

Toe. Beige. Sold pair. From BSN Medical.

Size Small Medium Large X-Large Large X-Large Full Calf Full Calf

Ankle Circ 7-8.25” 8.375-9.875” 10-11.375” 11.5-13” 10-11.875” 12-14”

Calf Circ 11-15” 11.875-16.5” 12.5-18.125” 13.375-19.625” 18-24” 18-24”

Closed Toe

15-20 mmHg 114806 114807 114808 114809 114810 114811

20-30 mmHg 114620 114621 114622 114623 114698 114624

30-40 mmHg 114630 114631 114632 114633 114699 114634

Closed Toe

15-20 mmHg 114800 114801 114802 114803 114804 114805

20-30 mmHg 114625 114626 114627 114628 114696 114629

30-40 mmHg 114635 114636 114637 114638 114697 114639



OR

TH

OT

ICS

HOSIERY — Continued

a. JOBST Relief® Thigh High with Silicone Band

Accurate gradient compression provides relief from tired, aching legs and varicose veins. 3-D knit structure

uses air-covered spandex yarn that is soft to touch and comfortable for all-day wear. Reinforced heel provides

longer lasting wear. Closed toe. Beige. Sold pair. From BSN Medical.


Ankle Circ 7-8.25” 8.375-9.875” 10-11.375” 11.5-13”

Calf Circ 11-15” 11.875-16.5” 12.5-18.125” 13.375-19.625”

Thigh Circ 15.75-24.375” 18.125-27.5” 21.125-30.75” 23.625-32”


15-20 mmHg 114822 114823 114824 114825

20-30 mmHg 114208 114209 114210 114211

30-40 mmHg 114216 114217 114218 114219

b. JOBST for Men Knee Highs — Closed Toe

Fashionable ribbed design delivers gradient compression therapy, yet looks like a fine men’s dress sock. Re-

inforced heel resists shoe abrasion and strong yarns resist wear and tear. All-day comfort band keeps socks

up without binding or pinching. Smooth toe seam and bubble shape add comfort. Microfibers wick away

moisture six times faster than regular nylon for a dryer, cooler feeling. Special formula fights odor by inhibit-

ing growth of fungi and bacteria on the socks. Closed toe. Black. Sold pair. From BSN Medical.

Size Small Medium Large X-Large Medium Large Large X-Large Tall Tall Full Calf Full Calf

Ankle Circ 18-21cm 21-25cm 25-29cm 29-33cm 21-25cm 25-19cm 25-30cm 30-36cm

Calf Circ 28-38cm 30-42cm 32-46cm 34-50cm 30-42cm 32-46cm 46-61cm 46-61cm

15-20 mmHg 115000 115001 115002 115003 - - - -

20-30 mmHg 115088 115089 115090 115091 115255 115260 115294 115295

30-40 mmHg 115108 115109 115110 1150111 115257 115265 115296 115297

c. Juzo® Dynamic (Varin)

Durable, opaque knit offers maximum containment. Beige. Sold pair. From Juzo.

Length Guide Knee High Thigh High Pantyhose

Regular 40-46cm 72-83cm 72-83cm

Short 34-40cm 63-72cm 63-72cm

Measured from Floor to: Low Patella Upper Thigh Upper Thigh

Size Guide X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large

Calf Circumference 29-38cm 34-43cm 37-49cm 41-53cm 46-58cm

Ankle Circumference 18-21cm 21-24cm 24-27cm 27-31cm 31-35cm

Complete the order number below by choosing from options beneath t. (Example 3512AD III)

Item No. ð (Compression) (AD) (Toe) (Silicone Bead) (Size)

Compression t Toe t Silicone Bead t Size t

20-30 mmHg 3511 Open Without I I 30-40 mmHg 3512 Closed FF With SB II II 40-50 mmHg 3513 III III IV IV V V



OR

TH

OT

ICS

Juzo® Soft 2000

Juzo offers graduated compression stockings to compliment active lifestyles. Available in knee-high, thigh-

high and pantyhose, the Juzo Soft 2000 line is made using an exclusive manufacturing process in which every

elastic fiber is micro-spun with soft protective threads, providing added comfort and improved breathability.

Juzo compression garments are made with Lycra® and two-way stretch elasticity, maximizing comfort and

allowing the garment to move with the wearer. Sold pair. From Juzo.

Length Guide Knee High Thigh High Pantyhose

Regular 40-46cm 72-83cm 72-83cm

Short 34-40cm 63-72cm 63-72cm

Measured from Floor to: Low Patella Upper Thigh Upper Thigh

Size Guide X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large

Size I II III IV V

Calf Circumference 29-38cm 34-43cm 37-49cm 41-53cm 46-58cm

Ankle Circumference 18-21cm 21-24cm 24-27cm 27-31cm 31-35cm

d. Soft 2000 Knee-Highs

Complete the order number below by choosing from options beneath t. (Example 2001AD14 II)

Item No. ð (Compression) (AD) (Toe) (Silicone Bead) (Length) (Color) (Size)

Compression t Toe t Silicone Bead t Length t Color t Size t

20-30 mmHg 2001 Open Without Regular Beige 14 X-Small I 30-40 mmHg 2002 Closed FF With SB Short SH Black 10 Small II Medium III Large IV X-Large V

e. Soft 2000 Thigh-Highs

Complete the order number below by choosing from options beneath t. (Example 2001AGSB14 II)

Item No. ð (Compression) (AG) (Toe) (Silicone Bead) (Length) (Color) (Size)

Compression t Toe t Silicone Bead t Length t Color t Size t

20-30 mmHg 2001 Open Without Regular Beige 14 X-Small I 30-40 mmHg 2002 Closed FF With SB Short SH Black 10 Small II Medium III Large IV X-Large V

f. Soft 2000 Pantyhose

Complete the order number below by choosing from options beneath t. (Example 2001ATFFSH14 III)

Item No. ð (Compression) (AT) (Toe) (Length) (Color) (Size)

Compression t Toe t Length t Color t Size t

20-30 mmHg 2001 Open Regular Beige 14 X-Small I 30-40 mmHg 2002 Closed FF Short SH Black 10 Small II Medium III Large IV X-Large V



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. TherafirmLight® 10-15mmHg Light Support Knee-High Stockings

True gradient compression delivers a controlled amount of pressure greatest at the ankle and gradually

decreases towards the top of the stocking to promote better blood flow. Designed to energize tired legs

and feet, improve circulation, and prevent swelling. Soft comfort band is non-restrictive while staying in

place all day. Reinforced toe and heel for durability. Lycra®/nylon blend. Closed toe. Sold pair. From Knit-Rite.

Color Selection

Black Cocoa Bronze Sand Natural White

Colors pictured here are approximate.

Size SM MD LG XL

Shoe Size 5-7 7-9 9-10.5 10.5-12

Ankle Circumference 7-8” 8-9.5” 9.5-11” 11-12.5”

Calf Circumference 11-15” 13-16” 15-18” 17.5-20.5”

Length 14-16” 15-17” 16-18” 17.5-19.5”

Black 33015 33025 33035 33045

Cocoa 33012 33022 33032 33042

Bronze 33018 33028 33038 33048

Sand 33016 33026 33036 33046

Natural 33014 33024 33034 33044

White 33017 33027 33037 33047

b. Therafirm® 15-20mmHg Mild Knee-High Stockings

Helps energize tired legs and feet, improve circulation and prevent swelling. Soft comfort band is non-

restrictive while staying in place all day. Reinforced toe and heel for durability. Sheer, two-way stretch nylon

and spandex. Closed toe. Sold pair. From Knit-Rite.

Color Selection

Black Cocoa Bronze Sand Natural White


Size SM MD LG XL 2X

Shoe Size 4-5 5.5-7.5 8-10.5 11-12 12+

Ankle Circ 6.25-7.25” 7.5-9” 9.25-10.75” 11-11.5” 11.75-12.75”

Calf Circ 11-13.5” 13-15.5” 15-17.5” 17.75-18.5” 18-19.5”

Length 12-18” 13-19” 14-20” 15-22” 15-22”

Black 68128 68124 68125 68132 68121

Cocoa 68205 68206 68207 68208 68209

Bronze 68240 68241 68242 68243 68244

Sand 68200 68201 68202 68203 68204

Natural 68193 68194 68195 68196 68197

Winter White 68183 68184 68185 68186 68187



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Therafirm® 18mmHg Knee-High Stockings Anti-Embolism

For men and women. True gradient compression knee-high or thigh-high stockings for the pre- or post-

operative patient and may be prescribed for the mobility-impaired or non-ambulatory patient. Designed

to help prevent edema, leg discomfort, and deep vein thrombosis in individuals subjected to immobility.

Inspection toe style or closed toe style available. White. Sold pair. From Knit-Rite.

Ankle Circ 6.5-8” 7.5-9” 8.5-10” 9-11.5” 9.5-13”

Calf Circ 10-12” 11-13” 12-15” 13-17” 114-18”

Knee-High Length 16” or less 16-18” 17-19” 18-22” 17.5-19.5”

Inspection Toe 87101 87102 87103 87104 87105

Closed Toe 87011 87012 87013 87014 N/A

d. Therafirm® Knee-High Stockings

For men and women. Moderate (20-30mmHG) or Firm (30-40mmHg) support over the calf stockings to help

improve circulation, prevent moderate swelling and relieve tired achy legs. Soft comfort band is non-restrictive

while staying in place all day. Reinforced toe and heel for durability. Two-way stretch nylon and spandex.

Sold pair. Closed or Open Toe styles. From Knit-Rite.

Color Selection

Black Bronze Sand Natural White


Size SM MD LG XL 2X 3X 4X

Ankle Circ 6.25-7.25” 7.5-9” 9-10” 10-11.25” 11.25-12.5” 12.5-13.75” 13.75-15”

Calf Circ 10.5-13” 11.5-14” 12.5-15” 13.5-16” 14.5-17” 16.5-20.5” 20-24”

Length 11-15” 12-17” 13-18” 14-19” 16-21” 16-21” 16-21”

Closed Toe

20-30mmHg

Black 77108 77104 77105 77106-KR 77107 77109 77111

Bronze 76112 76113 76114 76115 76116 76117 76118

Sand 75112 75113 75114 75115 75116 75117 75118

Natural 72112 72113 72114 72115-KR 72116 72117 72118

Winter White 79109 79109 79110 79111 79112 79113 79114

30-40mmHg

Black 77600 77601 77602 77603 77604 N/A N/A

Sand 76605 76606 76607 76608 76609 N/A N/A

Open Toe

20-30mmHg

Black 77300 77301 77302 77303 77304 77305 77306

Sand 79320 799321 79322 79323 79324 79325 79326

30-40mmHg

Black 77500 77501 77502 77503 77504 N/A N/A

Sand 76505 76506 76507 76508 76509 N/A N/A



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Core-Spun by Therafirm® Gradient Compression Socks

Core-Spun by Therafirm® Support Socks for men and women look and feel like a soft, comfortable everyday

sock with the added benefit of true gradient compression. The ultra stretchy yarns make the sock easier to

put on and the sock thickness makes them comfortable for all-day wear. Gradient compression promotes

better circulation and helps prevent swelling and leg fatigue.

Core-Spun yarns are made by twisting fibers around an inner fiber, creating one yarn. This process is used to

enhance functional properties of fabrics especially stretch and comfort as well as durability.

Core-Spun by Therafirm® Support Socks are made using moisture wicking yarns to wick moisture away from

the skin to the exterior of the sock, moving moisture up and out of the foot area. The result is a sock that is

comfortable and cool.

Sold pair. From Knit-Rite.

Size Ankle Calf Length Men’s Women’s

Small 17-22cm 28-42cm 30-41cm 7 or less 9 or less

Medium 21-26cm 31-45cm 33-43cm 7.5-10 9.5-12

Large 23-29cm 33-49cm 36-46cm 10.5-12 12+

X-Large 28-38cm 43-58cm 38-51cm 12.5+ -

XL-Full Calf 33-43cm 47-65cm 41-53cm 12.5+ -

Color Black White Navy Khaki

Light Support 10-15 mmHg

Small 16712 16112 16412 16512

Medium 16722 16122 16422 16522

Large 16732 16132 16432 16532

X-Large 16742 16142 16442 16542

XL-Full Calf 16752 16152 16452 16552

Mild Support 15-20 mmHg

Small 17712 17112 17412 17512

Medium 17722 17122 17422 17522

Large 17732 17132 17432 17532

X-Large 17742 17142 17442 17542

XL-Full Calf 17752 17152 17452 17552

Moderate Support 20-30 mmHg

Small 18712 18112-KR 18412 18512

Medium 18722 18122 18422 18522

Large 18732 18132 18432 18532

X-Large 18742 18142-KR 18442 18542

XL-Full Calf 18752 18152 18452 18552

Firm Support 30-40 mmHg

Small 19712 19112 19412 19512

Medium 19722 19122 19422 19522

Large 19732 19132 19432 19532

X-Large 19742 19142 19442 19542

XL-Full Calf 19752 19152 19452 19552



OR

TH

OT

ICS

b. Therafirm® Thigh-High Stockings

For men and women. Moderate (20-30mmHG) or Firm (30-40mmHg) support. Over-the-knee style stockings

feature a soft, non-restrictive uni-band that stays in place—no garter belt or adhesive required. Reinforced

toe and heel for durability. Two-way stretch nylon and spandex. Black or Sand. Sold pair. From Knit-Rite.

Size SM MD LG XL 2X

Ankle Circumference 6.25-7.5” 7.5-8.75” 8.75-10” 10-11.25” 11.25-12.5”

Calf Circumference 10.5-13” 11.5-14” 12.5-15” 13.5-16” 14.5-17”

Thigh Circumference 15-18” 17.5-20.5” 20-23” 22.5-25.5” 25-28”

Length 23-26” 23-29” 25-31” 27-33” 29-35”

20-30mmHG

Closed Toe Black 77200 77201 77202 77203 77204

Closed Toe Sand 74212 74213 74214 74215 74216

Open Toe Black 77100 77101 77102 77103 77110

Open Toe Sand 74112 74113 74114 74115 74116

30-40mmHG

Closed Toe Black 77700 77701 77702 77703 77704

Closed Toe Sand 76705 76706 76707 76708 76709

Open Toe Black 77800 77801 77802 77803 77804

Open Toe Sand 76805 76806 76807 76808 76809

c. Therafirm® Men’s Trouser Socks

Stylish men’s dress socks feature over-the-calf ribbed style graduated compression with a non-binding, knit-

in band that keeps socks in place all day. Features comfort heel and toe. Therafirm support is frequently

recommended for moderate ankle and leg swelling, moderate varicosities, and post schlerotherapy. Sold pair.

Size Ankle Calf Length Shoe

Small 7”-9” 10.5”-15” 11”-14” 7 or less

Medium 9”-11” 11”-16.5” 12”-15” 7.5-10

Large 10”-14” 12”-17” 13”-16” 10.5-12

X-Large 11”-15” 13”-19” 14”-18” 12.5+

Mild Support 15-20 mmHg

Color Charcoal Khaki Brown White Navy Black

Small 68364 68363 68353 68360 68350 68310

Medium 68365 68326 68313 68324 68319 68311

Large 68366 68327 68314 68325 68320 68312

X-Large 68367 68362 68342 68361 68341 68340

Moderate Support 20-30 mmHg

Color Charcoal Khaki Brown White Navy Black

Small 68368 68349 68347 68331 68346 68315

Medium 68369 68321 68301 68307 68303 68316

Large 68370 68322 68302 68308 68304 68317

X-Large 68371 68323 68328 68330 68309 68318

Firm Support 30-40 mmHg

Color White Navy Black

Small 69331 69346 69315

Medium 69307 69303 69316

Large 69308 69304 69317

X-Large 69330 69309 69318



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Mediven Plus

MedivePlus Rx offers patients fashionable therapy in the broadest range of ready-made sizes available today.

Beige. Sold pair. From Medi.


Ankle 16.5-18.5cm 19-21cm 21.5-23.5cm 24-26cm 26.5-28.5cm 29-32cm 32.5-35cm

Calf 26-34cm 29-37cm 30-40cm 32-43cm 34-46cm 36-49cm 38-52cm

Calf X-Wide 34-38cm 37-42cm 40-46cm 43-50cm 46-54cm 49-58cm 52-62cm

Thigh w/STB 42-49cm 45-53cm 49-57cm 52-61cm 56-65cm 60-70cm 64-74cm

Leg Length Calf Standard Calf Petite Thigh Standard Thigh Petite

39-47.5cm 31-38cm 71-86.5cm 58.5-71cm

20-30 mmHg XS SM MD LG XL XXL XXXL

Calf Open Toe 10101 10102 10103 10104-ME 10105-ME 10106 10107

Calf Closed Toe 19801 19802 19803 19804 19805 19806 19807

Calf Petite OT 10201 10202 10203-ME 10204 10205-ME 10206 10207

Calf XW OT 10301 10302 10303 10304 10305 10306 10307

Calf XW w/SB OT 18201 18202 18203 18204 18205 18206-ME 18207

Thigh w/STB OT 10801 10802-ME 10803-ME 10804-ME 10805-ME 10806 10807

30-40 mmHg XS SM MD LG XL XXL XXXL

Calf Open Toe 20101 20102 20103 20104 20105-ME 20106 20107

Calf Petite OT 20201 20202 20203 20204 20205 20206 20207

Calf XW OT 20301 20302 20303 20304 20305 20306 20307

Calf XW w/SB OT 28010 28102 28103 28104 28105 28106 28107

Thigh w/SB OT 20001 20002 20003-ME 20004-ME 20005 20006 20007

b. Mediven Assure

Economical compression therapy for men and women designed to meet managed care price guidelines.

Beige. Sold pair. From Medi.


Ankle 18-21.5cm 21.5-25cm 25-28cm 29-32cm 32-37cm

Calf 29-38cm 31-42cm 34-46cm 37-50cm 46-56cm

Thigh w/Silicone Band 49.5-62cm 54.5-67cm 60-72cm 60.5-77cm -

15-20 mmHg

Calf, Closed Toe 12601 12602 12603 12604 12605

Calf, Open Toe 12501 12502 12503 12504 12505

20-30 mmHg

Calf, Closed Toe 13701 13702 13703 13704 13705

Calf, Open Toe 13801 13802 13803 13804 13805

Thigh w/Silicone Band, CT 13901 13902-ME 13903 13904 N/A

30-40 mmHg Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large

Calf, Closed Toe 22101 22102 22103 22104 22105

Calf, Open Toe 22201 22202-ME 22203 22204 22205

Thigh w/Silicone Band, CT 22301 22302 22303 22304 N/A

Thigh w/Silicone Band, OT 22401 22402 22403 22404 N/A



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Mediven Motion Sport

Mediven Motion Sport stockings feature a cushioned sole and heel in a soft and resilient classic ribbed design

sport sock. Motion Sport stockings utilize Clima-Comfort fiber technology, are latex-free and can be machine

washed and dried. Calf height. Closed toe. White or Black. Sold pair. From Medi.


Ankle 19-21cm 21.5-23.5cm 24-26cm 26.5-28.5cm 29-32cm

Calf 29-37cm 30-40cm 32-43cm 35-46cm 36-49cm

16-20 mmHg

White 35471 35472 35473 35474 35475

Black 35451 35452 35453 35454 35455

20-30 mmHg

White 35671 35672 35673 35674 35675

Black 35651 35652 35653 35654 35655

d. Mediven Comfort Calf

Mediven Comfort guarantees maximum all-day wearing comfort in a durable, discreet, semi-sheer look. With

innovative materials and the latest knitting technology, this product’s popularity is due to its ease in donning

and doffing. The incorporation of a patented Climafresh system adds an antimicrobial feature and prevents

odor formation while the Clima-Comfort technology allows for high breathability and reliable temperature

control. Closed Toe (CT) or Open Toe (OT). Natural or Ebony color. Sold pair. From Medi USA.


Ankle 18-20cm 20.5-22.5cm 23-25cm 25.5-27.5cm 29-30cm 30.5-33cm 33.5-36cm

Calf 29-35.5cm 30-39cm 32.5-42cm 35-45cm 37-48.5 39.5-51.5cm 41.5-54.5cm

20-30 mmHg

CT, Natural 46101 46102-ME 46103-ME 46104-ME 46105-ME 46106 46107

OT, Natural 47301 47302-ME 47303-ME 47304-ME 47305-ME 47306 47307

CT, Ebony 46151 46152-ME 46153-ME 46154-ME 46155-ME 46156 46157

OT, Ebony 47351 47352-ME 47353-ME 47354-ME 47355-ME 47356 47357

e. Mediven for Men

Mediven for Men with lanolin is your modern compression sock in classic colors for dress or casual wear. Soft,

smooth, stylish, and durable, this new bio-textile product provides the medical benefits and easy care all men

want. 20-30mmHg. Calf height. Closed toe. Black or Khaki color. Sold pair. From Medi.


Ankle 18-20cm 20.5-22.5cm 23-25cm 25.5-27.5cm 29-30cm 30.5-33cm 33.5-36cm

Calf 29-35.5cm 30-39cm 32.5-42cm 35-45cm 37-48.5 39.5-51.5cm 41.5-54.5cm

Calf X-Wide - - 42.49.5cm 45-53cm 48-56cm 51.5-59cm 54.5-62cm

Calf Standard

Black 09351 09352 09353 09354 09355 09356 09357

Khaki 09611 09612 09613 09614 09615 09616 09617

Calf X-Wide

Black 09551 09552 09553 09554-ME 09555 09556 09557

Khaki 09511 09512 09513 09514 09515 09516 09517



OR

TH

OT

ICS


a. Truform Therapeutic Compression Stockings

For the ambulatory patient to help relieve aching, heaviness, leg fatigue and visible varicose veins. Typically

prescribed for poor circulation, post vein surgery support, the control of swelling and burn scar formation,

and to prevent and treat post-phlebitic syndrome. Sold pair. From Truform.

Size Guide Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large XXX-Large

Ankle Circumference 7-8.25” 8.375-9.625” 9.75-11” 11.125-12.375” 12.5-13.75” 12.5-13.75”

Calf Circumference 11-14” 13.5-16” 15.5-18” 17.5-20” 19.5-22” 21.5-24”

Thigh Circumference up to 20” up to 22” up to 23” up to 24”

Length to Knee up to 15” up to 16” up to 17” up to 18” up to 18” up to 18”

Length to Thigh up to 26” up to 28” up to 29” up to 31”

Below Knee

Compression* 20-30 mmHg 20-30 mmHg 20-30 mmHg 30-40 mmHg 30-40 mmHg

Toe Open Closed Closed Open Closed

Color Beige Beige Black Beige Beige

Small 0865-BG-S 8865-BG-S 8865-BL-S 0845-BG-S 8845-BG-S

Medium 0865-BG-M 8865-BG-M 8865-BL-M 0845-BG-M 8845-BG-M

Large 0865-BG-L 8865-BG-L 8865-BL-L 0845-BG-L 8845-BG-L

X-Large 0865-BG-XL 8865-BG-XL 8865-BL-XL 0845-BG-XL 8845-BG-XL

XX-Large 0865-BG-2X 8865-BG-2X 8865-BL-2X 0845-BG-2X 8845-BG-2X

XXX-Large 0865-BG-3X 8865-BG-3X 8865-BL-3X 0845-BG-3X 8845-BG-3X

Thigh High

Compression* 20-30 mmHg 20-30 mmHg 30-40 mmHg

Top Band Top Lace Top Band Top

Toe Closed Closed Closed

Color Beige Beige Beige

Small 8866-BG-S 8867-BG-S 8846-BG-S

Medium 8866-BG-M 8867-BG-M 8846-BG-M

Large 8866-BG-L 8867-BG-L 8846-BG-L

X-Large 8866-BG-XL 8867-BG-XL 8846-BG-XL

Thigh High with Beaded Top

Compression* 20-30 mmHg 20-30 mmHg 20-30 mmHg 30-40 mmHg 30-40 mmHg

Toe Open Open Closed Open Closed

Color Beige Black Beige Beige Beige

Small 0868-BG-S 0868-BL-S 8868-BG-S 0848-BG-S 8848-BG-S

Medium 0868-BG-M 0868-BL-M 8868-BG-M 0848-BG-M 8848-BG-M

Large 0868-BG-L 0868-BL-L 8868-BG-L 0848-BG-L 8848-BG-L

X-Large 0868-BG-XL 0868-BL-XL 8868-BG-XL 0848-BG-XL 8848-BG-XL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

b. Truform Anti-Embolism Stockings

Designed to meet the demanding standards of the hospital environment, Truform Anti-Embolism Stockings

act as a Thrombo Embolic Deterrent for the reclining or bed-confined patient. They are also ideal for use

with the post-surgical, home convalescing patient. The open toe feature allows for easy toe inspection by

caregiver. Therapeutic graduated compression; 18 mmHg targeted at the ankle. Non-constricting, soft stay-up

top for comfort. Open Toe (OT) or Closed toe (CT). Beige or Black. Sold pair. From Truform.

Size Guide Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large XXX-Large

Ankle* 7-8.25” 8.375-9.625” 9.75-11” 11.125-12.375” 12.5-13.75” 12.5-13.75”

Calf* 11-14” 13.5-16” 15.5-18” 17.5-20” 19.5-22” 21.5-24”

Thigh* up to 21” up to 22” up to 24” up to 26”

Length to Thigh up to 28” up to 29” up to 30” up to 32”

Knee High

OT Beige 0808-BG-S 0808-BG-M 0808-BG-L 0808-BG-XL 0808-BG-2XL 0808-BG-3XL

OT Black 0808-BL-S 0808-BL-M 0808-BL-L 0808-BL-XL 0808-BL-2XL 0808-BL-3XL

CT Beige 8808-BG-S 8808-BG-M 8808-BG-L 8808-BG-XL 8808-BG-2XL 8808-BG-3XL

CT Black 8808-BL-S 8808-BL-M 8808-BL-L 8808-BL-XL 8808-BL-2XL 8808-BL-3XL

Thigh High

OT Beige 0810-BG-S 0810-BG-M 0810-BG-L 0810-BG-XL 0810-BG-2XL 0810-BG-3XL

OT Black 0810-BL-S 0810-BL-M 0810-BL-L 0810-BL-XL 0810-BL-2XL 0810-BL-3XL

CT Beige 8810-BG-S 8810-BG-M 8810-BG-L 8810-BG-XL 8810-BG-2XL 8810-BG-3XL

CT Black 8810-BL-S 8810-BL-M 8810-BL-L 8810-BL-XL 8810-BL-2XL 8810-BL-3XL

COMPRESSION BANDAGE

c. Tensitube Rolls

Tensitube applies pressure to the limbs or trunk where an injury is localized, or where the presence of un-

healed areas prohibits the use of standard dressings. Using Tensitube for pressure therapy may help prevent

hypertrophic scarring and contracture, giving the patient a head start on rehabilitation. It works well as a

liner under orthotic devices. Varying compressions can be obtained with single or double layers. It is also an

excellent material for fabricating pressure garments as well as wrist and ankle braces. Application is quick

and easy for the caregiver or patient because Tensitube requires no pins or tape. Polyester (white) or cotton

(natural color). 11 yard length. Sold roll. From RX Textiles.

Size A B C D E F G J K

Width 2” 2.5” 2.75” 3” 3.5” 4” 4.75” 6” 8”

Polyester 0110100 0110200 0110300 0110400 0110500 0110600 0110700 0110800 0110900

Cotton 0111300 0111400 0111500 0111600 0111700 0111800 0111900 0112000 0112100



OR

TH

OT

ICS

COMPRESSION BANDAGE — Continued

a. Bandage Elastic

5 yard length. Sold Roll.

Width 2” 3” 4” 5”

Item No. ð 2020-RM 2021-RM 2022-RM 2023-RM

b. Bandage Elastic

Sold Roll.

Width 4” 6”

Item No. ð D-982 592204

O R T H O T I C S Interfaces 5 0 3


OR

TH

OT

ICS

TORSO INTERFACES

c. Bracemate® Body Sleeve™

CoolMax® fiber wicks moisture away from the skin to keep wearer dry and comfortable. Reinforced neck and

arm openings. Flat knit for a super soft feel. Machine wash and dry. Four styles. Sold each. From Comfort

Products.


Flat Width 6” 8” 10” 12” 18”

Flat Length 19” 21” 28” 28” 28”

Circumference 16-34” 22-40” 22-48” 30-56” 36-64”

Standard w/Shoulder Straps BMS BMM BML BMXL BMXXL

One Axilla Flap BMSF1 BMMF1 BMLF1 BMXLF1 BMXXLF1

Two Axilla Flaps BMSF2 BMMF2 BMLF2 BMXLF2 BMXXLF2

Tube Style BMTSS BMTSM BMTSL BMTSXL BMTSXXL

d. Crew Neck Protective Body Sock

Seamless finishing provides improved skin protection and patient comfort; aids in preventing skin breakdown.

Outstanding stretch allows the fit to be virtually wrinkle-free. Garments are finished on all edges. All styles

are latex free materials. All fabrics are machine washable. The protective body interface may be used with all

types of spinal orthoses and body jackets. Slightly heavier than a T-shirt, Torso-Interface provides cushioning,

moisture wicking and anti-microbial properties. Sold each. From Knit-Rite.

Flat Width Flat Length Circumference CoolMax®/ X-Static®/ Cotton/ Lycra® Lycra® Lycra®

Crew Neck (Replaces Old Strap and Cap Styles)

4” (10cm) 12” (30cm) 10-12” 1BP1BSXS N/A 1BC1BSXS

6” (15cm) 14” (35cm) 14-18” 1BP1BSSM 1BX1BSSM 1BC1BSSM

8” (20cm) 16” (40cm) 18-24” 1BP1BSMD 1BX1BSMD 1BC1BSMD

8” (20cm) 20” (50cm) 18-24” 1BP1BSML 1BX1BSML N/A

10” (25cm) 20” (50cm) 22-30” 1BP1BSLG 1BX1BSLG 1BC1BSLG

10” (25cm) 24” (60cm) 22-30” 1BP1BSLL 1BX1BSLL 1BC1BSLL

12” (30cm) 24” (60cm) 26-38” 1BP1BSXL 1BX1BSXL 1BC1BSXL

14” (35cm) 24” (60cm) 30-48” 1BP1BSKS 1BX1BSKS N/A

14” (35cm) 28” (71cm) 30-48” 1BP1BSKX 1BX1BSKX N/A

Crew Neck with Tailored Sleeves

6” (15cm) 14” (35cm) 14-18” 1BP1SSSM N/A N/A

8” (20cm) 16” (40cm) 18-24” 1BP1SSMD N/A N/A

8” (20cm) 20” (50cm) 18-24” 1BP1SSML N/A N/A

10” (25cm) 20” (50cm) 22-30” 1BP1SSLG N/A N/A

10” (25cm) 24” (60cm) 22-30” 1BP1SSLL N/A N/A

12” (30cm) 24” (60cm) 26-38” 1BP1SSXL N/A N/A

12” (30cm) 28” (71cm) 26-38” 1BP1SSXX N/A N/A

Crew Neck with Axilla Flaps

6” (15cm) 14” (35cm) 14-18” 1BP1DDSM N/A N/A

8” (20cm) 16” (40cm) 18-24” 1BP1DDMD N/A N/A

8” (20cm) 20” (50cm) 18-24” 1BP1DDML N/A N/A

10” (25cm) 20” (50cm) 22-30” 1BP1DDLG N/A N/A

10” (25cm) 24” (60cm) 22-30” 1BP1DDLL N/A N/A

12” (30cm) 24” (60cm) 26-38” 1BP1DDXL N/A N/A


O R T H O T I C S5 0 4 Interfaces

OR

TH

OT

ICS

TORSO INTERFACES — Continued

a. Strapless Protective Body Sock

Similar to the Crew Neck Protective Body sock above, but strapless. Sold each. From Knit-Rite.

Flat Width Flat Length Circumference CoolMax®/ X-Static®/ Lycra® Lycra®

6” (15cm) 14” (35cm) 14-18” 1BP1B614 1BX1B614

8” (20cm) 16” (40cm) 18-24” 1BP1B816 1BX1B816

8” (20cm) 20” (50cm) 18-24” 1BP1B820 N/A

10” (25cm) 20” (50cm) 22-30” 1BP11018 1BX11018

10” (25cm) 24” (60cm) 22-30” 1BP110LL N/A

12” (30cm) 24” (60cm) 26-38” 1BP112XL 1BX112XL

b. V-Neck Protective Body Socks

Seamless finishing provides improved skin protection and patient comfort; aids in preventing skin break-

down. Outstanding stretch allows the fit to be virtually wrinkle-free. Garments are finished on all edges. All

styles are latex free materials. All fabrics are machine washable. Furnish an adequate quantity for change

and laundering – a quantity of six units is recommended. The protective body interface may be used with

all types of spinal orthoses and body jackets. Slightly heavier than a T-shirt, Torso-Interface provides more

cushioning, moisture wicking and anti-microbial properties to keep skin dry, protected, and comfortable.

Sold each. From Knit-Rite.

Flat Width Flat Length Circumference CoolMax®/ X-Static®/ Lycra® Lycra®

V-Neck with No Flaps

6” (15cm) 14” (35cm) 14-18” 1BP1CVSM 1BX1CVSM

8” (20cm) 16” (40cm) 18-24” 1BP1CVMD 1BX1CVMD

8” (20cm) 20” (50cm) 18-24” 1BP1CVML N/A

10” (25cm) 20” (50cm) 22-30” 1BP1CVLG 1BX1CVLG

10” (25cm) 24” (60cm) 22-30” 1BP1CVLL 1BX1CVLL

12” (30cm) 24” (60cm) 26-38” N/A 1BX1CVXL

14” (35cm) 24” (60cm) 30-48” N/A 1BX1CVKS

V-Neck with Axilla Flaps

6” (15cm) 16” (40cm) 14-18” 1BP1BDSM 1BX1BDSM

8” (20cm) 18” (45cm) 18-24” 1BP1BDMD 1BX1BDMD

8” (20cm) 20” (50cm) 18-24” 1BP1BDML N/A

10” (25cm) 20” (50cm) 22-30” 1BP1BDLG 1BX1BDLG

10” (25cm) 24” (60cm) 22-30” 1BP1BDLL 1BX1BDLL

12” (30cm) 24” (60cm) 26-38” 1BP1BDXL 1BX1BDXL

V-Neck with Left Axilla Flap (pictured)

6” (15cm) 14” (35cm) 14-18” N/A 1BX1BLSM

8” (20cm) 16” (40cm) 18-24” N/A 1BX1BLMD

10” (25cm) 20” (50cm) 22-30” N/A 1BX1BLLG

10” (25cm) 24” (60cm) 22-30” N/A 1BX1BLLL

12” (30cm) 24” (60cm) 26-38” N/A 1BX1BLXL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

UPPER EXTREMITY INTERFACES

c. BraceSleeve™

Offers comfort and protection beneath wrist and hand orthoses. Resists wrinkling and folding. 100% un-

bleached cotton is machine washable. Three styles. Sold each. From Comfort Products.

Style w/Knitted Thumb w/Thumbhole Tube Style

12” Length 3” Flat Width BSA12 BSB12 N/A

14” Length 3” Flat Width N/A N/A BSC143




22” Length 3” Flat Width N/A BSB22 BSC223


d. Cast-Rite™ Humeral and Ulnar Sleeves

1 and 2-ply cushioning weights, 97% acrylic, 3% Lycra spandex. Adult sizes are 3.50” (9cm) flat width; child

sizes 2” (5cm) flat width. Sold each. From Knit-Rite. See page 573 for child sizes.

Style Humeral Ulnar

Flat Width 3.5” (9cm) 3.5” (9cm)

Length 12” (30cm) 10” (25cm)

Adult Size 1AL2HMMD 1AL2ULMD

e. Cast-Rite™ Arm Sleeve

A comfortable, moisture-wicking interface for casts or braces protects skin against irritation and abrasions.

Washable material stretches and conforms to arm contour. Available in 1-ply and 2-ply protective weights;

acrylic/lycra, cotton/lycra, or polyester/X-STATIC/lycra fabrics. Arm Sleeves with X-Static® pure silver fibers pro-

vide anti-microbial and wicking benefits. 1-ply adult sizes are 3” (7.5cm) flat width; 2-ply adult sizes are 3.50”

(9cm) flat width. 1-ply child sizes are 2” (5cm) flat width. Sold each. From Knit-Rite. See page 573 for child sizes.

Flat Width Length Thickness Acrylic/ X-Static®/ Cotton/ Lycra® Lycra® Lycra®

with Thumb

3” (7.5cm) 4” (10cm) 1 Ply 1AL1AT04 N/A N/A

3” (7.5cm) 10” (25cm) 1 Ply 1AL1AT10 N/A N/A

3” (7.5cm) 18” (45cm) 1 Ply 1AL1AT18 N/A 1AC1AT18

3” (7.5cm) 18” ((45cm) 2 Ply 1AL2AT18 N/A N/A

with Thumbhole

3” (7.5cm) 10” (25cm) 1 Ply 1AL1A010 N/A N/A

3” (7.5cm) 14” (36cm) 1 Ply N/A 1AX1H214* 1AC1H214*

3” (7.5cm) 18” (45cm) 1 Ply 1AL1A018 N/A 1AC1A018

3” (7.5cm) 18” (45cm) 2 Ply 1AL2A018 N/A N/A

*Sold pair.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

AFO and KAFO INTERFACES

a. Traditional AFO Liner Sock

Made of natural unbleached cotton and features full terry lining for cushioning. Washable. Sold 3 pair per

package. From Comfort Products.


Men’s Shoe Size 3-8.5 9-12 12+

Women’s Shoe Size 4-9.5 10-13 13+

Item No. ð AFOLS07 AFOLS10 AFOLS13

b. CoolMax® AFO Liner Sock

Made of 97% CoolMax®/3% Lycra®. Keeps wearer cooler in summer and warmer in winter. Wicks moisture

away from skin, providing a healthy environment for the foot and leg. Washable. White. Sold 3 pair per

package. From Comfort Products.


Shoe Size 6-8.5 7-11 10-13 13-15

Item No. ð AFOLSCM06 AFOLSCM07 AFOLSCM10 AFOLSCM13

c. SilverMax™ AFO Liner Sock

Made with X-static®, this sock features silver plaited CoolMax® fibers for maximum anti-microbial protection

while wicking moisture away from the skin. Thermal properties of silver provide additional comfort. Wash-

able. Gray. Sold 3 pair per package. From Comfort Products.




Item No. ð AFOLSX07 AFOLSX10 AFOLSX13

d. Black AFO Liner Sock

Made of 85% combed cotton/15% nylon. All cotton next to skin for additional comfort. Black. Sold 3 pair

per package. From Comfort Products.




Item No. ð AFOLSB07 AFOLSB10 AFOLSB13



OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. SmartKnit® Seamless AFO Interface Sock

Each patented SmartKnit® AFO sock is made the same way that a caterpillar spins its cocoon—starting at

the toe and circling to the top, resulting in a seam-free, wrinkle-free sock that fits like a second layer of skin,

provides exceptional softness, and wicks perspiration. Socks feature a “heel-less” design to ensure a perfect

fit every time. Each corespun sock is knit with CoolMax®, Polyester, or X-STATIC®—The Silver Fiber® with Lycra®

spandex for superior moisture wicking and anti-microbial properties to inhibit odor in the sock. Sold pair.

From Knit-Rite. See page 573 for child sizes.

Fabric CoolMax®/Lycra® X-Static®/Lycra® X-Static®/Lycra® X-Static®/Lycra®

Color White Gray Charcoal Black

Adult Small (3” x 18”) 1SP1AFAS 1SX1AFAS 1S51AFAS 1BX1AFAS

Adult Regular (3.5” x 20”) 1SP1AFAR 1SX1AFAR 1S51AFAR 1BX1AFAR

f. SmartKnit® Big Toe Sock

Features a separated great toe to accommodate AFO toe straps, etc. Provides the same maximum protection

from wrinkle and seam pressure as the original SmartKnit products. Manufactured using completely seam-

less knitting and foam fitting “core-spun” yarn technologies. High stretch no-heel design accommodates

varying foot length to leg circumference patient sizing situations. Made with white anti-microbial threaded

CoolMax fiber for high perspiration wicking. 97.3% CoolMax, 2.7% Lycra. White. Sold pair. From Knit-Rite.

Size Adult Small Adult Regular

Dimensions 3” x 18” 3.5” x 20”

Item No. ð 1BT1AFAS 1BT1AFAR

g. Neuropathic Boot Interface™

The SmartKnit Boot Interface offers unique protection specifically for the walking boot environment and

associated longer wear times. Features X-Static® silver fibers for antimicrobial properties and moisture

management. “Core-Spun” yarns provide the unique ability to conform to the anatomy, reducing the risks

from pressure-causing wrinkles. Each knee-length sock features a heel pocket design to ensure a fit with

less slipping on the foot. Seam free design. Machine wash and dry. Wide size fits circumference 23-25”. Sold

pair. From Knit-Rite.


Women’s Shoe 5-8 9-11 12-14

Men’s Shoe 5-7 8-10 11-13 14+

Regular 73624 73634 73664 73654

Wide 73664 73674 73684 73694

h. SmartKnit® Seamless KAFO Interface Sock

Seam-free, wrinkle-free sock fits like a second layer of skin. Provide exceptional softness and wicks perspira-

tion. Machine wash and dry. Sold each. From Knit-Rite. See page 573 for child sizes.

Fabric CoolMax®/Lycra® X-Static®/Lycra®

Color White Black

Adult Narrow (4” x 2.5” x 24”) 1SP1NAXL 1BX1NAXL

Adult Regular (6” x 3.5” x 28”) 1SP1RGXL 1BX1RGXL



OR

TH

OT

ICS

AFO and KAFO INTERFACES — Continued

a. Knee Interface

The better knee brace interface with soft, cool, 4-way stretch, or worn alone for compressive support. Moisture

wicking CoolMax® or X-STATIC® fibers so skin stays cool, dry and comfortable. Supportive compression and

conformity gained from both elastic and Lycra® spandex. Multi-directional stretch moves with body during

activity. Less bulky than neoprene garment; better air circulation. Anti-microbial to inhibit odor in the gar-

ment. Machine wash and dry. Latex free material. Sold each. From Knit-Rite.

Flat Width Flat Length Thigh CoolMax®/ Polyester/ Polyester/ Circumference Lycra® X-Static® X-Static® Anti-Microbial

Color White Black Gray

Straight Sleeve

4” (10cm) 18” (45cm) 11-14” 2PCS0418 2BCX0418 2PCX0418

5” (13cm) 18” (45cm) 14-17” 2PCS0518 2BCX0518 2PCX0518

6” (15cm) 18” (45cm) 17-20” 2PCS0618 2BCX0618 2PCX0618

7” (18cm) 18” (45cm) 20-23” 2PCS0718 2BCX0718 2PCX0718

7” (18cm) 20” (50cm) 20-23” N/A 2BCX0720 N/A

8” (20cm) 20” (50cm) 23-29” 2PCS0820 2BCX0820 2PCX0820

9” (23cm) 20” (50cm) 26-34” 2PCS0920 2BCX0920 2PCX0920

Tapered Sleeve

4” x 5” 18” (45cm) 14-17” 2PCST518 2BCXT518 2PCXT518





Measurements taken at largest part of the leg to be covered.

b. Cast-Rite™ Fracture Brace Sock

For fracture management. Open toe design reduces bulk so that shoe may be worn. Gradual taper and heel

pocket provide smooth fit. 2-ply and 1-ply socks have top and toe finishing. 3-ply casting socks can be cut

open at the toe and finished if that weight is requested. 2-ply. 97% acrylic, 3% Lycra. Machine washable.

White. Sold each. From Knit-Rite.

Length Top Width Toe Width Calf Open Closed Circumference Toe Rounded Toe

Above Knee

26” (65cm) 4” (10cm) 2” (5cm) 5-10” 1FL2ABSM 1FL2ARSM

30” (75cm) 7” (17.5cm) 3” (7.5cm) 8-16” 1FL2ABMD 1FL2ARMD

34” (85cm) 9” (23cm) 4” (10cm) 11-22” 1FL2ABLG 1FL2ARLG

Below Knee

16” (40cm) 2” (7.5cm) 1.5” (3.75cm) 2-4” 1FL2BBXS 1FL2BRXS

18” (45cm) 3” (7.5cm) 2” (5cm) 5-10” 1FL2BBSM 1FL2BRSM

22” (55cm) 5” (12.5cm) 3” (7.5cm) 8-16” 1FL2BBMD 1FL2BRMD

26” (65cm) 7” (17.5cm) 4” (10cm) 11-22” 1FL2BBLG 1FL2BRLG

Item Numbers in Bold Face are Manufacturer stock items.



OR

TH

OT

ICS

c. Breg Undersleeve

Available in cotton or 1/8” neoprene, these undersleeves fit comfortably under Breg’s functional braces and are

ideal as a barrier for sensitive skin, as well as for soft tissue containment. Cotton undersleeve has closed patella

(Cotton/Lycra blend. No elastic). Neoprene undersleeve has open patella. 19” length. Sold each. From Breg.

Size X-Small Small Medium Medium + Large X-Large XX-Large

Cotton 09851 09852-BG 09853-BG 098535 09854-BG 09855-BG 09856-BG

Neoprene 07351 07352 07353 073535 07354 07355 07356

d. DonJoy Black Lycra Undergarment

Designed to be worn under any of DJO braces. Conforms smoothly to your skin. Increases the comfort of

wearing knee braces, particularly the hinged models. Sold each. By DonJoy from DJO Global.


Item No. ð 11-0075-2-0000 11-0075-3-00000 11-0075-4-00000 11-0075-5-0000

e. DonJoy Neoprene Knee Brace Undersleeve

DonJoy Neoprene Knee Brace Undersleeve improves comfort and protect skin from chaffing. Made from top

quality perforated neoprene, the undersleeve provides compression and a bit of warmth. The perforations

in the neoprene help skin to breathe and allow moisture to escape. Easy to apply and washable. Sold each.



Item No. ð 11-0122-1 11-0122-2 11-0122-3 11-0122-4 11-0122-5 11-0122-6

f. Softsleeve Undersleeve

Recommended for patient comfort and brace protection. Prevents brace slippage and prevents skin irritation.

Breathable fabrics wick moisture away from the body to keep patients cool and dry. Polyester/Lycra blend.

20” length. Black. Sold each. From Össur.

Thigh circumference measured 6” (15cm) from mid-Patella.

Size 4 5 6 8 10

Thigh Circumference < 15” 15-19.5” 19.5-24.5” 24.5-28” 28-34”

Item No. ð 20643 20644 20645 20646 20647



OR

TH

OT

ICS

AFO and KAFO INTERFACES — Continued

a. Coolsleeve Undersleeve

Recommended for patient comfort and brace protection. Wicks moisture away from the body to keep wearer

cool and dry. Breathable. 64% anti-microbial acrylic, 21% polyester, 15% Spandex®. Black. Sold each. From Össur.


Item No. ð B-250010102 B-250010103 B-250010104 B-250010100

HIP INTERFACES

b. Hip Orthosis Liner

This one-size garment fits most adults and is useful with every type of hip orthosis. Made of acrylic/Lycra,

the stretch allows the longer leg to be positioned first and the garment to be extended and relaxed care-

fully over sensitive hip areas. The wicking effect of the acrylic fiber tends to move moisture away from the

skin surface and the 1-ply weight fabric is enough to protect the skin from brace parts. This is an easy-wash

garment (machine wash warm, tumble dry, no bleach.) The design provides adequate openings so that no

change of garment is required during the day. 12” x 34”, 1-ply, acrylic/Lycra spandex. Sold each. From Knit-RIte.

Item No. ð 4HL11234

O R T H O T I C S Maternity, Hernia and Suspensory 5 1 1


OR

TH

OT

ICS

MATERNITY SUPPORTS

c. Soft Form® Maternity Support Belt

Comfortably supports the lumbar and abdominal regions to help provide relief of lower back pain and dis-

comfort during pregnancy. Made of a unique multi-layered soft laminate that provides excellent support

and comfort with a soft cotton/nylon lining. Ventilated, latex-free elastic compression side panels provide

compressive support. Abdominal lift attachment provides lift without undesirable pressure and can expand to

accommodate growth during various stages of pregnancy. Lightweight flexible stays in the belt help keep the

support in place and prevent rolling. Easy to wear under most clothing. Beige. Sold each. From FLA Orthopedics.

Size Petite Universal (MD) Large

Dress Size Before Pregnancy 2-6 6-14 16-20

Item No. ð 31-570400 31-570500 31-570600

d. ProCare® Maternity Belt

8” plush elastic belt helps relieve discomfort of lower abdomen and back during all stages of pregnancy.

Abdominal strap supports stomach while elastic back provides compression and support for lumbar area.

Optional 8” ComfortFORM™ Moldable Back Insert #79-89120 provides additional support. Ideal for helping

relieve discomfort of pregnancy due to stretching and expansion of the abdomen. By ProCare from DJO Global.


Hip Measurement 32-42” 42-52” 52-62” 62-72”

Item No. ð 79-89293 79-89295 79-89297 79-89298

e. Mother-to-Be Support with Moldable Insert

This popular two-piece wraparound support has a posterior pocket for placement of an accompanying ther-

moplastic insert. Moldable insert provides a broad area for positive support to help transfer the weight of

the extended abdomen from in front of the center of gravity back to the spine and over the pelvis. Heavy

duty three-tier elastic back section secures to a separate abdominal support pad by adjustable hook ‘n pile

contact. Back height 7½”. Instructions for use are included. From Freeman.


Dress Size 3-8 9-14 15-18 19-21 22-26 27+

Item No. ð 530-SM 530-MD 530-LG 530-XL 530-2XL 530-3XL

f. Mother-to-Be®

Relieves muscles and ligaments strained by transferring the weight of the abdomen to the spine. Lifts and

supports the abdomen, reducing pelvic pressure and improving circulation to the legs. Includes heat mold-

able insert. Sold each. From Scott Specialties.


Dress Size 3-8 9-14 15-18 19-21 22-26 27+

with Insert 0050 WHI SM 0050 WHI MD 0050 WHI LG 0050 WHI XL 0050 WHI 2X 0050 WHI 3X

Belt Only 0055-SM 0055-MD 0055-LG 0055-XL 0055-2XL 0055-3XL

0107 WHI UN Replacement Insert


O R T H O T I C S5 1 2 Maternity, Hernia and Athletic Suspensory

OR

TH

OT

ICS

MATERNITY SUPPORTS — Continued

a. Maternity Support 785-X

Two piece wraparound support with posterior pocket to accommodate moldable thermoplastic support pad

(included). Contoured anterior panel exerts no pressure over the abdomen. Easy hook and loop fastening

throughout. Application instructions included. Sold each. From Truform.


Normal Dress Size 3-8 9-14 15-18 20+

Item No. ð 0785-X-S 0785-X-M 0785-X-L 0785-X-XL

b. Embrace Ultimate Support Maternity Belt

Maximum abdominal and lumbar support. Evenly transfers the weight of the abdomen to the spine. Con-

tours to expanding abdomen. Low temperature, heat moldable, rigid back support panel available. Ideal for

prenatal use, stomach drop. Sold each. From Trulife.



Item No. ð 0721002 0721003 0721004 0721005

HERNIA CARE

c. Soft Form® Hernia Belt

Provides gentle relief from reducible inguinal hernias. Constructed of the latest materials for the maximum

level of support and comfort. Lightweight with no uncomfortable or hard-to-use buckles or snaps. Provides

constant, comfortable and adjustable pressure to the hernia. Two uniquely shaped foam compression pads

provide gradual pressure and support to the weakened muscles with focused compression on the hernia.

Either pad can be removed to treat a single hernia. Beige. Sold each. From FLA Orthopedics.


Waist Measurement 30-35” 35-41” 41-46”

Item No. ð 67-350400 67-350500 67-350600

d. Hernia Support 483

Made of white herringbone twill with one pull-back lace adjustment and full-length mesh elastic side pan-

els. Snap-button front closure has reinforcing hook ‘n eye. Right and left hernia pads and perineal straps

are included. Flexible stays at front and back. Right and left replacement pads Model 9190 and Model 9191

respectively. For replacement perineal straps order model PS1. Sized according to even hip size. Sold each.

From Freeman.

Hip Size 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44

Item No. ð 483-30 483-32 483-34 483-36 483-38 483-40 483-42 483-44

9191 Replacement Pad, Left

9190 Replacement Pad, Right

O R T H O T I C S Maternity, Hernia and Suspensory 5 1 3


OR

TH

OT

ICS

e. Elastic Hernia Support 484

Elastic wraparound belt with adjustable hook and pile closure and flexible posterior stays. Flat removable

moisture-resistant Ethafoam® pads insert into front pockets. Pockets are made of herringbone twill and

have moisture-resistant lining. Perineal straps are detachable. 4” front height*. 4” back height. White. Sold

each. From Freeman.


Hip 26-29” 30-33” 34-37” 38-41” 42-46” 47-51”


*Add 2-3/4” for inguinal extensions.

f. Single Spring Truss 531

Steel spring, rustproof, covered with 1” synthetic leather sleeve. 1.75” elastic band with adjustable keyhole

buckle. Infinite adjustment for maximum comfort. No. 394 inguinal pad, universal adjustment fixture, covered

with synthetic leather. Plated steel shank with 1” long slot to allow for pad adjustment. Even hip sizes 30-44,

right and left. Sold each. From Truform.

Hip 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44

Left 0531/L-30 0531/L-32 0531/L-34 0531/L-36 0531/L-38 0531/L-40 0531/L-42 0531/L-44

Right 0531/R-30 0531/R-32 0531/R-34 0531/R-36 0531/R-38 0531/R-40 0531/R-42 0531/R-44

SUSPENSORY

g. Suspensory 243

1.75” elastic web waistband with claw buckle fastening. Flannel lined mesh pouch. 3/4” elastic perineal straps

with claw buckle fastening. Sized according to pouch. Sold each. From Truform.

Size Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large

Item No. ð 0243-M 0243-L 0243-LX 0243-2XL

h. Suspensory 272

Soft mesh pouch, spaced to provide comfortable support with the use of under straps. Non-elastic web waist-

band and leg straps for additional control of pouch position. Sized according to pouch. Sold each. From Truform.

Size Medium Large X-Large 2X-Large 3X-Large

Item No. ð 0272-M 0272-L 0272-LX 0272-2XL 0272-3XL

Knit-Rite, Inc. is the world’s leading developer and manufacturer of innovative prosthetic

and orthotic textile products. Since 1923 we have worked with practitioners to advance

textile solutions that promote mobility, protection, and comfort for patients. We are proud

to offer products including patented seamless AFO and KAFO socks, torso interfaces, cranial

interfaces, and fracture interfaces.

Vac

uum

Fo

rmin

g

Ho

sier

yTo

rso

Inte

rfac

e Tu

rtle

neck

Tors

o In

terf

ace

V-N

eck

Big

To

e So

ck

Infa

nt C

rani

al

Inte

rfac

e

Frac

ture

Bra

ce

Low

er E

xtre

met

y D

ress

ing

Ret

enti

on

&

Co

mp

ress

ion

Gar

men

t

S O L U T I O N S T H A T F I T O R T H O T I C T E X T I L E S

Hip

So

ck

Neu

rop

athi

c B

oo

t So

ck

Seamless AFO and KAFO Interface Socks

Nyserts Vacuum Forming Hosiery

Aspen® Medical Products Presents

Capturing the comfort and support of the SUMMiT™ Line and the post-operative support and modularity of the Contour™ Line, the Vista® Lower Spine Line provides

a truly versatile option to care for the patient from post op to pain relief.

The Vista Lower Spine Line is a one size adjustable product that can be stepped down from a full TLSO to a basic Pain Relief Orthosis.

Configurations Include:

• Vista 464 TLSO• Vista 637 LSO• Vista 631 LSO Lo Pro• Vista 627 Lumbar

The Sure Slot System easily adjusts the

circumference of the belt

6481 Oak CanyonIrvine, CA 92618800-295-2776aspenmp.com



Medical Products6481 Oak Canyon, Irvine, CA 92618

800-295-2776 • 949-681-0200aspenmp.com

6481 Oak Canyon, Irvine, CA 92618800-295-2776 • 949-681-0200

aspenmp.com

Medical Products

Aspen Medical Products6481 Oak Canyon, Irvine, CA 92618

800-295-2776 • 949-681-0200aspenmp.com

aspenmp.com • 6481 Oak Canyon, Irvine, CA 92618 • 800-295-2776 • Fax 800-848-7455

Versatile: 4 products in one. Adjustable: One size fits all.

755655 795

Tamarack® Products

Motion Control Limiters

Camber Axis

750 751

Modular Ankle Joints

SLM-2825 M3025

740-BLK

Becker At Work For You!Lucille M. Becker, CO invented the original Double Action Ankle

joint in 1963 to achieve a precise, adjustable range-of-motion

ankle joint that can allow both dorsiflexion and plantarflexion.

Today, Becker Orthopedic offers the widest range of orthotic

ankle componentry available in the industry. Whether you’re

looking for traditional metal ankle joints, plastic ankle joints, or

motion control limiters, Becker Orthopedic has the right

orthotic option for you.

741-CAP

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

CASCADE CATALOG AD BECKER 2012 ANKLE-A.pdf 1 5/1/2012 5:42:58 PM

NEWPORT® LITE™A more lightweight, low-profile hip orthosis for patients who had minimally invasive hip resurfacing or other hip procedures. Get the added protection and support for less involved problems related to hip instability with the Newport Lite Hip Orthosis.

NEWPORT® 3The Newport 3 Hip Orthosis has been the industry standard for over a decade. Innovations like the patented clamping disks, allowing precise contouring of the pelvic section and the Universal Virtual Joint, which provides unprecedented strength in a small component, have made the Newport Hip Orthosis the most popular choice for physicians, orthotists, and patients.

NEWPORT® 4The totally modular and patented Newport 4 Hip Orthosis has been designed and engineered to provide the most comfortable hip orthosis for your patients with innovative new options to increase function and control.

CALIFORNIA® SOFT SPINAL ORTHOSISDesigned to alleviate pain, limit undesirable motion, and provide circumferential pressure to stabilize the spine. The basic system is modular, comprising rigid components inside a soft and comfortable interface. Indicated for spinal problems between L3 and S1, a supportive, time-efficient, comfortable alternative to hard shell custom spinal systems.

VENTURA™ SPINAL BRACEEasy to fit and simple for the patient to don and doff. The orthosis provides controlled levels of stability by featuring easily removable rigid plastic components — making it ideal throughout rehabilitation.

A-FLEX™ PROTECTIVE HEADGEARAn adjustable alternative to other hard protective devices. The prefabricated A-Flex Protective Headgear is made from a flexible plastic that readily conforms to varying head shapes making it able to be stocked and easy-to-fit. The protection is ideal for low impact forces that are distributed (like a shock absorber) across the entire surface without cracking or penetrating the plastic shell.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLEFROM


5 1 8

Orthotics Section

Documents

Transcript of Orthotics Section